Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

H800

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 557

FOREWORD

1. STRUCTURE
This service manual has been prepared as an aid to improve the quality of repairs by giving the
serviceman an accurate understanding of the product and by showing him the correct way to
perform repairs and make judgements. Make sure you understand the contents of this manual and
use it to full effect at every opportunity.
This service manual mainly contains the necessary technical information for operations performed in
a service workshop.
For ease of understanding, the manual is divided into the following sections.

SECTION 1 GENERAL
This section explains the safety hints and gives the specification of the machine and major
components.
SECTION 2 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
This section explains the structure and function of each component. It serves not only to give an
understanding of the structure, but also serves as reference material for troubleshooting.
SECTION 3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
This section explains the hydraulic circuit, single and combined operation.
SECTION 4 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
This section explains the electrical circuit, monitoring system and each component. It serves not
only to give an understanding electrical system, but also serves as reference material for trouble
shooting.
SECTION 5 MECHATRONICS SYSTEM
This section explains the computer aided power optimization system and each component.
SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING
This section explains the troubleshooting charts correlating problems to causes
causes.
SECTION 7 MAINTENANCE STANDARD
This section gives the judgement standards when inspecting disassembled parts.
SECTION 8 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
This section explains the order to be followed when removing, installing, disassembling or
assembling each component, as well as precautions to be taken for these operations.
SECTION 9 COMPONENT MOUNTING TORQUE
This section shows bolt specifications and standard torque values needed when mounting
components to the machine.
The specifications contained in this shop manual are subject to change at any time and without any
advance notice. Contact your HYUNDAI distributor for the latest information.

0-1
2. HOW TO READ THE SERVICE MANUAL
Distribution and updating Revised edition mark
mark(①②③…)
Any additions, amendments or other changes will When a manual is revised, an edition mark is
be sent to HYUNDAI distributors. recorded on the bottom outside corner of the
Get the most up-to-date information before you pages.
start any work.
Revisions
Filing method Revised pages are shown at the list of revised
1. See the page number on the bottom of the pages on the between the contents page and
page. section 1 page.
File the pages in correct order.
2. Following examples shows how to read the Symbols
page number. So that the shop manual can be of ample
Example 1 practical use, important places for safety and
2-3 quality are marked with the following symbols.
Item number(2. Structure and
Function)
Consecutive page number for Symbol Item Remarks
each item.
Special safety precautions are
3. Additional pages : Additional pages are necessary when performing the
indicated by a hyphen(-) and number after the work.
Safety
page number. File as in the example. Extra special safety precautions
10 - 4 are necessary when performing
10 - 4 - 1 the work because it is under
Added pages internal pressure.
10 - 4 - 2
10 - 5 Special technical precautions or

※ Caution
other precautions for preserving
standards are necessary when
performing the work.

0-2
3. CONVERSION TABLE
Method of using the Conversion Table
The Conversion Table in this section is provided to enable simple conversion of figures. For details of
the method of using the Conversion Table, see the example given below.

Example
1. Method of using the Conversion Table to convert from millimeters to inches
Convert 55mm into inches.
(1) Locate the number 50in the vertical column at the left side, take this as ⓐ, then draw a
horizontal line from ⓐ.
(2) Locate the number 5in the row across the top, take this as ⓑ, then draw a perpendicular line
down from ⓑ.
(3) Take the point where the two lines cross as ⓒ. This point ⓒ gives the value when converting
from millimeters to inches. Therefore, 55mm = 2.165 inches.

2. Convert 550mm into inches.


(1) The number 550 does not appear in the table, so divide by 10(Move the decimal point one place
to the left) to convert it to 55mm.
(2) Carry out the same procedure as above to convert 55mm to 2.165 inches.
(3) The original value(550mm) was divided by 10, so multiply 2.165 inches by 10(Move the decimal
point one place to the right) to return to the original value.
This gives 550mm = 21.65 inches.

Millimeters to inches ⓑ
1mm = 0.03937 in

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354


10 0.394 0.433 0.472 0.512 0.551 0.591 0.630 0.669 0.709 0.748
20 0.787 0.827 0.866 0.906 0.945 0.984 1.024 1.063 1.102 1.142
30 1.181 1.220 1.260 1.299 1.339 1.378 1.417 1.457 1.496 1.536
40 1.575 1.614 1.654 1.693 1.732 1.772 1.811 1.850 1.890 1.929

50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323

60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.032 3.071 3.110
80 3.150 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898

0-3
Millimeters to inches 1mm = 0.03937in

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 0.039 0.079 0.118 0.157 0.197 0.236 0.276 0.315 0.354


10 0.394 0.433 0.472 0.512 0.551 0.591 0.630 0.669 0.709 0.748
20 0.787 0.827 0.866 0.906 0.945 0.984 1.024 1.063 1.102 1.142
30 1.181 1.220 1.260 1.299 1.339 1.378 1.417 1.457 1.496 1.536
40 1.575 1.614 1.654 1.693 1.732 1.772 1.811 1.850 1.890 1.929

50 1.969 2.008 2.047 2.087 2.126 2.165 2.205 2.244 2.283 2.323
60 2.362 2.402 2.441 2.480 2.520 2.559 2.598 2.638 2.677 2.717
70 2.756 2.795 2.835 2.874 2.913 2.953 2.992 3.032 3.071 3.110
80 3.150 3.189 3.228 3.268 3.307 3.346 3.386 3.425 3.465 3.504
90 3.543 3.583 3.622 3.661 3.701 3.740 3.780 3.819 3.858 3.898

Kilogram to Pound 1kg = 2.2046lb

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 2.20 4.41 6.61 8.82 11.02 13.23 15.43 17.64 19.84


10 22.05 24.25 26.46 28.66 30.86 33.07 35.27 37.48 39.68 41.89
20 44.09 46.30 48.50 50.71 51.91 55.12 57.32 59.5. 61.73 63.93
30 66.14 68.34 70.55 72.75 74.96 77.16 79.37 81.57 83.78 85.98
40 88.18 90.39 92.59 94.80 97.00 99.21 101.41 103.62 105.82 108.03

50 110.23 112.44 114.64 116.85 119.05 121.25 123.46 125.66 127.87 130.07
60 132.28 134.48 136.69 138.89 141.10 143.30 145.51 147.71 149.91 152.12
70 154.32 156.53 158.73 160.94 163.14 165.35 167.55 169.76 171.96 174.17
80 176.37 178.57 180.78 182.98 185.19 187.39 189.60 191.80 194.01 196.21
90 198.42 200.62 202.83 205.03 207.24 209.44 211.64 213.85 216.05 218.26

0-4
Liter to U.S. Gallon 1ℓ = 0.2642 U.S.Gal

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 0.264 0.528 0.793 1.057 1.321 1.585 1.849 2.113 2.378


10 2.642 2.906 3.170 3.434 3.698 3.963 4.227 4.491 4.755 5.019
20 5.283 5.548 5.812 6.6076 6.340 6.604 6.869 7.133 7.397 7.661
30 7.925 8.189 8.454 8.718 8.982 9.246 9.510 9.774 10.039 10.303
40 10.567 10.831 11.095 11.359 11.624 11.888 12.152 12.416 12.680 12.944

50 13.209 13.473 13.737 14.001 14.265 14.529 14.795 15.058 15.322 15.586
60 15.850 16.115 16.379 16.643 16.907 17.171 17.435 17.700 17.964 18.228
70 18.492 18.756 19.020 19.285 19.549 19.813 20.077 20.341 20.605 20.870
80 21.134 21.398 21.662 21.926 22.190 22.455 22.719 22.983 23.247 23.511
90 23.775 24.040 24.304 24.568 24.832 25.096 25.631 25.625 25.889 26.153

Liter to U.K. Gallon 1ℓ = 0.21997 U.K.Gal

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

0 0.220 0.440 0.660 0.880 1.100 1.320 1.540 1.760 1.980


10 2.200 2.420 2.640 2.860 3.080 3.300 3.520 3.740 3.950 4.179
20 4.399 4.619 4.839 5.059 5.279 5.499 5.719 5.939 6.159 6.379
30 6.599 6.819 7.039 7.259 7.479 7.969 7.919 8.139 8.359 8.579
40 8.799 9.019 9.239 9.459 9.679 9.899 10.119 10.339 10.559 10.778

50 10.998 11.281 11.438 11.658 11.878 12.098 12.318 12.528 12.758 12.978
60 13.198 13.418 13.638 13.858 14.078 14.298 14.518 14.738 14.958 15.178
70 15.398 15.618 15.838 16.058 16.278 16.498 16.718 16.938 17.158 17.378
80 17.598 17.818 18.037 18.257 18.477 18.697 18.917 19.137 19.357 19.577
90 19.797 20.017 20.237 20.457 20.677 20.897 21.117 21.337 21.557 21.777

0-5
kgf·m to lbf
kgf lbf·ftft 1kgf·m = 7.233lbf·ft

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

7.2 14.5 21.7 28.9 36.2 43.4 50.6 57.9 65.1


10 72.3 79.6 86.8 94.0 101.3 108.5 115.7 123.0 130.2 137.4
20 144.7 151.9 159.1 166.4 173.6 180.8 188.1 195.3 202.5 209.8
30 217.0 224.2 231.5 238.7 245.9 253.2 260.4 267.6 274.9 282.1
40 289.3 396.6 303.8 311.0 318.3 325.5 332.7 340.0 347.2 354.4

50 361.7 368.9 376.1 383.4 390.6 397.8 405.1 412.3 419.5 426.8
60 434.0 441.2 448.5 455.7 462.9 470.2 477.4 484.6 491.8 499.1
70 506.3 513.5 520.8 528.0 535.2 542.5 549.7 556.9 564.2 571.4
80 578.6 585.9 593.1 600.3 607.6 614.8 622.0 629.3 636.5 643.7
90 651.0 658.2 665.4 672.7 679.9 687.1 694.4 701.6 708.8 716.1

100 723.3 730.5 737.8 745.0 752.2 759.5 766.7 773.9 781.2 788.4
110 795.6 802.9 810.1 817.3 824.6 831.8 839.0 846.3 853.5 860.7
120 868.0 875.2 882.4 889.7 896.9 904.1 911.4 918.6 925.8 933.1
130 940.3 947.5 954.8 962.0 969.2 976.5 983.7 990.9 998.2 10005.4
140 1012.6 1019.9 1027.1 1034.3 1041.5 1048.8 1056.0 1063.2 1070.5 1077.7

150 1084.9 1092.2 1099.4 1106.6 1113.9 1121.1 1128.3 1135.6 1142.8 1150.0
160 1157.3 1164.5 1171.7 1179.0 1186.2 1193.4 1200.7 1207.9 1215.1 1222.4
170 1129.6 1236.8 1244.1 1251.3 1258.5 1265.8 1273.0 1280.1 1287.5 1294.7
180 1301.9 1309.2 1316.4 1323.6 1330.9 1338.1 1345.3 1352.6 1359.8 1367.0
190 1374.3 1381.5 1388.7 1396.0 1403.2 1410.4 1417.7 1424.9 1432.1 1439.4

0-6
kgf/cm2 to lbf/in2 1kgf / cm2 = 14.2233lbf / in2

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

14.2 28.4 42.7 56.9 71.1 85.3 99.6 113.8 128.0


10 142.2 156.5 170.7 184.9 199.1 213.4 227.6 241.8 256.0 270.2
20 284.5 298.7 312.9 327.1 341.4 355.6 369.8 384.0 398.3 412.5
30 426.7 440.9 455.1 469.4 483.6 497.8 512.0 526.3 540.5 554.7
40 568.9 583.2 597.4 611.6 625.8 640.1 654.3 668.5 682.7 696.9

50 711.2 725.4 739.6 753.8 768.1 782.3 796.5 810.7 825.0 839.2
60 853.4 867.6 881.8 896.1 910.3 924.5 938.7 953.0 967.2 981.4
70 995.6 1010 1024 1038 1053 1067 1081 1095 1109 1124
80 1138 1152 1166 1181 1195 1209 1223 1237 1252 1266
90 1280 1294 1309 1323 1337 1351 1365 1380 1394 1408

100 1422 1437 1451 1465 1479 1493 1508 1522 1536 1550
110 1565 1579 1593 1607 1621 1636 1650 1664 1678 1693
120 1707 1721 1735 1749 1764 1778 1792 1806 1821 1835
130 1849 2863 1877 1892 1906 1920 1934 1949 1963 1977
140 1991 2005 2020 2034 2048 2062 2077 2091 2105 2119

150 2134 2148 2162 2176 2190 2205 2219 2233 2247 2262
160 2276 2290 2304 2318 2333 2347 2361 2375 2389 2404
170 2418 2432 2446 2460 2475 2489 2503 2518 2532 2546
180 2560 2574 2589 5603 2617 2631 2646 2660 2674 2688

200 2845 2859 2873 2887 2901 2916 2930 2944 2958 2973
210 2987 3001 3015 3030 3044 3058 3072 3086 3101 3115
220 3129 3143 3158 3172 3186 3200 3214 3229 3243 3257
230 3271 3286 3300 3314 3328 3343 3357 3371 3385 3399
240 3414 3428 3442 3456 3470 3485 3499 3513 3527 3542

0-7
TEMPERATURE
Fahrenheit-Centigrade Conversion.
A simple way to convert a fahrenheit temperature reading into a centigrade temperature reading or vice verse
is to enter the accompanying table in the center or boldface column of figures.
These figures refer to the temperature in either Fahrenheit or Centigrade degrees.
If it is desired to convert from Fahrenheit to Centigrade degrees, consider the center column as a table of
Fahrenheit temperatures and read the corresponding Centigrade temperature in the column at the left.
If it is desired to convert from Centigrade to Fahrenheit degrees, consider the center column as a table of
Centigrade values, and read the corresponding Fahrenheit temperature on the right.

˚C ˚F ˚C ˚F ˚C ˚F ˚C ˚F
-40.4 -40 -40.0 -11.7 11 51.8 7.8 46 114.8 27.2 81 117.8
-37.2 -35 -31.0 -11.1 12 53.6 8.3 47 116.6 27.8 82 179.6
-34.4 -30 -22.0 -10.6 13 55.4 8.9 48 118.4 28.3 83 181.4
-31.7 -25 -13.0 -10.0 14 57.2 9.4 49 120.2 28.9 84 183.2
-28.9 -20 -4.0 -9.4 15 59.0 10.0 50 122.0 29.4 85 185.0

-28.3 -19 -2.2 -8.9 16 60.8 10.6 51 123.8 30.0 86 186.8


-27.8 -18 -0.4 -8.3 17 62.6 11.1 52 125.6 30.6 87 188.6
-27.2 -17 1.4 -7.8 18 64.4 11.7 53 127.4 31.1 88 190.4
-26.7 -16 3.2 -6.7 20 68.0 12.8 55 131.0 32.2 90 194.0
-26.1 -15 5.0 -6.7 20 68.0 12.8 55 131.0 32.2 90 194.0

-25.6 -14 6.8 -6.1 21 69.8 13.3 56 132.8 32.8 91 195.8


-25.0 -13 8.6 -5.6 22 71.6 13.9 57 134.6 33.3 92 197.6
-24.4 -12 10.4 -5.0 23 73.4 14.4 58 136.4 33.9 93 199.4
-23.9 -11 12.2 -4.4 24 75.2 15.0 59 138.2 34.4 94 201.2
-23.3 -10 14.0 -3.9 25 77.0 15.6 60 140.0 35.0 95 203.0

-22.8 -9 15.8 -3.3 26 78.8 16.1 61 141.8 35.6 96 204.8


-22.2 -8 17.6 -2.8 27 80.6 16.7 62 143.6 36.1 97 206.6
-21.7 -7 19.4 -2.2 28 82.4 17.2 63 145.4 36.7 98 208.4
-21.1 -6 21.2 -1.7 29 84.2 17.8 64 147.2 37.2 99 210.2
-20.6 -5 23.0 -1.1 35 95.0 21.1 70 158.0 51.7 125 257.0

-20.0 -4 24.8 -0.6 31 87.8 18.9 66 150.8 40.6 105 221.0


-19.4 -3 26.6 0 32 89.6 19.4 67 152.6 43.3 110 230.0
-18.9 -2 28.4 0.6 33 91.4 20.0 68 154.4 46.1 115 239.0
-18.3 -1 30.2 1.1 34 93.2 20.6 69 156.2 48.9 120 248.0
-17.8 0 32.0 1.7 35 95.0 21.1 70 158.0 51.7 125 257.0

-17.2 1 33.8 2.2 36 96.8 21.7 71 159.8 54.4 130 266.0


-16.7 2 35.6 2.8 37 98.6 22.2 72 161.6 57.2 135 275.0
-16.1 3 37.4 3.3 38 100.4 22.8 73 163.4 60.0 140 284.0
-15.6 4 39.2 3.9 39 102.2 23.3 74 165.2 62.7 145 293.0
-15.0 5 41.0 4.4 40 104.0 23.9 75 167.0 65.6 150 302.0

-14.4 6 42.8 5.0 41 105.8 24.4 76 168.8 68.3 155 311.0


-13.9 7 44.6 5.6 42 107.6 25.0 77 170.6 71.1 160 320.0
-13.3 8 46.4 6.1 43 109.4 25.6 78 172.4 73.9 165 329.0
-12.8 9 48.2 6.7 44 111.2 26.1 79 174.2 76.7 170 338.0
-12.2 10 50.0 7.2 45 113.0 26.7 80 176.0 79.4 172 347.0

0-8
CONTENTS

SECTION 1 GENERAL

Group 1 Safety Hints ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-1


Group 2 Specifications ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-10

SECTION 2 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

Group 1 Pump Device ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-1


Group 2 Main Control Valve -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-21
Group 3 Swing Device ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-46
Group 4 Travel Device ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-56
Group 5 RCV Lever --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-73
Group 6 RCV Pedal --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-80

SECTION 3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Group 1 Hydraulic Circuit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3-1


Group 2 Main Circuit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-2
Group 3 Pilot Circuit --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-5
Group 4 Single Operation ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-12
Group 5 Combined Operation ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-22

SECTION 4 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 1 Component Location ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-1


Group 2 Electric Circuit --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-3
Group 3 Electrical Component Specification ---------------------------------------------------------------- 4-21
Group 4 Connectors ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-29

SECTION 5 MECHATRONICS SYSTEM

Group 1 Outline --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-1


Group 2 Mode selection System ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-3
Group 3 Automatic Deceleration System --------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-6
Group 4 Power Boost System ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-7
Group 5 Travel Speed Control System -------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-8
Group 6 Automatic Warming Up System ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-9
Group 7 Engine Overheat Prevention System ------------------------------------------------------------- 5-10
Group 8 Variable power Control System ---------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-11
Group 9 Attachment Flow Control System --------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-12
Group 10 Anti-restart System ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-13
Group 11 Self-Diagnostic System ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-14
Group 12 Engine Control System ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-25
Group 13 EPPR (Electro Proportional Pressure Reducing) Valve ------------------------------- 5-26
Group 14 Monitoring System ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-31
Group 15 Fuel Warmer System --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-54

SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING

Group 1 Before Troubleshooting ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 6-1


Group 2 Hydraulic and Mechanical System ----------------------------------------------------------------- 6-4
Group 3 Electrical System ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6-24
Group 4 Mechatronics System -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6-40

SECTION 7 MAINTENANCE STANDARD

Group 1 Operational Performance Test ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7-1


Group 2 Major Components ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7-21
Group 3 Track and Work Equipment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7-30

SECTION 8 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Group 1 Precaution --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-1


Group 2 Tightening Torque --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-4
Group 3 Pump Device ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-7
Group 4 Main Control Valve ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-31
Group 5 Swing Device ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-44
Group 6 Travel Device ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-65
Group 7 RCV Lever --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-113
Group 8 Turning Joint ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8-127
Group 9 Boom, Arm and Bucket Cylinder -------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-132
Group 10 Undercarriage --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-149
Group 11 Work Equipment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-161

SECTION 9 COMPONENT MOUNTING TORQUE

Group 1 Introduction guide --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9-1


Group 2 Engine system -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9-2
Group 3 Electric system ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9-4
Group 4 Hydraulic system ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9-6
Group 5 Undercarriage --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9-9
Group 6 Structure ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9-10
Group 7 Work equipment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9-16
SECTION 1 GENERAL

Group 1 Safety Hints -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-1


Group 2 Specifications ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 1-10
SECTION 1 GENERAL
GROUP 1 SAFETY

FOLLOW SAFE PROCEDURE


Unsafe wor k practices are dangerous.
Understand service procedure before doing
work; Do not attempt shortcuts.

WEAR PROTECTIVE CLOTHING


Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment
appropriate to the job.

13031GE01

WARN OTHERS OF SERVICE WORK


Unexpected machine movement can cause
serious injury.
Before performing any work on the excavator,
attach a 「DoDo Not Operate
Operate」 tag on the right
side control lever.

13031GE02

USE HANDHOLDS AND STEPS


Falling is one of the major causes of personal
injury.
When you get on and off the machine, always
maintain a three point contact with the steps
and handrails and face the machine. Do not
use any controls as handholds.
Never jump on or off the machine. Never mount
or dismount a moving machine. 13031GE03

Be careful of slippery conditions on platforms,


steps, and handrails when leaving the machine.

1-1
PREPARE FOR EMERGENCIES
Be prepared if a fire starts.
Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.
Keep emergency numbers for doctors,
ambulance ser vice, hospital, and fire
department near your telephone.

13031GE04

PROTECT AGAINST FLYING DEBRIS


Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal
or debris; Wear goggles or safety glasses.

13031GE05

PROTECT AGAINST NOISE


Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause
impairment or loss of hearing.
Wear a suitable hearing protective device such
as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against
objectionable or uncomfortable loud noises.

13031GE06

AVOID POWER LINES


Serious injury or death can result from contact
with electric lines.
Never move any part of the machine or load
closer to electric line than 3m(10ft) plus twice
the line insulator length.

13031GE07

1-2
KEEP RIDERS OFF EXCAVATOR
Only allow the operator on the excavator. Keep
riders off.
Riders on excavator are subject to injury such
as being struck by foreign objects and being
thrown off the excavator. Riders also obstruct
the operator's view resulting in the excavator
being operated in an unsafe manner.
13031GE08

MOVE AND OPERATE MACHINE SAFELY


Bystanders can be run over. Know the location
of bystanders before moving, swinging, or
operating the machine.
Always keep the travel alarm in working
condition. It warns people when the excavator
starts to move.
Use a signal person when moving, swinging, or 13031GE09
operating the machine in congested areas.
Coordinate hand signals before starting the
excavator.

OPERATE ONLY FORM OPERATOR'S SEAT


Avoid possible injury machine damage. Do not
star t engine by shor ting across star ter
terminals.
NEVER start engine while standing on ground.
Start engine only from operator's seat.

13031GE26

PARK MACHINE SAFELY


Before working on the machine:
·Park machine on a level surface.
·Lower bucket to the ground.
·Turn auto idle switch off.
·Run engine at 1/2 speed without load for 2 minutes.
·Turn key switch to OFF to stop engine. Remove key
from switch.
·Move pilot control shutoff lever to locked position.
·Allow engine to cool.

1-3
SUPPORT MACHINE PROPERLY
Always lower the attachment or implement to
the ground before you work on the machine. If
you must wor k on a lifted machine or
attachment, securely support the machine or
attachment.
Do not support the machine on cinder blocks,
hollow tiles, or props that may crumble under
13031GE10
continuous load.
Do not work under a machine that is supported
solely by a jack. Follow recommended
procedures in this manual.

SERVICE COOLING SYSTEM SAFELY


Explosive release of fluids from pressurized
cooling system can cause serious burns.
Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when
cool enough to touch with bare hands.

13031GE11

HANDLE FLUIDS SAFELY-AVOID FIRES


Handle fuel with care; It is highly flammable.
Do not refuel the machine while smoking or
when near open flame or sparks. Always stop
engine before refueling machine.
Fill fuel tank outdoors.

13031GE12

Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards.


Do not incinerate or puncture pressurized
containers.
Make sure machine is clean of trash,
grease, and debris.
Do not store oily rags; They can ignite and
burn spontaneously.

13031GE13

1-4
BEWARE OF EXHAUST FUMES
Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes
can cause sickness or death.
If you must operate in a building, be positive
there is adequate ventilation. Either use an
exhaust pipe extension to remove the exhaust
fumes or open doors and windows to bring
enough outside air into the area.
REMOVE PAINT BEFORE WELDING OR
HEATING
Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.
Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint
is heated by welding, soldering, or using a torch.
Do all work outside or in a well ventilated area.
Dispose of paint and solvent properly.
Remove paint before welding or heating:
· If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the 13031GE14

dust.
Wear an approved respirator.
·If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove
stripper with soap and water before welding.
Remove solvent or paint stripper containers
and other flammable material from area.
Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes
before welding or heating.

ILLUMINATE WORK AREA SAFELY


Illuminate your work area adequately but safely.
Use a portable safety light for working inside or
under the machine. Make sure the bulb is
enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of
an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled
fuel or oil.

13031GE15

1-5
SERVICE MACHINE SAFELY
Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a
necktie, scarf, loose clothing or necklace when
you work near machine tools or moving parts.
If these items were to get caught, severe injury
could result.
Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent
electrical shorts and entanglement in moving
13031GE16
parts.

STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS


Entanglements in moving parts can cause
serious injury.
To prevent accidents, use care when working
around rotating parts.

13031GE17

AVOID HIGH PRESSURE FLUIDS


Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the
skin causing serious injury.
Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before
disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.
Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard.
Protect hands and body from high pressure 13031GE18
fluids.
If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately.
Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or
gangrene may result.

13031GE19

1-6
AVOID HEATING NEAR PRESSURIZED
FLUID LINES
Flammable spray can be generated by heating
near pressurized fluid lines, resulting in severe
burns to yourself and bystanders. Do not heat
by welding, soldering, or using a torch near
pressurized fluid lines or other flammable
materials.
13031GE20
Pressurized lines can be accidentally cut when
heat goes beyond the immediate flame area.
Install fire resisting guards to protect hoses or
other materials.

PREVENT BATTERY EXPLOSIONS


Keep sparks, lighted matches, and flame away
from the top of battery. Battery gas can
explode.
Never check battery charge by placing a metal
object across the posts. Use a volt-meter or
hydrometer.
Do not charge a frozen battery; It may explode.
Warm battery to 16˚C (60˚F ). 13031GE21

1-7
PREVENT ACID BURNS
Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous.
It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in
clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into
eyes.
Avoid the hazard by:
1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.
2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte
is added.
4. Avoiding spilling of dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.
If you spill acid on yourself:
1. Flush your skin with water.
2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize
the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 10-15
minutes. Get medical attention immediate-
ly. 13031GE22

If acid is swallowed:
1. Drink large amounts of water or milk.
2. Then drink milk of magnesia, beaten eggs,
or vegetable oil.
3. Get medical attention immediately.

USE TOOLS PROPERLY


Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift
tools, parts, and procedures can create safety
hazards.
Use power tools only to loosen threaded tools
and fasteners.
For loosening and tightening hardware, use the
correct size tools. DO NOT use U.S.
measurement tools on metric fasteners. Avoid
bodily injury caused by slipping wrenches. 13031GE23

Use only recommended replacement parts.


(See Parts catalogue.)

1-8
DISPOSE OF FLUIDS PROPERLY
Improperly disposing of fluids can harm the
environment and ecology. Before draining any
fluids, find out the proper way to dispose of
waste from your local environmental agency.
Use proper containers when draining fluids. Do
not use food or beverage containers that may
mislead someone into drinking from them.
DO NOT pour oil into the ground, down a drain,
or into a stream, pond, or lake. Observe 13031GE24
relevant environmental protection regulations
when disposing of oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid,
filters, batteries, and other harmful waste.

REPLACE SAFETY SIGNS


Replace missing or damaged safety signs.
See the machine operator's manual for correct
safety sign placement.

13031GE25

LIVE WITH SAFETY


Before returning machine to customer, make
sure machine is functioning properly, especially
the safety systems. Install all guards and
shields.

1-9
GROUP 2 SPECIFICATIONS

1. MAJOR COMPONENT

Tool box Fuel tank Hydraulic oil tank Main pump

Engine

Radiator

Tooth Bucket Turning joint Swing motor Main control valve Battery Oil cooler

Arm Arm cylinder Boom Boom cylinder Cab Precleaner Muffler

Bucket cylinder Connecting link Idler Carrier roller Sprocket Counterweight

Side cutter Connecting rod Track roller Track Travel motor

80092SP01

1-10
2. SPECIFICATIONS
·7.20 m (23' 7") BOOM, 2.95 m (9' 8") ARM

I(I') B
D
C

E
G
F

H
J M
K N
A L
80092SP02

Description Unit Specification


Operating weight kg (lb) 83120 (183250)
Bucket capacity(SAE heaped), standard m3 (yd3) 4.53 (5.93)
Overall length A 13100 (43' 0")
Overall width, with 700mm shoe
B 3675/4395 (12' 1"/14' 5")
(Transport position/Working position)
Overall height C 5040 (16' 6")
Superstructure width D 3420 (11' 3")
Overall height of cab E 3830 (12' 7")
Ground clearance of counterweight F 1570 ( 5' 2")
Engine cover height G 3480 (11' 5")
Minimum ground clearance H 880 ( 2' 11")
mm (ft-in)
Rear-end distance I 4200 (13' 9")
Rear-end swing radius I' 4315 (14' 2")
Distance between tumblers J 5030 (16' 6")
Undercarriage length K 6335 (20' 9")
Undercarriage width
L 3480/4200 (11' 5"/13' 9")
(Transport position/Working position)
Track gauge
M 2780/3500 (9' 1"/11' 6")
(Transport position/Working position)
Track shoe width, standard N 700 (28")
Travel speed(Low/high) km/hr (mph) 2.6/4.0 (1.6/2.5)
Swing speed rpm 6.5
Gradeability Degree (%) 35 (70)
Ground pressure(700 mm shoe) kgf/cm2 (psi) 1.08 (15.36)
Max traction force kg (lb) 59300 (130730)

1-11
·8.05 m (26' 5") BOOM, 3.40 m (11' 2") ARM
I(I') B
D
C

E
G
F

H
J M
K N
A L
80092SP02

Description Unit Specification


Operating weight kg (lb) 83600 (184300)
Bucket capacity (SAE heaped), standard m3 (yd3) 3.40 (4.45)
Overall length A 13950 (45' 9")
Overall width, with 700 mm shoe
B 3675/4395 (12' 1"/14' 5")
(Transport position/Working position)
Overall height C 5360 (17' 7")
Superstructure width D 3420 (11' 3")
Overall height of cab E 3580 (11' 9")
Ground clearance of counterweight F 1570 ( 5' 2")
Engine cover height G 3480 (11' 5")
Minimum ground clearance H 880 ( 2' 11")
mm (ft-in)
Rear-end distance I 4200 (13' 9")
Rear-end swing radius I' 4315 (14' 2")
Distance between tumblers J 5030 (16' 6")
Undercarriage length K 6335 (20' 9")
Undercarriage width
L 3480/4200 (11' 5"/13' 9")
(Transport position/Working position)
Track gauge
M 2780/3500 (9' 1"/11' 6")
(Transport position/Working position)
Track shoe width, standard N 700 (28")
Travel speed (Low/high) km/hr (mph) 2.6/4.0 (1.6/2.5)
Swing speed rpm 6.3
Gradeability Degree (%) 35 (70)
Ground pressure (700 mm shoe) kgf/cm2 (psi) 1.09 (15.50)
Max traction force kg (lb) 59300 (130730)

1-12
·8.20 m (26' 11") BOOM, 3.60 m (11' 10") ARM
I(I') B
D
C

E
G
F

H
J M
K N
A L
80092SP02

Description Unit Specification


Operating weight kg (lb) 84300 (185850)
Bucket capacity (SAE heaped), standard m3 (yd3) 3.40 (4.45)
Overall length A 14110 (46' 4")
Overall width, with 700 mm shoe
B 3675/4395 (12' 1"/14' 5")
(Transport position/Working position)
Overall height C 5390 (17' 8")
Superstructure width D 3420 (11' 3")
Overall height of cab E 3580 (11' 9")
Ground clearance of counterweight F 1570 ( 5' 2")
Engine cover height G 3480 (11' 5")
Minimum ground clearance H 880 ( 2' 11")
mm (ft-in)
Rear-end distance I 4200 (13' 9")
Rear-end swing radius I' 4315 (14' 2")
Distance between tumblers J 5030 (16' 6")
Undercarriage length K 6335 (20' 9")
Undercarriage width
L 3480/4200 (11' 5"/13' 9")
(Transport position/Working position)
Track gauge
M 2780/3500 (9' 1"/11' 6")
(Transport position/Working position)
Track shoe width, standard N 700 (28")
Travel speed (Low/high) km/hr (mph) 2.6/4.0 (1.6/2.5)
Swing speed rpm 6.3
Gradeability Degree (%) 35 (70)
Ground pressure(700 mm shoe) kgf/cm2 (psi) 1.10 (15.64)
Max traction force kg (lb) 59300 (130730)

1-13
·10.5 m (34' 5") BOOM, 6.50 m (21' 4") ARM
I(I') B
D
C

E
G
F

H
J M
K N
A L
80092SP02

Description Unit Specification


Operating weight kg (lb) 85420 (188320)
Bucket capacity (SAE heaped), standard m3 (yd3) 2.56 (3.35)
Overall length A 16120 (52' 11")
Overall width, with 700 mm shoe
B 3675/4395 (12' 1"/14' 5")
(Transport position/Working position)
Overall height C 5500 (18' 1")
Superstructure width D 3420 (11' 3")
Overall height of cab E 3580 (11' 9")
Ground clearance of counterweight F 1570 ( 5' 2")
Engine cover height G 3480 (11' 5")
Minimum ground clearance H 880 ( 2' 11")
mm (ft-in)
Rear-end distance I 4200 (13' 9")
Rear-end swing radius I' 4315 (14' 2")
Distance between tumblers J 5030 (16' 6")
Undercarriage length K 6335 (20' 9")
Undercarriage width
L 3480/4200 (11' 5"/13' 9")
(Transport position/Working position)
Track gauge
M 2780/3500 (9' 1"/11' 6")
(Transport position/Working position)
Track shoe width, standard N 700 (28")
Travel speed (Low/high) km/hr (mph) 2.6/4.0 (1.6/2.5)
Swing speed rpm 6.3
Gradeability Degree (%) 35 (70)
Ground pressure(700 mm shoe) kgf/cm2 (psi) 1.11 (15.78)
Max traction force kg (lb) 59300 (130730)

1-14
3. WORKING RANGE
·7.2 m (23' 7") BOOM
A
A'
F

D
E
C
B'
B

8ft
80092SP03

Description 2.95 m (9' 8") Arm


Max digging reach A 12250 mm (40' 2")
Max digging reach on ground A' 11970 mm (39' 3")
Max digging depth B 7240 mm (23' 9")
Max digging depth (8ft level) B' 7080 mm (23' 3")
Max vertical wall digging depth C 5670 mm (18' 7")
Max digging height D 11750 mm (38' 7")
Max dumping height E 7500 mm (24' 7")
Min swing radius F 5120 mm (16' 10")
388.3 [423.6] kN
SAE 39600 [43200] kgf
87300 [95240] lbf
Bucket digging force
443.3 [483.6] kN
ISO 45200 [49310] kgf
99650 [108710] lbf
318.7 [347.7] kN
SAE 32500 [35460] kgf
71650 [78180] lbf
Arm crowd force
333.4 [363.7] kN
ISO 34000 [37090] kgf
74960 [81770] lbf

[ ] : Power boost

1-15
·8.05 m (26' 5") BOOM
A
A'
F

D
B' E
C
B

8ft
8007A2SP03

Description 3.40 m (11' 2") Arm


Max digging reach A 13420 mm (44' 0")
Max digging reach on ground A' 13160 mm (43' 2")
Max digging depth B 8450 mm (27' 9")
Max digging depth (8ft level) B' 8320 mm (27' 4")
Max vertical wall digging depth C 6190 mm (20' 4")
Max digging height D 11820 mm (38' 9")
Max dumping height E 7740 mm (25' 5")
Min swing radius F 6000 mm (19' 8")
336.4 [367.0] kN
SAE 34300 [37420] kgf
75620 [82500] lbf
Bucket digging force
384.4 [419.3] kN
ISO 39200 [42760] kgf
86420 [94270] lbf
292.2 [318.8] kN
SAE 29800 [32510] kgf
65670 [71670] lbf
Arm crowd force
305.0 [332.7] kN
ISO 31100 [33930] kgf
68560 [74800] lbf

[ ] : Power boost

1-16
·8.20 m (26' 11") BOOM

A
A'
F

D
B' E
C
B

8ft
8007A2SP03

Description 3.60 m (11' 10") Arm


Max digging reach A 13670 mm (44' 10")
Max digging reach on ground A' 13420 mm (44' 0")
Max digging depth B 8750 mm (28' 8")
Max digging depth (8ft level) B' 8630 mm (28' 4")
Max vertical wall digging depth C 6170 mm (20' 3")
Max digging height D 11780 mm (38' 8")
Max dumping height E 7770 mm (25' 6")
Min swing radius F 6080 mm (19' 11")
336.4 [367.0] kN
SAE 34300 [37420] kgf
75620 [82500] lbf
Bucket digging force
384.4 [419.3] kN
ISO 39200 [42760] kgf
86420 [94270] lbf
282.4 [308.1] kN
SAE 28800 [31420] kgf
63490 [69270] lbf
Arm crowd force
294.2 [321.0] kN
ISO 30000 [32730] kgf
66140 [72160] lbf

[ ] : Power boost

1-17
·10.5 m (34' 5") BOOM

A
A'
F

D
B' E
C
B

8ft
8007A2SP03

Description 6.50 m (21' 4") Arm


Max digging reach A 18470 mm (60' 7")
Max digging reach on ground A' 18280 mm (60' 0")
Max digging depth B 13040 mm (42' 9")
Max digging depth (8ft level) B' 12940 mm (42' 5")
Max vertical wall digging depth C 12190 mm (40' 0")
Max digging height D 15050 mm (49' 5")
Max dumping height E 11680 mm (38' 4")
Min swing radius F 7620 mm (25' 0")
248.0 kN
SAE 25290 kgf
55750 lbf
Bucket digging force
291.1 kN
ISO 29680 kgf
65430 lbf
181.4 kN
SAE 18500 kgf
40790 lbf
Arm crowd force
186.1 kN
ISO 18980 kgf
41840 lbf

1-18
4. WEIGHT
R800LC-9
Item
kg lb
Upperstructure assembly 37510 82700
Main frame weld assembly 7620 16800
Engine assembly 1450 3200
Main pump assembly 300 660
Main control valve assembly 420 930
Swing motor assembly 450 990
Hydraulic oil tank assembly 1860 4100
Fuel tank assembly 1825 4020
7.2, 8.05, 8.2 m boom 12500 27560
Counterweight
10.5 m boom 15500 34170
Cab assembly 490 1080
Lower chassis assembly 26200 57760
Lower track frame assy 11960 26370
Swing bearing 1270 2800
Travel motor assembly 935 2060
Turning joint 75 165
Track recoil spring and tension body 740 1630
Idler 570 1260
Sprocket 240 530
Carrier roller 75 165
Track roller 185 410
Track-chain assembly (700 mm double grouser shoe) 4890 10780
Front attachment assembly
18610 41030
(7.20 m boom, 2.95 m arm, 4.53 m3 SAE heaped bucket)
7.20 m boom assembly 6370 14040
8.05 m boom assy 7020 15480
8.20 m boom assy 7480 16490
10.5 m boom assy 7230 15940
2.95 m arm assembly 2910 6420
3.40 m arm assembly 3070 6770
3.60 m arm assembly 3290 7250
6.50 m arm assembly 3600 7940
3
4.53 m SAE heaped bucket 4190 9240
Boom cylinder assembly 1460 3220
Arm cylinder assembly 950 2090
Bucket cylinder assembly 760 1680
Bucket control rod assembly 410 900

1-19
5. LIFTING CAPACITIES
1) 7.20 m (23' 7") boom, 2.95 m (9' 8") arm equipped with 4.53 m3 (SAE heaped) bucket, 700 mm (28")
double grouser shoe and 12,500 kg (27,560 lb) counterweight.

· : Rating over-front · : Rating over-side or 360 degree

Load radius At max. reach


Load
3.0 m (10.0 ft) 4.5 m (15.0 ft) 6.0 m (20.0 ft) 7.5 m (25.0 ft) 9.0 m (30.0 ft) Capacity Reach
point
height m (ft)
9.0m kg *13240 13230 9.35
(30.0ft) lb *29190 29170 (30.7)
7.5m kg *1950 *1950 *12490 10520 10.28
(25.0ft) lb *20710 *20710 *27540 23190 (33.7)
6.0m kg *17220 *17220 *14700 13810 *12010 8990 10.88
(20.0ft) lb *37960 *37960 *32410 30450 *26480 19820 (35.7)
4.5m kg *32860 *32860 *23600 *23600 *18560 *18560 *15320 13340 *11640 8140 11.22
(15.0ft) lb *72440 *76440 *52030 *52030 *40920 *40920 *33770 29410 *25660 17950 (36.8)
3.0m kg *37060 *37060 *25840 *25840 *19740 17990 *15850 12790 *11290 7760 11.31
(10.0ft) lb *81700 *81700 *56970 *56970 *43520 39660 *34940 28200 *24890 17110 (37.1)
1.5m kg *37380 *37380 *26820 25030 *20330 17060 *16020 12260 *10860 7800 11.18
(5.0ft) lb *82410 *82410 *59130 55180 *44820 37610 *35320 27030 *23940 17200 (36.7)
Ground kg *34900 *34900 *26180 24090 *19990 16420 *15520 11880 *10220 8290 10.80
Lind lb *76940 *76940 *57720 53110 *44070 36200 *34220 26190 *22490 18280 (35.4)
-1.5m kg *32990 *32990 *30820 *30820 *23970 23750 *18460 16120 *13950 11710 *9070 *9070 10.14
(-5.0ft) lb *72730 *72730 *67950 *67950 *52840 52360 *40700 35540 *30750 25820 *20000 *20000 (33.3)
-3.0m kg *28600 *28600 *25100 *25100 *20080 *20080 *15360 *15360 *6950 *6950 9.15
(-10.0ft) lb *63050 *63050 *55340 *55340 *44270 *44270 *33860 *33860 *15320 *15320 (30.0)
-4.5m kg *17110 *17110 *13920 *13920
(-15.0ft) lb *37720 *37720 *30690 *30690
Note 1. Lifting capacity are based on SAE J1097 and ISO 10567.
2. Lifting capacity of the ROBEX series does not exceed 75% of tipping load with the machine
on firm, level ground or 87% of full hydraulic capacity.
3. The load point is a hook located on the back of the bucket.
4. *indicates load limited by hydraulic capacity.

1-20
2) 8.05 m (26' 5") boom, 3.40 m (11' 2") arm equipped with 3.4 m3 (SAE heaped) bucket, 700 mm (28")
double grouser shoe and 12,500 kg (27,560 lb) counterweight.
Load radius At max. reach
Load
3.0 m (10.0 ft) 4.5 m (15.0 ft) 6.0 m (20.0 ft) 7.5 m (25.0 ft) 9.0 m (30.0 ft) 10.5 m (35.0 ft) Capacity Reach
point
height m (ft)
10.5m kg *11350 *11350 9.61
(35.0ft) lb *25020 *25020 (31.5)
9.0m kg *10840 *10840 10.76
(30.0ft) lb *23900 *23900 (35.3)
7.5m kg *12650 *12650 *10590 9140 11.56
(25.0ft) lb *27890 *27890 *23350 20150 (37.9)
6.0m kg *13400 *13400 *11780 10920 *10470 8020 12.09
(20.0ft) lb *29540 *29540 *25970 24070 *23080 17680 (39.7)
4.5m kg *31100 *31100 *21890 *21890 *17200 *17200 *14330 14240 *12390 10540 *10430 7350 12.39
(15.0ft) lb *68560 *68560 *48260 *48260 *37920 *37920 *31590 31390 *27320 23240 *22990 16200 (40.6)
3.0m kg *24560 *24560 *18750 18410 *15230 13470 *12860 10100 *10430 7010 12.47
(10.0ft) lb *54150 *54150 *41340 40590 *33580 29700 *28350 22270 *22990 15450 (40.9)
1.5m kg *26100 24700 *19830 17290 *15900 12770 *13180 9680 *10430 6960 12.35
(5.0ft) lb *57540 54450 *43720 38120 *35050 28150 *29060 21340 *22990 15340 (40.5)
Ground kg *28910 *28910 *26300 23680 *20210 16510 *16130 12240 *13160 9340 *10360 7230 12.02
Line lb *63740 *63740 *57980 52210 *44560 36400 *35560 26980 *29010 20590 *22840 15940 (39.4)
-1.5m kg *25600 *25600 *32870 *32870 *25320 23260 *19770 16080 *15750 11910 *12580 9160 *10150 7890 11.44
(-5.0ft) lb *56440 *56440 *72470 *72470 *55820 51280 *43590 35450 *34720 26260 *27730 20190 *22380 17390 (37.5)
-3.0m kg *33670 *33670 *29490 *29490 *23270 23260 *18390 15970 *14550 11820 *9610 9180 10.59
(-10.0ft) lb *74230 *74230 *65010 *65010 *51300 51280 *40540 35210 *32080 26060 *21190 20240 (34.7)
-4.5m kg *29990 *29990 *24760 *24760 *19940 *19940 *15790 *15790 *8300 *8300 9.37
(-15.0ft) lb *66120 *66120 *54590 *54590 *43960 *43960 *34810 *34810 *18300 *18300 (30.7)
-6.0m kg *17990 *17990 *14730 *14730 *11080 *11080
(-20.0ft) lb *39660 *39660 *32470 *32470 *24430 *24430

1-21
3) 8.20 m (26' 11") boom, 3.60 m (11' 10") arm equipped with 3.4 m3 (SAE heaped) bucket, 700 mm
(28") double grouser shoe and 12,500 kg (27,560 lb) counterweight.
Load radius At max. reach
Load
3.0 m (10.0 ft) 4.5 m (15.0 ft) 6.0 m (20.0 ft) 7.5 m (25.0 ft) 9.0 m (30.0 ft) 10.5 m (35.0 ft) Capacity Reach
point
height m (ft)
10.5 m kg *9710 *9710 9.96
(35.0 ft) lb *21410 *21410 (32.7)
9.0 m kg *9250 *9250 11.06
(30.0 ft) lb *20390 *20390 (36.3)
7.5 m kg *11260 *11260 *8340 *8340 *9020 7830 11.84
(25.0 ft) lb *24820 *24820 *18390 *18390 *19890 17260 (38.8)
6.0 m kg *12020 *12020 *10540 10140 *8920 6760 12.36
(20.0 ft) lb *26500 *26500 *23240 22350 *19670 14900 (40.6)
4.5 m kg *29330 *29330 *20370 *20370 *15760 *15760 *12950 *12950 *11040 9700 *8900 6110 12.65
(15.0 ft) lb *64660 *64660 *44910 *44910 *34740 *34740 *28550 *28550 *24340 21380 *19620 13470 (41.5)
3.0 m kg *22960 *22960 *17280 *17280 *13850 12520 *11540 9200 *8910 5760 12.73
(10.0 ft) lb *50620 *50620 *38100 *38100 *30530 27600 *25440 20280 *19640 12700 (41.8)
1.5 m kg *24480 23410 *18350 16180 *14520 11760 *11890 8720 *8930 8690 12.61
(5.0ft) lb *53970 51610 *40450 35670 *32010 25930 *26210 19220 *19690 12540 (41.4)
Ground kg *28020 *28020 *24720 22290 *18760 15330 *14790 11170 *11940 8350 *8900 5910 12.28
Line lb *61770 *61770 *54500 49140 *41360 33800 *32610 24630 *26320 18410 *19620 13030 (40.3)
-1.5 m kg *24830 *24830 *31320 *31320 *23850 21820 *18410 14850 *14510 10810 *11510 8130 *8760 6490 11.72
(-5.0 ft) lb *54740 *54740 *69050 *69050 *52580 48100 *40590 32740 *31990 23830 *25380 17920 *19310 14310 (38.5)
-3.0 m kg *32270 *32270 *28170 *28170 *21980 21810 *17200 14720 *13490 10690 *8340 7630 10.90
(-10.0 ft) lb *71140 *71140 *62100 *62100 *48460 48080 *37920 32450 *29740 23570 *18390 16820 (35.8)
-4.5 m kg *29280 *29280 *23800 *23800 *18960 *18960 *14900 *14900 *11340 10860 *7310 *7310 9.72
(-15.0 ft) lb *64550 *64550 *52470 *52470 *41800 *41800 *32850 *32850 *25000 23940 *16120 *16120 (31.9)
-6.0 m kg *17630 *17630 *14310 *14310 *10890 *10890
(-20.0 ft) lb *38870 *38870 *31550 *31550 *24010 *24010

1-22
4) 10.5 m (34' 5") boom, 6.50 m (21' 4") arm equipped with 2.56 m3 (SAE heaped) bucket, 700 mm (28")
double grouser shoe and 15,500 kg (34,170 lb) counterweight.
Load radius At max. reach
Load
3.0 m (10.0 ft) 4.5 m (15.0 ft) 6.0 m (20.0 ft) 7.5 m (25.0 ft) 9.0 m (30.0 ft) 10.5 m (35.0 ft) 12.0 m (40.0 ft) Capacity Reach
point
height m (ft)
12.0 m kg *6740 *6740 15.14
(40.0 ft) lb *14860 *14860 (49.7)
10.5 m kg *6540 6250 16.01
(35.0 ft) lb *14420 13780 (52.5)
9.0 m kg *6440 5550 16.68
(30.0 ft) lb *14200 12240 (54.7)
7.5 m kg *6320 5040 17.19
(25.0 ft) lb *13930 11110 (56.4)
6.0 m kg *8800 *8800 *6240 4670 17.54
(20.0 ft) lb *19400 *19400 *13760 10300 (57.5)
4.5 m kg *12460 *12460 *10610 *10610 *9270 *9270 *6180 4410 17.74
(15.0 ft) lb *27470 *27470 *23390 *23390 *20440 *20440 *13620 9720 (58.2)
3.0 m kg *22220 *22220 *16780 *16780 *13490 *13490 *11300 *11300 *9730 9500 *6130 4250 17.81
(10.0 ft) lb *48990 *48990 *36990 *36990 *29740 *29740 *24910 *24910 *21450 20940 *13510 9370 (58.4)
1.5 m kg *23920 *23920 *18000 *18000 *14340 14310 *11880 11230 *10120 8980 *6080 4180 17.74
(5.0 ft) lb *52730 *52730 *39680 *39680 *31610 31550 *26190 24760 *22310 19800 *13400 9220 (58.2)
Ground kg *12960 *12960 *21520 *21520 *18680 17660 *14890 13460 *12280 10610 *10390 8530 *6030 4210 17.53
Line lb *28570 *28570 *47440 *47440 *41180 38930 *32830 29670 *27070 23390 *22910 18810 *13290 9280 (57.5)
-1.5 m kg *11860 *11860 *15180 *15180 *22180 *22180 *18800 16930 *15080 12850 *12440 10130 *10480 8170 *5940 4340 17.17
(-5.0 ft) lb *26150 *26150 *33470 *33470 *48900 *48900 *41450 37320 *33250 28330 *27430 22330 *23100 18010 *13100 9570 (56.3)
-3.0 m kg *14720 *14720 *17880 *17880 *23250 *23250 *18390 16520 *14890 12470 *12310 9810 *10340 7920 *5820 4590 16.66
(-10.0 ft) lb *32450 *32450 *39420 *39420 *51260 *51260 *40540 36420 *32830 27490 *27140 21630 *22800 17460 *12830 10120 (54.7)
-4.5 m kg *17670 *17670 *20980 *20980 *21760 *21760 *17490 16380 *14300 12280 *11860 9640 *9920 7790 *5610 4990 15.99
(-15.0 ft) lb *38960 *38960 *46250 *46250 *47970 *47970 *38560 36110 *31530 27070 *26150 21250 *21870 17170 *12370 11000 (52.5)
-6.0 m kg *20850 *20850 *24540 *24540 *19720 *19720 *16090 *16090 *13260 12270 *11010 9620 *9110 7780 *5280 *5280 15.11
(-20.0 ft) lb *45970 *45970 *54100 *54100 *43480 *43480 *35470 *35470 *29230 27050 *24270 21210 *20080 17150 *11640 *11640 (49.6)

1-23
5) 8.20 m (26' 11") boom, 3.40 m (11' 2") arm equipped with 3.4 m3 (SAE heaped) bucket, 700 mm
(28") double grouser shoe and 12,500 kg (27,560 lb) counterweight.
Load radius At max. reach
Load
3.0 m (10.0 ft) 4.5 m (15.0 ft) 6.0 m (20.0 ft) 7.5 m (25.0 ft) 9.0 m (30.0 ft) 10.5 m (35.0 ft) Capacity Reach
point
height m (ft)
10.5 m kg *10100 *10100 9.72
(35.0 ft) lb *22270 *22270 (31.9)
9.0 m kg *9610 *9610 10.86
(30.0 ft) lb *21190 *21190 (35.6)
7.5 m kg *11590 *11590 *9370 8150 11.65
(25.0 ft) lb *15550 *15550 *20660 17970 (38.2)
6.0 m kg *12350 *12350 *10810 10120 *9260 7040 12.17
(20.0 ft) lb *27230 *27230 *23830 22310 *20410 15520 (39.9)
4.5 m kg *30400 *30400 *20970 *20970 *16190 *16190 *13270 *13270 *11300 9710 *9230 6370 12.47
(15.0 ft) lb *67020 *67020 *46230 *46230 *35690 *35690 *29260 *29260 *24910 21410 *20350 14040 (40.9)
3.0 m kg *23470 *23470 *17670 17430 *14150 12570 *11770 9250 *9230 6020 12.55
(10.0 ft) lb *51740 *51740 *38960 38430 *31200 27710 *25950 20390 *20350 13270 (41.2)
1.5 m kg *24840 23450 *18670 16270 *14780 11850 *12080 8810 *9240 5970 12.43
(5.0ft) lb *54760 51700 *41160 35870 *32580 26120 *26630 19420 *20370 13160 (40.8)
Ground kg *27690 *27690 *24910 22450 *18990 15470 *14990 11300 *12080 8460 *9200 6220 12.10
Line lb *61050 *61050 *54920 49490 *41870 34110 *33050 24910 *26630 18650 *20280 13710 (39.7)
-1.5 m kg *25220 *25220 *30910 *30910 *23880 22070 *18530 15050 *14620 10970 *11550 8260 *9020 6850 11.53
(-5.0 ft) lb *55600 *55600 *68140 *68140 *52650 48660 *40850 33180 *32230 24180 *25460 18210 *19890 15100 (37.8)
-3.0 m kg *33240 *33240 *27670 *27670 *21860 *21860 *17190 14950 *13480 10890 *8540 8100 10.69
(-10.0 ft) lb *73280 *73280 *61000 *61000 *48190 *48190 *37900 32960 *29720 24010 *18830 17860 (35.1)
-4.5 m kg *27700 *27700 *23160 *23160 *18670 *18670 *14720 *14720 *11100 *11100 *7350 *7350 9.48
(-15.0 ft) lb *61070 *61070 *51060 *51060 *41160 *41160 *32450 *32450 *24470 *24470 *16200 *16200 (31.1)
-6.0 m kg *16770 *16770 *13750 *13750 *10370 *10370
(-20.0 ft) lb *36970 *36970 *30310 *30310 *22860 *22860

1-23-1
6. BUCKET SELECTION GUIDE
1) GENERAL BUCKET

1.65 m3 SAE 2.56 m3 SAE


heaped bucket heaped bucket

Recommendation
Capacity Width
10.5 m (34'5")boom 11.3 m (37'1")boom
Weight
SAE CECE Without With 6.5 m arm 8.0 m arm
heaped heaped side cutter side cutter (21' 4") (26' 3")

1.65 m3 1.48m3 1140 mm 1290 mm 1520 kg


-
(2.16 yd3) (1.94 yd3) (44.9") (50.8") (3350 lb)

2.56 m3 2.27 m3 1635 mm 1785 mm 1870 kg


-
(3.35 yd3) (2.97 yd3) (64.4") (70.3") (4120 lb)

Applicable for materials with density of 2000kgf/m3 (3370lbf/yd3) or less


Applicable for materials with density of 1600kgf/m3 (2700lbf/yd3) or less
Applicable for materials with density of 1100kgf/m3 (1850lbf/yd3) or less

1-24
2) ROCK BUCKET

⊙ 3.40m3 SAE ⊙ 3.40m3 SAE


⊙ 4.04m3, 4.50m3 ◈ 3.40m3 SAE ◈ 4.04m3, 4.50m3
heaped bucket heaped bucket
SAE heaped bucket heaped bucket SAE heaped bucket
(A TYPE) (B TYPE)

Recommendation
Capacity Width 7.2 m (23' 7") 8.05 m (26' 5") 8.2 m (26' 11")
Weight boom boom boom
SAE CECE Without With 2.95 m arm 3.40 m arm 3.60 m arm
heaped heaped side cutter side cutter (9' 8") (11' 2") (11' 10")
⊙3.40 m3
(4.45 yd3) 3.05 m3 1740 mm 4600 kg
-
(3.99 yd3) (68.5") (10140 lb)
A TYPE
⊙3.40 m3
(4.45 yd3) 2.97 m3 1700 mm 3780 kg
-
(3.88 yd3) (66.9") (8330 lb)
B TYPE

⊙4.04 m3 3.60 m3 1970 mm 5020 kg


-
(5.28 yd3) (4.71 yd3) (77.6") (11070 lb)

⊙4.50 m3 3.99 m3 2130 mm 5240 kg


- -
(5.88 yd3) (5.22 yd3) (83.8") (11550 lb)

◈3.40 m3 3.05 m3 1740 mm 4670 kg


-
(4.45 yd3) (3.99 yd3) (68.5") (10230 lb)

◈4.04 m3 3.60 m3 1970 mm 4890 kg


-
(5.28 yd3) (4.71 yd3) (77.6") (10780 lb)

◈4.50 m3 3.99 m3 2130 mm 5240 kg


- -
(5.88 yd3) (5.22 yd3) (83.8") (11550 lb)

⊙ : Rock bucket ◈ : Heavy duty bucket


Applicable for materials with density of 2000 kg/m3 (3370 lb/yd3) or less
Applicable for materials with density of 1600 kg/m3 (2700 lb/yd3) or less
Applicable for materials with density of 1100 kg/m3 (1850 lb/yd3) or less

1-25
7. UNDERCARRIAGE
1) TRACKS
X-leg type center frame is integrally welded with reinforced box-section track frames. The design
includes dry tracks, lubricated rollers, idlers, sprockets, hydraulic track adjusters with shock
absorbing springs and assembled track-type tractor shoes with triple grousers.
2) TYPES OF SHOES
Double grouser

Model Shapes

Shoe width mm (in) 700 (28) 800 (32) 900 (36)


Operating weight kg (lb) 83400 (183860) 84270 (185780) 85150 (187720)
R800LC-9
Ground pressure kgf/cm2 (psi) 1.08 (15.36) 0.96 (13.65) 0.86 (12.23)
Overall width mm (ft-in) 4200 (13' 9") 4300 (14' 1") 4400 (14' 5")

3) NUMBER OF ROLLERS AND SHOES ON EACH SIDE


Item Quantity
Carrier rollers 3EA
Track rollers 9EA
Track shoes 51EA

1-26
4) SELECTION OF TRACK SHOE
Suitable track shoes should be selected according to operating conditions.
Method of selecting shoes
Confirm the category from the list of applications in table 2
2, then use table 1 to select the shoe.
Wide shoes (Categories B and C) have limitations on applications. Before using wide shoes, check
the precautions, then investigate and study the operating conditions to confirm if these shoes are
suitable.
Select the narrowest shoe possible to meet the required flotation and ground pressure.
Application of wider shoes than recommendations will cause unexpected problem such as bending
of shoes, crack of link, breakage of pin, loosening of shoe bolts and the other various problems.

※ Table 1
Track shoe Specification Category
700 mm double grouser Standard A
800 mm double grouser Option B
900 mm double grouser Option C

※ Table 2
Category Applications Applications

Rocky ground, · Travel at low speed on rough ground with large obstacles such as
A river beds, boulders or fallen trees
normal soil

· These shoes cannot be used on rough ground with large obstacles such
Normal soil, as boulders or fallen trees
B
soft ground · Travel at high speed only on flat ground
· Travel slowly at low speed if it is impossible to avoid going over obstacles
· Use the shoes only in the conditions that the machine sinks and it is
impossible to use the shoes of category A or B
Extremely soft ground · These shoes cannot be used on rough ground with large obstacles such
C
(Swampy ground) as boulders or fallen trees
· Travel at high speed only on flat ground
· Travel slowly at low speed if it is impossible to avoid going over obstacles

1-27
8. SPECIFICATIONS FOR MAJOR COMPONENTS
1) ENGINE
Item Specification
Model Cummins QSX 15
Type 4-cycle turbocharged charge air cooled diesel engine
Cooling method Water cooling
Number of cylinders and arrangement 6 cylinders, in-line
Firing order 1-5-3-6-2-4
Combustion chamber type Direct injection type
Cylinder bore×stroke 137 ×169 mm (5.39"×6.65")
Piston displacement 15000 cc (915 cu in)
Compression ratio 17 : 1
Rated gross horse power(SAE J1995) 510 hp at 1800 rpm (510 Hp / 380 kW at 1800 rpm)
Maximum torque 241.1 kgf·m (1744 lbf·ft) at 1400 rpm
Engine oil quantity 45.4 ℓ (12 U.S. gal)
Dry weight 1451 kg (3200 lb)
High idling speed 1800±50 rpm
Low idling speed 800±50 rpm
Rated fuel consumption 165.5 g/Hp·hr at 1800 rpm
Starting motor Prestolite MS7 (24V-9.0kW)
Alternator Delco Remy 24V-100A
Battery 4×12V×160Ah

2) MAIN PUMP
Item Specification
Type Variable displacement tandem axis piston pumps
Capacity 2×280 cc/rev
Maximum pressure 330 kgf/cm2 (4690 psi) [360 kgf/cm2 (5120 psi)]
Rated oil flow 2×504ℓ/min (133.1U.S. gpm/110.9U.K. gpm)
Rated speed 1800 rpm
[ ] : Power boost

1-28
3) GEAR PUMP
Item Specification
Type Fixed displacement gear pump single stage
Capacity 15 cc/rev
Maximum pressure 40 kgf/cm2 (569 psi)
Rated oil flow 27ℓ/min (7.1 U.S. gpm/5.9 U.K. gpm)

4) MAIN CONTROL VALVE


Item Specification
Type 9 spools
Operating method Hydraulic pilot system
Main relief valve pressure 330 kgf/cm2 (4690 psi)[360 kgf/cm2 (5120 psi)]
Overload relief valve pressure 380 kgf/cm2 (5400 psi)
[ ] : Power boost

5) SWING MOTOR
Item Specification
Type Fixed displacement axial piston motor
Capacity 250 cc/rev
Relief pressure 290 kgf/cm2 (4120 psi)
Braking system Automatic, spring applied hydraulic released
Braking torque 107 kgf·m (774 lbf·ft)
Brake release pressure 30~50 kgf/cm2 (427~711 psi)
Reduction gear type 2 - stage planetary

6) TRAVEL MOTOR
Item Specification
Type Variable displacement axial piston motor
Relief pressure 350 kgf/cm2 (4980psi)
Capacity (max / min) 304.1/205.2 cc/rev
Reduction gear type 3-stage planetary
Braking system Automatic, spring applied hydraulic released
Brake release pressure 18 kgf/cm2 (256 psi)
Braking torque 114 kgf·m (825 lbf·ft)

1-29
7) REMOTE CONTROL VALVE
Item Specification
Type Pressure reducing type
Minimum 6.5 kgf/cm2 (92 psi)
Operating pressure
Maximum 25 kgf/cm2 (360 psi)
Lever 61 mm (2.4 in)
Single operation stroke
Pedal 123 mm (4.84 in)

8) CYLINDER
Item Specification
Bore dia×Rod dia×Stroke Ø200×Ø140×1892 mm
Boom cylinder
Cushion Extend only
Bore dia×Rod dia×Stroke Ø215×Ø150×2250 mm
Arm cylinder
Cushion Extend and retract
Bore dia×Rod dia×Stroke Ø200×Ø140×1593 mm
Bucket cylinder
Cushion Extend only

※ Discoloration of cylinder rod can occur when the friction reduction additive of lubrication oil spreads on
the rod surface.
※ Discoloration does not cause any harmful effect on the cylinder performance.

9) SHOE
Item Width Ground pressure Link quantity Overall width
Standard ※700 mm (28") 1.08 kgf/cm2 (15.36 psi) 51 4200 mm (13' 9")
R800LC-9 ※800 mm (32") 0.95 kgf/cm2 (13.51 psi) 51 4300 mm (14' 1")
Option
※900 mm (36") 0.85 kgf/cm2 (12.09 psi) 51 4400 mm (14' 5")
※ Double grouser

10) BUCKET
Capacity Tooth Width
Item quantity Without side cutter With side cutter
SAE heaped CECE heaped
Standard 4.53 m3 (5.93 yd3) 3.95 m3 (5.17 yd3) 5 2040 mm (80.3") 2200 mm (86.6")
2.56 m3 (3.35 yd3) 2.27 m3 (2.97 yd3) 5 1635 mm (64.4") 1785 mm (70.3")
3.40 m3 (4.45 yd3) 3.00 m3 (3.92 yd3) 4 1615 mm (63.6") 1775 mm (69.9")
R800LC-9 3
4.80 m (6.28 yd ) 3 3
4.19 m (5.48 yd ) 3 5 2135 mm (84.1") 2295 mm (90.4")
Option
5.10 m3 (6.67 yd3) 4.44 m3 (5.81 yd3) 6 2245 mm (88.4") 2405 mm (94.7")
⊙3.40 m (4.45 yd ) 3.00 m (3.92 yd )
3 3 3 3 4 1635 mm (64.4") -
⊙4.50 m3 (5.86 yd3) 3.94 m3 (5.15 yd3) 5 2050 mm (80.7") -
⊙ : Rock bucket

1-30
9. RECOMMENDED OILS
Use only oils listed below or equivalent.
Do not mix different brand oil.
Ambient temperature˚C(˚F)
Capacity
Service point Kind of fluid
ℓ (U.S. gal) -50 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40
(-58) (-22) (-4) (14) (32) (50) (68) (86) (104)

★SAE 5W-40

SAE 30
Engine oil pan Engine oil 45.4 (12) SAE 10W

SAE 10W-30

SAE 15W-40

8.0×2
Swing drive ★SAE 75W-90
(2.1×2 )
Gear oil
20×2 SAE 85W-140
Final drive
(5.3×2)

Tank :
★ISO VG 15
450
(119)
Hydraulic tank Hydraulic oil ISO VG 46
System :
800 ISO VG 68
(210)

★ASTM D975 NO.1


Fuel tank Diesel fuel 940(248)
ASTM D975 NO.2

Lower roller 1.56 (0.4)


★SAE 75W-90
Upper roller Gear oil 0.6 (0.15)
SAE 85W-140
Idler 1.1 (0.3)

★NLGI NO.1
Fitting
Grease As required
(grease nipple)
NLGI NO.2

Radiator Mixture of Ethylene glycol base permanent type (50 : 50)


antifreeze 56 (15)
(reservoir tank) and water ★Ethylene glycol base permanent type (60 : 40)

SAE : Society of Automotive Engineers ★ : Cold region


API : American Petroleum Institute Russia, CIS, Mongolia
ISO : International Organization for Standardization
NLGI : National Lubricating Grease Institute
ASTM : American Society of Testing and Material

1-31
SECTION 2 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION

Group 1
Pump Device ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-1
Group 2
Main Control Valve ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-21
Group 3
Swing Device ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 2-46
Group 4
Travel Device ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-56
Group 5 RCV Lever ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-73
Group 6 RCV Pedal ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 2-80
SECTION 2 STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
GROUP 1 PUMP DEVICE
1. STRUCTURE
The pump device consists of main pump, regulator and gear pump.

Pi1 Psv2
Dr2 A1 A2 Dr4
a4
a3

a2
A3
a1

Dr1 Dr2
Psv1 Pi2

Qmin adjusting screw Qmax adjusting screw Qmin adjusting screw


Regulator Regulator

Pi1

a1 a2 Pi2

Dr2 Dr4 A3

Dr1 Dr3

Dr5
B3

B1
Front pump Port block Rear pump Gear pump

80092MP01

Port Port name Port size


Psv1 A1a1 a2 A2 Psv2 a4
A1,A2 Delivery port SAE6000 psi 1 1/4"
B1 Suction port SAE2500 psi 3 1/2"
Front Rear Dr1~Dr4 Drain port PF 3/4 - 23
Pi1,Pi2 Pilot port PF 1/4 - 15
Psv1, Psv2 Servo assist port PF 1/4 - 15
Pi1 Pi2 a1, a2 Gauge port PF 1/4 - 15
a3 Gauge port PF 1/4 - 14
a4 Gauge port PF 1/4 - 13
Engine A3 Gear delivery port PF 1/2 - 19
a3
B3 Gear suction port PF 3/4 - 20.5
Dr1,r2 B1 Dr3,r4 B3 Dr5 A3
Dr5 Drain port PF 3/8 - 15

2-1
1) MAIN PUMP (1/2)
The main pump consists of two piston pumps (front & rear) and valve block.
466
789 732 532 214 548 531 724 702 792 534 954 725 901 718 706 114 717 151 152 416 407
535 490
808
953
887
717
406
261 Gear pump

111

774
824 B
113
127
123 263
710 B 468
728
251
401
253 497 212 211 153 156 157 313 956 124 311 887 130 415 312 885 314 012 271 981 253 402
983

491 492
Section B - B
80092MP07

012 Cylinder block 311 Valve cover (F) 702 O-ring


111 Drive shaft (F) 312 Valve cover (R) 706 O-ring
113 Driven shaft (R) 313 Valve plate (R) 710 O-ring
114 Coupling 314 Valve plate (L) 717 O-ring
123 Roller bearing 401 Hexagon socket bolt 718 O-ring
124 Needle bearing 402 Hexagon socket bolt 724 O-ring
127 Spacer 406 Hexagon socket bolt 725 O-ring
130 Booster 407 Hexagon socket bolt 728 O-ring
151 Piston 415 Hexagon socket bolt 732 O-ring
152 Shoe 416 Hexagon socket bolt 774 Oil seal
153 Plate 466 VP Plug 789 Back up ring
156 Bushing 468 VP Plug 792 Back up ring
157 Cylinder spring 490 VP Plug 808 Hexagon head nut
211 Shoe plate 491 Restrictor 824 Snap ring
212 Swash plate 492 VP Plug 885 Pin
214 Bushing 497 VP Plug 887 Spring pin
251 Support plate 531 Tilting pin 901 Eye bolt
253 Washer 532 Servo piston 953 Set screw
261 Seal cover (F) 534 Stopper (L) 954 Set screw
263 Seal cover (R) 535 Stopper (S) 956 Set screw
271 Pump casing 548 Feed back pin

2-2
2) FRONT REGULATOR (1/2)

Port Port name Port size


Pi Pilot port PF 1/4 - 15
Psv Servo assist port PF 1/4 - 15
P2 Companion delivery pressure -
Pf Powershift pressure -

80092RG01

2-3
FRONT REGULATOR (2/2)
734 653 654 836 651 652 601 624 629 630 628
655

641 802

814

898

631 627
732
753
733

622

621 623 625 626 887 763 756


SECTION A-A 8007A2RG02

408 Hexagon socket screw 626 Inner spring 725 O-ring


412 Hexagon socket screw 627 Adjust stem(C) 728 O-ring
413 Hexagon socket screw 628 Adjust screw(C) 730 O-ring
436 Hexagon socket screw 629 Cover(C) 732 O-ring
438 Hexagon socket screw 630 Lock nut 733 O-ring
439 Hexagon socket screw 631 Sleeve, pf 734 O-ring
466 Plug 641 Pilot cover 735 O-ring
496 Plug 643 Pilot piston 753 O-ring
541 Seat 644 Spring seat(Q) 755 O-ring
543 Stopper 1 645 Adjust stem(Q) 756 O-ring
545 Steel ball 646 Pilot spring 763 O-ring
601 Casing 651 Sleeve 801 Nut
611 Feed back lever 652 Spool(A) 802 Nut
612 Lever(1) 653 Spring seat 814 Snap ring
613 Lever(2) 654 Return spring 836 Snap ring
614 Center plug 655 Set spring 874 Spring pin
615 Adjust plug 696 Port cover 875 Pin
621 Compensator piston 697 Check valve plate 876 Pin
622 Piston case 698 Cover 887 Pin
623 Compensator rod 708 O-ring 897 Pin
624 Spring seat(C) 722 O-ring 898 Pin
625 Outer spring 724 O-ring 924 Set screw

2-4
3) REAR REGULATOR (1/2)

Port Port name Port size


Pi Pilot port PF 1/4 - 15
Psv Servo assist port PF 1/4 - 15
P2 Companion delivery pressure -
Pf Powershift pressure -
a4 Gauge port PF 1/4 - 13

80092RG03

2-5
REAR REGULATOR (2/2)
734 653 654 836 651 652 601 624 629 630 628
655

641 802

814

898

631 627
732
753
733

622

621 623 625 626 887 763 756


SECTION A-A 8007A2RG02

079 EPPR valve 626 Inner spring 728 O-ring


407 Hexagon socket screw 627 Adjust stem (C) 730 O-ring
412 Hexagon socket screw 628 Adjust screw (C) 732 O-ring
413 Hexagon socket screw 629 Cover (C) 733 O-ring
436 Hexagon socket screw 630 Lock nut 734 O-ring
438 Hexagon socket screw 631 Sleeve, pf 735 O-ring
439 Hexagon socket screw 641 Pilot cover 753 O-ring
466 Plug 643 Pilot piston 755 O-ring
496 Plug 644 Spring seat (Q) 756 O-ring
541 Seat 645 Adjust stem (Q) 763 O-ring
543 Stopper 646 Pilot spring 801 Nut
545 Steel ball 651 Sleeve 802 Nut
601 Casing 652 Spool (A) 814 Snap ring
611 Feed back lever 653 Spring seat 836 Snap ring
612 Lever (1) 654 Return spring 858 Snap ring
613 Lever (2) 655 Set spring 874 Pin
614 Center plug 697 Check valve plate 875 Pin
615 Adjust plug 698 Cover 876 Pin
621 Compensator piston 699 Port cover 887 Pin
622 Piston case 708 O-ring 897 Pin
623 Compensator rod 722 O-ring 898 Pin
624 Spring seat (C) 724 O-ring 924 Set screw
625 Outer spring 725 O-ring

2-6
4) GEAR PUMP

700 354 351 433

434
311
850
312
355
732 466
725

710 435 361 353 307 310 308 309 434

8007A2GP01

307 Poppet 353 Drive gear 466 Plug


308 Seat 354 Driven gear 700 Ring
309 Ring 355 Filter 710 O-ring
310 Spring 361 Front socket 725 O-ring
311 Screw 433 Flange socket 732 O-ring
312 Lock nut 434 Flange socket 850 Snap ring
351 Gear case 435 Flange socket

2-7
2. FUNCTION
1) MAIN PUMP
The pumps may classified roughly into the rotary group performing a rotary motion and working as
the major part of the whole pump function: the swash plate group that varies the delivery rates: and
the valve cover group that changes over oil suction and discharge.

(1) Rotary group


The rotary group consists of drive shaft
(F)(111), cylinder block (012), piston
shoes (151,152), set plate (153), 313
spherical bush (156), and cylinder spring 012
157
(157). 156
153
The drive shaft is supported by bearing 151
152
(123,124) at its both ends.
The shoe is caulked to the piston to from
111
a spherical coupling. It has a pocket to 211
123
relieve thrust force generated by loading
pressure and the take hydraulic balance
so that it slides lightly over the shoe plate
(211). The sub group composed by a
piston and a shoe is pressed against the 50072MP01
shoe plate by the action of the cylinder
spring via a retainer and a spherical bush.
Similarly, the cylinder block is pressed
against valve plate (313) by the action of
the cylinder spring.
(2) Swash plate group 531
548
The swash plate group consists of swash
214
plate (212), shoe plate (211), swash plate
support (251), tilting bush (214), tilting pin 212
(531) and servo piston (532). 251 211
The swash plate is a cylindrical part
formed on the opposite side of the sliding
surface of the shoe and is supported by
the swash support.
If the servo piston moves to the right and 532 α
left as hydraulic force controlled by the
regulator is admitted to hydraulic chamber
located on both sides of the servo piston, α
the swash plate slides over the swash
plate support via the spherical part of the
tilting pin to change the tilting angle (α).

2-7 (210-7)

2-8
(3) Valve cover group
The valve cover group consists of valve
cover (F, 311), valve cover (R, 312), valve
plate (313, 314), spline coupling (114),
booster (130) and valve plate pin (885).
The valve plate having two melon-shaped
ports is fixed to the valve cover and feeds
and collects oil to and from the cylinder
cover.
The oil changed over by the valve plate is 314
312
connected to an external pipeline by way
of the valve cover. 130
Now, if the drive shaft is driven by a prime 885
114
mover (electric motor, engine, etc), it
311
rotates the cylinder block via a spline
linkage at the same time. If the swash
plate is tilted as in Fig (previous page) the
pistons arranged in the cylinder block
make a reciprocating motion with respect 885
313
to the cylinder block, while they revolve
with the cylinder block.
If you pay attention to a single piston, it
performs a motion away from the valve
plate (oil sucking process) within 180
degrees, and makes a motion towards the
valve plate (or oil discharging process) in
the rest of 180 degrees. When the swash
plate has a tilting angle of zero, the piston
8007A2MP02
makes no stroke and discharges no oil.

2-9
2) REGULATOR
Regulator consists of the negative flow control, total horse power control and power shift control
function.

(1) Negative flow control


By changing the pilot pressure Pi, the
pump tilting angle (delivery flow) is
regulated arbitrarily, as shown in the
figure.
This regulator is of the negative flow

Delivery flow, Q
control in which the delivery flow Q
decreases as the pilot pressure Pi rises.
With this mechanism, when the pilot
pressure corresponding to the flow
required for the work is commanded, the
pump discharges the required flow only,
and so it does not consume the power Pilot pressure, Pi
uselessly.

2-10
① Flow reducing function

643 654 651 652 613 646

P1 CL
B(E)
874
897
C
Pi(from MCV) A

875

611

Servo piston Small diameter


Large diameter D 548 chamber
chamber
531

80092RG05

As the pilot pressure Pi rises, the pilot piston (643) moves to the right to a position where the force of
the pilot spring (646) balances with the hydraulic force.
The groove (A) in the pilot piston is fitted with the pin (875) that is fixed to lever 2 (613). Therefore,
when the pilot piston moves, lever 2 rotates around the fulcrum of point B [Fixed by the fulcrum plug
(614) and pin(875)]. Since the large hole section(C) of lever 2 contains a protruding pin (897) fixed to
the feedback lever(611), the pin (897) moves to the right as lever 2 rotates. Since the opposing-flat
section (D) of the feedback lever is fitted with the pin(548) fixed by the tilting pin (531) that swings the
swash plate, the feedback lever rotates around the fulcrum of point D, as the pin (897) moves.
Since the feedback lever is connected with the spool (652) via the pin (874), the spool moves to the
right.
The movement of the spool causes the delivery pressure P1 to connect to port CL through the spool
and to be admitted to the large diameter section of the servo piston. The delivery pressure P1 that is
constantly admitted to the small diameter section of the servo piston moves the servo piston to the
right due to the area difference, resulting in decrease of the tilting angle.
When the servo piston moves to the right, point D also moves to the right. The spool is fitted with the
return spring (654) and is tensioned to the left at all times, and so the pin (897) is pressed against the
large hole section (C) of lever 2.
Therefore, as point D moves, the feedback lever rotates around the fulcrum of point C, and the spool is
shifted to the left. This causes the opening between the sleeve (651) and spool (652) to close slowly,
and the servo piston comes to a complete stop when it closes completely.

2-11
② Flow increasing function

643 654 651 652 613 646

P1 CL
B(E)
874
897
Pi (from MCV) C

875
611

Small diameter
Servo piston D 548 chamber
Large diameter
chamber
531

80092RG06

As the pilot pressure Pi decreases, the pilot piston (643) moves to the left by the action of the pilot
spring (646) and causes lever 2 (613) to rotate around the fulcrum of point B. Since the pin (897)
is pressed against the large hole section (C) of lever 2 by the action of the return spring (654) via
the spool (652), pin (874), and feedback lever (611), the feedback lever rotates around the fulcrum
of point D as lever 2 rotates, and shifts the spool to the left. Port CL opens a way to the tank port
as the spool moves. This deprives the large diameter section of the servo piston of pressure, and
shifts the servo piston to the left by the discharge pressure P1 in the small diameter section,
resulting in an increase in the flow rate.
As the servo piston moves, point D also moves to the left, the feedback lever rotates around the
fulcrum of point C, and the spool moves to the right till the opening between the spool and sleeve is
closed.

2-12
③ Adjustment of flow control characteristic
The flow control characteristic can be
adjusted with the adjusting screw.
Adjust it by loosening the hexagon nut 801
(801) and by tightening (or loosening) 924
the hexagonal socket head screw (924).
Tightening the screw shifts the control
chart to the right as shown in the figure.
※ Adjusting values are shown in table.
Adjustment of flow control
characteristic 2-12 (210-7)
Speed
Tightening Flow Flow
amount of control change
adjusting starting amount
screw pressure

Delivery flow, Q
(924) change
amount
(min -1) (Turn) (kgf/cm2) (ℓ/min)

1800 +1/4 +1.3 +30.2

Pilot pressure, Pi

2-13
(2) Total horsepower control
The regulator decreases the pump tilting
angle (delivery flow) automatically to limit
the input torque within a certain value with

Delivery flow, Q
a rise in the delivery pressure P1 of the
self pump and the delivery pressure P2 of
the companion pump.
(The input horsepower is constant when
the speed is constant.)
Since the regulator is of the simultaneous
Delivery pressure, (P1+P2)
total horsepower type that operates by the
sum of load pressures of the two pumps
in the tandem double-pump system, the
prime mover is automatically prevented
from being overloaded, irrespective of the
load condition of the two pumps, when
horsepower control is under way.
Since this regulator is of the simultaneous
total horsepower type, it controls the tilting
angles (displacement volumes) of the two
pumps to the same value as represented
by the following equation :
Tin = P1×q/2Л + P2×q/2Л
= (P1+P2)×q/2Л
The horsepower control function is the
same as the flow control function and is
summarized in the following. (For detailed
behaviors of respective parts, refer to the
section of flow control).

2-14
① Overload preventive function

621 651 652 623 612 601 625 626

P1 CL
B(E)
897
F

P2 P1
875

611

Large diameter Servo piston Small diameter


chamber chamber
D

8007A2RG04

When the self pump delivery pressure P1 or the companion pump delivery pressure P2 rises, it
acts on the stepped part of the compensating piston (621). It presses the compensating rod
(623) to the right till the force of the outer spring (625) and inner spring (626) balances with the
hydraulic force. The movement of the compensating rod is transmitted to lever 1 (612) via pin
(875).
Lever 1 rotates around the pin (875) (E) fixed to the casing (601).
Since the large hole section (F) of lever 1 contains a protruding pin (897) fixed to the feedback
lever (611), the feedback lever rotates around the fulcrum of point D as lever 1 rotates, and then
the spool (652) is shifted to the right. As the spool moves, the delivery pressure P1 is admitted
to the large diameter section of the servo piston via port CL, causes the servo piston move to
the right, reduces the pump delivery, flow rate, and prevents the prime mover from being
overloaded.
The movement of the servo piston is transmitted to the feedback lever via point D. Then the
feedback lever rotates around the fulcrum of point F and the spool is shifted to the left. The
spool moves till the opening between the spool (652) and sleeve (651) is closed.

2-15
② Flow reset function

621 651 652 623 612 601 625 626

P1 CL
B(E)
897
F

P2 P1

611

Large diameter Small diameter


Servo piston chamber
chamber D

8007A2RG05

As the self pump delivery pressure P1 or the companion pump delivery pressure P2 decreases,
the compensating rod (623) is pushed back by the action of the springs (625 & 626) to rotate
lever 1 (612) around point E. Rotating of lever 1 causes the feedback lever (611) to rotate
around the fulcrum of point D and then the spool (652) to move to the left. As a result, port CL
opens a way to the tank port.
This causes the servo piston to move to the left and the pump's delivery rate to increase.
The movement of the servo piston is transmitted to the spool by the action of the feedback
mechanism to move it till the opening between the spool and sleeve is closed.

2-16
③ Low tilting angle (low flow) command preferential function
As mentioned above, flow control and horsepower control tilting angle commands are
transmitted to the feedback lever and spool via the large-hole sections (C & F) of levers 1 and 2.
However, since sections C and F have the pins (Ø4) protruding from the large hole (Ø8), only
the lever lessening the tilting angle contacts the pin (897) ; the hole (Ø8) in the lever of a larger
tilting angle command is freed without contacting the pin (897). Such a mechanical selection
method permits preference of the lower tilting angle command of the flow control and
horsepower control.
④ Adjustment of input horsepower
Since the regulator is of total cumulative horsepower type, adjust the adjusting screws of both
the front and rear pumps, when changing the horsepower set values. The pressure change
values by adjustment are based on two pumps pressurized at the same time, and the values will
be doubled when only one pump is loaded.

a. Adjustment of outer spring


Adjust it by loosening the hexagon nut
625 626 630 628
(630) and by tightening (or loosening)
the adjusting screw C (628).
Tightening the screw shifts the control 802

chart to the right and increases the


input horse-power as shown in the
figure. Since turning the adjusting
screw C by N turns changes the setting
of the inner spring (626), return the
627
adjusting stem QI (627) by N×A turns
at first. (A=1.81)
※ Adjusting values are shown in table.
8007A2MP03

Adjustment of outer spring


Speed
Tightening Compens- Flow
amount of ating control change
Delivery flow, Q

adjusting starting amount


screw (C) pressure
(928) change
amount
(min -1) (Turn) (kgf/cm2) (ℓ/min)

1800 +1/4 +17.7 +14.2


Delivery pressure, (P1+P2)

2-17
b. Adjustment of inner spring
Adjust it by loosening the hexagon nut 626
(802) and by tightening (or loosening) 802
the adjusting stem QI (627).
Tightening the screw increases the flow
and then the input horsepower as
shown in the figure.
※ Adjusting valves are shown in table.

Adjustment of outer spring 627


Speed
Tightening Flow Input
amount of change torque 8007A2MP04
adjusting amount change
stem (QI) amount
(627)

(min -1) (Turn) (kgf/cm2) (ℓ/min)

Delivery flow, Q
1800 +1/4 +22.8 +11.4

Delivery pressure, (P1+P2)

2-18
(3) Power shift control

621 651 652 623 612 625 626

P1 CL
B(E)
897
898 F

Pf
P2 P1

611

Large diameter Servo piston Small diameter


chamber chamber
D

8007A2RG06

The set horsepower valve is shifted by varying


the command current level of the proportional
pressure reducing valve attached to the pump.
Delivery flow, Q

Only one proportional pressure reducing valve is


provided. However, the secondary pressure Pf Pf=
MIN
(power shift pressure) is admitted to the Pf= .
MA
horsepower control section of each pump X.
regulator through the pump's internal path to
shift it to the same set horsepower level. Delivery pressure, (P1+P2)
This function permits arbitrary setting of the
pump output power, thereby providing the optimum power level according to the operating
condition.
The power shift pressure Pf controls the set horsepower of the pump to a desired level, as shown
in the figure.
As the power shift pressure Pf rises, the compensating rod (623) moves to the right via the pin
(898) and compensating piston (621).
This decreases the pump tilting angle and then the set horsepower in the same way as explained
in the overload preventive function of the horsepower control. On the contrary, the set
horsepower rises as the power shift pressure Pf falls.

2-19
(4) Adjustment of maximum and minimum flows
① Adjustment of maximum flow
Adjust it by loosening the hexagon nut
(808) and by tightening (or loosening)
the set screw (954).
The maximum flow only is adjusted without
changing other control characteristics.
8007A2MP06

Adjustment of max flow


Speed
Tightening Flow change

Delivery flow, Q
amount of amount
adjusting screw
(954)

(min -1) (Turn) (ℓ/min)


1800 +1/4 -9.2
Pilot pressure, Pi

② Adjustment of minimum flow


Adjust it by loosening the hexagon nut 808
(808) and by tightening(or loosening) the
hexagonal socket head set screw (953). 953
Similarly to the adjustment of the
maximum flow, other characteristics are
not changed.
However, remember that, if tightened too
8007A2MP05
much, the required horsepower during
the maximum delivery pressure (or
during relieving) may increase.

Adjustment of min flow


Delivery flow, Q

Speed
Tightening Flow change
amount of amount
adjusting screw
(953)

(min -1) (Turn) (ℓ/min)


Pilot pressure, Pi
1800 +1/4 +9.2

2-20
GROUP 2 MAIN CONTROL VALVE
1. STRUCTURE
T4 51 Thread depth
49 67 T3 Mark Port size
(mm)
pc1 DR1, DR2, DR3, pr1, ps1, ps2,
pb5
pc1, pc2, pc6, pc7, pa10, pa11, PF 1/4 12
pb9
PA, PT, PP, PH, PO
ps2

49 pb8 pb4 pa1~pa9, pb1~pb9 PF 3/8 14


pa10

pr2 PF 1/2 16
49 pb7 pb3
67
pa11
T3, T4 PF 3/4 17
ps1 pb6 pb2
48
pb1 1 Valve housing (P1) 35 H/D valve assy
2 Valve housing (P2) 36 M/R valve assy
DR3
3 Arm 2 spool assy 37A O/R valve assy
67 48 49 67 4 Bucket spool assy 37B O/R valve assy
VIEW A
5 Boom 1 spool assy 37C O/R valve assy
6 Travel spool assy 38 Negacon valve assy
49 51
48 53 7 TS spool assy 39 Plug assy
x
8 Arm 1 spool assy 40 Poppet
9 Service spool assy 41 Spring
10 Boom 2 spool assy 42 Plug
B B
T1 11 Swing spool assy 43 O-ring
C C
T2
12A Spool cap-A 44 Flange
pb5
DR1
pa5 pa9 12B Spool cap-B 45 O-ring
D pa5 pa9
D B5 A5 A9 B9 13A Spool flange-A 46 Plug assy
pb4 pa4
51 51 pa8 13B Spool flange-B 47 Plug assy
B4 A4
E E pa4 pa8
A8 B8 14 O-ring 48 Plug assy
A pb3 pa3 pa7
DR2 15 Popet 49 Plug assy
F B3 A3 DR7
F pc7 pa3 pa7 pc2 A7 B7 16 Spring 50 Plug assy
pb2 pa2 pa6
17 Spacer 51 Socket head bolt
G B2 A2 G pa2 pa6 A6 B6 18 O-ring 52 Socket head bolt
PA
pp
19 Back up ring 53 Socket head bolt
pb1 PT pa1
H B1 A1 H PP pa1 pr2 20 Spool assy 54 Name plate
pr1
P2 21 Spring seat 55 Screw
I P1 I 22 Spool assy 56 Socket head bolt
23 Spring 57 Poppet
x
24 O-ring 58A Service relief valve assy
49 47 48 44 52 51 52 44 61 53 25 Plug 58B Service relief valve assy
26 Poppet 59 O-ring
49 27 Spring 60 O-ring
28 Poppet 61 O-ring
29 Poppet 63 Plug
30 Poppet 64 Flange
31 Spring 65 Socket head bolt
32 Flange 66 O-ring
33 O-ring 67 Socket head bolt
34 Swing priority assy 68 Socket head bolt

80092MC01

2-21
1
B B 2

C C 12A 12A 3
8 14

D ARM 1 D ARM 2
4 50
9
E SERVICE E BUCKET

5
10
F BOOM 2 F BOOM 1
6
11 50
G SWING G TRAVEL
7
6
H TRAVEL H TRAVEL STRAIGHT

13A
12B 14 13B 62 SECTION B-B
I I
14
14
SECTION Z-Z SECTION Y-Y
Z 38 Y
37B 48 24 25 23 21 28 27
59

59
59
61 49
61 20
61 46
60

59 61 22

61 22

49
60 48
27
61 60
21 24 25 23 47 57
61
61 SECTION C-C
61
61
P2 VALVE HOUSING MATING SURFACE
Z Y
80092MC04

2-22
35 33 60 31 65,32 31 33 29 68 64,66 33 32,65 31 29 68 64,66 50 49 33 32,65 31 29 49 31 60 33 35

37C 58B 58A

48

ARM 1 SERVICE

26 BOOM 2
26
49 49 BOOM 1
ARM 2 27 27 BUCKET

SECTION D-D SECTION E-E SECTION F-F


37B 37C

49 33 32,65 31 29 49 33 32,65 31 29 37A 29 31 32,65 33 31 60 33 35

34 56

50 33 50 33 32,65 31 30 39 15 16 17 18,19 44

LEFT BLOCK-P1

36

SWING TRAVEL-LEFT

63
TRAVEL-RIGHT TRAVEL-STRAIGHT

SECTION G-G SECTION H-H SECTION I-I


RIGHT BLOCK-P2

40 41 42 43 37C 49 49 15 16 17 18,19 44

80092MC02

2-23
2. HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT

80092MC03

2-24
3. OPERATION

Low pressure Low pressure


relief valve relief valve
ps1 Lc1 Rc1 ps2
Ta pa10 pa11

L2 R2
Ta Bypass cut
spool(R)
Bypass cut
spool(L)

R1
L1

ARM1 ARM2

SERVICE BUCKET

BOOM2 BOOM1

L3 R3 TRAVEL-LH
SWING

TRAVEL
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT

L1 R1
P2
P1

L R

48092MC05A

2-25
1) ALL SPOOL NEUTRAL
(1) Neutral passage
① Oil from pump P1 goes through neutral passage (L1) to the orifice (Lc1) of the low pressure
relief valve and then oil returns to port T1 and T3 via tank passage (Ta).
② Oil from pump P2 goes through neutral passage (R1) to the orifice (Rc1) of the low pressure
relief valve and then oil returns to port T1 and T3 via tank passage (Ta).
③ The pressure of upper chamber (L2), (R2) for the low pressure relief valve flow into pump
through port ps1, ps2 and then controls the discharge of pump P1, P2.
④ When a large amount of oil flows the neutral passage, the low pressure relief valves is operated.
As a result, the shock pressure of port ps1, ps2 is prevented.
(2) Signal passage
① Oil from port PP flows into port PT via orifice (Lc3). At the same time, after passing through
passage (⑤) via land (Lc4), oil returns to the tank passage (Ta) via land (Rc3).
② Meanwhile, some of oil from port PP flows into port PA via orifice (Lc5) and return to the tank
passage (Ta) from boom 1 spool land (Rc4) via passage (L4, ⑧, R4).
③ Oil via orifice (Lc6) flows into the tank passage (Ta) from land (Lc7) and return to the tank
passage (Ta) via travel spool land (Rc5) through the passage ④.

Ta
10

From L3
Arm recycling spool
9 From R3

L5 8

Ta T1
T3
Lc8 Ta

11

ARM1 (Pa5) R4 ARM2


(Pb5) (Pa9) (Pb9)
7

SERVICE (Pa4) BUCKET


(Pb4) (Pa8) (Pb8)

BOOM2 (Pa3) BOOM1


(Pb3) (Pa7) (Pb7)
6 Pc4

SWING (Pa2) TRAVEL


Z (Pb6)
(Pb2) (Pa6)
L4
PA PT
PP Rc3 Rc5
R1
TRAVEL (Pa1) TRAVEL
(Pb1) STRAIGHT
5

L1 P2
P1
L3
4
Ta
Ta

3
L4
PA 2
PT
PP
1
Lc3 Ta
Lc4 Lc5
Lc7 Lc6
DETAIL Z

48092MC06

2-26
2) SINGLE OPERATION
(1) Travel spool
When the RH travel spool is pushed to right by the pilot pressure of port Pb1 the oil discharged
from P1 port flows from the neutral passage (L1) to B1 port.
The oil from port A1 return to the tank via the tank passage (Ta).
When the LH travel spool is pushed to right by the pilot pressure of port Pb6 the oil discharged
from P2 port flows from the neutral passage (R1) to B6 port through the passage S6-1.
At this time, the parallel passage (R3) and passage (S6-1) are to be maintained as same pressure
as poppet (S6-2) is closed. The oil from A6 returns to the tank via the tank passage (Ta).
When the travel spool is pushed to the right by the pilot pressure, the land (Lc4, Rc3) is closed
and the tank passage of the oil discharged from port PP is closed, and then the pressure of PT
port is increased.
Neutral position Rc5
Rc3 TRAVEL-LH

Pb6 Pa6

Ta Ta
R1
Shift position
R3
S6-1

S6-2
B6 A6

B1 A1 PA PT
Lc6
Lc5
Lc3
L3
PP
Neutral position
L1 TRAVEL-RH
Ta Ta
Pb1 Pa1

Shift position Lc4


Ta Lc7
R1 Ta TRAVEL STRAIGHT

48092MC07

2-27
(2) Swing spool
When the swing spool is pushed to the right by the pilot pressure of port Pb2, the neutral
passage (L1) is closed, the oil discharged from pump P1 pushes up the load check valve (S2-1),
passage (S2-2) via parallel passage (L3) and then flows into port B2.
The oil from port A2 return to the tank via the tank passage (Ta).

B2 A2
S2-2
S2-1

SWING
L3
Ta Ta

Pb2 Pa2

L1
Shift position

TRAVEL

Pb6 Pa6

Ta

R3

B6 A6

48092MC08

2-28
3) BOOM SPOOL
(1) Neutral
This valve is providing the anti-drift valve on the cylinder bottom side of boom 1 and boom 2
section. In neutral, the poppet (AD1) is seated by the pressure of spring chamber (AD5) because
the oil from the port A7 is connection with spring chamber (AD5) via passage (AD2), spool (AD3)
and passage (AD4).

AD1 AD2

Pc2
AD3
AD4
AD5
DR2

Ta BOOM2
Ta

Pb3 Pa3

L1

R1 BOOM1

Pb7 Pa7

Ta
Ta AD5

AD4

AD3

B7 A7

AD1 AD2
8007A2MC05

2-29
(2) Boom up (flow summation)
When the boom 1, 2 spool is pushed to the left by the pilot pressure of port Pa3, Pa7, the neutral
passage (L1, R1) is closed, the oil discharged from pump P1 flows into the port A3 via parallel
passage (L3), the load check valve (S3-1). The oil discharged from pump P2 flows into the port
A7 via parallel passage (R3), the load check valve (S7-1) and then joins to the passage (⑥).

B3 A3
S3-1

Ta BOOM2
Ta L3

Pb3 Pa3

L1

R1 BOOM1

Pb7 Pa7

Ta R3
Ta

S7-1

B7 A7

80092MC06

2-30
(3) Boom down (recycling)
When the boom 1 spool is pushed to the right by the pilot pressure of port Pb7, the neutral
passage (R1) is closed, the oil discharged from pump P2 flows the port B7 via parallel passage
(R3) and the load check valve (S7-1). At the same time, as the port pc2 (pc7) are pressurizing,
the spool (AD3) of anti-drift valve is pushed up (down), the pressure of spring chamber (AD5) is
released and the poppet (AD1) is opened and then the oil from port A3 and A7 flows into the tank
passage (Ta).
Some of returned oil makes the poppet (S7-3) inside boom 1 spool to open and is connected to
the passage (S7-2) and flows together into the port B7. This prevents the cavitation of cylinder
rod side.

AD1 AD2

B3 A3 pc7 AD3
S3-1 AD4
AD5

DR2

Ta BOOM2
Ta L3

Pb3 Pa3

L1

S7-3
R1 BOOM1

Pb7 Pa7

Ta R3
Ta AD5

DR2 AD4
S7-2

S7-1 AD3

A7 pc2
B7

AD1 AD2

80092MC07

2-31
4) SERVICE SPOOL
When the service spool is pushed to the left by the pilot pressure of port Pb4, the neutral passage
(L1) is closed, the oil discharged from pump P1 flows into the port B4 via parallel passage (L3), the
load check valve (S4-1) and passage (S4-2).
At the same time, as the port pa10 (see 2-24 page) is pressurizing and the bypass cut spool (R) is
pushed, the oil discharged from pump P2 flows together into the port B7 via passage (11), poppet
(S4-3). The oil returned from port A4 flows into the tank via the tank passage (Ta).
5) BUCKET SPOOL
When the bucket spool is pushed to the left by the pilot pressure of port Pb8, the neutral passage
(R1) is closed, the oil discharged from pump P2 flows into the port B8 via parallel passage (R3),
the load check valve (S8-1) and passage (S8-2).
At the same time, as the port pa11 is pressurizing and the bypass cut spool (R) is pushed, the oil
discharged from pump P1 flows together the passage (S8-2) via passage (7), poppet (S8-3).
The return oil from port A8 flows into the tank via the tank passage (Ta).

B4 A4

S4-1
S4-2

L3
SERVICE
Ta Ta

Pb4 Pa4

L1
11 7
S4-3 S8-3
R1 BUCKET

Pb8 Pa8

Ta Ta
R3

S8-2 S8-1

B8 A8

48092MC12A

2-32
6) ARM SPOOL
(1) Arm out (flow summation)
When the arm 1 spool is pushed to the right by the pilot pressure of port Pb5, the oil discharged
from pump P1 flows into the port B5 via neutral passage (L1), the load check valve (S5-1) and
passage (S5-2).
When the arm 2 spool is pushed to the right by the pilot pressure of port Pb9, the oil discharged
from pump P2 flows together the port B5 the passage (⑩) via the neutral passage (R1), the load
check valve (S9-1) and passage (S9-2).
The return oil from port A5 flows into the tank via the tank passage (Ta).

B5 A5
S5-1
S5-2

ARM 1
L3 Ta

Pb5 Pa5

L1

10 9

ARM 2
R1

Pb9 Pa9

R3
Ta

S9-2
S9-1

48092MC13

2-33
(2) Arm in (flow summation)
When the arm 1 spool is pushed to the left by the pilot pressure of port Pa5, the oil discharged
from pump P1 flow into the port A5 via neutral passage (L1), the load check valve (S5-1) and
passage (S5-2).
When the arm 2 spool is pushed to the left by the pilot pressure of port Pa9, the oil discharged
from pump P2 flows together into the port A5 via neutral passage (R1), the load check valve
(S9-1) and passage (S9-2).
At the same time, as the port pc1 is pressurizing and the spool (AD3) of anti-drift valve is pushed
down, the pressure of spring chamber (AD5) is released and the poppet (AD1) is opened and
then the oil returned from port B5 flows into the tank passage (Ta) through the passage (S5-4)
inside arm 1 spool to open and is connected to the passage (S5-2) and flows together into the
port A5, the cylinder speed is raised and also is prevents the cavitation of bottom side.
AD3 AD4
AD2
AD1
pc1 B5 A5
S5-1
S5-2

DR1
ARM 1
L3
Ta

Pb5 Pa5

S5-4

10 9

ARM 2
Ta R1

Pb9 Pa9

R3 Ta

S9-2
S9-1

S5-5

S5-3

LC8
Ta

S5-6
48092MC14

2-34
(3) Arm recycling (arm in)
When the arm is at in position, the spool (S5-6) stroke against the passage (S5-2) pressure guided
from the passage (S5-5) is changed according to the opening angle of arm recycling orifice (Lc8).
When the pressure of the passage (S5-2) is high and this stroke is increased, the opening angle
of orifice (Lc8) become large. On the contrary, when the pressure of passage (S5-2) is low, this
stroke is decreased, the opening angle of orifice (Lc8) become small.
Therefore, the flow rate for arm recycling is changed by the pressure in bottom side of arm
cylinder.

AD3 AD4
AD2
AD1
pc1 B5 A5
S5-1
S5-2

DR1
ARM 1
L3
Ta

Pb5 Pa5

S5-4

10 9

ARM 2
Ta R1

Pb9 Pa9

R3 Ta

S9-2
S9-1

S5-5

S5-3

LC8
Ta

S5-6

48092MC14

2-35
7) BYPASS CUT SPOOL
This valve is providing the bypass cut spool at the lowest stream of (upper stream of the low
pressure relief valve) the neutral passage (L1, R1).
As the port pa10 (pa11) is pressurizing and the bypass cut spool (L, R) is pushed, the neutral
passage (L1, R1) is closed. The oil discharged from port P1 flows together into the passage (S8-2,
see 2-33 page) of bucket section via passage (⑦), poppet (S8-3) and the oil discharged from P2
port flows together into the passage (S4-2) of service section via the passage (⑪) and poppet
(S4-3, see 2-33 page).
8) PARALLEL ORIFICE FOR ARM
The arm 1 and arm 2 section of this valve has orifices in the parallel circuit for arm. These orifices
controls the speed of arm at combined operation.
The parallel circuit of arm 2 section is connected to the passage (S9-2, see 2-35) through orifice
(Rc6) in the edge of the poppet (S9-3) from the parallel passage (R3), the parallel circuit of arm 1
section is connected to the passage (S5-2, see 2-35) through orifice (Lc9) in the edge of the
poppet (S5-8) from the parallel passage (L3).

Bypass cut spool(L)

S5-8
Lc9
L3

L1
S5-2
L2

pa11

11 7

pa10

R2
Rc6 S9-3

R1
R3

Bypass cut spool(R)

48092MC15

2-36
9) RELIEF VALVE
(1) Main relief valve
The oil discharged from P1 port via the poppet (LP) and the oil discharged from P2 port via the
poppet (RP) flow into the main relief valve through the passage (3).
When the main relief valve is operating, the maximum pressure of pump P1, P2 is controlled.
(2) Overload relief valve
Overload relief valves are provided each cylinder ports of boom1, arm1 and bucket. These
prevents the abnormal high pressure of actuators by external force.
Also, when the pressure of cylinder ports create back pressure, this valve opens allowing oil from
tank to cylinder port; and then prevents cavitation.

P1

LP

PH

RP

P2

48092MC16

2-37
4. COMBINED OPERATION
1) TRAVEL COMBINED OPERATION
① While travel (forward, reverse and pivot turn) and front attachment (except travel section)
functions are operated, the oil discharged from port PP is cut via land (Lc4, Lc7, Rc3, Rc5) and
blocked from signal land except travel section to tank passage (Ta), the pressure of signal
passage rises to the relief setting pressure of pilot pump and the straight travel spool is pushed
to the left by raising of signal pressure and also, the pressure of port PT, PA port rises.

Rc5
Rc3
TRAVEL-RH

Pb6 Pa6

Ta Ta
R1
R3
Lc6
S6-1 PA PT Lc5
S6-2 Lc3

B6 A6
PP

B1 A1 PA PT
SECTION Z1

L3 Z1
PP
Ta TRAVEL-LH
L1
Ta

Pb1 Pa1

Lc4
Ta Ta Lc7
1 2
R1 TRAVEL STRAIGHT

48092MC17

2-38
② When the straight travel spool is operated, the oil discharged from port P2 flows into LH travel
section through the neutral passage (L1) and also flows into RH travel section via the neutral
passage (R1) and passage (②). The oil discharged from port P2 flows into the parallel passage
(L3) via passage (①).
③ In case the load pressure of the section except travel is higher than that of the LH travel section,
the partial oil of discharged from port P1 pushes open the poppet (S6-2) and flows together into
the passage (S6-1) through the orifice at the edge of poppet. The travel (LH, RH) is operated by
the discharged oil from port P1 and the other actuators are operated by the discharged oil from
port P2. Thus, when travel and front attachment functions are operated simultaneously, keeps
the straight travel.

Rc5
Rc3
TRAVEL-RH

Pb6 Pa6

Ta Ta
R1
R3
Lc6
S6-1 PA PT Lc5
S6-2 Lc3

B6 A6
PP

B1 A1 PA PT
SECTION Z1

L3 Z1
PP
Ta TRAVEL-LH
L1
Ta

Pb1 Pa1

Lc4
Ta Ta Lc7
1 2
R1 TRAVEL STRAIGHT

48092MC17

2-39
2) SWING COMBINED OPERATION
When swing and boom up functions are operated, the poppet (S2-1) is seated by pressure of port
pc6 and the poppet (S2-3) only opened and the supply pressure of the parallel passage (L3) is
rises by orifice (S2-4).
As a result, boom and swing simultaneous operation is ensured even if lower load of swing section.

pc6

DR3

S2-4 S2-3

S2-2 S2-1

L3 SWING
Ta
Ta

L1

48092MC18

2-40
5. ANTI-DRIFT VALVE
The anti-drift valve is provided the boom bottom and arm rod side of cylinder port for prevention of
self drifting by boom weight or bucket loads.
1) WHEN NEUTRAL
The oil from cylinder port flows into spring chamber (AD5) via passage (AD2), the around of spool
(AD3) and passage (AD4).
Because of the difference of poppet area and spring force, the poppet (AD1) is seated certainly.
2) WHEN BOOM UP OR ARM OUT
The oil from pump flows into cylinder by pushes open the poppet (AD1).
3) WHEN BOOM DOWN OR ARM IN
The spool (AD3) is pushed down by the pressure of pc1 (pc2).
Then the oil of spring chamber (AD5) flows into the drain port DR1 (DR2) and pushes open the
poppet (AD1).
As a result, the oil from the cylinder port returns to tank passage (Ta).

AD3
AD2
AD4
AD5
B5 (A7)

AD1

NEUTRAL

AD1 AD3 AD5


AD5
B5 (A7) pc1 B5 (A7)
(pc2)

DR1
(DR2)

AD1

ARM OUT ARM IN


(BOOM UP) (BOOM DOWN)
48092MC19

2-41
6. RELIEF VALVE OPERATION
1) MAIN RELIEF VALVE
(1) This relief valve is built-in between the neutral passage (HP) and low pressure passage (LP), and
the pressure oil fills up chamber (D) inside via orifice of main poppet (C).
Thus the sleeve (E) and the main poppet (C) are securely seated by difference area of A an B.

B
E
LP

HP
A

C D
48092MC20

(2) When the pressure in neutral passage(HP) reaches the setting force of spring, pilot poppet(F) is
opened.
The oil flows around poppet and into the low pressure passage(LP) via hole(G).
G
LP

HP

F
48092MC21

(3) When above flow is formed, the pilot poppet is opened; the pressure of chamber(D) drops, the
main poppet(C) is opened and then the oil directly flows into the low pressure passage(LP).

LP

HP

C D
48092MC22

(4) High pressure setting pilot signal(Pi) : ON


The piston(H) moves to left by pilot pressure(Pi); set pressure of spring rises, making high
pressure setting.
H I
LP

HP Pi

48092MC23

2-42
2) OVERLOAD RELIEF VALVE
(1) This relief valve is built-in the cylinder port (HP) and the low pressure (LP), and the pressure oil
fills up chamber (G) inside via hole of piston (C).
Thus the sleeve (K) and the main poppet (D) are securely seated by difference area of A and B.
K

B
LP

HP
A

C D G
48092MC24

(2) When the pressure in cylinder port (HP) reaches the setting force of spring, the pilot poppet (E) is
opened.
The oil flows around poppet and into the low pressure passage (LP) via hole (H).

E H
LP

HP

48092MC25

(3) When above flow is formed, the pilot poppet (E) is opened.
The pressure drops before and behind orifice (I); piston (C) moves to right and the piston (C) is
seated at the tip of poppet (E).
LP

HP

I 48092MC26

2-43
(4) The oil flow from the high pressure passage (HP) to the poppet (D) behind is only around poppet
and orifice (F); then the high pressure passage (HP) is higher than the poppet (D) behind pressure.
Thus the poppet (D) is pushed open and the oil directly flows into low pressure passage(LP).

F
LP

HP

48092MC27

(5) Make up operation


This relief valve is built-in the cylinder port (HP) and the low pressure passage (LP), and the
pressure oil fills up chamber (G) inside via hole of piston (C).
Thus the sleeve (K) and the main poppet (D) are securely seated by difference area of A and B.

LP

HP

48092MC28

2-44
3) LOW PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
(1) When pump does not operational

"LP"

"HP" 4PS
(5PS)

"LP" 48092MC29

(2) When spool neutral


The neutral passage (HP) oil flows into the low pressure passage (LP) via signal orifice (S).
The signal port 4Ps (5Ps) pressure is raise by negative control orifice (A).
"LP"

"HP" 4PS
(5PS)

A "LP" 48092MC30

(3) Operation of low pressure relief


When the oil pressure neutral passage (HP) reaches the setting force of spring, the poppet is
pushes open; the oil directly flows through passage (HP) to passage (LP) in order to prevent
abnormal pressure.
"LP"

"HP" 4PS
(5PS)

"LP" C
B 48092MC31

2-45
GROUP 3 SWING DEVICE

1. STRUCTURE
Swing device consists swing motor, swing reduction gear.
Swing motor include mechanical parking valve, relief valve, make up valve and time delay valve.

ARG SGo SH PG Am Mu Dr

SRG Dr(RG) A,B GA A B GB


Reduction gear Swing motor Time delay valve

8007A2SM01

SRG ARG
Port Port name Port size
Dr(RG)
SGo SH A, B Main port SAE 1"
Dr Drain port PF 1/2
PG
Mu Make up port PF 1 1/4
PG Brake release port PF 1/4
Am
SH Brake pilot port PF 1/4

dr5
Am Motor air bleed port PF 1/4
GA,GB Gauge port PF 1/4
GB GA
SGo Reduction gear oil fill port PF 3/4
SRG Reduction gear grease fill port PF 1/8
ARG Reduction gear air vent port PF 1/8
B Mu A
Dr (RG) Reduction gear drain port PF 3/8
Hydraulic circuit

2-46
1) SWING MOTOR

7 36 5 8 12 11 10 9 20 21 6 24 23 26 34 30

27

A A

2 1 3 4 14 13 16 15 17 35 19 18 22 25 31,32 29 28 33

SECTION A-A
8007A2SM02

1 Body 13 Set plate 25 Wrench bolt


2 Oil seal 14 Piston assy 26 Poppet
3 Roller bearing 15 Friction plate 27 Spring
4 Snap ring 16 Plate 28 Plug
5 Shaft 17 Brake piston 29 O-ring
6 Pin 18 O-ring 30 Relief valve assy
7 Stop ring 19 Spring 31 Time delay valve
8 Shoe plate 20 Valve plate 32 Wrench bolt
9 Cylinder block 21 Pin 33 Plug
10 Spring 22 Needle bearing 34 O-ring
11 Ball guide seat 23 Rear cover 35 O-ring
12 Ball guide 24 Wrench bolt 36 Bushing

2-47
2) REDUCTION GEAR

19 18 17 16 15 5 4 3 1 14 2 6 7 8-1 8-5 8-4 8-2 8-3 23


21
15

22

20
11
10
9-2
9-1
9-7
9-3
9-4 9
9-5
9-6
9-8

28 27 26 25 24 13 12 29

8007A2SM03

1 Casing 9-1 Carrier 1 16 Pinion gear


2 Drive shaft 9-2 Planetary gear 1 17 Lock plate
3 Roller bearing 9-3 Pin 1 18 Hex bolt
4 Cover plate 9-4 Needle cage 19 Lock washer
5 Hex bolt 9-5 Side plate 2 20 Thrust ring
6 Oil seal 9-6 Side plate 1 21 Cover
7 Roller bearing 9-7 Stop ring 22 Socket bolt
8 Carrier assy 2 9-8 Spring pin 23 Socket bolt
8-1 Carrier 2 10 Sun gear 2 24 Socket plug
8-2 Planet gear 2 11 Sun gear 1 25 Plug
8-3 Pin 2 12 Ring gear 26 Plug
8-4 Washer 13 Knock pin 27 Gauge bar
8-5 Spring pin 14 Spacer ring 28 Gauge pipe
9 Carrier assy 1 15 Spacer 29 Air breather assy

2-48
2. FUNCTION
1) ROTARY PART
When high pressurized oil enters a cylinder through port (a), which is the inlet of balance plate (1),
hydraulic pressure acting on the piston causes axial force F. The pressure force F works via the
piston (2) upon the return plate (3) which acts upon the swash plate (4) via an hydrostatic bearing.
Force F1 perpendicular to swash plate (4) and force F2 perpendicular to cylinder center.
Being transferred to the cylinder block (5) through piston, force F2 causes rotational moment at
surroundings of cylinder.
Since cylinder block has 9 equidistantly arrayed pistons, rotational torque is transmitted to cylinder
shaft in order by several pistons connected to the inlet port of high pressurized oil. When the
direction of oil flow is reversed, rotational direction of cylinder is also reversed. Output torque is
given by the equation.
p×q F
T= , q=Z·A·PCD·tanθ, F1 = , F2=F tanθ , S = PCD×tanθ
2Л COSθ
Where p : Effective difference of pressure (kgf/cm2)
q : Displacement (cc/rev)
T : Output torque (kgf·cm)
Z : Piston number (9EA)
A : Piston area (cm2)
θ: Tilting angle of swash plate (degree)
S : Piston stroke (cm)

F
F1 F2
S
PCD

a a
4 3 2 5 1 High pressure oil High pressure oil Low pressure oil

36072SM04

2-49
2) MAKE UP VALVE
In the system using this type of motor, there is no counter balance functioning valve and there
happens the case of revolution exceeding hydraulic supply of motor. To prevent the cavitation
caused by insufficient oil flow there is a make up valve to fill up the oil insufficiency.
A make up valve is provided immediately before the port leading to the hydraulic oil tank to secure
feed pressure required when the hydraulic motor makes a pumping action. The boost pressure
acts on the hydraulic motor's feed port via the make up valve.
Pressurized oil into the port B, the motor rotate counterclockwise.
If the plunger of MCV moves neutral position, the oil in the motor is drain via left relief valve, the
drain oil run into motor via right make up valve, which prevent the cavitation of motor.

A B

A
B

37007A2SM10

2-50
3) RELIEF VALVE

1 Body
12 2 Poppet seat
9
11
3 Poppet
7 10 4 Spring
5 Spring seat
5 6 Stopper
8
7 O-ring
6
14
8 Shockless valve
1 9 Nut
13
10 Plug
4
11 O-ring
12 Back up ring
3 13 O-ring
2 14 Back up ring

37007A2SM03

(1) Construction of relief valve


The valve casing contains two cartridge type relief valves that stop the regular and reverse
rotations of the hydraulic motor. The relief valves relieve high pressure at start or at stop of swing
motion and can control the relief pressure in two steps, high and low, in order to insure smooth
operation.

(2) Function of relief valve


Figure illustrates how the pressure acting
P
on the relief valve is related to its rising P=pressure, T=time
process. Here is given the function, Ps
referring to the figure following page. 4
P2

3
P1

2
T
1
2-54(2) 210-7

2-51
① Ports (P,R) at tank pressure.

37007A2SM04

② When hydraulic oil pressure (P×A1) reaches the preset force (FSP) of spring (4), the poppet (3)
moves to the right as shown.
P1×A1=Fsp+Pg×A2
Fsp+Pg×A2
P1=
A1

A2 4 3 g

A1

P=P1

37007A2SM05

2-52
③ The oil flow chamber g via orifice m and n. When the pressure of chamber g reaches the preset
force (FSP) of spring (4), the piston (6) moves left and stop the piston (6) hits the bottom of
body(7).

4 m n g

P=P2

R
7 6

37007A2SM06

④ When piston (6) hits the bottom of body (7), it stops moving to the left any further. As the result,
the pressure in chamber (g) equals (Ps).
Ps×A1=Fsp+Ps×A2

Fsp
Ps=
A1-A2

P=Ps

R
7 6 g

37007A2SM07

2-53
4) PARKING BRAKE
(1) PARKING BRAKE ON
When the swing motor stops the parking brake is normally kept being fixed by mechanical force.
When the brake release pressure is blocked, brake piston (17) is pushed by spring (19) force
according to the arrow direction ①.
Consequently, pressure plate (16) which is fixed to cylinder block (9) and separate plate (15)
which is assembled to casing (23) are pressed. And then swing motor stops.

(2) PARKING BRAKE OFF


When the brake releases pressure-supply, the oil flows into room (G). Oil pressure is pressing the
spring (19) force, and then brake piston (17) is pushed according to the arrow direction ②.
The pressure of pressure plate (16) and separate plate (15) is released. Following this procedure
the cylinder block (9) is rotating.

9 Cylinder block
15 Separate plate
16 Pressure plate
17 Brake piston
18 O-ring
23 19 Spring
23 Casing
18
35 O-ring

19
1 2 35
17
15 G

16

8007A2SM08

2-54
5) TIME DELAY VALVE
When the swing motor stops, time delay valve delays the parking brake function for a while.
For the parking brake works all of a sudden it may break the swing motor parts. When the swing
control lever (9) sets up to the swing position, the pilot oil goes to the swing control valve (11) and
to SH of the time delay valve (8) through the MCV.
The oil pressure moves to the piston (2) to the upward against the force of the spring (1).
Thus the brake force is released.

8 4 5

PG
P4=P3
3

1
2 D

PG SH

10
P3

11

8007A2SM09

1 Spring 7 Spool
2 Piston 8 Time delay valve
3 Spring 9 Swing control lever
4 Orifice 10 Pilot pump
5 Poppet 11 Main control valve
6 Spring

2-55
GROUP 4 TRAVEL DEVICE

1. CONSTRUCTION
Travel device consists travel motor and gear box.
Travel motor includes brake valve, parking brake and high/low speed changeover mechanism.
Pi G1
P1 Dr

P2 Dr

G2
Travel motor Reduction gear
Oil level, filling

8007A2TM01

Oil draining

VIEW X

G2

Port Port name Port size

P1
P1 Main port SAE 1"
P2 R/G
P2 Main port SAE 1"
G1, G2 Gauge port PF 1/4
Dr Drain port PF 3/4
G1 Dr
Pi 2 speed control port PF 1/4

Hydraulic circuit
Pi

2-56
1) TRAVEL MOTOR (1/2)

2-25
2-15
2-26
2-17 2-13 2-23
2-28 33
2-16 2-27 2-25
2-25
2-26 2-26 2-80
2-9 2-87
2-23
2-83
2-28 2-86 2-87
2-1 2-82 2-84
2-86 2-76
2-14 2-79
2-15 2-71
26 2-73 2-78
2-25 2-72
2-26 2-19 2-74
2-75
2-20 2-81
16 2-22 2-85
2-21 2-77

2-2-1
27 2-24 2-2-2
2-26 2-2-3
2-2-5
2-25
52 2-2-4
51 2-3
2-11
2-4
2-5
2-6-5
SHAFT CASE
2-6-1 2-6-6

8007A2TM02

2-1 Base plate 2-7-5 Spring 2-15 O-ring


2-2 Spool assy 2-7-6 Plug 2-16 Spring guide
2-2-1 Spool 2-7-7 Spring guide 2-17 Plug
2-2-2 Check valve 2-7-8 Set screw 2-19 Check valve
2-2-3 Spring 2-7-9 Nut 2-20 Spring
2-2-4 Plug 2-80 Free piston 2-21 Plug
2-2-5 O-ring 2-81 O-ring 2-22 O-ring
2-3 Spring seat 2-82 O-ring 2-23 Orifice
2-4 Spring 2-83 O-ring 2-24 Orifice
2-5 Spring seat 2-84 O-ring 2-25 Plug
2-6 Cap assy 2-85 Back up ring 2-26 O-ring
2-6-1 Cap 2-86 Back up ring 2-27 Shipping plug
2-6-5 O-ring 2-87 Back up ring 2-28 Plug
2-6-6 Bolt 2-9 Valve assy 16 Pin
2-7 Relief valve assy 2-9-1 Spool 26 Spring
2-7-1 Poppet seat 2-9-2 Spool-C 27 Pin
2-7-2 Relief housing 2-11 Orifice 33 Socket bolt
2-7-3 Poppet 2-13 Spring 51 Name plate
2-7-4 Spring seat 2-14 Plug 52 Drive screw

2-57
TRAVEL MOTOR (2/2)
·Control part

11
12 3

13 10

1 28
18
19
18
34 19
30
32 31 18
19
18
19
18

29

17 14
15
5
21

25
24
22
23

8007A2TM03

1 Case 12 Spring 24 O-ring


3 Shaft 13 Roller bearing 25 Back up ring
4 Cylinder block 14 Roller bearing 28 Oil seal
5 Valve plate 15 Collar 29 O-ring
6 Piston assy 17 Spring 30 O-ring
7 Retainer plate 18 Friction plate 31 Plug
8 Plate holder 19 Disc plate 32 O-ring
9 Swash plate 21 Brake piston 34 Plug
10 Steel ball 22 O-ring
11 Piston assy 23 Back up ring

2-58
2) REDUCTION GEAR

21
22 A

23

6
24

23
25
26

29 27 1
28
4
6
30
31 2
3
32

7 4
8

10 5
33

9
12
13
14

11
20
15
16
17
19
A 18

8007A2TM04

1 Screw 12 Sun gear 23 Bearing


2 Oil breather plug 13 Screw 24 Gear box housing
3 Washer 14 Pin 25 Life time seal
4 Cover assy 15 Circlip 26 Spacer
5 Pad 16 Planetary assy 27 Circlip
6 O-ring 17 Spacer 28 Discs retainer
7 Sun gear 18 Planetary carrier 29 Hub
8 Gear assy(1st) 19 Gear assy (3rd) 30 O-ring
9 Sun gear 20 Spacer 31 Motor adaptor
10 Gear assy(2nd) 21 Toothed ring 32 Screw
11 Screw 22 Pin 33 Screw

2-59
3) BASIC STRUCTURE

Shockless relief valve

Counter balance valve

2 Speed control valve

Parking brake mechanism

Variable displacement mechanism

8007A2TM05

2-60
2. FUNCTION
1) HYDRAULIC MOTOR

Shaft Piston Sub assemblies

Cylinder block

Valve plate

Swash plate

8007A2TM06

Nine piston sub assemblies are assembled in cylinder block. The end face of cylinder block is in contact
with valve plate having two half moon shaped ports, B and C (high and low pressure ports).
When supplying pressure fluid (pressure P) to B port, swash plate is pushed by the force of piston sub
assemblies having F = P·A (A: Piston pressure area). Piston sub assemblies receive the reaction force
against it, and produce the reaction force (Ft) in rotating direction. The total force of high-pressure side
piston sub assemblies in rotating direction produces a rotating force in the cylinder block, and the torque
is transmitted to shaft through the spline resulting in the rotation of the shaft.

2-61
2) COUNTER BALANCE VALVE

M1 M2

2-19
2-20
2-21
2-22

Z Z

2-6
2-5
2-4
2-11

P1 2-25 2-26 2-24 P2 2-3 2-2

-1 -2 -3 -5 -4

2-2

8007A2TM07

The counter balance valve is provided to stop the axial piston motor and to prevent overrun. When the
control valve is set to the neutral position, there is no pressure in the ports P1 and P2, and ports M1 and
M2 are blocked by spool (2-2-1) and check valve (2-19), consequently the motor does not start rotating.

2-62
(1) COUNTER BALANCE VALVE WORK

M1 M2

2-19 Check valve "R"


2-20
2-21
2-22

Z Z
Check valve "L"
2-6
2-5
Spring "L" 2-4 Spring "R"
2-11

P1 2-25 2-26 2-24 P2 2-3 2-2

-1 -2 -3 -5 -4

2-2
8007A2TM08

When the fluid is supplied from pump to counter balance valve port P1 through control valve, the fluid
flows into piston motor through check valve "L" (2-19), and rotate the piston motor.
On the other hand, the return fluid from the piston motor flows into the counter balance valve through
port M2, but the fluid is interrupted by check valve "R" (2-19), and consequently the pump delivery
pressure will increase.
The high-pressure oil at port P1 passes through orifices "L" (2-11) pushes the end of face of spool assy
(2-2) and pushes the plunger rightward against spring "R" (2-4) on the opposite side with the force
proportional to the pressure.
When the hydraulic pressure rises to a certain pressure, spool assy (2-2) starts moving rightward, and
the fluid in port M2 passes through the notch machined outer circular of spool assy (2-2) and flows into
the port P2, producing a back pressure on the port M2, finally returning into the tank through a control
valve.
And when the pump delivery pressure rises, the throttling aperture of the notch in spool assy (2-2)
becomes larger, and consequently the backpressure of the port M2 becomes lower.
This way, the throttling aperture of the notch in spool assy (2-2) automatically adjusts the area of a
return side passage in order to rotate the piston motor with the appropriate speed for Port P1 side flow
rate (inlet flow).

2-63
(2) BRAKE WORK

M1 M2

2-19 Check valve "R"


2-20
2-21
2-22

Z Z
Check valve "L"
2-6
2-5
Spring "L" 2-4 Spring "R"
2-11

P1 2-25 2-26 2-24 P2 2-3 2-2

-1 -2 -3 -5 -4

2-2

8007A2TM09

Then, when the control valve returns to the neutral position, the pressurized oil from the pump is shut off
and the pressures of the ports P1 and P2 become equal. Spool assy (2-2) tries to be returned to neutral
position by force of spring "R" (2-4).
When spool assy (2-2) moves, the throttle opening of plunger becomes small.
Piston motor tries to rotate with inertia energy (pumping action of motor) and the pressure rises on port
M2.
With the movement of spool assy (2-2), the oil of spring "L" room flows out through orifices "L" (2-11)
and controls the speed of spool assy (2-2).
By this movement, the shock pressure due to the inertia energy on the port M2 is absorbed,
simultaneously preventing the cavitation on the port M1.

2-64
3) TWO SPEED CHANGE MECHANISM
(1) When running at 1st speed (low speed)

M1 M2

Spring
Pi1 Pi2 Spool

Face c
Valve plate Face b
Piston S/A
Steel ball

L1
F + Fs1 Lo
Low pressure
Fp + Fs2

Spring
Port C(low pressure) Spring
Swash plate control piston
Swash plate
Port B(High pressure) Face a

8007A2TM10

Swash plate has three faces, from "a" to "c", as shown in the figure, and installed in the flange holder
with two steel balls in the condition where it can be tilted.
When the control valve is set to the 1st speed position, spool is placed in the position shown in upper
figure by the force of spring, and the passage of swash plate control piston passes across the Pi1 and
Pi2 port positions and led to the tank port. Therefore, the force pushing up the swash plate does not act
on swash plate control piston.

Fp=(Ap×P)=0 Fp : Swash plate control piston thrust


Ap : Swash plate control piston pressure receiving area
P : Pressure

2-65
(2) When running at 2nd speed (high speed)

M1 M2

Spring
Pi1 Pi2 Spool

Face c
Valve plate Face b
Piston S/A
Steel ball

L1
F + Fs1

Lo
Low pressure
Fp + Fs2

Spring
Port C(low pressure) Spring
Swash plate control piston
Swash plate Face a
Port B(High pressure)

8007A2TM11

When control valve is set to the 2nd speed position, the pressure oil delivered by the pump is led to
spool, and spool is switched to the position shown in the figure.
And the pressurized oil flows into each ports Pi1 and Pi2 through ports M1 and M2 and the motor
driving pressure (P1: high pressure and P2: low pressure) is led to each swash plate control piston.
Therefore the force pushing up the swash plate acts on swash plate control piston.
Fp1=Ap×P1 Fp2=Ap×P2
When steel ball is placed on the tilting center, the balance of moment acting on swash plate is in the
condition of (∑F+Fs1)×L1<(Fp+Fs2)×Lo depending on the total ∑F of driving force of piston S/A.
The face "b" of swash plate stabilizes and the swash plate angle becomes "β" angle, consequently the
motor speed is the 2nd speed (high speed).
While the engine is stopped, spool is returned to the 1st speed position by the force of spring since
pressurized oil does not flow. When steel ball is placed on the tilting center, the balance of moment
acting on swash plate is in the condition of Fs×L1>Fp×Lo, the face "a" of swash plate stabilizes and
the swash plate angle becomes "α" angle, consequently the motor speed at starting is always the 1st
speed.

2-66
4) AUTO TWO SPEED CHANGE MECHANISM
Auto two-speed control mechanism consists of two spools and spring. This valve automatically
changes motor displacement in portion to motor pressure. This valve works while the pilot port "Ps"
is pressurized.

(1) Motor pressure is low.


The motor displacement is small (high speed displacement) as shown figure.
When the two-speed spool is on the right position. Motor pressure Pm1 and Pm2 are connected
to each side of chamber of two speed piston. So swash plate is moved to high-speed position by
two-speed piston and motor displacement is kept on high-speed position.
Pilot pressure is applied on the area "Ap" when Ps port is pressurized. Then the pressure of Ps
pushes the spool to the right direction on figure. At the same time,
Motor inlet pressure is applied on the area "Am". So, the spool is also applied to the left direction
by Am pressure. According to above, if the motor pressure is lower and keeps the following
condition, the spool stays on the right position.
Ps×Ap 〉Am×Pin+Kx
Kx : Spring force
AP : Swash plate control piston pressure receiving area
Ps : Pilot pressure

Pilot pressure Pilot pressure oil


acting area(Ap)
Oil passage A Motor load
Pilot pressure pressure chamber
oil chamber

Oil passage B
Drain Dr1 Drain Dr2 Spool movement direction
Pm2 : Motor pressure (2 speed at nornal condition)

2 speed spool
Pm1 : Motor pressure
Pin : Motor load pressure

8007A2TM12

2-67
(2) Motor pressure is low.
The motor displacement is large (low speed displacement) as shown figure.
The two-speed spool is on the left position if Pin pressure is high. Then, Pm1 and Pm2 are
shuttled by the spool.
If the motor pressure is higher and keeps the following condition, the spool stays on the left
position.
Ps×Ap〈 Am×Pin+Kx

Motor load pressure


acting area(Am) Pilot pressure oil

Oil passage A
Motor load
pressure chamber
Pilot pressure
oil chamber

Oil passage B
Drain Dr1 Drain Dr2
Spool movement direction
Pm2 : Motor pressure (2 speed at motor high
pressure condition)
Pm1 : Motor pressure
Pin : Motor load pressure

8007A2TM13

2-68
5) RELIEF VALVE
The relief valves determine the drive force and the brake force for hydraulic excavator travel and are
installed in the main port M1 and M2 lines.
A shock less function is also incorporated to reduce shock produced at the start of both
acceleration and deceleration.
(1) The construction of the relief valve.
① A direct-acting differential area type relief valve
② A shockless piston
The installation of a shockless type relief valve helps reduce.

Shockless piston

8007A2TM16

(2) The relief valve operates in two stages as follows.


① First stage
At the start of operation, the shockless piston moves to maintain the spring chamber at a low
pressure. Thus, the pressure receiving area of the poppet becomes the poppet seat area (S1), a
considerably larger area than the pressure receiving area (S1- S2) at the specified relief setting.
For this reason, the relief operating pressure is kept at a low pressure until the shockless piston
completes its movement.
The low pressure holding time depends on the poppet orifice diameter, the free piston pressure
receiving area and the free piston stroke.

S1 S2
8007A2TM15

2-69
② Second stage
When the shockless piston completes its movement, the pressure inside the spring chamber
increases to make the pressures before and after the poppet equal.
Then the relief valve operates at the specified set pressure.

8007A2TM14
Pressure

Pressure

Time Time
Conventional type Shockless type

8007A2TM17

2-70
6) PARKING BRAKE

Brake piston Friction plate


Disk plate

Spring

Cylinder block

Brake piston chamber Spline

8007A2TM18A

The parking brake is a kind of negative brake which consist of disk, brake piston, friction plate and
spring.
The cylinder block and disk are combined with a spline, and friction material is bonded on both sides of
disk.
The disk generates frictional force between the case, the friction plate and the brake piston by the force
of spring and restricts the rotating force of the motor, achieving the best performance of the parking
brake.
When the pressurized oil flows into the motor, the plunger moves and the parking brake release port is
opened.
After the oil flows into brake piston chamber, the thrust "F" is generated, corresponding to the pressure
receiving surface of brake piston and the thrust "F" becomes larger than the force of spring "f",
consequently the brake piston moves toward right.
Then, the disk rotates freely between the flange holder and brake piston, and parking brake is released.
When the motor is stopped, the plunger returns to the neutral position and the parking brake release
port is closed. Consequently the pressurized oil in brake piston chamber flows into motor case, the
parking brake acts by the force of spring.

2-71
7) REDUCTION GEAR
The reduction gear is composed of a three-stage planetary gear mechanism shown in the following
figure. Since the sun gear is designed to have a floating mechanism, errors of the gears and
carrier pin hole pitches will not affect the gears' lives heavily.

R3 R2 R1

C3 C2 C1
P3 P2 P1

S3 S2
S1

R290TM08(1)

The input rotation of the hydraulic motor is transmitted to No. 1 sun gear (S1) and this drives No. 1
planetary gears (P1). This No. 1 planetary gears (P1) drive No.1 ring gear (R1) with the same force
as the meshing tangential force with No. 1 sun gear (S1), and also No. 1 carrier (C1) with the same
force as the meshing reaction force. In other words, No. 1 planetary gears (P1) revolve rotating.
This rotation of No. 1 carrier (C1) becomes the output of the 1st stage, and is transmitted directly to
No. 2 sun gear (S2).
(No. 1 carrier is spline-coupled with No. 2 sun gear.) Similarly the revolution of No. 2 planetary gear
(P2) are transmitted via No.2 carrier (C2) to No. 3 sun gear (S3). Since No. 3 carrier (C3)
supporting No. 3 planetary gears (P3) are fixed, No. 3 planetary gears (P3) do not revolve, but
rotates to drive No. 3 ring gears (R3).
Therefore, the rotating case is driven by the overall driving torque of numbers.
1,2 and 3 ring gears. This reduction ratio is expressed as shown below:
(ZS1 + Zr1) (ZS2 + Zr2) (ZS3 + Zr3)
i= -1
ZS1·ZS2 ·ZS3
Where Z : Number of teeth of each gear
The direction of rotation is reverse to that of the input shaft.

2-72
GROUP 5 RCV LEVER

1. STRUCTURE
The casing has the oil inlet port P (primary pressure) and the oil outlet port T (tank). In addition the
secondary pressure is taken out through ports 1, 2, 3 and 4 provided at the bottom face.

23.3 Switches
No. LH RH
5 One touch decel Horn
6 Power boost Breaker
5

B
6
19
25
Single
operation Simultaneous
operation DETAIL B

Tilted direction of
handle(RH)

1 P

T Tilted direction of
connector(LH, RH)
2 3

Tilted direction of
handle(LH)

VIEW A

A
Port LH RH Port size
P Pilot oil inlet port Pilot oil inlet port
P T
T Pilot oil return port Pilot oil return port
1 Left swing port Bucket out port
PF 1/4
2 Arm in port Boom down port
3 Right swing port Bucket in port
4 Arm out port Boom up port
1 3 2 4
Hydraulic circuit
21092RL01

2-73
CROSS SECTION
The construction of the pilot valve is shown in the attached cross section drawing. The casing has
vertical holes in which reducing valves are assembled.
The pressure reducing section is composed of the spool (4), spring (6) for setting secondary pres-
sure, return spring (10), stopper (8), spring seat (7, 13) and shim (5). The spring for setting the sec-
ondary pressure has been generally so preset that the secondary pressure is 5 to 20.5 kgf/cm2
(depending on the type). The spool is pushed against the push rod (9, 11) by the return spring.
When the push rod is pushed down by tilting the handle, the spring seat comes down simultaneously
and changes setting of the secondary pressure spring.

2-74
CROSS SECTION

23
25

26

24

22

21
9
19
20 16
17,27
18
14
11 15
8
7
28 10
6
13
5
12
4

3
1
2
Port 1,3 Port 2,4
32092RL01

1 Case 8 Stopper 15 O-ring 22 Lock nut


2 Plug 9 Push rod 16 Rod seal 23 Handle assembly
3 Bushing 10 Spring 17 Plate 24 Handle bar
4 Spool 11 Push rod 18 Boot 25 Nut
5 Shim 12 Spring 19 Joint assembly 26 Boot
6 Spring 13 Spring seat 20 Swash plate 27 Spring pin
7 Spring seat 14 Plug 21 Adjusting nut 28 Bushing

2-75
2. FUNCTIONS
1) FUNDAMENTAL FUNCTIONS
The pilot valve is a valve that controls the spool stroke, direction, etc of a main control valve. This
function is carried out by providing the spring at one end of the main control valve spool and apply-
ing the output pressure (secondary pressure) of the pilot valve to the other end.
For this function to be carried out satisfactorily, the pilot valve is composed of the following ele-
ments.
(1) Inlet port (P) where oil is supplied from hydraulic pump.
(2) Output ports (1, 2, 3 & 4) to apply pressure supplied from inlet port to ends of control valve spools.
(3) Tank port (T) necessary to control the above output pressure.
(4) Spool to connect output port to inlet port or tank port.
(5) Mechanical means to control output pressure, including springs that work on the above spools.
2) FUNCTIONS OF MAJOR SECTIONS
The functions of the spool (4) are to receive the supply oil pressure from the hydraulic pump at its
port P, and to change over oil paths to determine whether the pressure oil of port P is led to output
ports 1, 2, 3 & 4 or the output port pressure oil to tank port T.
The spring (6) works on this spool to determine the output pressure.
The change the deflection of this spring, the push rod (9,11) is inserted and can slide in the plug
(14).
For the purpose of changing the displacement of the push rod through the swash plate (20) and
adjusting nut (21) are provided the handle (23) that can be tilted in any direction around the fulcrum
of the universal joint (19) center.
The spring (10) works on the case (1) and spring seat (7, 13) and tries to return the push rod
(9,11) to the zero-displacement position irrespective of the output pressure, securing its resetting to
the center position.
This also has the effect of a reaction spring to give appropriate control feeling to the operator.

2-76
3) OPERATION
The operation of the pilot valve will be described on the basis of the hydraulic circuit diagram
shown below and the attached operation explanation drawing.
The diagram shown below is the typical application example of the pilot valve.

5 6

3
1
3
P T

2 4

2-70

1 Pilot valve 3 Main pump 5 Hydraulic motor


2 Pilot pump 4 Main control valve 6 Hydraulic cylinder

2-77
(1) Case where handle is in neutral position

10

T 6

P
4

1 3

21092RL03

The force of the spring (6) that determines the output pressure of the pilot valve is not applied to
the spool (4). Therefore, the spool is pushed up by the spring (10) to the position of port (1, 3) in
the operation explanation drawing. Then, since the output port is connected to tank port T only,
the output port pressure becomes equal to tank pressure.

2-78
(2) Case where handle is tilted

11

1 3

21092RL04

When the push rod (11) is stroked, the spool (4) moves downwards.
Then port P is connected with port (1) and the oil supplied from the pilot pump flows through port
(1) to generate the pressure.
When the pressure at port (1) increases to the value corresponding to the spring force set by tilt-
ing the handle, the hydraulic pressure force balances with the spring force. If the pressure at port
(1) increases higher than the set pressure, port P is disconnected from port (1) and port T is con-
nected with port (1). If it decreases lower than the set pressure, port P is connected with port (1)
and port T is disconnected from port 1.
In this manner the secondary pressure is kept at the constant value.
Besides, in some type, when the handle is tilted more than a certain angle, the upper end of the
spool contacts with the inside bottom of the push rod and the output pressure is left to be con-
nected with port P.

2-79
GROUP 6 RCV PEDAL

1. STRUCTURE
The casing (spacer) has the oil inlet port P (primary pressure), and the oil outlet port T (tank). In
addition the secondary pressure is taken out through ports 1,2, 3 and 4 provided at the bottom face.

12.4 12.4

2 1

4 3

Port Port Port size

P T P Pilot oil inlet port


T Pilot oil return port
1 Travel (LH, forward)
PF 1/4
2 Travel (LH, backward)
3 Travel (RH, forward)

1 2 3 4 4 Travel (RH, backward)

Hydraulic circuit

21092RP01

2-80
CROSS SECTION
The construction of the RCV pedal is shown in the below drawing. The casing has vertical holes in
which reducing valves are assembled.
The pressure reducing section is composed of the spool (8), spring (6) for setting secondary
pressure, return spring (10), stopper (9), and spring seat (7). The spring for setting the secondary
pressure has been generally so preset that the secondary pressure is 5 to 19 kgf/cm2 (depending on
the type). The spool is pushed against the push rod (14) by the return spring.
When the push rod is pushed down by tilting pedal, the spring seat comes down simultaneously and
changes setting of the secondary pressure spring.

27 31 30 29 28 33 36 3

32
24
23 25,26
22

16
21 14
38 17
15 18
13
19
12 20
11
9
5 6
35
4 7
10
3
8

37 1 34 2
21092RP02

1 Body(1) 14 Push rod 27 Cam


2 Body(2) 15 Spring pin 28 Bushing
3 Plug 16 Seal 29 Cam shaft
4 Plug 17 Steel ball 30 Set screw
5 Spring seat 18 Spring 31 Set screw
6 Spring 19 Plate 32 Nut
7 Spring seat 20 Snap ring 33 Bellows
8 Spool 21 Plug 34 Space
9 Stopper 22 O-ring 35 O-ring
10 Spring 23 Rod seal 36 O-ring
11 Rod guide 24 Dust seal 37 Socket bolt
12 O-ring 25 Cover 38 Piston
13 Snap ring 26 Socket bolt

2-81
2. FUNCTION
1) FUNDAMENTAL FUNCTIONS
The pilot valve is a valve controls the spool stroke, direction, etc of a main control valve. This
function is carried out by providing the spring at one end of the main control valve spool and
applying the output pressure (secondary pressure) of the pilot valve to the other end.
For this function to be carried out satisfactorily, the pilot valve is composed of the following
elements.
(1) Inlet port (P) where oil is supplied from hydraulic pump.
(2) Output port (1, 2, 3 & 4) to apply pressure supplied from inlet port to ends of control valve spools.
(3) Tank port (T) necessary to control the above output pressure.
(4) Spool to connect output port to inlet port tank port.
(5) Mechanical means to control output pressure, including springs that work on the above spools.
2) FUNCTIONS OF MAJOR SECTIONS
The functions of the spool (8) are to receive the supply oil pressure from the hydraulic pump at its
port P, and to change over oil paths to determine whether the pressure oil of port P is led to output
ports 1, 2, 3 & 4 or the output spool to determine the output pressure.
The spring (6) works on this spool to determine the output pressure.
The change the deflection of this spring, the push rod (14) is inserted and can slide in the plug (21).
For the purpose of changing th displacement of the push rod through the cam (27) and adjusting
nut (32) are provided the pedal that can be tilted in any direction around the fulcrum of the cam (27)
center.
The spring (10) works on the casing (1) and spring seat (7) and tries to return the push rod (14) to
the zero-displacement position irrespective of the output pressure, securing its resetting to the
center position.
This also has the effect of a reaction spring to give appropriate control feeling to the operator.

2-82
3) OPERATION
The operation of the pilot valve will be described on the basis of the hydraulic circuit diagram shown
below ant the attached operation explanation drawing.
The diagram shown below is the typical application example of the pilot valve.

36072SF01

1 Pilot valve 3 Main pump 5 Hydraulic motor


2 Pilot pump 4 Main control valve 6 Hydraulic cylinder

2-83
(1) Case where pedal is in neutral position

T 8

P 10

21092RP03

The force of the spring (6) that determines the output pressure of the pilot valve is not applied to
the spool (8). Therefore, the spool is pushed up by the spring (10) to the position of port 2 in the
operation explanation drawing. Then, since the output port is connected to tank port T only, the
output port pressure becomes equal to tank pressure.

2-84
(2) Case where pedal is tilted

14

21092RP04

When the push rod (14) is stroked, the spool (8) moves downwards.
Then port P is connected with port 1, and the oil supplied from the pilot pump flows through port
1 to generate the pressure.
When the pressure at port 1 increases to the value corresponding to the spring force set by tilting
the handle, the hydraulic pressure force balances with the spring force. If the pressure at port 1
increases higher than the set pressure, port P is disconnected from port 1 and port T is
connected with port 1. If it decreases lower than the set pressure, port P is connected with port
1 and port T is disconnected from port 1.
In this manner the secondary pressure is kept at the constant value.
Besides, in some type, when the handle is tilted more than a certain angle, the upper end of the
spool contacts with inside bottom of the push rod and the output pressure is left to be connected
with port P.

2-85
SECTION 3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

Group 1 Hydraulic Circuit ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 3-1


Group 2 Main Circuit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-2
Group 3 Pilot Circuit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-5
Group 4 Single Operation ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-12
Group 5 Combined Operation ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 3-22
SECTION 3 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
GROUP 1 HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT

3 3 10 11 8 9
T(dr2) E
SH SH

PG
ps1 ps2
PG
(Pi1,Pump) (Pi2,Pump)
30 30
Am Am
23 PS PS 23 E
Dr Dr T3 T1 T2 T4 32 PS

2 V2 Pi1
31
GB GA GB GA
pa11 pa10 Pi1
T(dr3)
V2
DR1
B(CW) Mu A(CCW) B(CW) Mu A(CCW) pc1

B5

A5 B9

A9 1 Main pump
pb5 2 Main control valve
R/G LH RH R/G pb9 3 Swing motor
4 4
pa5 PO 4 Travel motor
pa9

35
B4 B8 5 RCV lever(LH)
Pi Pi A4 A8
6 RCV lever(RH)
37 42 pb4 pb8
7 RCV pedal
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
8 Boom cylinder(LH)
Dr Dr pc7

G2 G1 G2 A3 pc2
9 Boom cylinder(RH)
G1

37 B3 A7 10 Arm cylinder
pb3 B7
11 Bucket cylinder
pa3
P1 P2 P2 P1
40 B2 pb7 12 Turning joint
C

13 Check valve
B

A2 pa7
B6
pb2
B
P A 36 14 Check valve
D Dr C 12 DR3
A6

pa2
pb6
15 Hydraulic tank
Pk
pc6
B1
pa6 16 Oil cooler
A1
17 Air breather
PS 24
pb1
pa1
18 Bypass valve
41 A1 A2 P2 A3 19 Strainer
26 pr1
20 Drain filter
P T
39 P3
21 Solenoid valve
T
P1 PS PT PP
PA PH P2 22 Pressure sensor
P1
pb4 pa4
24 23 Pressure sensor
PS 24 24 Pressure sensor
5 6 26 7 25 Shuttle block
SWING P T ARM BUCKET P T BOOM P T TRAVEL
26 Last guard filter
24 27 Remote fan pump
a1 a2
a4 Psv1 A1 PS PS A2 Psv2 a5 P T 48 28 Remote fan motor
(2) (1) (4) (3)
(1,A) (3,B) (2,D) (4,E) (3,F) (1,G) (2,H) (4,J)
pa6 pb6 pb1 pa1 A B
29 Shockless valve
A E H F G J D B 1 30 Boom safety lock valve(option)
49 13 28 B 31 Arm safety lock valve(option)
DR#,dr#,T 14 Pi1
(ps1 32 Pressure sensor(option)
CAT/JohnDeere/ISO/Hitachi MCV)
a e h f g j
34 Shuttle valve(option)
d b 16 A

a b d e f g h j
L
Pi2 35 Accumulator(option)
25 34 26 (ps2
MCV) 36 Accumulator(option)
c d1 h1
pb2 PS pa2 pb5 PS pb8 pa8 PS 38 1
17 37 Stop valve(option)
2 A
pa5 24 pa7 24 pb7 M 38 EPPR valve(option)
29 20 PS G
3 27 39 2-way pedal(option)
pc6 Pk PH
(MCV) (T/Joint) (MCV)
15 18 Dr1,r2 B1 Dr3,r4 B Dr5 40 Selector valve(option)
B S
21 A5 A3 A2 A1 41 Solenoid valve(option)
P4 PG(S/Motor)
19 L2
42 Shuttle valve(option)
P3 PP(MCV) L1 48 Solenoid valve(option)
P2 L
49 Pattern change valve(option)
P1
T(dr1)

80093HC01

3-1
GROUP 2 MAIN CIRCUIT

The main hydraulic circuit consists of suction circuit, delivery circuit, return circuit and drain circuit.
The hydraulic system consists of one main pump, one control valve, one swing motor, four cylinders
and two travel motors.
The swash plate type variable displacement tandem axial piston pump is used as the main pump
and is driven by the engine at ratio 1.0 of engine speed.

1. SUCTION AND DELIVERY CIRCUIT

To cylinders To motors

Main control valve To oil cooler

To hydraulic oil tank

Main pump Suction filter

Hydraulic oil tank

3-02 (210-7)

The pumps receive oil from the hydraulic tank through a suction filter. The discharged oil from the
pump flows into the control valve and goes out the tank ports.
The oil discharged from the main pump flows to the actuators through the control valve.
The control valve controls the hydraulic functions.
The return oil from the actuators flows to the hydraulic tank through the control valve and the oil
cooler.

3-2
2. RETURN CIRCUIT

Check valve(2)
Full flow filter Oil cooler 1.5kgf/cm 2

Main control valve Actuators

Check valve(1)
5.0kgf/cm 2

Check valve(3)
1.5kgf/cm 2

8007A3CI01

All oil from each actuator returns to the hydraulic tank through the control valve.
The bypass check valves are provided in the return circuit.
The setting pressure of bypass check valves are 1.5 kgf/cm2 (21psi) and 5.0 kgf/cm2 (71psi). Usually,
oil returns to the hydraulic tank from the left side of control valve through oil cooler.
When oil temperature is low, viscosity becomes higher and flow resistance increases when passing
through the oil cooler. The oil pressure exceeds 5.0 kgf/cm2 (71psi), the oil returns directly to the
hydraulic tank, resulting in the oil temperature being raised quickly at an appropriate level.
When the oil cooler is clogged, the oil returns directly to the hydraulic tank through bypass check
valve (1).
The full-flow filter and bypass relief valve are provided in the hydraulic tank.
The oil from right and left side of control valve is combined and filtered by the return filter. A bypass
relief valve is provided in the full-flow filter.
When the filter element is clogged, the bypass relief valve opens at 1.5 kgf/cm2 (21psi) differential
pressure.

3-3
3. DRAIN CIRCUIT

Travel motor Swing motor

From return line Main pump

Turning
joint

Dr#, dr#

Drain filter
Hydraulic
oil tank Dr

Check valve
1.5kgf/cm 2

21093CI02

Besides internal leaks from the motors and main pump, the oil for lubrication circulates. These oil
have to be fed to the hydraulic tank passing through drain filter and full flow filter in the hydraulic tank.
When the drain oil pressure exceed 1.5 kgf/cm2 (21psi), the oil returns to the hydraulic tank directly.

1) TRAVEL MOTOR DRAIN CIRCUIT


Oil leaking from the right and left travel motors comes out of the drain ports provided in the
respective motor casing and join with each other. These oils pass through the turning joint and
return to the hydraulic tank after being filtered by full flow filter in the hydranlic tank.
2) SWING MOTOR DRAIN CIRCUIT
Oil leaking from the swing motor come out and return to the hydraulic tank passing through a drain
filter.
3) MAIN PUMP DRAIN CIRCUIT
Oil leaking from main pump come out and return to the hydraulic tank passing through drain filter.

3-4
GROUP 3 PILOT CIRCUIT

Remote control valve RCV pedal Remote control valve


(LH lever) (RH lever)

Swing parking brake


MCV Safety lock
solenoid valve
Travel speed solenoid valve

Power boost solenoid valve

Main pump Boom priority EPPR valve

Line filter
Relief valve
40kgf/cm2

Suction filter
Pilot pump

48093CI01

The pilot circuit consists of suction circuit, delivery circuit and return circuit.
The pilot pump is provided with relief valve, receives the oil from the hydraulic tank through the
suction filter.
The discharged oil from the pilot pump flows to the remote control valve through line filter, EPPR
valve, solenoid valve assemblies, swing parking brake, main control valve and safety lock solenoid
valve.

3-5
1. SUCTION, DELIVERY AND RETURN CIRCUIT

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
TRAVEL MOTOR pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO
pa9
B4 B8
A4
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
A3 pc2
A7
B3 B7
TURNING pb3
pc2
pc7
JOINT B2
pa3 BOOM2 pb3
pb7
BOOM1 pa3
A2 pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1

A1
pb1
pa1 TRAVEL-RH
STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

RCV PEDAL P T TRAVEL P2


P1 PS PT PP PA PH
SH PS

(2) (1) (4) (3)


Pa6 Pb6 Pb1 Pa1
A1 A2
SWING P T ARM BUCKET P T BOOM Dr#, dr#

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

SAFETY
Pc6 Pk PH SOLENOID
(MCV) (T/Joint) (MCV) VALVE
(1) (3) (2) (4) (3) (1) (2) (4)
A5 A3 A2 A1

a b d e f g h j PG
P4 (S/Motor)
c d1 h1 P3 PP(MCV)
P2
HYDRAULIC TANK
Pb2 PS Pa2 Pb5 PS Pb8 Pa8 PS
Pa5 Pa7 Pb7 RELIEF VALVE
T(dr1)
P1

LINE FILTER

80093HC02

The pilot pump receive oil from the hydraulic tank. The discharged oil from the pilot pump flows to the
safety solenoid valve through the line filter. The oil is filtered by the line filter. The pilot relief valve is
provided in the pilot pump for limiting the pilot circuit pressure.
The oil filtered by line filter flows remote control valve through safety solenoid valve.
The return oil from remote control valve returned to hydraulic tank.

3-6
2. SAFETY SOLENOID VALVE (SAFETY LEVER)

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
TRAVEL MOTOR pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
B4 B8
A4
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3 B7
TURNING pb3
pc2
pc7
JOINT B2
pa3 BOOM2 pb3
pb7

A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1

A1
pb1
pa1 TRAVEL-RH
STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

RCV PEDAL P T TRAVEL


P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

(2) (1) (4) (3)


Pa6 Pb6 Pb1 Pa1
A1 A2
SWING P T ARM BUCKET P T BOOM Dr#, dr#

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

SAFETY
Pc6 Pk PH SOLENOID
(MCV) (T/Joint) (MCV) VALVE
(1) (3) (2) (4) (3) (1) (2) (4) LEVER UP
A5 A3 A2 A1

a b d e f g h j PG
P4 (S/Motor)
c d1 h1 P3 PP(MCV)
P2
HYDRAULIC TANK
Pb2 PS Pa2 Pb5 PS Pb8 Pa8 PS
Pa5 Pa7 Pb7 RELIEF VALVE
T(dr1)
P1
LINE FILTER
LEVER DOWN

80093HC03

When the lever of the safety solenoid valve is moved downward, oil flows into the remote control
valve through solenoid valve and line filter.
When the lever of the safety solenoid valve moved upward, oil does not flows into the remote control
valve, because of blocked by the spool.

3-7
3. BOOM PRIORITY SYSTEM

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER
SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

TRAVEL MOTOR
pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
TURNING PO pa9
JOINT B4
A4
B8
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3 pc2 B7
pb3 pc7
pb3
B2
pa3 BOOM2 pb7

A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1
A1
pb1
pa1
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

RCV PEDAL P T TRAVEL


P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

(2) (1) (4) (3)


Pa6 Pb6 Pb1 Pa1
A1 A2
SWING P T ARM BUCKET P T BOOM Dr#, dr#

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP
BOOM PRIORITY
EPPR VALVE
Pc6 Pk PH
(MCV) (T/Joint) (MCV)
(1) (3) (2) (4) (3) (1) (2) (4)
A5 A3 A2 A1

a b d e f g h j PG
P4 (S/Motor)
c d1 h1 P3 PP(MCV)
P2
HYDRAULIC TANK
Pb2 PS Pa2 Pb5 PS Pb8 Pa8 PS
Pa5 Pa7 Pb7 RELIEF VALVE
T(dr1)
P1
LINE FILTER

80093HC04

When carrying out the combined operation of swing and boom up, the boom up operating speed is
lowered then normal operation.
To increase working efficiency, swing speed reducing system is used.
The pilot oil from pilot pump flow into Pc6 port in main control valve through boom EPPR valve. Pc6
oil pressure moves swing reducing spool to upper direction and oil flow rate to the swing motor
decreased.
Then, the boom up speed is increased. This is called the boom priority system.

3-8
4. TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
TRAVEL MOTOR A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
B4 B8
A4
A8
pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3 B7
pc2
pb3 pc7
pb3
B2
pa3 BOOM2 pb7

A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
SWING A6
TURNING DR3
pb6
JOINT pa2
pc6
TRAVEL-LH
pa6
B1
A1
pb1
pa1
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

RCV PEDAL P T TRAVEL P2


P1 PS PT PP PA PH
SH PS

(2) (1) (4) (3)


Pa6 Pb6 Pb1 Pa1
A1 A2
SWING P T ARM BUCKET P T BOOM Dr#, dr#

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP
TRAVEL SPEED
SOLENOID VALVE
Pc6 Pk PH
(MCV) (T/Joint) (MCV)
(1) (3) (2) (4) (3) (1) (2) (4)
A5 A3 A2 A1

a b d e f g h j PG
P4 (S/Motor)
c d1 h1 P3 PP(MCV)
P2
HYDRAULIC TANK
Pb2 PS Pa2 Pb5 PS Pb8 Pa8 PS
Pa5 Pa7 Pb7 RELIEF VALVE
T(dr1)
P1
LINE FILTER

80093HC05

When the travel speed switch is pushed, the travel speed solenoid valve is actuated and the
discharged oil from the pilot pump flows to the Pii port of pilot valve in the travel motors.
As a result, the control piston is pushed by the main oil flow, thus the displacement is minimized.
When the travel speed switch is pushed once more, the travel speed solenoid valve is return to
original position by the force of spring, the hydraulic oil of Pii port returns to the hydraulic tank.
As a result, the control piston is returned by the main oil flow, thus the displacement is maximized.

3-9
5. MAIN RELIEF PRESSURE CHANGE CIRCUIT

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER
SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

TRAVEL MOTOR
pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
TURNING PO pa9
JOINT B4
A4
B8
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3
Auto power boost B3 pc2
A7
B7
pb3 pc7
pb3
pa3 BOOM2 pb7
B2
A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1
A1
pb1
pa1
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

RCV PEDAL P T TRAVEL


P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

(2) (1) (4) (3)


Pa6 Pb6 Pb1 Pa1
A1 A2
SWING P T ARM BUCKET P T BOOM Dr#, dr#

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP
POWER MAX
SOLENOID VALVE
Pc6 Pk PH
(MCV) (T/Joint) (MCV)
(1) (3) (2) (4) (3) (1) (2) (4)
A5 A3 A2 A1

a b d e f g h j PG
P4 (S/Motor)
c d1 h1 P3 PP(MCV)
P2
HYDRAULIC TANK
Pb2 PS Pa2 Pb5 PS Pb8 Pa8 PS
Pa5 Pa7 Pb7 RELIEF VALVE
T(dr1)
P1
LINE FILTER

80093HC06

When the power max switch on the left control lever is pushed ON, the power max solenoid valve is
actuated, the discharged oil from the pilot pump flow into PH port of the main relief valve of main
control valve ; Then the setting pressure of the main control valve is raises from 330 kgf/cm2 to 360 kgf/
cm2 for increasing the digging power. And even when press continuously, it is canceled after 8
seconds.

3-10
6. SWING PARKING BRAKE RELEASE

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR
SH SH

PG PG

Am Am
Dr Dr ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

GB GA GB GA

pa11 pa10

DR1
B(CW) Mu A(CCW) B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
TRAVEL MOTOR B4 B8
A4
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3 pc2 B7
pb3 pc7
pb3
B2
pa3 BOOM2 pb7

A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
TURNING pb2
B6

JOINT DR3 SWING A6


pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1
A1
pb1
pa1
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

RCV PEDAL P T TRAVEL


P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

(2) (1) (4) (3)


Pa6 Pb6 Pb1 Pa1
A1 A2
SWING P T ARM BUCKET P T BOOM Dr#, dr#

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

Pc6 Pk PH
(MCV) (T/Joint) (MCV)
(1) (3) (2) (4) (3) (1) (2) (4)
A5 A3 A2 A1

a b d e f g h j PG
P4 (S/Motor)
c d1 h1 P3 PP(MCV)
P2
HYDRAULIC TANK
Pb2 PS Pa2 Pb5 PS Pb8 Pa8 PS
Pa5 Pa7 Pb7 RELIEF VALVE
T(dr1)
P1

LINE FILTER

80093HC07

When one of the RCV lever (except travel lever) is tilted, the pilot oil flows into SH port through main
control valve.
This pressure moves spool so, discharged oil from pilot valve flows to swing motor PG port.
This pressure is applied to swing motor disc, thus the brake is released.
When all of the RCV lever are set in the neutral position, oil in the swing motor disc cylinder is
drained, thus the brake is applied.

3-11
GROUP 4 SINGLE OPERATION

1. BOOM UP OPERATION
ARM BUCKET BOOM
CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
TRAVEL MOTOR pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
B4 B8
A4
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4 Boom holding valve
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 Relief valve A7
Boom holding
B3 valve B7
TURNING pb3
pc2
pc7
JOINT B2
pa3 BOOM2 pb3
pb7

A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1
A1
pb1
pa1
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

A1 A2

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

HYDRAULIC TANK
80093HC10

When the RH control lever is pulled back, the boom 1 and boom 2 spools in the main control valve
are moved to the up position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A1 and A2 pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the large
chamber of boom cylinders.
At the same time, the oil from the small chamber of boom cylinders returns to the hydraulic oil tank
through the boom 1 spool in the main control valve. When this happens, the boom goes up.
The excessive pressure in the boom cylinder bottom end circuit is prevented by relief valve.
When the boom is up and the control lever is returned to neutral position, the circuit for the holding
pressure at the bottom end of the boom cylinder is closed by the boom holding valve.
This prevents the hydraulic drift of boom cylinder.

3-12
2. BOOM DOWN OPERATION

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9 A9
pb5
ARM1
TRAVEL MOTOR pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
B4 B8
A4 A8
pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4 Boom holding valve
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
Relief valve pc2
A3 A7
B3 pc2 B7
TURNING pb3 pc7
JOINT pa3 BOOM2 pb3
pb7
B2
A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1
A1
pb1
pa1
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

A1 A2

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

HYDRAULIC TANK

80093HC11

When the RH control lever is pushed forward, the boom 1 and boom 2 spools in the main control
valve are moved to the down position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A2 pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the small chamber of
boom cylinders. At the same time, the oil from the large chamber of boom cylinders returns to the
hydraulic tank through the boom 1 and boom 2 spools in the main control valve.
When the down speed of boom is faster, the oil returned from the large chamber of boom cylinder
combines with the oil from the A2 pump, and flows into the small chamber of the boom cylinder.
This prevents cylinder cavitation by the negative pressure when the A2 pump flow can not match the
boom down speed. And the excessive pressure in the boom cylinder rod end circuit is prevented by
the relief valve.

3-13
3. ARM IN OPERATION

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
Arm holding valve PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
Relief valve
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
TRAVEL MOTOR pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
B4 B8
A4
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3 B7
TURNING pb3
pc2
pc7
JOINT B2
pa3 BOOM2 pb3
pb7

A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1

A1
pb1
pa1
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

A1 A2

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

HYDRAULIC TANK

80093HC12

When the LH control lever is pulled back, the arm spools in the main control valve are moved the to
roll in position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A1 and A2 pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the large
chamber of arm cylinder.
At the same time, the oil from small chamber of arm cylinder returns to the hydraulic oil tank through
the arm spool in the main control valve. When this happens, the arm rolls in.
The excessive pressure in the arm cylinder head side is prevented by relief valve.
The cavitation which will happen to the head side of the arm cylinder is also prevented by the make-
up valve in the main control valve.

3-14
4. ARM OUT OPERATION

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
Arm holding valve PS
T3 T1 T2 T4
PS

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
Relief valve
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
TRAVEL MOTOR pc1
pa9
pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
B4 B8
A4 A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3 B7
TURNING pb3
pc2
pc7
JOINT B2
pa3 BOOM2 pb3
pb7

A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1

A1
pb1
pa1 TRAVEL-RH
STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

A1 A2

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

HYDRAULIC TANK

80093HC13

When the LH control lever is pushed forward, the arm spools in the main control valve are moved to
the roll out position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A1 and A2 pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the small
chamber of arm cylinder.
At the same time, the oil from the large chamber of arm cylinder returns to the hydraulic oil tank
through the arm spools in the main control valve. When this happens, the arm rolls out.
The excessive pressure in the arm cylinder rod side is prevented by relief valve.
When the arm is roll out and the control lever is returned to neutral position, the circuit for the holding
pressure at the rod side of the arm cylinder is closed by the arm holding valve.
The cavitation which will happen to the rod side of the arm cylinder is also prevented by the make-up
valve in the main control valve.

3-15
5. BUCKET IN OPERATION

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
TRAVEL MOTOR pc1
pa9
Relief valve
pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
B4 B8
A4
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3 B7
TURNING pb3
pc2
pc7
JOINT B2
pa3 BOOM2 pb3
pb7

A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1
A1
pb1
pa1
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

A1 A2

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

HYDRAULIC TANK

80093HC14

When the RH control lever is pulled left, the bucket spool in the main control valve is moved to the roll
in position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A2 pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the large chamber of
bucket cylinder. The oil form the A1 pump flows into the large chamber of bucket cylinder through
confluence oil passage in the main control valve by bypass cut pilot pressure (pa11).
At the same time, the oil from the small chamber of bucket cylinder returns to the hydraulic oil tank
through the boom spool in the main control valve. When this happens, the bucket rolls in.
The excessive pressure in the bucket cylinder head side is prevented by relief valve.
The cavitation which will happen to the head side of the bucket cylinder is also prevented by the
make-up valve in the main control valve.

3-16
6. BUCKET OUT OPERATION

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
TRAVEL MOTOR pc1
pa9
Relief valve
pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
B4 B8
A4
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3 B7
TURNING pb3
pc2
pc7
JOINT pa3 BOOM2 pb3
pb7
B2
A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1
A1
pb1
pa1
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

A1 A2

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

HYDRAULIC TANK

80093HC15

When the RH control lever is pushed right, the bucket spool in the main control valve is moved to the
roll out position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A2 pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the small chamber of
bucket cylinder.
At the same time, the oil from the large chamber of bucket cylinder returns to the hydraulic oil tank
through the bucket spool in the main control valve. When this happens, the bucket rolls out.
The excessive pressure in the bucket cylinder rod side is prevented by relief valve.
The cavitation which will happen to the rod side of the bucket cylinder is also prevented by the make-
up valve in the main control valve.

3-17
7. SWING OPERATION
ARM BUCKET BOOM
CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR
SH SH

PG PG

Am Am
Dr Dr ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

GB GA GB GA

pa11 pa10

DR1
B(CW) Mu A(CCW) B(CW) Mu A(CCW)
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
TRAVEL MOTOR B4 B8
A4
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3 pc2 B7
pb3 pc7
pb3
B2
pa3 BOOM2 pb7

A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
TURNING pb2

JOINT DR3 SWING A6


pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1

A1
pb1
pa1
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

RCV PEDAL P T TRAVEL


P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

(2) (1) (4) (3)


Pa6 Pb6 Pb1 Pa1
A1 A2
SWING P T ARM BUCKET P T BOOM Dr#, dr#

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

Pc6 Pk PH
(MCV) (T/Joint) (MCV)
(1) (3) (2) (4) (3) (1) (2) (4)
A5 A3 A2 A1

a b d e f g h j PG
P4 (S/Motor)
c d1 h1 P3 PP(MCV)
P2
HYDRAULIC TANK
Pb2 PS Pa2 Pb5 PS Pb8 Pa8 PS
Pa5 Pa7 Pb7 RELIEF VALVE
T(dr1)
P1

LINE FILTER
80093HC16

When the LH control lever is pushed left or right, the swing spool in the main control valve is moved
to the left or right swing position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote control valve.
The oil from the A1 pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the swing motor.
At the same time, the return oil from the swing motor returns to the hydraulic oil tank through the
swing spool in the main control valve.
When this happens, the upper structure swings to the left or right.
The swing parking brake, make up valve and the motor brake valve are provided in the swing motor.
The cavitation which will happen to the swing motor is also prevented by the make up valve in the
swing motor itself.

3-18
SWING CIRCUIT OPERATION

PARKING BRAKE

SH
BRAKE OFF

PG
BRAKE ON
Am

Dr

GB GA

MOTOR BRAKE VALVE

B(CW) A(CCW) MAKE UP VALVE

MAKE UP
PORT(Mu)
TO / FROM MAIN CONTROL VALVE

80093HC17

1) MOTOR BRAKE VALVE


Motor brake valve for the swing motor limits to cushion the starting and stopping pressure of swing
operation and controls the swing motor operating pressure.
2) MAKE UP VALVE
The make up valves prevent cavitation by supplying return oil to the vacuum side of the motor.
3) PARKING BRAKE
This is function as a parking brake only when all of the RCV lever (except travel pedal) are not
operated.
PARKING BRAKE "OFF" OPERATION
The parking brake is released by the pilot pressure oil from the pilot pump.
When the RCV lever placed in the operating position, the pilot oil flows into SH port through the
MCV. This pressure transferred to the brake release valve and the brake release valve is change
over. Then the pilot oil pressure PG lift the brake piston and release the parking brake.
PARKING BRAKE "ON" OPERATION
When all of the RCV lever placed in the neutral position, the pressure of the pilot oil passage down.
Then the brake release valve returned to the neutral position and the oil is returned from the brake
piston to the tank. And the brake is set to 'ON".

3-19
8. TRAVEL FORWARD AND RE
REVERSE
VERSE O
OPERATION
PERATION

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
TRAVEL MOTOR A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
B4 B8
A4
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3 pc2 B7
pb3 pc7
pb3
B2
pa3 BOOM2 pb7

A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
SWING A6
TURNING DR3
pb6
JOINT pa2
pc6
TRAVEL-LH
pa6
B1

A1
pb1
pa1
STRAIGHT
TRAVEL-RH TRAVEL
pr1

P3

RCV PEDAL P T TRAVEL


P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

(2) (1) (4) (3)


Pa6 Pb6 Pb1 Pa1
A1 A2
SWING P T ARM BUCKET P T BOOM Dr#, dr#

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP
TRAVEL SPEED
SOLENOID VALVE
Pc6 Pk PH
(MCV) (T/Joint) (MCV)
(1) (3) (2) (4) (3) (1) (2) (4)
A5 A3 A2 A1

a b d e f g h j PG
P4 (S/Motor)
c d1 h1 P3 PP(MCV)
P2
HYDRAULIC TANK
Pb2 PS Pa2 Pb5 PS Pb8 Pa8 PS
Pa5 Pa7 Pb7 RELIEF VALVE
T(dr1)
P1
LINE FILTER
80093HC18

When the travel levers are pushed forward or reverse position, the travel spools in the main control
valve are moved to the forward or reverse travel position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote
control valve.
The oil from the each pump flows into the main control valve and then goes to the each travel motor
through the turning joint.
The return oil from both travel motors returns to the hydraulic oil tank through the turning joint and
the travel spools in the main control valve.
When this happens, the machine moves to the forward or reverse.

3-20
TRAVEL CIRCUIT OPERATION

TRAVEL CIRCUIT OPERATION

OVERLOAD
RELIEF VALVE

CHECK VALVE

COUNTER
BALANCE VALVE

TURNING
JOINT

TO/FROM MAIN CONTROL VALVE


80093HC19

Valves are provided on travel motors to offer the following functions.

1) CHECK VALVE
Stopping the motor, this valve sucks the oil from lower pressure passage for prevention the
negative pressure and the cavitation of the motor.
2) COUNTER
COUNTER BALANCE VALVE
When stopping the motor of slope descending, this valve to prevent the motor over run.
3) OVERLOAD R RELIEF
ELIEF VALVE
Relief valve limit the circuit pressure below 345kgf/cm2 to prevent high pressure generated at
a time of stopping the machine. Stopping the motor, this valve sucks the oil from lower
pressure passage for preventing the negative pressure and the cavitation of the motor.

3-21
GROUP 5 COMBINED OPERATION
1. OUTLINE
ARM BUCKET BOOM
CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
TRAVEL MOTOR pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
B4 B8
A4
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3 B7
TURNING pb3
pc2
pc7
JOINT pa3 BOOM2 pb3
pb7
B2
A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1
A1
pb1
pa1
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

A1 A2

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

HYDRAULIC TANK
80093HC20

The oil from the A1 and A2 pump flows through the neutral oil passage, bypass oil passage and
confluence oil passage in the main control valve. Then the oil goes to each actuator and operates
them. Check valves and orifices are located on these oil passage in the main control valve. These
control the oil from the main pumps so as to correspond to the operation of each actuator and
smooth the combined operation.

STRAIGHT TRAVEL SPOOL


This straight travel spool is provided in the main control valve.
If any actuator is operated when traveling, the straight travel spool is pushed to the right by the pilot
oil pressure from the pilot pump.
Consequently, the left and right travel oil supply passage are connected, and equivalent amount of
oil flows into the left and right travel motors. This keeps the straight travel.

3-22
2. COMBINED SWING AND BOOM UP OPERATION

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
TRAVEL MOTOR pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
B4 B8
A4
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3
TURNING pb3
pc2
pc7
B7

JOINT B2
pa3 BOOM2 pb3
pb7

A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1

A1
pb1
pa1
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

A1 A2

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

HYDRAULIC TANK

80093HC21

When the swing and boom up functions are operated, simultaneously the swing spool and boom
spools in the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure from the
remote control valve.
The oil from the A1 pump flows into the swing motor through swing spool and the boom cylinder
through boom 2 spool.
The oil from the A2 pump flows into the boom cylinders through the boom 1 spool in the right control
valve. The upper structure swings and the boom is operated.
Refer to page 3-8 for the boom priority system.

3-23
3. COMBINED SWING AND ARM OPERATION

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
TRAVEL MOTOR pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
B4 B8
A4
A8
pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3 B7
TURNING pb3
pc2
pc7
JOINT B2
pa3 BOOM2 pb3
pb7

A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1
A1
pb1
pa1
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

A1 A2

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

HYDRAULIC TANK

80093HC22

When the swing and arm functions are operated, simultaneously the swing spool and arm spools in
the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote
control valve.
The oil from the A1 pump flows into the swing motor through swing spool and the arm cylinder
through arm 1 spool.
The oil from the A2 pump flows into the arm cylinder through the arm 2 spool of the right control
valve. The upper structure swings and the arm is operated.
Refer to page 2-35 for the swing operation preference function.

3-24
4. COMBINED SWING AND BUCKET OPERATION

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
TRAVEL MOTOR pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
B4 B8
A4
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3 pc2 B7
TURNING pb3 pc7
JOINT B2
pa3 BOOM2 pb3
pb7

A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1

A1
pb1
pa1
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

A1 A2

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

HYDRAULIC TANK

80093HC23

When the swing and bucket functions are operated, simultaneously the swing spool and bucket
spool in the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure from the
remote control valve.
The oil from the A1 pump flows into the swing motor through the swing spool in the left control valve.
The oil from the A2 pump flows into the bucket cylinder through the bucket spool in the right control
valve.
The upper structure swings and the bucket is operated.

3-25
5. COMBINED SWING AND TRAVEL OPERATION

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
TRAVEL MOTOR pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
B4 B8
A4
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3 B7
TURNING pb3
pc2
pc7
JOINT B2
pa3 BOOM2 pb3
pb7

A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1

A1
pb1
pa1
STRAIGHT
TRAVEL-RH TRAVEL
pr1

P3

P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

A1 A2

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

HYDRAULIC TANK

80093HC24

When the swing and travel functions are operated, simultaneously the swing spool and travel spools
in the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure from the
remote control valve and straight travel spool is pushed to the right by the pilot oil pressure from the
pilot pump.
The oil from the A1 pump flows into the travel motors through the RH travel spool of the left control
valve and the LH travel spool of the right control valve via the straight travel spool.
The oil from the A2 pump flows into the swing motor through the swing spool.
The upper structure swings and the machine travels straight.

3-26
6. COMBINED BOOM AND TRAVEL OPERATION

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9 A9
pb5
ARM1
TRAVEL MOTOR pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
B4 B8
A4
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3 B7
TURNING pb3
pc2
pc7
JOINT B2
pa3 BOOM2 pb3
pb7

A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1

A1
pb1
pa1
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

A1 A2

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

HYDRAULIC TANK

80093HC25

When the boom and travel functions are operated, simultaneously the boom spools and travel spools
in the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure from the
remote control valve and the straight travel spool is pushed to the right by the oil pressure from pilot
pump.
The oil from the A1 pump flows into the travel motors through the RH travel spool of the left control
valve and the LH travel spool of the right control valve via the straight travel spool.
The oil from the A2 pump flows into the boom cylinders through the boom 2 spool and boom 1 spool
via the parallel and confluence oil passage in case boom up operation.
The boom is operated and the machine travels straight.

3-27
7. COMBINED ARM AND TRAVEL OPERATION

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
TRAVEL MOTOR pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
B4 B8
A4
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3 B7
TURNING pb3
pc2
pc7
JOINT pa3 BOOM2 pb3
pb7
B2
A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1
A1
pb1
pa1
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

A1 A2

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

HYDRAULIC TANK

80093HC26

When the arm and travel functions are operated, simultaneously the arm spools and travel spools in
the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure from the remote
control valve and the straight travel spool is pushed to the right by the oil pressure from pilot pump.
The oil from the A1 pump flows into the travel motors through the RH travel spool of the left control
valve and the LH travel spool of the right control valve via the straight travel spool.
The oil from the A2 pump flows into the arm cylinders through the arm 1 spool and arm 2 spool via
the parallel and confluence oil passage.
The arm is operated and the machine travels straight.

3-28
8. COMBINED BUCKET AND TRAVEL OPERATION

ARM BUCKET BOOM


CYLINDER CYLINDER CYLINDER

SWING MOTOR

ps1 ps2
PS PS
T3 T1 T2 T4

pa11 pa10

DR1
pc1
B5
A5 B9
pb9
pb5 A9
ARM1
TRAVEL MOTOR pc1
pa9 pb9
pa5
ARM2
PO pa9
B4 B8
A4
A8 pa11
pb4 pb8
OPTION BUCKET
pa4
DR7 pa8
DR2
pc7
pc2
A3 A7
B3 B7
TURNING pb3
pc2
pc7
JOINT pa3 BOOM2 pb3
pb7
B2
A2
BOOM1 pa3
pa7
B6
pb2
DR3 SWING A6
pb6
pa2
TRAVEL-LH
pc6 pa6
B1
A1
pb1
pa1
TRAVEL-RH STRAIGHT
pr1 TRAVEL

P3

P1 PS PT PP PA PH P2
SH PS

A1 A2

FRONT REAR PILOT


PUMP PUMP PUMP

HYDRAULIC TANK

80093HC27

When the bucket and travel functions are operated, simultaneously the bucket spool and travel
spools in the main control valve are moved to the functional position by the pilot oil pressure from the
remote control valve, and the straight travel spool is pushed to the right by the oil pressure from pilot
pump. The oil from the A1 pump flows into the travel motors through the RH travel spool of the left
control valve and the LH travel spool of the right control valve via the straight travel spool of the
control valve.
The oil from the A2 pump flows into the bucket cylinder through the bucket spool via the confluence
oil passage.
The bucket is operated and the machine travels straight.

3-29
SECTION 4 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Group 1 Component Location ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-1


Group 2 Electrical Circuit -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-3
Group 3 Electrical Component Specification ------------------------------------------------------------------ 4-21
Group 4 Connectors --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 4-29
SECTION 4 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
GROUP 1 COMPONENT LOCATION

1. LOCATION 1

27 26
28 25
29 24
30 23
31
B
A
C

22
21
20
1
19
2
3
4
5
6 Electric box
7
8
9
10

11 18
17
15
14
13 CN-16&16A
12 CN-16B

16

80094EL01

1 Cigar light 12 Safety lever 22 Speaker


2 Aircon & heater switch panel 13 Power max switch 23 Central grease lubrication switch
3 Remote controller 14 Emergency engine stop switch 24 Overload switch
4 Accel dial switch 15 One touch decel switch 25 Beacon switch
5 Horn switch 16 Emergency engine connector 26 Quick clamp switch
6 Breaker operation switch 17 Fuse box 27 Cab light switch
7 Handsfree 18 Master switch 28 Travel alarm switch
8 Cluster 19 RS232 & J1939 service socket 29 Washer switch
9 Starting switch 20 Radio & USB player 30 Wiper switch
10 Service meter 21 Heated seat switch 31 Main light switch
11 Air compressor switch

4-1
2. LOCATION 2

4 23
1
1

1
1 1
24 1

CAB SOLENOID VALVE BOOM

1
8
9
10
11 a2 25
a1
A

12 2 a4

1
DETAIL A

13

3
14

15

1 MO HYUN
P/N DE DA
O L : R2 I
22
: 21Q 90L
8-3 C-9
210
1

7
21

17

18 26 5 6 19
16

20
SHUTTLE BLOCK
MAIN CONTROL VALVE
80094EL02

1 Lamp 10 EPPR sensor 19 Attach pressure sensor


2 Fuel sender 11 Start relay 20 Travel pressure sensor
3 Fuel filler pump 12 Heater relay 21 Nega control 1 pressure sensor
4 Beacon lamp 13 Alternator 22 Nega control 2 pressure sensor
5 Battery 14 Travel alarm buzzer 23 Solenoid valve
6 Battery relay 15 Air cleaner switch 24 Boom priority EPPR valve
7 Horn 16 Swing pressure sensor 25 Rear view camera
8 P1 pressure sensor 17 Boom up pressure sensor 26 MCU
9 P2 pressure sensor 18 Arm / bucket in pressure sensor

4-2
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

16
15
14
13
12
11
10
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
12
11
10
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CD-43
1.2ROr 2A

NO.
·ELECTRICAL

SUPPLY A

P2
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
1.2L 1

NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
SIG B

GND
GND

GND
1.2BW 4A

PRESS
HORN
HORN
C CN-1

SHIELD
RETURN
1 0.8L 85

WIPER IG
CD-42 1

AC 24V

BUTTON 1
BUTTON 1
BUTTON 2
BUTTON 2
PWM GND
BUTTON 1
BUTTON 1
BUTTON 2
BUTTON 2
PWM GND
1.2ROr 2
AC GND
2 0.8ROr 80P

CAN SHIELD
GREASE SIG

CABIN LIGHT
CABIN LIGHT
CLUSTER_IG
SUPPLY A 2

CLUSTER_TX

CAMERA SIG.
CLUSTER_RX
AC COMP

CAMERA GND

P1
ILLUMINATION

START SW_BR
3

GREASE LAMP
1.2G 3 0.8G 84

SPARE SW_NO
CLUSTER_GND

PWM SUPPLY
BREAKER SW
BREAKER SW
PWM SUPPLY
START SW_ACC
SIG B

AIR COMP SW
AIR COMP SW
AIR COMP SW
3

RS232 TX2(GPS)

ILLUMINATION
RS232 RX2(GPS)

CAMERA SHIELD
HEAT SEAT_GND
1.2BW 4

SAFETY SW NC
SAFETY SW NO
4 1.2BW 81P
BLOWER SIG.

HOUR METER SIG.

PRESS
SWITCH PANEL_IG
C 4

POWER MAX SW
POWER MAX SW
RETURN

CIGAR LIGHTER_IG
ILLUMINATION

LH CONSOL
REVERSE FAN

OVERLOAD SW_NO

RH CONSOL
ACCEL DIAL GND

SAFETY SW COM
CLUSTER_BATT.24V

PWM TILT SIGNAL


AIR-CON
5 0.8V 107

SWITCH PANEL_GND
CASSETTE RADIO_IG
START KEY SW_COM
OVERLOAD SW_COM

GND(SERVICE CONN)

BEACON SW_COM(IG)
5

ONE TOUCH DECEL


ONE TOUCH DECEL
ACCEL DIAL SIGNAL
START KEY SW_START
BREAKER SW_COM(IG)
CD-44
DESTINATION

CASSETTE RADIO_GND

ACCEL DIAL SUPPLY


WIPER CONT_BATT.24V

DC-DC CONVERTER 24V


CAN_Hi(SERVICE CONN)
1.2ROr 2E

HEAT SEAT SW_COM(IG)


CAN_Lo(SERVICE CONN)
6

QUICK COUPLER SW_NO

PWM ROTATE SIGNAL


SUPPLY A

P_DUMP(SERVICE CONN.)

SWITCH PANEL_PREHEAT
AC CONTROLLER B+

P3
6

RS232 TX(SERVICE CONN.)


RS232 RX(SERVICE CONN.)
5

AC CONDENSOR FAN
1.2G 7

SWITCH PANEL_HEAD LIGHT


CASSETTE RADIO_BATT.24V

SWITCH PANEL_WORK LIGHT


SIG B

SWITCH PANEL_CABIN LAMP


WIPER CONT_WASHER P/P DRIVE

SWITCH PANEL_TRAVEL ALARM


1.2BW 4E 7
8

PRESS
RETURN C
8
9
9
CN-75 10

9
8
7
6

2
2

16
15
14
13
12
11
10
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
12
11
10

9
8
7
5
9
8
7
5
5
4
3
1

4
1
4
1

6
6
2

3
3
2

5
4
1

60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
1.2Br

3
6
1

0.8Br
8
7
6
5
4
3
1
2

CN-5

CN-4
CN-7
CN-8

C
1.2RW

0.8RW
7

Pa

MAIN
2

PUMP
CN-11

CD-10

2
1
1

2
1

2
1
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8

CN-68
0.8

CN-140
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT (1/2)

SH

SH

CD-2
0.8L

1.2B
0.8Y
0.8B
0.8B
0.8B
0.8B

1.2G
0.8L

0.8B
0.8Y

0.8W
0.8B
0.8B
0.8B
0.8V
0.8Y
0.8V
1.2V
1.2B
1.2B
1.2V
1.2B
0.8V
0.8V
0.8B
0.8V

CD-1
0.8R
0.8R

0.8G
0.8G

0.8Gr
0.8Gr
0.8Or
0.8Gr

FUEL LEVEL
0.8W
1.2W
0.8W

1.2Br
0.8Br
2L

0.8Gr
1.2Or
1.2Gr

SAFETY SOL
0.8Gr
3Y
2B

0.8BW
0.8BW
0.8BW

HYD TEMP
0.8LOr

B
0.8YW
0.8VW
0.8BW

0.8RW

0.8GW
0.8RW

0.8GrW
0.8GrW
0.8BOr
0.8VOr

1.2ROr
0.8ROr

0.8BrW
0.8BrW

0.8WOr
0.8GrW
0.8GrW
1.2G
0.8G

103
102
AIR CLEANER SW
QUICK COUPLER
0.8ROr

0.8Br
1.2V
1.2G
2

4
1

9
8
7
6
5

49
48
46
45
44
43
42
41
40
18
38
0.8B

1.2BW
1.2BW
35
34
33
32
31
30
00
00
29
28
27
26
25
76
77
22
20
18
17
16
15
14
39
13
12
73
74
11
82

3F

81T

1.2YOr
1.2YOr
37A
36A
37E
36E

81U
3G

G41
G42

1.2BW
1.2LOr
21E
23A
21A
19E
19A
53A
52A
51A
10A

7
49
151

150
147
148
129

10E

152
4

134

83

100
81S

81R

101
81Q
21 2V
GROUP 2 ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT

CD-16
RW 14H
POWER 24V 1

19 2B
B 47H
GND 2
YW 35
SIGNAL 3
NC 4

WATER LEVEL
CD-70
1.2ROr 80M
SUPPLY A

N1
0.8Y 87
SIG B
1.2BW 81M

PRESS
RETURN C
CD-71
1.2ROr 80L
SUPPLY A

N2
0.8Br 88
SIG B
1.2BW 81L

PRESS
RETURN C
148A 0.8L
CR-9
CD-6
1.2ROr 80J 30
SUPPLY A 148E 0.8L 87a 87 85
0.8OrW 90 86
SIG B 60 0.8V
1.2BW 81J 87
RETURN C 149 1.2Br

TRAVEL
85
CD-7 30 86
1.2ROr 80H 87a
SUPPLY A
0.8LW 91
SIG B
1.2BW 81H CN-29

WORK
RETURN C 149 1.2Br
2 Pa
CD-35 150 1.2G
1.2ROr 80G 1
SUPPLY A
0.8YW 92
CABIN LAMP RY R/DRYER

42

ARM
43
44
SIG B

G4
135
135
1.2BW 81G

IN_OUT
RETURN C CN-22
39A 0.8GrW
2 M

BUCKET IN
CD-24 13
1.2ROr 80E 0.8V

0.8B
0.8B
0.8W
1

0.8Gr
SUPPLY A

0.8BW
0.8BW
2.5k

2.5k
0.8BOr 94
SIG B
WASHER P/P

1.2BW 81E DO-5

SWING
RETURN C 39E 0.8GrW

3
2

6
5
4
1
2
2

6
5
4
1

3
CD-31 13A 0.8V

CN-16B
1.2ROr 80A 1

CN-16
SUPPLY A
0.8V 8
SIG B

0.8B
0.8W

0.8Br
1.2BW

0.8Gr

LOAD
81A

OVER
0.8B
0.8LW
0.8BW

0.8W
0.8Gr
RETURN C
CD-32 CN-150
132 Gr
1.2ROr 80A 1 RESET SIG.
A

59
58
69
68
67
SUPPLY 41F R

37
99
36
0.8WOr 96

UP
5 IGNITION

123A
SIG B G6 B

153
1.2BW

145A
81A 7 GND

BOOM
RETURN C 133 Or
GREASE

2 LAMP SIG

0.8
0.8
2
1
CN-263

AIR COMP RY
CN-244
0.8LW 72
1
0.8YW 71
2

PTC CAN2
3 2B

CN-51

2B 3
1.2B 3E
GND_MAIN 1
1.2R 78
BATT POWER_24V 2
1.2RW 79
POWER IG 3
1.2ROr 80
POWER_24V OUT 4
1.2BW 81
GND_PRESSURE 5
0.8Gr 36
POWER_5V OUT 6
0.8B 37
GND_5V 7
G/A MOTOR(+) 8
G/A MOTOR(-) 9
1.2B 3A
GND_MAIN 10
SH 53
CAN_SHIELD 11
0.8BW 82
PROGRAM DUMP 12
TACHO SENSOR- 13
CR-7
TACHO SENSOR+ 14 140 2R
30
PWM OUTPUT2 15 140A 0.8R 87a 87 85
86
PWM OUTPUT1 16 21 2V
87
RESERVE_DO2 17 30 0.8Gr
85
RAMLOCK LAMP 18 30 86
0.8W 11 87a
AC COMP RY

HOUR METER 19
0.8V 70
TRAVEL BUZZER 20
0.8V 51
CAN1 Hi-ECM 21
0.8YW 71
CAN2 Hi-APTC 22
0.8L 2
RS485+(TX)-CLUSTER 23
0.8R 73
RS232C1_TX-HRDT 24
0.8GrW 76 CR-45
RS232C2_TX-RCM 25 G2 0.8B
1
PWM INPUT_1 26 34 0.8WOr 4 5 1
2
ECM

PWM INPUT_2 27 23E 0.8W


0.8L 38 3
TILT SIG. 28
0.8LOr 45 4
ROTATE SIG. 29 139 1.2Gr 3 2
POWER RY

5
AI RESERVE 30
0.8G 52
CAN1 Lo-ECM 31 CR-35
0.8LW 72 23 2W
CAN2 Lo-APTC 32 30
0.8Y 1 34 0.8WOr 87a 87 85
RS485-(RX)-CLUSTER 33 86
0.8G 74 138 2WR
RS232C1_RX-HRDT 34 87
0.8BrW 77 G3 0.8B
RS232C2_RX-RCM 35 85
1.2LOr 101 30 86
POWER RY

HYD. TEMP SENDER 36 87a


WATER TEMP SENDOR 37
1.2YOr 100
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 38
0.8W 66
ALT. LEVEL 39
GOV. POTENTIO SIG. 40
CN-36
CN-52 57 3W ECM 30A
138

0.8RW 1
106 25 0.8Y ROOM LAMP/CASSETTE 10A
ARM REGEN SOL 1 2
COOLING FAN REVERSE SOL 2 78 1.2R MCU 30A
3
RAMLOCK SOL 3 23 2W START KEY 30A
1.2GW 4
121 147 3Y AIR CON/HEATER 20A
ATT_CONFLUX SOL. 4 5
1.2LOr 120
5R 146

ATT_PRESS SOL. 5 12 0.8R WIPER 10A


1.2Br 6
000 6 0.8RW CLUSTER 10A
ATT SAFETY SOL 6 7
139 1.2Gr

1.2BrW 119 5A
POWER MAX SOL 7 56 0.8Or ECM
1.2GOr 8
118 79 1.2RW MCU CONT. 20A
TRAVEL SPEED SOL 8 9
RESERVE EPPR+ 9 86 1.2R MCU_EPPR 20A
0.8Or 10
00 32 0.8RW SWITCH PANEL 10A
COOLING FAN EPPR+ 10 11
CRUISE LAMP 26 0.8V CASSETTE 10A
11 12
WORKING BRAKE FAIL LAMP 12 5 0.8Gr CLUSTER 10A
13
RESERVE LAMP 17 1.2V CONVERTER 20A
13 14
TM OIL LOW LAMP 130 2RW WORK LAMP 30A
14 15
0.8Br 123 30A
ANTI RESTART RY 15 140 2R CABIN LAMP(OPTION)
0.8V 16
122 39 0.8GrW WIPER 10A
FUEL WARMER RY 16 17
ENG PRE-HEAT RY 50 1.2Br HEAD LAMP 20A
17 18
ENG STOP RY 75 2L FUEL HEATER 30A
18

4-3
19
REVERVE EPPR- 131 0.8Y START,STOP 20A
19 20
0.8G 00 10A
COOLING FAN EPPR- 20 124 0.8V HORN
0.8W 21
99 148 2L AC& HEATER 20A
ACCEL DIAL SIG 21 22
134 1.2V SAFETY SOL 10A

MCU
WORK BRAKE PRESS 22 23
145 5W

0.8WOr 96 20A
BOOM UP PRESS SENSOR 23 14 1.2ROr SEAT
0.8BOr 24
94 18 1.2Or SOLENOIDE 20A
SWING PRESS SENSOR 24
0.8YW 25
92 16 1.2Gr CIGAR 20A
ARM IN_OUT BUCKET IN PRESS 25
0.8OrW 26
90 20 1.2Br OPTION(BEACON) 20A
TRAVEL PRESS SENSOR(A) 26
0.8Gr 27
88 47 1.2Or SOLENOIDE 20A
N2 PRESS SENSOR 27 28
0.8Br 86 10A
TRAVEL FWD PRESS 28 132 0.8L PRE-HEAT
0.8G 29
84 126 2Y FUEL P/P 20A
P1 PRESS SENSOR 29 30
0.8VOr 9 10A
OVERLOAD SENSOR 30 SPARE
0.8BW 31
98
FUSE BOX

ATT. PRESS SENSOR 31


0.8G 97
RESERVE SENSOR 32
0.8VOr 95
BRAKE PRESS FAIL 33
0.8W 93
TM OIL PRESS 34
0.8LW 91 CR-46
WORK PRESS SENSOR(A) 35 75
0.8G 2L
107 30
P3 PRESS SENSOR 36 75A 0.8L 87a 87 85
0.8Y 87 86
N1 PRESS SENSOR 37
FUEL

0.8L 133 2Br


85 87
P2 PRESS SENSOR 38 122 0.8V
0.8G 151 85
BLOWER SIG. 39
30 86
HEATER RY

AI RESERVE 40 87a

CN-96
CN-53 133 2Br
0.8RW 116 A
ATT FLOW EPPR+ 1
FUEL

G31 2B
0.8RW 114 B
RIGHT TILT EPPR+ 2
0.8RW 112
WARMER

LEFT TILT EPPR+ 3


1.2R 86
EPPR POWER 4
0.8RW 110
RIGHT ROTATE EPPR+ 5
0.8RW 108
LEFT ROTATE EPPR+ 6
CN-61
TRAVEL EPPR+(w) 7 G21 2B M
1.2RW 1
102
PUMP SHIFT EPPR+ 8 126 2Y
0.8RW 104 2
BOOM PRIORITY EPPR+ 9
FUEL PUMP

EPPR 24V 10
0.8LW 117
ATT FLOW EPPR- 11
0.8V 115
RIGHT TILT EPPR- 12
0.8Or 113
LEFT TILT EPPR- 13
1.2B 97
EPPR GND 14
0.8L 111
RIGHT ROTATE EPPR- 15
0.8Y 109
LEFT ROTATE EPPR- 16
TRAVEL EPPR-(w) 17
1.2Br 103
PUMP SHIFT EPPR- 18
0.8W 105
BOOM PRIORITY EPPR- 19
EPPR GND NC 20
REVERSE FAN_MANUAL 21
CN-245
REVERSE FAN_AUTO 22 5B 153
1.2YOr 83 2
AIR CLEANER SW 23 5W 145A
1
NC 24
RAMLOCK SW_AUTO 25 PTC POWER
TRAVEL/WORK SELECT SW 26 CR-62
PARKING SW 000 0.8Br
27 1
40 0.8BW 4 5 1
PREHEAT SW 28 2
COOLANT LEVEL SW 29 18 0.8Or
3
0.8Y 46
POWER MAX SW 30 4
ENG OIL FILTER SW 136 1.2Br 3 2
31 5
BREAKER RY

ENG. OIL PRESS SW 32


RAMLOCK SW_OFF 33
RAMLOCK SW_ON 34
CRUISE SW 35
TRAVEL LEVER NEUTRAL 36
MODE SW_TRAVEL 37
CN-258
TRAVEL Hi-Lo SW 38 3W 00
0.8YW 31 1
TRAVEL ALARM SW 39
0.8GrW 48
ONE TOUCH DECEL SW 40 AIR COPM POWER

CN-81
0.8Or 47G
2
0.8V 70
1
TRAVEL BZ

CN-135
0.8G 107
1
0.8RW 106
ARM

2
REGEN
57 3W

CN-70 CIRCUIT BREAKER


1.2GOr 118
1
1.2Or 47A
HIGH

2
TRAVEL
1
2

1
2

141

35
G23

CN-88
141
141A
66

2
141E
CN-95

1.2BrW 119
CN-60

54
15
85
62

49
43
42
53
50
72
71
16
94
75
57

73
G24

1
108
108
108
108

107

MAX

1.2Or 47
1.2B
1.2G

2
5R
5R

POWER
1.2G

R
V

B
R
V
0.8B

Y
0.8G
0.8G

W
W
0.8W

Gr
0.8GW

SH
BW

BW
BW
RW
RW
RW
RW

ROr
BOr

GrW
5W 144
5W 145

142
143

CN-154
0.8G 000
1
FAN
1
1
1

2
2
2

0.8Or 000
CR-1

5
3
4
1

9
8
7
6
2
8
6
7

9
5
4
3
2
1

11
12
10

2
15
14
13
12
11
10
DO-1
DO-2
DO-3

CN-3

CN-2

COOLING
BATT RY

L
L

B
V
Y

R
R
V

W
W

Gr
SH

BW
BW
BW
RW
RW
RW
RW

ROr
BOr

GrW

CN-133
0.8W 105
1
1
3
2
4
5
6
7
8
9

0.8RW 104
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
12
10
11
11
11
11

2
BOOM
PRIORITY
143
146

CN-91
2
1
2
1

G 16
J1939 DATA LINK- 37
CL-4
CL-4

HEAD LAMP
HEAD LAMP

V 15
60R
5R
5R

J1939 DATA LINK+ 46


SH 14
J1939 DATA LINK SLD 36
1.2ROr
1.2ROr

1.2B
1.2B

J1708 DATA LINK- 27


2
1

J1708 DATA LINK+ 26


00
00

9
00
00

GY 21
CS-74A

R.THROTTLE +5V 48
10
G22
10
G22
V

W 20
R.THROTTLE POS SIG 21
SH

B 19
0.8B

0.8R
12V X 2

R.THROTTLE POS RTN


0.8W

49
1

CS-74
4

BW
6

18
BATTERY

124A

R.THROTTLE ENABLE SIG


124

43
41
TO:STARTER "B" TERM.

127

BW 17
CN-28

R.THROTTLE RETURN
24
23
24
23
10
11

20
34A B
3
4
1
2
60B

BOr

R 1F
GrW

UNSWITCHED POWER+ 17
0.8V
0.8V
L
L

1.2G
Y
Y

AC COMP

R 1A
CN-249
MASTER SW

29

UNSWITCHED POWER+ 8
BW
RW

0.8GrW
ECM

128
130
CAMERA

R 1E
130A

UNSWITCHED POWER+ 7
1
2

128
G11

CD-69 CN-15 R 2E
CR-24

10

10
28
10
50

1.2ROr 1 1.2ROr 80 UNSWITCHED POWER+


5
6
7

28
8

19
11
10

3
64
22
61
54
55

4
G22

2
50A

5
1
G22

SUPPLY A 1 R 2A
131
123
132

2RG
2RW

0.8BW 2 0.8BW 98 UNSWITCHED POWER+ 18


CR-2
CN-14

0.8VW
0.8RW

SIG B 2 B 25
2B

4
31P OEM

1.2BW 3 1.2BW 81 UNSWITCH POWER RTN- 50


2RG

RETURN C 3
0.8L

ATT. PS
0.8Y

B 26
1.2B

1.2B
0.8Br

3
5
0.8Br
1.2Br

UNSWITCH POWER RTN- 40


0.8BOr
1.2BOr
0.8BOr
0.8ROr

1.2ROr
1.2ROr
CR-23

0.8GrW

1.2ROr

87
0.8BrW

4
85
86
30

CN-236 B 27
2
1
87a
START RY

1.2LOr 4 1.2LOr 120


CR-4

UNSWITCH POWER RTN-


HORN RY

39
1 5 B 28
1
2

ATT.
GLOW PLUG RY

1.2Or 1.2Or
G 16A
V 15A

5 47 UNSWITCH POWER RTN- 30


3
3

4
4

2
2
8W

5
5

1
1

2
8W

6 B 29
1
2

1
2

30
CN-12
87

87a 87
85
86
30

6 1.2GW 121 UNSWITCH POWER RTN- 29


87a

CL-4
CR-5

CL-4

CN-149 7 R/OR 3
86
CR-36

85
V
CR-13

B
A
B

1.2Br 7 1.2Br
C

000
4
4

POWER IG 38
1 8
ATT.
SOL.
3
3

5
5

1.2Or 8 0.8LW 117


1
30

2
87a 87

WORK LAMP RY

2 9
FROM BATT.RY

2
1
2
1
B

PRESS SAFETY

9 0.8RW 116
HEAD LAMP
86
5

HEAD LAMP
85
33

CN-237 10
24
22
25
23
43
34
45

10 0.8B G32
PRE-HEAT RY

1.2GW
CN-99
11
HEAD LAMP RY

127

1
127

G13
G12
W

11
8R

1.2Or 0.8Br 136


ANTI-RESTART RY

ATT.

12
2
1

2
1A
2A
CN-80
SENSOR

V
B
V
GLOW PLUG

CONFLUX
B

1.2B
1.2B

1.2B

1.2G
1.2G
1.2G
ACTUATOR

I
M

B+

CN-242
B+

0.8LW
ALT.
GND
CN-45

1
2
2

1
1
2
1

ATT
CN-74

2
2
2

1
1
1
2

0.8RW
1
3

2
CL-6
CL-5

FLOW
CN-25
FUEL HEATER

CN-20
CN-20
CL-37
CL-36
~
M

CN-66
G

U
STARTER

1.2B
1
COOLANT LEVEL +5V

0.8Br
COOLANT LEVEL RTN
GRID HEATER ACT SIG

2
COOLANT LEVEL Hi SW
COOLANT LEVEL Lo SW
GRID&SWITCH RETURN

HORN WORK LAMP


BREAKER

80094EL03
·ELECTRICAL
ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT (2/2)
RELAY
INTAKE M/ACT TEMP M/ACT MODE(D/FOOT) MODE(VENT) BLOWER

Service Tool DC/DC CONVERTER CIGARLIGHT 1 4


2 7
1 4
2 7 BLOWER
OVERLOAD SW CS-67 3 M M 3 M M

3
7

1
7
12V SOCKET HOUR METER

24V
RS232 P_DUMP

12
1 5 5

12

10

M
3

4
9
GREASE SW

12V

4
2
1 12
2

5
6
7
5
6
7

5
6
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

1
2
3
4

1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
h
RS232_RX
12

RS232_TX
12
00 0.8Or

10
3

4
9

CAN2_Lo
CAN2_Hi
3

CN-48
CAN_Lo

CN-139

1
CAN_Hi

2
GND

4
2
3
12V
24V
9 0.8Br

IG 24V

CL-2
CN-138
4

GND

3
2
1

11
5

1
1

CS-50
2

8
3
2
1

10
6

11
12
CN-21

0.8ROr

9
4

8
1
2
3

6
7
11
23F 0.8Or 3

1.2Gr
CS-52

1.2B
7

0.8W
7

0.8B
0.8Y
3 1 WIPER CUT

G
9

B
C
E

A
10

F
11
12
23F 0.8Or

1.2Or
R 10

9
4

8
1
2
3

6
7

24M 1.2B

1.2Or
2 8

1.2V
24L 1.2B

0.8VOr
4
HARNESS-AIRCON

0.8Or

0.8Or
1.2Br
Gr 12

24Q

0.8V

24R 0.8B
12B
5 3 9 8

35E
24V
CS-53

21
10

13
R 4A

60
10

1 0.8BW
0.8Or
4

0.8Br

0.8Br

60
22
24T 0.8B

6 0.8G
6 0.8G
6 0.8G
6 0.8G

2 0.8G
3 0.8R
9A

5 0.8V
4 0.8B
4 G 8 0.8Br
11 CN-11 NO. DESTINATION

61
11

27
10

61
5 24S 0.8B 11 12
L 9 12 1 1 GND

B
6 M 2 6

62

CN-126
2 BLOWER SIG

Or
2

7
2A
QUICK COUPLING SW
3 FUSE(IG)

10
3

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
11
WIPER MOTOR 4 4 REVERSE FAN
CN-113 5 5 FUSE(Battery)

0.8BW
0.8Y
00 0.8B

85 0.8L
22A 1.2V

73 0.8G

0.8G
0.8R
0.8V
0.8B
1 6 6 DPS(COMPRESSOR)
00 0.8Or
CN-141 2 7 7 CONDENSOR FAN

86
G 8

59
72
71
70
69
FEED BACK 1 8 8 ILLUMINATION
W 1 BUZZER
MOTOR DRIVE SIG 2 CN-17
L 9
MOTOR DRIVE- 3 1
R 10 1 W 0.8W 48
MOTOR DRIVE+ 4 2
B 2 2 B 1.2B 24B
GND 5 3
GrW 3 3 GrW 0.8ROr 65
VCC 6 4
R 4 4 R 0.8R 14
CONTINUE 24V 7 5
V 5 5 V 0.8V 15
WASHER P/P 8 6
L 6 6 L 0.8L 49
WASHER SIG. 9 7
Br 7 7 Br 0.8Br 50
6
CN-56
INT. SIG 10 8 0.8RW RW
Or 11 1 BATT.24V
WIPER CUT SW 11 84 0.8V WR
2 SIG_3
N.C 12 4 0.8B B
Gr 12 3 GND
FEED BACK 13 1 0.8Y Y

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18

10
11
12
13
14
4 TX

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
5 0.8Gr Gr
WIPER MOTOR CONT.
HARNESS-WIPER MOTOR 5 IG 24V

TEMP MOTOR ACT(+)

DUCT SENSOR(GND)
TEMP MOTOR ACT(-)

DPS(COMPRESSOR)
MODE M/ACT(FOOT)
83 0.8G WL

BLOWER RELAY(Lo)
INLET MOTOR(REC)
INLET MOTOR(FRE)
6 SIG_2

0
0

0
0
MODE M/ACT(PBR)
MODE M/ACT(DEF)

AMBIENT SENSOR
TEMP M/ACT(PBR)

CONDENSOR FAN
MOTOR ACT(REF)

1
2
DUCT SENSOR(+)
80 0.8Y

W/TEMP SENSOR
MODE M/ACT(M+)
W

POWER TR BASE
MODE M/ACT(M-)

FET(FEED BACK)
CN-170 7 CAMERA SIG

INCAR SENSOR
2 0.8L

REVERSE FAN
ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION
1.2LW 26 L
1 8 RX > > >

BATTERY(+)
1.2B 20A

FET(GATE)
CLUSTER

POWER IG
2
POWER TR AMBIENT INCAR W/TEMP
SPARE SENSOR SENSOR SENSOR

IG 24V
DUCT

GND
CS-82 CN-5 SENSOR

NC
NC

NC
1.2B 20 1 0.8Y
12 1 1 MCU_RX
12 11 0.8LW 26A 2 0.8L
11 2 2 MCU_TX AC & HEATER CONTROLLER(auto)
3 0.8B
10 3 3 MCU_GND
10 4 0.8B
8 9 4 4 GND
4 1.2ROr 19 5 0.8Gr CS-1 CN-24
8 5 5 FUSE 1.2Gr 11 0.8G 2
9 6 0.8RW 2
7 7 6 6 FUSE 0.8V 3 CN-10 NO. DESTINATION
3 7 0.8B 1
6 7 7 GREASE LAMP CL-1 1 1 NC
8 0.8Or 1.2Gr 11
5 8 8 GREASE SIG DOOR S.W 3 SPEAKER RH 2 2 NC
1.2LW 26 59 0.8BW 0.8Y 1 1 0.8Y
4 9 9 P_DUMP(MCU) 2 3 3 FUSE
9 0.8Br 1.2B 6B 2 0.8G
3 10 10 QUICK COUPLING SOL 1 4 4 CASSETTE_RH-
10 0.8V 3 0.8V
2 11 11 OVERLOAD PS CN-23 MG651032 5 CASSETTE_RH+
12 1 11 0.8VOr 4
ROOM LAMP 4
5
12 MCU_OVERLOAD 0.8Y 0.8Y
1 12 2 6 6 CASSETTE_LH-
12 0.8ROr 0.8L 5 5 0.8L
SPARE 13 13 HEAD LAMP RY 1 7 7 CASSETTE_LH+
13 0.8W 6 2.0B
CS-73 14 14 MCU_HOURMETER
SPEAKER LH 8 8 GND
0.8B 24K 69 0.8G 7 2.0B
12 15 15 RS232_RX(MCU) CL-7 9 9 GND
12 11 70 0.8R 1.2BrW 8 8 1.2BrW
11 16 16 RS232_TX(MCU) 10 10 BEACON SW
0.8Gr 82 71 0.8B M 1.2B 6A 9 2.0V
10 17 17 GND 11 11 CABIN LIGHT RY
10 0.8YOr 32 14 0.8R 10 2.0V
6 9 18 18 FUSE BEACON LAMP 12 12 CABIN LIGHT RY
4 15 0.8V
8 19 19 WASHER P/P
9 72 0.8V CL-8 CL-10 CL-9
3
5 7
1.2Or 23 73 0.8G
20 20 CAN_Hi
2
2.0V 9
2
2V 10A 10 2.0V
2 HARNESS-CAB
6 21 21 CAN_Lo 2B 6 2B 7A 7 2B
0.8B 4A 74 0.8B 1 1 1
II

5 22 22 Shieeld
CABIN LIGHT
0

4 23 23 NC
0.8G 33 65 0.8ROr
3 24 24 WIPER FUSE
19 1.2ROr
1
2 25 25 FUSE
12 0.8Gr 82 20 1.2B
1 26 26 GND ACCEL DIAL LED
21 1.25Gr CS-83

CN-279
REVERSE FAN 27 27 FUSE 0.8B 19G
22 1.2V 12 CS-26A

1
2
CS-23 28 28 FUSE 12 11 0.8Or 18A 5E 0.8BW
0.8B 24J 23 1.2Or 11 2
12 29 29 FUSE 4E 0.8G
12 11 0.8BrW 58A 24A 1.2B 10 1
11 30 30 GND 10 0.8G 15

0.8ROr
24E 1.2B 8 9
BREAKER

0.8B
10 24 2B 31 31 GND 4 0.8V 16
10 8
8 9 32 32 NC 9 0.8BrW 17
CN-156
4 0.8Br 27E 27 1.2Br 7 7
8 33 33 FUSE 3 19 1.2B

32
19F
9 28 2V 28A 1.2V 6 2
7 7 34 34 CABIN LAMP RY 31 1.2ROr
3 29 1.2BOr 5 1
6 35 35 ANTI RESTART RY 0.8Or 18
30 1.2W 4
20
AIR SEAT
5 36 36 FUSE 0.8Gr
1.2BrW 58 84 0.8V 3 NO.
4 37 37 NC CN-8 DESTINATION
28E 0.8V 2 15 0.8G
3 38 38 CABIN LAMP RY 12 1 1 1 NC
32 0.8YOr 1 16 0.8V
2 39 39 MCU_REV FAN AUTO(NC) 2 2 FUSE
12 1 33 0.8G CRAB SW 17 0.8BrW
1 40 40 MCU_REV FAN MANUAL(NC) 3 3 CRAB COM
75 0.8L 18 0.8Or
BEACON LAMP SW 41 41 RS232 RX2 CS-99 4 4 NC
76 0.8Y 0.8B 19A 19 1.2B
42 42 RS232 TX2 12 5 5 NC
CN-125A 12 11 0.8GW 21A 20 0.8Gr
1
0.8W 30E 43 43 NC 11 6 6 CRAB SIG_MCU
BATTERY POWER 85 0.8L 32 0.8ROr
1.2R 47A 44 44 NC 10 7 7 ILLUMINATION
KEY "IG" 2
86 10 22 0.8L
0.8Y
45 45 NC 8 9 8 8 NC
NC 3 35 0.8Y
4 0.8L 22 23 0.8VW
0.8L 75 46 46 FUSE 8 9 9 DPF REGEN
RX232(1)-TX 4 36 9 0.8L 22A 24 0.8R
0.8B 71A 0.8V 7 7 10 10 DPF COM
RX232(1)-GND 5 47 47 FUSE 3 25 0.8LW
37 0.8B 11
48 48 GND 6 11 DPF INHIBIT
RX232(2)-RX 6 38 0.8BrW 26 0.8RW
49 49 HEAD LAMP RY 5 12 12 AIR COMP RY
RX232(2)-TX 7 39 0.8VW 0.8GW 21
50 50 WORK LAMP RY 4
RX232(2)-GND 8 0.8RW 26
RX232(1)-RX 9
0.8Y 76 79
80
0.8L
51 51 CAMERA GND 3 HARNESS-RH,CONSOL
0.8Y 2
NC 10 52 52 CAMERA SIG 12 1
81 0.8B 1
MAIN GND 11 53 53 CAMERA SHIELD
40 0.8WOr
MAIN GND 12
1.2B 24H 54 54 PRE-HEAT AIR-COMP
41 0.8Gr
RMS 55 55 CABIN LAMP RY CS-100
42 0.8YW
56 56 MCU_TRAVEL ALARM SW 1 CN-7 NO. DESTINATION
CN-10 43 0.8RW
57 57 FUSE 2 1 1 NC
1 NC 1 44 0.8B
58 58 GND 3 2 2 NC

0
2 NC 2 45 0.8WOr 0.8VW 23
0.8Y 35A 59 59 POWER RY 4 3 3 NC
3 ROOM LAMP 24V 3

0,1
46 0.8GW 31 1.2ROr
0.8G 51 60 60 BATT. RY 5 4 4 FUSE
4 SPEAKER RH- 4 0.8R 24 0.8G 4 0.8G
0.8V 53 4 R 6 1
4
5 5 BREAKER SW
5 SPEAKER RH+ 5 BREAK
B 0.8BW 5 5 0.8BW
0.8Y 52 6 7 2 6 6 BREAKER RY
6 SPEAKER LH- 6 0.8R 24A CS-26 0.8B 6 6 0.8B
0.8L 55 8 1 7 7 GND
7 SPEAKER LH+ 7 HORN
R 0.8Grw 7 7 0.8Grw
1.2B 24F 24 2B CS-2 10 I 9 2 8 8 HORN RY
8 GND 30 1.2W

H0 I
8 1
0.8LW 25 CS-5 0.8L 8 8 0.8L
1.2B 24G 8 10 9 9 NC
9 GND 9 46 0.8GW 2 L 0.8L 9 9 0.8L

0, I
1.2BrW 58 2 11 10 10 NC
10 BEACON LAMP 10 47 1.2R 12 11 0.8Br 30 0.8Gr 10 10 0.8Gr
3 4

H
1.2V 28F 28 2V 12 11 11 NC
11 CABIN LIGHT 11 1 Gr 0.8Gr 11 11 0.8Gr
4

BR ACC
1.2V 28G 1 DPF 12 NC

B
12 CABIN LIGHT 2 12
12 3
5 CN-142 13 13 AIR COMP RY
29 1.2BOr
HARNESS-CAB 6 + A
0.8Gr 12 12 0.8Gr
14 14 MCU_5V

ST C
5 0.8W 13 13 0.8W
6
S B 15 15 MCU_ACCEL SIG.
0.8B 14 14 0.8B
- C 16 16 MCU_SUPPLY GND
START KEY SW
CN-116 ACCEL DIAL
12 NC
44 0.8B CS-33
11 GND
43 0.8RW 5 5
10 POWER 24V
4 4
9 NC
42 0.8YW 3 3
8 TRAVEL ALARM
41 0.8Gr 2 2
7 CABIN LIGHT OUT
40 0.8WOr 1 1
6 PRE-HEAT
49 0.8L
48 0.8W
5 WASHER SIG EM'CY STOP SW HARNESS-LH,CONSOL
4 WIPER MOTOR DRIVE
50 0.8Br
3 INT. SIG CN-4 NO. DESTINATION
39 0.8VW
2 WORK LIGHT OUT 1 1 NC
38 0.8BrW
1 HEAD LIGHT OUT 2 2 NC
36E
36E

36F

36A
37J

12E
36E

12F

25
68

18

64
25
68
18

34
31
67

25
18

52
55
34

56
57
25
68
18

66

67

51
17
54

35
12

53

16

37
64
63
68
54
66
17
16

37G
63
31

37E
37H
37K

SWITCH PANEL 3 3 NC
36

56
57

4 4 NC
0.5LgW
0.5LgW

0.8ROr
0.5ROr
0.5ROr

0.5RW
0.5RW
0.5BW

0.5BW
0.5BW
0.5BW

0.5BW
0.5BW

0.8Y 4 0.8Y
0.5LY

4
0.5Lg

0.8W
0.5LY

0.8W
0.5Lg

0.8G
0.8R
0.8R

0.8V
0.8B

0.8Y

0.8V

0.5Y

0.8B
0.5Y

0.8V

0.5Y

0.5Y

0.8Y

0.8B
0.5V
0.5Y

0.5B
0.5Y

0.5Y
0.5B

MCU_POWER MAX
0.5L
0.5V

0.5Y

0.5B

0.5V

5
0.5L

0.5L

0.5L

0.8L
0.5L

0.5L

0.5L

5
0.5L
0.5V

power 1
CN-125 CN-125 max B 0.8B 5 5 0.8B
30A 1.2W 2 6 6 MCU_SIG.GND
1 1 cs-29 0.8Grw 6 6 0.8Grw
CN-27

MCU_DECEL
CN-144

7
CN-246

CN-245

47 1 7
CN-27A

1.2R R 77
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

2 2 decel 0.8B 7 7 0.8B


1
2
3
4
5
6
7

9
8
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

R
1

4
5

8
2

6
10
11
12
1

4
5

9
10
11
12

6
1

4
5

9
2

6
3

ILLUMINATION 7

9
1

4
5

8
2

6
3

37A 0.8B 2 8 8 MCU_SIG.GND


3 3 cs-19 0.8L 8 8 0.8L
REMOCON GND

45 0.8WOr R 77 9 9 NC
ILLUMINATION

CAR AUDIO(+)
REMOTE SIG+

CAR AUDIO(-)

9
REMOTE SIG-

4 4 L 0.8L 9 0.8L
SPK FRT RH+

2
SPK FRT LH+
SPK FRT RH-
SPK FRT LH-

10 10 NC
REMOCON+
GND(SEND)

GND(JACK)
GND(JACK)

GND(MAIN)

10
POWER IG

GPS CONN. 0.8Gr 10 0.8Gr


POWER IG

POWER IG

TEL MUTE
USB(GND)

BACK UP+
TEL MUTE
RX(SEND)
TX(SEND)
RX(JACK)

11 NC
TX(JACK)

11
USB(+5V)
AUX GND
USB GND

H/F IND+
USB(D+)

ANT 12V
H/F IND-

1 11 0.8Gr
USB(D-)

Gr 0.8Gr 11
USB D+
USB 5V
USB D-

SPK(+)

12 12 NC
SPK(-)
IND(+)
AUX R
AUX L

MIC+

MIC+
SIG+
GND

MIC-
TX/S

MIC-

TX/S
GND

GND

HARNESS-RH,SIDE
SIG-

ACC

ILL+

CS-4 13 13 NC
ILL-
NC
NC

NC

NC

NC

NC

NC
NC
TX
NC

RX

B C 0.8B 12 12 0.8B
A 14 14 GND
0.8V 13 13 0.8V
REMOTE ASSY USB & SOCKET ASSY REMOTE ASSY HANDS FREE RADIO & USB PLAYER B 15 15 NC
0.8G 14 14 0.8G
A C 16 16 SAFETY SOL
SAFETY SW

80094EL04

4-4
MEMORANDUM

HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO., LTD


CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT DIV.

4-5
1. POWER CIRCUIT
The negative terminal of battery is grounded to the machine chassis through master switch.
When the start switch is in the OFF position, the current flows from the positive battery terminal as
shown below.

1) OPERATING FLOW
Battery Battery relay Fusible link [CN-60] Master switch [CS-74A]
Fuse box [No.1] I/conn [CN-2 (8, 14)] Engine ECM [CN -91]
Fuse box [No.2] I/conn [CN-5 (46)] I/conn [CN -10 (3)] Room lamp [CL-1 (2)]
Door switch [CS-1]
Radio & USB player [CN-27 (8)]
Hour meter [CN-48 (1)]
Fuse box [No.3] MCU [CN-51 (2)]
Fuse box [No.4] l/conn [CN-5 (36)] Start switch [CS-2 (1)]
RMS controller [CN-125A(1)]
GPS connection [CN-125 (1)]
Power relay [CR-35 (30)]
ECM power relay [CR-45 (3)]
Fuse box [No.5] l/conn [CN-11 (5)] AC & Heater controller (3)
Blower relay (3)
Fuse box [No.6] I/conn [CN - 5 (18)] I/conn [CN -17 (5)] Wiper motor controller
[CN-141 (7)]
Wiper motor [CN-21 (4)]
Fuse box [No.7] I/conn [CN - 5 (6)] Cluster [CN -56 (1)]

※ I/conn : Intermediate connector

2) CHECK POINT
Engine Start switch Check point Voltage
① - GND (battery 1EA) 10~12.5V
② - GND (battery 2EA) 20~25V
OFF OFF
③ - GND (battery 2EA) 20~25V
④ - GND (fusible link) 20~25V
※ GND : Ground

4-6
CR-45
0.8B
1
0.8WOr 4 5 1
CN-141 2

ECM
R 0.8W
CONTINUE 24V 7 3
4
CN-17 1.2Gr 3 2

POWER RY
5

CONTROLLER
CN-21 1
1 2 2W
CR-35
3 30
2 3 0.8WOr 87a 87 85
86
5 3 4 2WR
R R 0.8R 87
4 5 0.8B
4 85
5 6 87a 30 86

POWER RY
6 M 2 6 7

WIPER MOTOR WIPER MOTOR


0.8RW
CN-5
8
1 CN-36

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
2 3W ECM 30A

CN-56
CN-125 CN-125 3 1
POWER CIRCUIT

Y
B

L
1.2W

Gr

W
0.8Y ROOM LAMP/CASSETTE 10A

WL
RW

WR
1 1 2
R 1.2R 4 30A
1.2R MCU
2 2 5 3
0.8B 0.8RW 2W START KEY 30A
3 3

TX

RX
6 4

SIG_2
GND
R 0.8WOr

SIG_3

IG 24V
4 4 3Y AIR CON/HEATER 20A
5R

BATT.24V
7 5
10A

CAMERA SIG
0.8R WIPER

CLUSTER
GPS CONN. 8 6
9 0.8RW CLUSTER 10A
CN-125A 7
1.2Gr

0.8W 17 0.8Or ECM 5A


BATTERY POWER 1 0.8R 0.8R 8
1.2R 18 MCU CONT. 20A

RMS
KEY "IG" 2 9

R
R
ROr
19 MCU_EPPR 20A
138

10
6
20 SWITCH PANEL 10A

9
8
7
5
4
1

6
3

15
14
13
12
11
10
5

C ST
CS-2 21 11
CN-2
CASSETTE 10A
6 22 12
CLUSTER 10A
3 5 23 13
2 CONVERTER 20A

B
1

ACC BR
4 24 14
1.2R 30A
WORK LAMP

H
4 3 31 15
30A

0, I
2 32 CABIN LAMP(OPTION)
1.2W 16
1 WIPER 10A

START KEY SW
33

I 0 H
17
34 HEAD LAMP 20A
18

R/Or
B
B
B
B
B
R
R
R
R
R

35 FUEL HEATER 30A

4-7
CN-27 1.2W 1.2W 19
36 START,STOP 20A
5W

7
8

ACC 1 20

38
29
30
39
40
50
18
28
17
20

37 HORN 10A
CN-91

ILL- 2 38 21
AC& HEATER 20A
NC 3 CN-48 39 22
SAFETY SOL 10A
SPK FRT RH- 4 3 42 23
h 2 SEAT 20A
SPK FRT LH- 5 0.8Y 43 24
1 SOLENOIDE 20A
TEL MUTE 6 44 POWER IG
ECM
25
20A

HOUR METER
ANT 12V 7 45 CIGAR
0.8Y 0.8Y 0.8Y
26
OPTION(BEACON) 20A
BACK UP+ 8 46 27
ILL+ 9 47 SOLENOIDE 20A
R.THROTTLE RETURN

28
UNSWITCHED POWER+

UNSWITCHED POWER+
UNSWITCHED POWER+
UNSWITCHED POWER+
UNSWITCHED POWER+

NC 10 48 PRE-HEAT 10A
UNSWITCH POWER RTN-
UNSWITCH POWER RTN-
UNSWITCH POWER RTN-
UNSWITCH POWER RTN-
UNSWITCH POWER RTN-

0.8Y
29
SPK FRT RH+ 11 57 FUEL P/P 20A
30

5
4
1

9
8
7
6
3
58

12
11
10
REMOCON+ 12 SPARE 10A
0.8WOr 0.8WOr

CN-10
31

RADIO AND USB PLAYER


59
FUSE BOX

REMOCON GND 13
60
SPK FRT LH+ 14
NC 15 CS-74A

Gr
Gr
5R
CR-1
3

GND 16
LINK

0.8Y
1
1
2

1
2

CN-11 5R
BATT RY
FUSIBLE

2
CS-74

1
2
CN-60
CN-95

CL-1
MASTER SW

2
5W
5W

5R
5R

CS-1

(AUTO)
BATTERY(+) 3 3

DOOR SW
4

ROOM LAMP
4
3Y
5
60R

AC & HEATER
CONTROLLER
6
1 2 1 7
2 8

RELAY
(12VX2)

3
BATTERY

BLOWER

80094EL05
5W
5B

CN-51
3W

3 4 4 1.2R CN-258
BATT POWER_24V 2

MCU
1
60B
1
2

POWER

1
AIR COMP
CN-245

PTC POWER
2. STARTING CIRCUIT
1) OPERATING FLOW
Battery(+) terminal Battery relay [CR-1] Fusible link [CN-60] Master switch [CS-74A]
Fuse box [No.4] I/conn [CN-5(36)] Start switch [CS-2(1)]
(1) When start key switch is in ON position
Start switch ON [CS-2 (2)] I/conn [CN-5 (60)] Battery relay [CR-1]
Battery relay operating (all power is supplied with the electric component)
Start switch ON [CS-2 (3)] GPS conn [CN-125 (2) → (4)] I/conn [CN-5 (59)]
Power relay [CR-35 (86) → (87)] Fuse box [No.10]
ECM power relay [CR-45 (2) → (5)] Fuse box [No.8]
(2) When start key switch is in START position
Start switch START [CS-2 (6)] I/conn [CN-5 (35)] Anti-restart relay [CR-5 (2) → (5)]
l/conn [CN-3 (9)] Start relay [CR-23]

2) CHECK POINT
Engine Start switch Check point Voltage
① - GND (battery)
② - GND (start key)
③ - GND (battery relay M4)
OPERATING START ④ - GND (starter B+) 20~25V
⑤ - GND (starter M)
⑥ - GND (start relay)
⑦ - GND (battery relay M8)

4-8
CR-45
0.8B
1
0.8WOr 4 5 1
2

ECM
CN-5 0.8W
3
1
4
2 1.2Gr 3 2

POWER RY
5
3
4 2W
CR-35
30
5 0.8WOr 87a 87 85
CN-125 CN-125 86
6 2WR
1.2W
1 1 87

2.5k

2.5k
7 0.8B
R 1.2R
2 2 85
8
0.8B 30 86

POWER RY
3 3 87a

6
5
4
1

3
9
R 0.8WOr

CN-16B
4 4 17
GPS CONN. 18

0.8Br
19 CN-36
CN-125A
0.8W 20 30A
BATTERY POWER 1 ECM
1.2R
1
21 ROOM LAMP/CASSETTE 10A

RMS
KEY "IG" 2
STARTING CIRCUIT

22 2
MCU 30A
23 3
6 2W START KEY 30A
5

C ST
CS-2 24 4
AIR CON/HEATER 20A
6 31 5
WIPER 10A
5R

3 5 32 6
2 10A

B
1 CLUSTER

ACC BR
4 33
1.2R 7
1.2Gr

5A

H
4 3 34 ECM
0.8GW 1.2BOr 0.8BOr 8

0, I
2 35 MCU CONT. 20A
1.2W 1.2W 1.2W 9
138

1 36 MCU_EPPR 20A

START KEY SW
I 0 H
10
37 SWITCH PANEL 10A
CN-52 0.8Br 11
38 ANTI-RESTART RY 15 CASSETTE 10A

2
39 12

MCU
CLUSTER 10A
57 13
CONVERTER 20A
58 14
0.8WOr 0.8WOr WORK LAMP 30A
59 15
0.8GW 0.8GW CABIN LAMP(OPTION) 30A
60 16
CN-51 WIPER 10A
0.8W 17
ALT. LEVEL 39 20A
HEAD LAMP

MCU
18
FUEL HEATER 30A

4-9
19
0.8Y START,STOP 20A

0.8BOr
0.8Y
1.2BOr
0.8Br

L
5W

20

BOr
HORN 10A
21
4
2
3

5
1

AC& HEATER 20A


CR-5

22

5
4
1

9
8
7
6
3
10A

12
11
10
SAFETY SOL

CN-3
23
SEAT 20A

L
24

BOr
20A
3 2
4 5 1

SOLENOIDE
25
CIGAR 20A

0.8GW
1.2G
0.8W
0.8G
0.8B
0.8G
1.2G
1.2B
26
ANTI-RESTART RY

OPTION(BEACON) 20A
27
20A

1
1

2
2
2
SOLENOIDE

1
28
CR-1

B
DO-3

DO-1
DO-2
PRE-HEAT 10A

BOr
29

DIODE

DIODE
DIODE
20A
BATT RY
FUEL P/P
30

1
2

6
SPARE 10A
31
FUSE BOX

CN-23
7

CS-74A

START RY
5R
1
1
2

1
2

1
60R
CN-60
CN-95

5R
2
CS-74

FUSIBLE LINK
5W
5W

5R
5R
MASTER SW

W
(12VX2)

8R
BATTERY

I
M

B+
60B

B+
CN-45

ALT.
GND
CN-75

3
4
3W

~
M

STARTER
CN-258

80094EL06
G
5W
5B

U
1
POWER
1
2

AIR COMP
CN-245

PTC POWER
3. CHARGING CIRCUIT
When the starter is activated and the engine is started, the operator releases the key switch to the
ON position.
Charging current generated by operating alternator flows into the battery through the battery relay
[CR-1].
The current also flows from alternator to each electrical component and controller through the fuse box.
1) OPERATING FLOW
(1) Warning flow
Alternator "I" terminal I/conn [CN-3 (10)] MCU alternator level [CN-51 (39)]
Cluster charging warning lamp(Via serial interface)

(2) Charging flow


Alternator "B+" terminal Battery relay(M8) Battery(+) terminal
Fusible link [CN-60] Master switch [CS-74A]
Fuse box

2) CHECK POINT

Engine Start switch Check point Voltage


① - GND (battery voltage)
② - GND (battery relay)
RUN ON ③ - GND (alternator B+ terminal) 20~25V
④ - GND (alternator I terminal)
⑤ - GND (MCU)
※ GND : Ground

4-10
CN-51
GND_MAIN 1
BATT POWER_24V 2
POWER IG 3
POWER_24V OUT 4
GND_PRESSURE 5
POWER_5V OUT 6 CN-36
GND_5V 7 ECM 30A
G/A MOTOR(+) 8 1
ROOM LAMP/CASSETTE 10A
G/A MOTOR(-) 9 2
GND_MAIN 10 MCU 30A
CAN_SHIELD
3
11 30A
START KEY
PROGRAM DUMP 12 4
TACHO SENSOR- AIR CON/HEATER 20A

0.8B
0.8B
0.8L
0.8Y
13
5R

5
TACHO SENSOR+ 14 WIPER 10A
PWM OUTPUT2 15 6

5
4
1

9
8
7
6
3

60
59
58
57
0.8L
0.8Y
0.8B
CLUSTER 10A
PWM OUTPUT1 16

CN-5
7
RESERVE_DO2 17 ECM 5A

SH
8

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
RAMLOCK LAMP 18

0.8L

0.8B
0.8Y
MCU CONT. 20A

CN-56
HOUR METER 19 9
TRAVEL BUZZER 20A

L
Gr
20 MCU_EPPR

Y
B

W
WL
WR
RW
10

MCU
CAN1 Hi-ECM 21 10A
SWITCH PANEL
CHARGING CIRCUIT

CAN2 Hi-APTC 22 11
0.8L 10A
RS485+(TX)-CLUSTER 23 CASSETTE
12

TX

RX
RS232C1_TX-HRDT 24

SIG_2
GND
10A

SIG_3
CLUSTER

IG 24V
RS232C2_TX-RCM 25 13

BATT.24V
CONVERTER 20A

CAMERA SIG
PWM INPUT_1

CLUSTER
26
14
PWM INPUT_2 27 WORK LAMP 30A
TILT SIG. 28 15
CABIN LAMP(OPTION) 30A
ROTATE SIG. 29 16
AI RESERVE 30 WIPER 10A
CAN1 Lo-ECM 31 17
HEAD LAMP 20A
CAN2 Lo-APTC 32 18
0.8Y
RS485-(RX)-CLUSTER 33 FUEL HEATER 30A
RS232C1_RX-HRDT
19
34 20A
START,STOP
145

RS232C2_RX-RCM 35 20
HYD. TEMP SENDER 36 HORN 10A
21
WATER TEMP SENDOR
5W

37 AC& HEATER 20A


FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 38 22
0.8W SAFETY SOL 10A
ALT. LEVEL 39 23
GOV. POTENTIO SIG. 40 SEAT 20A
24

5
SOLENOIDE 20A
25
CIGAR 20A
26

4-11
OPTION(BEACON) 20A
27

BOr
SOLENOIDE 20A
28
PRE-HEAT 10A
29
20A

5
4
1

9
8
7
6
FUEL P/P

12
11
10
30

CN-3
SPARE 10A
31

L
FUSE BOX

BOr
B
BOr
1
2
1.2B

CS-74A
5R
1
1
2

1
2

5R
CR-1
CN-60
CN-95

2
CS-74

FUSIBLE LINK

CN-23
2

BATT RY
5R
5R

START RY
5W
5W
MASTER SW

3
60R

W
8R

4
I
3W

B+
5W
5B

B+
CN-45

ALT.
CN-258

GND
(12VX2)

CN-75
BATTERY

80094EL07
1
2

POWER

~
M

STARTER

G
AIR COMP

U
CN-245

60B
PTC POWER
4. HEAD AND WORK LIGHT CIRCUIT
1) OPERATING FLOW
Fuse box (No.15) Work light relay [CR-4 (30,86)]
Fuse box (No.18) Head light relay [CR-13 (30,86)]
(1) Head light switch ON
Head light switch ON [CN-116 (1)] l/conn [CN-5 (49)] Head light relay [CR-13 (85) → (87)]
Head light ON [CL-4 (1)]
l/conn [CN-11 (8)] AC & Heater controller illumination ON [4]
l/conn [CN-5 (13)] Remote controller illumination ON [CN-245 (9)]
Cigar light [CL-2]
USB & Socket illumination ON [CN-246 (7)]
Radio & USB player illumination ON [CN-27 (9)]

(2) Work light switch ON


Work light switch ON [CN-116 (2)] l/conn [CN-5 (50)] Work light relay [CR-4 (85) → (87)]
l/conn [CN-12 (2)] Work light ON [CL-5 (2), CL-6 (2), CL-36 (2), CL-37 (2)]

2) CHECK POINT
Engine Start switch Check point Voltage

① - GND (fuse box)


② - GND (switch power output)
③ - GND (head light relay)
④ - GND (head light)
STOP ON 20~25V
⑤ - GND (fuse box)
⑥- GND (switch power output)
⑦ - GND (work light relay)
⑧ - GND (work light)
※ GND : Ground

4-12
CN-246
USB(+5V) 1
USB(D+) 2
USB(D-) 3
USB(GND) 4
RX 5
TX 6

NC
0.5ROr

GND
2
1
ILLUMINATION 7

IG 24V
8 CN-36

CN-279
GND

POWER IG
30A

BATTERY(+)
TX/S 9 ECM

0.8B
1

ILLUMINATION
ILLUMINATION

REVERSE FAN
0.8ROr

INCAR SENSOR
ROOM LAMP/CASSETTE 10A

USB & SOCKET ASSY


POWER IG 10

ACCEL DIAL LED

AC & HEATER
POWER TR BASE

W/TEMP SENSOR
DUCT SENSOR(+)
2

AMBIENT SENSOR
GND(JACK) 11 MCU 30A

DUCT SENSOR(GND)
3
NC 12 START KEY 30A
4

CONTROLLER(AUTO)
AIR CON/HEATER 20A

9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
CN-245

14
13
12
11
10
5
POWER IG 1 WIPER 10A
6
SIG+ 2 CLUSTER 10A
7
SIG- 3 ECM 5A
8
NC 4 CN-5 MCU CONT. 20A

0.8ROr
1 9
H/F IND+ 5 MCU_EPPR 20A
6 2 10
H/F IND- 10A

2
2

5
5

4
1
4
1

8
7
6
9
8
7
6

3
3
SWITCH PANEL

12
11
10
3 11

CN-8
MIC+ 7 10A

CN-11
CASSETTE
MIC- 8 4 12
1
0.5ROr CLUSTER 10A

REMOTE ASSY
0.8
ILLUMINATION 9 5 13

0.8ROr
CONVERTER 20A
HEAD AND WORK LIGHT CIRCUIT

REMOTE SIG+ 10 6 14
2RW WORK LAMP 30A
REMOTE SIG- 11 7 15
8 CABIN LAMP(OPTION) 30A
GND 12 16
9 WIPER 10A
17
CN-27 10 1.2Br HEAD LAMP 20A
18
ACC 1 11 FUEL HEATER 30A
19
ILL- 2 12 START,STOP 20A
0.8ROr 0.8ROr
NC 3 13 20
10A
5

HORN
21

4-13
SPK FRT RH- 4 14
AC& HEATER 20A
SPK FRT LH- 5 15 22
SAFETY SOL 10A
TEL MUTE 6 16 23
SEAT 20A
ANT 12V 7 17 24
SOLENOIDE 20A
BACK UP+ 8 18 25
0.8ROr CL-2 20A
ILL+ 9 19 CIGAR
26
NC 10 20 OPTION(BEACON) 20A
27
SPK FRT RH+ 11 ROr 21 SOLENOIDE 20A
28
REMOCON+ 12 41 PRE-HEAT 10A
29

CIGAR LIGHT

RADIO AND USB PLAYER


REMOCON GND 13 42 FUEL P/P 20A
30
SPK FRT LH+ 14 43 SPARE 10A
NC 15 31
44
8
FUSE BOX

GND 16 45
2RG
2B

2
46
47
1
2

CN-116 48
CN-12

0.8BrW 0.8BrW 0.8BrW


HEAD LIGHT OUT 1 49
2B
2R

0.8VW 0.8VW 0.8VW


WORK LIGHT OUT 2 50
INT. SIG 3 51 3
7

WIPER MOTOR DRIVE 4 52


1.2B
1.2B
1.2B
1.2B
4

1.2ROr
1.2ROr
1.2ROr
1.2ROr

WASHER SIG 5 53

6
2RG

0.8Br
0.8VW
0.8RW

PRE-HEAT 6 54
1.2ROr
0.8BrW
1.2B
1.2B
1.2B

1.2R
1.2R
1.2R

1.2B
1.2R

2RW

1.2Br

CABIN LIGHT OUT 7 55


TRAVEL ALARM 8 56
2
2
2
2

1
1
1
1
1
1
1

87
87
2
2
2

85
85
1

86
86
2

30
30

CL-4
CL-4
CL-4
CL-4

87a
87a

57
CR-4
CL-5

CL-6

NC 9

SWITCH PANEL
CL-37
CL-36

CR-13

POWER 24V 10 58
GND 11 59
30 86
30 86

87a 87 85
87a 87 85

NC 12 60

80094EL08
HEAD LAMP RY
WORK LAMP RY

LAMP
HEAD
LAMP
WORK
5. BEACON LAMP AND CAB LIGHT CIRCUIT
1) OPERATING FLOW
Fuse box (No.27) I/conn [CN-5 (33)] Beacon lamp switch [CN-23 (8)]
Fuse box (No.16) Cab light relay [CR-9 (30, 86)]
(1) Beacon lamp switch ON
Beacon lamp switch ON [CS-23 (4)] Switch indicator lamp ON [CS-23 (11)]
l/conn [CN-10 (10)] Beacon lamp ON [CL-7]
(2) Cab light switch ON
Cab light switch ON [CN-116 (7)] I/conn [CN-5 (55)] Cab lamp relay [CR-9 (85) → (87)]
I/conn [CN-5 (34, 38)] I/conn [CN-10 (11)] Cab light ON [CL-8 (2)]
I/conn [CN-10 (12)] Cab light ON [CL-9 (2), CL-10 (2)]

2) CHECK POINT
Engine Start switch Check point Voltage

① - GND (fuse box)


② - GND (switch power input)
③ - GND (switch power output)
④ - GND (beacon lamp)
STOP ON 20~25V
⑤ - GND (fuse box)
⑥ - GND (cabin light relay)
⑦ - GND (switch power output)
⑧ - GND (cab light)
※ GND : Ground

4-14
CN-36

LAMP
ECM 30A
1

CAB LIGHT
BEACON
ROOM LAMP/CASSETTE 10A
2
MCU 30A

12
12

M
3
4
3
4

9
9

12
12

10
10
3

CL-8
30A

CL-7

CL-9
START KEY

CL-10
4
AIR CON/HEATER 20A

1
1
1

2
2
2
5
WIPER 10A

7
8
7
8

1
1

11
11
6

2V
2B
2V
2B
CLUSTER 10A

2B
2V
GREASE SW
7

10
10

11
11

5
9
5
9

12
12

4
8
4
8

1.2B
1
2
3
6
7
1
2
3
6
7
ECM 5A

1.2BrW
CS-52
CS-23
8

BEACON LAMP SW
MCU CONT. 20A
9

0.8B
0.8B

0.8Br
20A

0.8Br
1.2Br
MCU_EPPR

1.2Or
1.2BrW
0.8BrW

8
10
SWITCH PANEL 10A
11
CASSETTE 10A

3
12

2
CLUSTER 10A
13
5
20A

2V
2V
1.2BrW
2B
2B
CONVERTER
14
WORK LAMP 30A
15

5
4
1

9
8
7
6
3

12
11
10
2R CABIN LAMP(OPTION) 30A
CN-5 16

CN-10
WIPER 10A
1 17

1.2V
1.2V
1.2B
1.2B
HEAD LAMP 20A
2

1.2BrW
18
FUEL HEATER 30A
3 19
START,STOP 20A
BEACON LAMP AND CAB LIGHT CIRCUIT

4
20
5 HORN 10A
21
6 AC& HEATER 20A
0.8B 22
7 SAFETY SOL 10A
0.8Or

4-15
23
8 SEAT 20A
1.2B 1.2B 24
30
1

SOLENOIDE 20A
1.2B 1.2B
31 25
CIGAR 20A
32 26
1.2Br 1.2Br 1.2Br OPTION(BEACON) 20A
33 27
1.2V 1.2V SOLENOIDE 20A
34 28
PRE-HEAT 10A
35 29
FUEL P/P 20A
36 30
37 SPARE 10A
CN-116 0.8V 0.8V 31
38
FUSE BOX

HEAD LIGHT OUT 1


2 39
WORK LIGHT OUT
INT. SIG 3 51

7
WIPER MOTOR DRIVE 4 52
WASHER SIG 5 53
PRE-HEAT 6 54
0.8Gr 0.8Gr 0.8Gr
6

CABIN LIGHT OUT 7 55


TRAVEL ALARM 8 56
0.8Gr
2V
0.8R

NC 9 57

SWITCH PANEL
B
R

Or
Gr

2R

POWER 24V 10 58
GND 11 59
2
7
5
1

87
85
86
30

NC 12 60
87a
CR-9
CN-150

GND

GREASE
IGNITION

LAMP SIG

30 86
87a 87 85
RESET SIG.

CAB LAMP RY

80094EL09
6. WIPER AND WASHER CIRCUIT
1) OPERATING FLOW
(1) Key switch ON
Fuse box (No.11) I/conn [CN-5 (57)] Switch panel [CN-116 (10)]
Fuse box (No.6) I/conn [CN-5 (18)] I/conn [CN-17 (5)] Wiper motor controller [CN-141(7)]
Wiper motor [CN-21(4)]
Fuse box (No.17) I/conn [CN-5 (24)] l/conn [CN-17 (4)] Wiper motor controller [CN-141 (6)]
Washer pump [CN-22 (2)]
(2) Wiper switch ON : 1st step (Intermittent)
Wiper switch ON [CN-116 (3)] I/conn [CN-17 (8)] Wiper motor controller [CN-141 (10) → (3)]
Wiper motor intermittently operating [CN-21 (6)]
(3) Wiper switch ON : 2nd step (continual)
Wiper switch ON [CN-116(4)] I/conn[CN-17(2)] Wiper motor controller [CN-141(2) → (4)]
Wiper motor operating [CN-21(2)]
(4) Washer switch ON
Washer switch ON [CN-116 (5)] I/conn [CN-17 (7)] Wiper motor controller [CN-141 (9) → (8)]
I/conn [CN-17 (6)] I/conn [CN-5 (19)] Washer pump [CN-22 (1)] Washer operating
Wiper switch ON [CN-116 (4)] I/conn[CN-17 (2)] Wiper motor controller [CN-141 (2) → (4)]
Wiper motor operating [CN-21 (2)]
(5) Auto parking
parking(when switch OFF)
Switch OFF [CN-116 (4)] Wiper motor parking position by wiper motor controller

2) CHECK POINT

Engine Start switch Check point Voltage

① - GND (fuse box)


24V
② - GND (switch power input)
③ - GND (switch power output)
STOP ON 0 ~ 5V
④ - GND (wiper power input)
⑤ - GND (wiper power output) 24V
⑥ - GND (wiper motor) 0 or 24V
※ GND : Ground

4-16
CN-5
1
2
3
4 CN-36
5 ECM 30A

6
CN-21 6 1
CS-53 ROOM LAMP/CASSETTE 10A
3 1 7 2
R Or MCU 30A
2 8 3
Gr START KEY 30A
5 3 9 4
R 20A
4 10 AIR CON/HEATER

WIPER CUT
4 G B
5
5 11 0.8R WIPER 10A
L 6
6 M 2 6 12 CLUSTER 10A

WIPER MOTOR
7
13 ECM 5A
8

1
14 20A
MCU CONT.
15 9
MCU_EPPR 20A
16 10

4
0.8RW SWITCH PANEL 10A
17 11
0.8R 0.8R 10A
CN-141 18 CASSETTE
G 0.8V 0.8V 12
FEED BACK 1 19 CLUSTER 10A
W 13

1
MOTOR DRIVE SIG 2 CN-17 20 CONVERTER 20A
L 14
WIPER AND WASHER CIRCUIT

MOTOR DRIVE- 3 1 21 WORK LAMP 30A


R W 0.8W
MOTOR DRIVE+ 4 2 22 15
B B 1.2B CABIN LAMP(OPTION) 30A
GND 5 3 23 16
GrW GrW 0.8ROr 0.8ROr 0.8GrW 0.8GrW WIPER 10A
VCC 6 4 24 17
R R 0.8R HEAD LAMP 20A
CONTINUE 24V 7 5 25 18
V V 0.8V 30A
WASHER P/P 8 6 26 FUEL HEATER
1

L L 0.8L 19
WASHER SIG. 9 7 27 START,STOP 20A
Br Br 0.8Br 20
INT. SIG 10 8 28 HORN 10A
Or 21
WIPER CUT SW 11 29 AC& HEATER 20A
1.2B 1.2B 22
N.C 12 30

WIPER MOTOR CONTROLLER


Gr 1.2B 1.2B SAFETY SOL 10A
FEED BACK 13 31 23
20A

4-17
SEAT
32 24
SOLENOIDE 20A

5
33 25
CIGAR 20A
34 26
35 OPTION(BEACON) 20A
27
36 SOLENOIDE 20A
28
37 PRE-HEAT 10A
29
38 FUEL P/P 20A
39 30
SPARE 10A
40 31
FUSE BOX

41
42
0.8V
0.8V

0.8GrW
0.8GrW

43
2
1

44
2
1

DO-5

45
CN-22

DIODE
M

46
CN-116
47
HEAD LIGHT OUT 1
WASHER PUMP

48
WORK LIGHT OUT 2
0.8Br 49
INT. SIG 3 50
0.8W
WIPER MOTOR DRIVE 4 51
0.8L
WASHER SIG 5 52
PRE-HEAT 6 53
CABIN LIGHT OUT 7 54

3
TRAVEL ALARM 8 55

SWITCH PANEL
NC 9 56
0.8RW 0.8RW 0.8RW
POWER 24V 10 57
GND 11 58
NC 12 59
60

80094EL10
2
2.5k

2.5k
CN-51
GND_MAIN 1

-
+

S
1.2R

6
5
4
1

3
BATT POWER_24V 2

ACCEL DIAL
1.2RW

CN-16B

B
A

C
POWER IG 3

CN-142
POWER_24V OUT 4

0.8B
0.8W
0.8Gr
0.8LW
0.8BW
GND_PRESSURE 5

0.8B
0.8W
0.8Gr
0.8Gr
POWER_5V OUT 6
0.8B
GND_5V 7

5
4
1

9
8
7
6
3

16
15
14
13
12
11
10
CN-7
G/A MOTOR(+) 8

RH CONSOLE
TRAVEL BUZZER 20
0.8V
CAN1 Hi-ECM 21
CAN2 Hi-APTC 22

0.8BW
0.8BW
RS485+(TX)-CLUSTER 23
CN-36
3W ECM 30A

6
5
4
3
2
RS232C1_TX-HRDT 24 1

CN-16
RS232C2_TX-RCM 25 ROOM LAMP/CASSETTE 10A
2
PWM INPUT_1 26 1.2R MCU 30A

0.8B
0.8W
0.8Gr
3
PWM INPUT_2 27 START KEY 30A
4
TILT SIG. 28
AIR CON/HEATER 20A
CONTROLLER CIRCUIT

ROTATE SIG. 29 5
WIPER 10A
AI RESERVE 30 6
0.8G CLUSTER 10A
CAN1 Lo-ECM 31 7
0.8Or ECM 5A
32 8
1.2RW MCU CONT. 20A
CN-52 9
1.2R MCU_EPPR 20A
FUEL WARMER RY
10
16 SWITCH PANEL 10A
ENG PRE-HEAT RY 17 11
CASSETTE 10A
ENG STOP RY 18 12
CLUSTER 10A
REVERVE EPPR- 19 13
CONVERTER 20A

MCU
COOLING FAN EPPR- 20 14
0.8W 30A
ACCEL DIAL SIG 21 WORK LAMP
15
WORK BRAKE PRESS 22 CABIN LAMP(OPTION) 30A
16
BOOM UP PRESSS SENSOR 23 WIPER 10A
17
HEAD LAMP 20A
18
CN-53 FUEL HEATER 30A
19

4-18
ATT FLOW EPPR+ 1 START,STOP 20A
20

R
Gr
W
B
BW
BW
R
ROr
G
V
RIGHT TILT EPPR+ 2 SH 10A
HORN
LEFT TILT EPPR+ 3 21
1.2R AC& HEATER 20A
2

9
8
7
5
4
1

6
3

EPPR POWER 4 22

15
14
13
12
11
10
SAFETY SOL 10A
CN-2

RIGHT ROTATE EPPR+ 5 23


20A

B
V

SEAT

R
R
G

W
Gr
LEFT ROTATE EPPR+ 6
SH

24

BW
BW
ROr
TRAVEL EPPR+(w) 7 SOLENOIDE 20A
1.2RW 25
PUMP SHIFT EPPR+ 8 CIGAR 20A
26
BOOM PRIORITY EPPR+ 9 OPTION(BEACON) 20A
27
EPPR 24v 10 SOLENOIDE 20A
ATT FLOW EPPR - 11 28
PRE-HEAT 10A
RIGHT TILT EPPR - 12 29
FUEL P/P 20A
LEFT TILT EPPR - 13 30
SPARE 10A
EPPR GND 14 31
FUSE BOX

RIGHT ROTATE EPPR - 15


LEFT ROTATE EPPR - 16
TRAVEL EPPR-(w) 17
0.8Br
PUMP SHIFT EPPR- 18
BOOM PRIORITY EPPR - 19
EPPR GND

0.8Br
20

0.8RW
SH
0.8V
0.8G
REVERSE FAN_MANUAL 21
R
R
R
R
R
BW
BW
B
W
GY
SH
V
G
G
V

B
B
B
B
B

R/Or

REVERSE FAN_AUTO 22
CN-126
10
A
B
C

9
8
7
5
2
2

4
1
1

6
3

10
60
59
58
57
27
26
19

25
24
23
20
7
8

22
21
9 J IG 24V
38
29
30
39
40
50
18
28
17
20
43
49
21
48
26
27
36
46
37

CN-5

CN-1
CN-91
CN-99

8 H CAN2_Lo
A

SH
7 G CAN2_Hi

0.8V
0.8G
0.8G

1.2Br
1.2RW
6 F CAN_Lo
0.8V
5 E CAN_Hi

1
2
4 D GND
POWER IG

Service Tool
ECM

CN-75
3 C RS232_TX

80094EL11
2 B RS232_RX
R.THROTTLE +5V
J1708 DATA LINK-
J1939 DATA LINK-

MAIN PUMP
J1708 DATA LINK+
J1939 DATA LINK+

1 A RS232 P_DUMP
J1939 DATA LINK SLD

R.THROTTLE POS SIG

R.THROTTLE RETURN
R.THROTTLE POS RTN

UNSWITCHED POWER+

UNSWITCHED POWER+
UNSWITCHED POWER+
UNSWITCHED POWER+
UNSWITCHED POWER+

UNSWITCH POWER RTN-


UNSWITCH POWER RTN-
UNSWITCH POWER RTN-
UNSWITCH POWER RTN-
UNSWITCH POWER RTN-
R.THROTTLE ENABLE SIG
10
IG 24V J 9
CAN2_Lo H 8
CAN2_Hi G 7
0.8G
CAN_Lo F 6

Pa
CN-51

CD-10
0.8V

C 1
2
GND_MAIN 1 CAN_Hi E 5

2
1

CD-1

HYD TEMP
GND D 4

CD-2
BATT POWER_24V 2

FUEL LEVEL
POWER IG 3 RS232_TX C 3

1.2BW
1.2YOr

AIR CLEANER SW
RS232_RX B 2

1.2BW
1.2BW

1.2LOr
POWER_24V OUT 4

1.2YOr
0.8L
0.8Y

0.8Gr
1.2BW

0.8RW
GND_PRESSURE 5 RS232 P_DUMP A 1
POWER_5V OUT 6

8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
GND_5V 7

CN-56
G/A MOTOR(+) 8

L
Gr
Y
B

W
WL

0.8Gr
WR
RW

0.8L
0.8Y

0.8B

0.8RW
G/A MOTOR(-) 9

0.8V

0.8B
0.8G
GND_MAIN 10

5
4
1

9
8
7
6
3

60
59
58
57
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
CAN_SHIELD 11

TX

RX

CN-5
SIG_2
GND
SIG_3

IG 24V
BATT.24V

SH
SH

0.8V
CAMERA SIG
MONITORING CIRCUIT

0.8G
0.8L
CLUSTER
RAMLOCK LAMP 18

0.8Y

0.8Gr

0.8RW
HOUR METER 19
TRAVEL BUZZER 20
0.8V
CAN1 Hi-ECM 21
CAN2 Hi-APTC 22
0.8L
RS485+(TX)-CLUSTER 23
RS232C1_TX-HRDT 24 CN-36
3W ECM 30A
RS232C2_TX-RCM 25 1
PWM INPUT_1 26 ROOM LAMP/CASSETTE 10A
2
PWM INPUT_2 27 MCU 30A
3
TILT SIG. 28 START KEY 30A
4
ROTATE SIG. 29 AIR CON/HEATER 20A
AI RESERVE 30 5
0.8G WIPER 10A
CAN1 Lo-ECM 31 6
0.8RW CLUSTER 10A
CAN2 Lo-APTC 32 7
0.8Y 0.8Or ECM 5A
RS485-(RX)-CLUSTER 33 8
MCU CONT. 20A
RS232C1_RX-HRDT 34
9
RS232C2_RX-RCM 35 MCU_EPPR 20A
1.2LOr 10

4-19
HYD. TEMP SENDER 36 SWITCH PANEL 10A

MCU
11
WATER TEMP SENDOR 37 CASSETTE 10A
1.2YOr 12
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 38 CLUSTER 10A
0.8Gr
ALT. LEVEL 39 13
CONVERTER 20A
GOV. POTENTIO SIG. 40 14
WORK LAMP 30A
CN-53 15
CABIN LAMP(OPTION) 30A
ATT FLOW EPPR+ 1 16
WIPER 10A

R
R
ROr
G
V
SH
RIGHT TILT EPPR+ 2 17
HEAD LAMP 20A
LEFT TILT EPPR+ 3 18
30A

2
FUEL HEATER

9
8
7
5
4
1

6
3
EPPR POWER 4

15
14
13
12
11
10
19

CN-2
RIGHT ROTATE EPPR+ 5 START,STOP 20A
20

R
R
G
6

SH
LEFT ROTATE EPPR+ HORN 10A

ROr
21
TRAVEL EPPR+(w) 7 AC& HEATER 20A
PUMP SHIFT EPPR+ 8 22
SAFETY SOL 10A
BOOM PRIORITY EPPR+ 9 23
SEAT 20A
EPPR 24V 10 24
SOLENOIDE 20A
ATT FLOW EPPR- 11 25
CIGAR 20A
RIGHT TILT EPPR- 12
RW

26
LEFT TILT EPPR- 13 OPTION(BEACON) 20A
27
EPPR GND 14 SOLENOIDE 20A
9
8
7
5
2

4
1

6
3

15
14
13
12
11
10

28

R
R
R
R
R
SH
V
G
G
V

B
B
B
B
B

R/Or
CN-3

RIGHT ROTATE EPPR- 15 PRE-HEAT 10A


29
LEFT ROTATE EPPR- 16
RW

FUEL P/P 20A


A
B
C

7
8
30

38
29
30
39
40
50
18
28
17
20
43
49
21
48
26
27
36
46
37

TRAVEL EPPR-(w) 17
CN-91
CN-99

SPARE 10A
PUMP SHIFT EPPR- 18 31
A

B
FUSE BOX

BOOM PRIORITY EPPR- 19


EPPR GND 20
0.8R

REVERSE FAN_MANUAL 21
REVERSE FAN_AUTO 22

ECM
POWER IG
3
4
1
2

1.2YOr
AIR CLEANER SW 23
CN-249

CAMERA

NC 24
R.THROTTLE +5V
J1708 DATA LINK-
J1939 DATA LINK-

J1708 DATA LINK+


J1939 DATA LINK+
J1939 DATA LINK SLD

R.THROTTLE POS SIG

R.THROTTLE RETURN
R.THROTTLE POS RTN

UNSWITCHED POWER+

UNSWITCHED POWER+
UNSWITCHED POWER+
UNSWITCHED POWER+
UNSWITCHED POWER+

80094EL12
UNSWITCH POWER RTN-
UNSWITCH POWER RTN-
UNSWITCH POWER RTN-
UNSWITCH POWER RTN-
UNSWITCH POWER RTN-
R.THROTTLE ENABLE SIG
PRESS PRESS PRESS
P3 P1 P2
PUMP
MAIN
CD-16

B
ker

SIG
SIG
SIG
max
1

Horn
POWER 24V

Brea

2
2

1
1

Decel

A
Power
GND 2

SUPPLY
SUPPLY
SUPPLY

RETURN
RETURN
RETURN
CS-26A

C
SIGNAL 3

1
2

CS-5

Pa
CS-29
CS-26

CS-19
BREAKER

B
A
B
A
B
A

C
C
C
NC 4

L
L

B
B

CD-10
R
R

2
1

2
1
2
Gr
Gr

WATER LEVEL
CD-44
CD-42
CD-43

CN-75

CD-2

CD-1
SAFETY SW
A
B
C

HYD TEMP
FUEL LEVEL
1
1
1
1

2
2
2
2

CS-4

AIR CLEANER SW
CD-70
SUPPLY A

N1
SIG B

PRESS
RETURN C
CD-71
SUPPLY A

N2
SIG B

PRESS
RETURN C
CD-6
SUPPLY A
CS-73
SIG B
RETURN C 1

TRAVEL
2 12
CD-7 2
SUPPLY A
3

1
2
2

5
5

4
4
1

9
8
7
6
9
8
7
6

3
3

16
15
14
13
12
11
10
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
SIG B

CN-4
CN-7

WORK
RETURN C
CD-35 5

5
3
4
1

9
8
7
6
2

10
SUPPLY A
6

CN-1

ARM
SIG B 3
7 7

IN_OUT
RETURN C 9

BUCKET IN
CD-24 8
SUPPLY A 4
9 8
REVERSE FAN SW

SIG B 10
10

SWING
RETURN C
CD-31 11
ELECTRIC CIRCUIT FOR HYDRAULIC

11 12
SUPPLY A 12
SIG B

LOAD
OVER
RETURN C CS-52
CD-32 1
5
3
4
1

6
2

SUPPLY A 2 12
2

UP
SIG B
CN-16

BOOM
RETURN C 3
4
5
CN-244
6
1 3
7 7
2 9
8

PTC CAN2
GREASE SW

4
CN-51 9 8
GND_MAIN
10
1 10
BATT POWER_24V 2
11
POWER IG 3 11 12
POWER_24V OUT 4 12
GND_PRESSURE 5
CS-50
POWER_5V OUT 6
GND_5V 7 1
2 12
G/A MOTOR(+) 8 2
G/A MOTOR(-) 9
3
GND_MAIN 10
CAN_SHIELD 11
4
PROGRAM DUMP 12 5
TACHO SENSOR- 13 6
TACHO SENSOR+ 14 3
PWM OUTPUT2 7 7
15 9
PWM OUTPUT1 16 8
OVERLOAD SW

RESERVE_DO2 17 4
9 8
RAMLOCK LAMP 18 10
HOUR METER 19
10
TRAVEL BUZZER 20 11
11 12
CAN1 Hi-ECM 21 12
CAN2 Hi-APTC 22
RS485+(TX)-CLUSTER 23 CS-67
RS232C1_TX-HRDT 24 1
RS232C2_TX-RCM 25 2 12
2
PWM INPUT_1 26
PWM INPUT_2 27 3
TILT SIG. 28 4
ROTATE SIG. 29
5
AI RESERVE 30
CAN1 Lo-ECM 31 6
3
CAN2 Lo-APTC 32 7 7
RS485-(RX)-CLUSTER 33
9
8
RS232C1_RX-HRDT 34 4
RS232C2_RX-RCM 35 9 8
10
HYD. TEMP SENDER 36 10
QUICK COUPLING SW

WATER TEMP SENDOR 37 11


FUEL LEVEL SENSOR 38 11 12
ALT. LEVEL 12
39
GOV. POTENTIO SIG. 40
CN-113

4-20
CN-52
ARM REGEN SOL 1 1
COOLING FAN REVERSE SOL 2 2
RAMLOCK SOL 3
ATT_CONFLUX SOL. 4 BUZZER
ATT_PRESS SOL. 5
6

9
8
7

10

12

60
59
58
57
40
39
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
11

ATT SAFETY SOL 6


CN-5

POWER MAX SOL 7


TRAVEL SPEED SOL 8
RESERVE EPPR+ 9
COOLING FAN EPPR+ 10 CN-140
CRUISE LAMP 11 2
WORKING BRAKE FAIL LAMP 12 1
RESERVE LAMP 13
TM OIL LOW LAMP 14
ANTI RESTART RY 15
FUEL WARMER RY 16
QUICK COUPLER SOL

ENG PRE-HEAT RY 17
ENG STOP RY 18
REVERVE EPPR- 19
COOLING FAN EPPR- 20
ACCEL DIAL SIG 21

MCU
WORK BRAKE PRESS 22 CN-36
BOOM UP PRESS SENSOR 23 ECM 30A
SWING PRESS SENSOR 24 1
ARM IN_OUT BUCKET IN PRESS 25 ROOM LAMP/CASSETTE 10A
TRAVEL PRESS SENSOR(A) 26
2
MCU 30A
N2 PRESS SENSOR 27 3
TRAVEL FWD PRESS 28 START KEY 30A
P1 PRESS SENSOR 29
4
AIR CON/HEATER 20A
OVERLOAD SENSOR 30 5
ATT. PRESS SENSOR 31 WIPER 10A
RESERVE SENSOR 32 6
CLUSTER 10A
BRAKE PRESS FAIL 33 7
TM OIL PRESS 34 ECM 5A
WORK PRESS SENSOR(A) 35 8
MCU CONT. 20A
P3 PRESS SENSOR 36 9
N1 PRESS SENSOR 37 MCU_EPPR 20A
P2 PRESS SENSOR 38 10
SWITCH PANEL 10A
BLOWER SIG. 39 11
AI RESERVE 40 CASSETTE 10A
12
CN-53 CLUSTER 10A
ATT FLOW EPPR+ 1 13
CONVERTER 20A
RIGHT TILT EPPR+ 2 14
LEFT TILT EPPR+ 3 WORK LAMP 30A
EPPR POWER 4 15
CABIN LAMP(OPTION) 30A
RIGHT ROTATE EPPR+ 5
16
LEFT ROTATE EPPR+ 6 WIPER 10A
TRAVEL EPPR+(w) 7 17
PUMP SHIFT EPPR+ HEAD LAMP 20A
8
18
BOOM PRIORITY EPPR+ 9 FUEL HEATER 30A
EPPR 24V 10 19
ATT FLOW EPPR- START,STOP 20A
11
20
RIGHT TILT EPPR- 12 HORN 10A
LEFT TILT EPPR- 13 21
EPPR GND 14
AC& HEATER 20A
22
RIGHT ROTATE EPPR- 15 SAFETY SOL 10A
LEFT ROTATE EPPR- 16 23
TRAVEL EPPR-(w) 17 SEAT 20A
24
PUMP SHIFT EPPR- 18 SOLENOIDE 20A
BOOM PRIORITY EPPR- 19 25
EPPR GND NC 20 CIGAR 20A
REVERSE FAN_MANUAL 21
26
OPTION(BEACON) 20A
REVERSE FAN_AUTO 22 27
AIR CLEANER SW 23 SOLENOIDE 20A
2

5
4
1

9
8
7
6
3

12
11
10

NC
28
24
CN-15

PRE-HEAT 10A
RAMLOCK SW_AUTO 25 29
TRAVEL/WORK SELECT SW 26 FUEL P/P 20A
PARKING SW 27
30
SPARE 10A
PREHEAT SW 28 31
COOLANT LEVEL SW 29
FUSE BOX

POWER MAX SW 30
ENG OIL FILTER SW 31
2

ENG. OIL PRESS SW 32


7
5
1

4
2
3

5
1

RAMLOCK SW_OFF 33
RAMLOCK SW_ON 34
CR-62
GND
CN-150

1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1

2
2
2
2

2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2

CRUISE SW 35
2
1

TRAVEL LEVER NEUTRAL 36


IGNITION

CD-69
LAMP SIG

CN-66
CN-88
CN-70
CN-68
3 2
4 5 1

MODE SW_TRAVEL
CN-242
CN-237
CN-149
CN-236
CN-154
CN-133
CN-135
RESET SIG.

37
B SIG
BREAKER RY

TRAVEL Hi-Lo SW 38 GREASE


POWER MAX
ARM REGEN
CN-81

TRAVEL ALARM SW
TRAVEL BZ

COOLING FAN

39
TRAVEL-HIGH
SAFETY SOL

A SUPPLY

C RETURN

ONE TOUCH DECEL SW 40


ATT
BOOM PRIORITY

ATT

ATT

ATT FLOW
ATT PS

PRESS SOL

SAFETY SOL

BREAKER SOL
CONFLUX SOL

80094EL13
GROUP 3 ELECTRICAL COMPONENT SPECIFICATION

Part name Symbol Specifications Check

※ Check specific gravity


12V × 200Ah 1.280 over : Over charged
Battery
(2EA) 1.280 ~ 1.250 : Normal
1.250 below : Recharging

Rated load : ※ Check coil resistance(M4 to M4)


24V Normal : About 50Ω
Battery relay 100A (continuity)
※ Check contact
1000A
(30seconds) Normal : ∞Ω
CR-1

※ Check contact
Glow plug relay 24V 200A Normal : 0.942Ω
(For terminal 1-GND)
CR-24
5
4

1
6

2
3

※ Check contact
B
B-BR : 24V 1A OFF : ∞Ω(for each terminal)
0, I
1

Start key B-ACC : 24V 10A


B-ST : 24V 40A ON : 0Ω(for terminal 1-3 and 1-2)
H0 I
START : 0Ω(for terminal 1-5)
4
3
2
6
5

STC BR ACC H

CS-2

A SUPPLY
B SIG
C RETURN 8~30V ※ Check contact
Pressure sensor
CN-6CD-7
CD-7 CD-24 D-31 Normal : 0.1Ω
CD-32 CD-35 CD-41 D-42
CD-43 CD-44 CD-69 D-70
CD-71

A A
B ※ Check resistance
Resistor 4W
C B A-B : 120Ω

CN-173

4-21
Part name Symbol Specifications Check

※ Check resistance
Glow plug 24V 200A
0.25~0.12Ω

CN-80

C 1 ※ Check resistance
Temperature 50˚C : 804Ω
sensor -
2 80˚C : 310Ω
(hydraulic)
100˚C : 180Ω
CD-8
CD-1

※ Check contact
Air cleaner Pa (N.O TYPE) High level : ∞Ω
pressure switch
Low level : 0Ω
CD-10

※ Check resistance
Full : 50Ω 6/12 : 350Ω
2 11/12 : 100Ω 5/12 : 400Ω
10/12 : 150Ω 4/12 : 450Ω
Fuel sender 1 -
9/12 : 200Ω 3/12 : 500Ω
8/12 : 250Ω 2/12 : 550Ω
CD-2 7/12 : 300Ω 1/12 : 600Ω
Empty warning : 700Ω

3 4 4 ※ Check resistance
3 Normal : About 200Ω
Relay
2 24V 20A (for terminal 1-3)
(air con blower)
1 2 1 0Ω
CR-46 (for terminal 2-4)

1
4 5 1 ※ Check resistance
2
3
Normal : About 160 Ω
Relay 4 24V 16A (for terminal 1-2)
5 3 2 0Ω(for terminal 3-4)
CR-2 CR-5
CR-5 CR-36
CR-36 ∞Ω(for terminal 3-5)
CR-45 CR-62
CR-45 CR-62

4-22
Part name Symbol Specifications Check

30
87a 87 85 ※ Check resistance
86

87
Normal : About 160 Ω
Relay 85 24V 16A (for terminal 85-86)
86
87a 30
0Ω(for terminal 30-87a)
CR-4 CR-7 CR-9
CR-9 ∞Ω(for terminal 30-87)
CR-13 CR-35
CR-13 CR-35 CR-46
CR-46

1
2 ※ Check resistance
Solenoid valve 24V 1A Normal : 15~25Ω
CN-66 CN-68
CN-66 CN-68 CN-70
CN-70
CN-88 CN-135 CN-140 (for terminal 1-2)
CN-88
CN-149CN-135
CN-236 CN-140
CN-237
CN-149 CN-155 CN-236
CN-237

1
※ Check resistance
EPPR valve 2 700mA Normal : 15~25Ω
CN-75 CN-133
CN-75 CN-133 CN-154
CN-238 (for terminal 1-2)
CN-239 CN-240 CN-241
CN-242
CN-242

1
※ Check resistance
Speaker 2 20W
Normal : A fewΩ
CN-23(LH)
CN-24(RH)
7
6

3
2
1
8

4
12

5
11
10

※ Check contact
11

2
8

Normal
Switch ON : 0 Ω(for terminal 3-7, 4-8)
24V 8A
(locking type) ∞Ω(for terminal 7-9, 8-10)
10

12
12

9
4

CS-23 CS-50
CS-23 CS-50 CS-67
CS-52 CS-82 OFF : ∞Ω(for terminal 3-7, 4-8)
CS-83
CS-67 CS-99
CS-73 CS-100
CS-82 0 Ω(for terminal 7-9, 8-10)
CS-83 CS-99 CS-100
※ Check resist
Normal : About 5kΩ
A + (for terminal A-C)
B S ※ Check voltage
Accel dial -
C - Normal : About 5V
(for terminal A-C)
CN-142
: 2~4.5V
(for terminal C-B)

4-23
Part name Symbol Specifications Check

3 ※ Check disconnection
Normal : 1.0Ω
2 ON : 0Ω(For terminal 1-2)
Room lamp 24V 10W
1 ∞Ω(For terminal 1-3)
OFF : ∞Ω(For terminal 1-2)
CL-1 0Ω(For terminal 1-3)

2
Head lamp, ※ Check disconnection
1
24V 65W
Work lamp, Normal : 1.2Ω
(H3 Type)
Cab lamp
CL-4
CL-4 CL-5
CL-5 CL-6
CL-6 CL-8
CL-8 CL-10
CL-9 CL-9 CL-36 CL-37

21V 70W ※Check disconnection


Beacon lamp M (H1 Type) Normal : A fewΩ

CL
-
CL-7

1 M
24V 10A ※Check resistance
Fuel filler pump 2 35ℓ /min Normal : 1.0Ω
CN-61

3 ※Check operation
2
h Supply power(24V) to terminal
Hour meter 16~32V
1 No.2 and connect terminal No.1
and ground
CN-48

1 ※Check operation
DC22~28V
Horn 2 Supply power(24V) to each
2A
terminal and connect ground.
CN-20 CN-25

4-24
Part name Symbol Specifications Check

2 3 ※Check contact
1
Normal : 0Ω(for terminal 1-2)
2 24V 15A
Safety switch ∞Ω(for terminal 1-3)
(N.C TYPE)
3 Operating : ∞Ω(for terminal 1-2)
1
0Ω(for terminal 1-3)
CS
-
CS-4

24V ※Check contact


Wiper cut switch
(N.O TYPE) Normal : 0Ω(one pin to ground)
CS-53

1 ※Check contact
Pa
P
Receiver dryer 24V 2.5A Normal : ∞Ω
2

CN
2-
CN-29
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

9
8

※Check voltage
REMOCON GND

Radio &
SPK FRT RH+

SPK FRT LH+


SPK FRT RH-
SPK FRT LH-

REMOCON+

24V 2A 20~25V
BACK UP+
TEL MUTE

USB player
ANT 12V

GND
ACC

(for terminal 1-3, 3-8)


ILL+
ILL-
NC

NC

NC

CN-27

※Check contact
Washer pump 24V 3.8A
Normal : 10.7Ω(for terminal 1-2)

CN-22

3 1
2

5 3
4 ※Check disconnection
Wiper motor 4 24V 2A
5 Normal : 7Ω(for terminal 2-6)
6 M 2 6

CN-21

4-25
Part name Symbol Specifications Check

3 12V 12V
2 24V 24V (1-2)
DC/DC
1 GND 24V 12V 3A
Converter 12V (1-3)
CN-138

※Check coil resistance


Normal : About 1MΩ
Cigar lighter 24V 5A 1.4W ※Check contact
Normal : ∞Ω
Operating time : 5~15sec
CL
-
CL-2

B+ G
Delco Remy ※Check contact
~3
Alternator I 24V 100A Normal : 0Ω (for terminal B+-I)
U
GND Normal : 24~27.5V
CN-74

M
M
※Check contact
Starter 24V 9.0kW
Normal : 0.1Ω
B+
CN-45

※Check contact
Travel alarm 24V 0.5A
Normal : 5.2Ω

CN-81

1
Aircon ※Check contact
24V 79W
compressor Normal : 13.4Ω
CN-28

4-26
Part name Symbol Specifications Check

※Check contact
Start relay 24V 300A
Normal : 0.94Ω(for terminal 1-2)

CR-23

1 M ※Check resistance
Blower motor 24V 9.5A
2 Normal : 2.5Ω(for terminal 1-2)

※Check resistance
Duct sensor 2 1˚C OFF Normal : 0Ω(for terminal 1-2),
(switch) 4˚C ON the atmosphere temp :
1
Over 4˚C

※Check resistance
Door switch 24V 2W
Normal : About 5MΩ

CS-1
CS-1

Switch 1
(power max, ※Check resistance
2 24V 6A
one touch decel, Normal : ∞Ω
horn, breaker) CS-5 CS-19
CS-26 CS-29

※Check disconnection
Normal : 0Ω
Fusible link 60A
(connect ring terminal and check
resist between terminal 1 and 2)
CN-60 CN-95

4-27
Part name Symbol Specifications Check

Master switch 6-36V ※Check disconnection


Normal : 0.1Ω

CS-74

4-28
GROUP 4 CONNECTORS

1. CONNECTOR DESTINATION
Connector No. of Connector part No.
Type Destination
number pin Female Male
CN-1 AMP 10 I/conn (Frame harness-Pump PS harness) S816-010002 S816-110002
CN-2 AMP 16 I/conn (Frame harness-Engine harness) S816-016002 S816-112002
CN-3 AMP 15 I/conn (Frame harness-Engine harness) 2-85262-1 368301-1
CN-4 AMP 16 I/conn (Console harness LH-Frame harness) 368047-1 S816-116002
CN-5 DEUTSCH 60 I/conn (Side harness RH-Frame harness) DRB16-60SAE-L018 DRB12-60PAE-L018
CN-7 AMP 16 I/conn (Console harness RH-Frame harness) 368047-1 S816-116002
CN-8 AMP 12 I/conn (Console harness RH-Frame harness) S816-012002 174663-2
CN-10 DEUTSCH 12 I/conn (Cab harness-Side harness RH) DT06-12S-EP06 DT04-12P-BE02
CN-11 DEUTSCH 8 I/conn (Frame harness-Aircon harness) DT06-8S-EP06 -
CN-12 KET 2 I/conn (Frame harness-Boom wire harness) MG640188-4 MG610574-4
CN-14 AMP 8 I/conn (Frame harness-Bucket EPPR) S816-008002 S816-108002
CN-15 AMP 16 I/conn (Frame harness-Breaker solenoid) S816-016002 S816-116002
CN-16 AMP 6 Emergency engine start & speed control S816-006002 S816-106002
CN-17 DEUTSCH 8 I/conn (Wiper harness-Side harness RH) DT06-8S-EP06 DT04-8P
CN-20 MOLEX 2 Horn DT06-2S-EP06 -
CN-21 AMP 6 Wiper motor 925276-0 -
CN-22 KET 2 Washer tank MG640605 -
CN-23 KET 2 Speaker-LH MG610070 -
CN-24 KET 2 Speaker-RH MG610070 -
CN-25 MOLEX 2 Horn DT06-2S-EP06 -
CN-27 KUM 16 Radio & CD/MP3 player PK145-16017 -
CN-28 KUM 1 Aircon compressor NMWP01F-B -
CN-29 KET 2 Receiver dryer MG640795 -
21Q7-10910
CN-36 AMP - Fuse & relay box -
21Q6-20200
CN-45 RING-TERM - Starter motor B+ S820-308000 -
CN-48 AMP 1 Hour meter 2-520193-2 -
CN-51 DEUTSCH 40 MCU DRC26-40SA -
CN-52 DEUTSCH 40 MCU DRC26-40SB -
CN-53 DEUTSCH 40 MCU DRC26-40SC -
CN-56 DEUTSCH 6 Cluster - DT04-6P-E005
CN-60 KET 2 Fusible link 21N4-01320 S813-130201
CN-61 DEUTSCH 2 Fuel filler pump DT06-2S-EP06 DT-04-2P-E005
CN-66 DEUTSCH 2 Breaker solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 -
CN-68 DEUTSCH 2 Safety solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 -
CN-70 DEUTSCH 2 Travel high solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 -

4-29
Connector No. of Connector part No.
Type Destination
number pin Female Male
CN-74 RING-TERM 2 Alternator "l" terminal S820-105000 -
CN-75 AMP 2 Pump EPPR S816-002002 -
CN-80 RING-TERM - Glow plug S820-306000 -
CN-81 DEUTSCH 2 Travel buzzer solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 -
CN-88 DEUTSCH 2 Power max solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 -
CN-91 DEUTSCH 50 ECM DRC26-50S-04 -
CN-94 DEUTSCH 4 ECM earth DTP06-4S-EP06 -
CN-95 KET 2 Fusible link 21N4-01311 S813-130201
CN-96 AMP 2 Fuel warmer 1530-0027 -
CN-116 AMP 12 Switch panel 176116 -
CN-125 Econoseal J 4 GPS connector S816-004002 S816-104002
CN-126 AMP 10 Service tool S816-010002 S816-110002
CN-133 DEUTSCH 2 Boom priority solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 -
CN-135 DEUTSCH 2 Arm regeneration solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 -
CN-138 FASTEN 3 DC/DC Converter S810-003202 -
CN-139 FASTEN 2 12V socket 172434-2 -
CN-140 DEUTSCH 2 Quick clamp solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 DT04-2P-E005
CN-141 AMP 13 Wiper motor controller 172498-1 DT04-3P-EP10
CN-144 KET 20 Handsfree MG610240 -
CN-147 PACKARD 4 Fuel-heater 1530-0027 -
CN-149 DEUTSCH 2 Attach safety solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 -
CN-154 DEUTSCH 2 Cooling fan DT06-2S-EP06
CN-155 AMP 2 Reverse solenoid 85202-1
CN-156 DEUTSCH 2 Air seat DT06-2S-EP06 DT04-2P-E005
CN-170 AMP 2 Heated seat 174352-2 174354-2
CN-173 DEUTSCH 3 Resistor DT06-3S-EP06 DT04-3P-EP10
CN-236 DEUTSCH 2 Attach pressure solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 -
CN-237 DEUTSCH 2 Attach conflux solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 -
CN-242 DEUTSCH 2 Attach flow solenoid DT06-2S-EP06 DT04-2P-E005
CN-244 AMP 2 CAN 2 - S816-102002
CN-245 AMP 2 PTC power S813-030201 -
CN-246 KET 12 USB & Socket assy MG610240 -
CN-247 DEUTSCH 8 PWM convert DT06-08SA-EP06 DT04-8P
CN-249 DEUTSCH 4 Rear view camera DT06-4S-EP06 DT04-4P-E005
CN-255 AMP 2 PTC Power S813-030201 -
CN-256 AMP 8 Proportional - S816-108002
CN-258 KET 1 Air compressor power MG640944-5 MG650943-5
CN-259 DEUTSCH 2 Camera DT06-2S-EP06 DT04-2P-E005
CN-263 DEUTSCH 2 Air compressor relay DT06-2S-EP06 DT04-2P-E005
CN-279 AMP 2 Accel dial LED S816-002002 -

4-30
Connector No. of Connector part No.
Type Destination
number pin Female Male
·Relay
CR-1 RING-TERM - Battery relay ST710285-2 -
CR-2 - 5 Horn relay - -
CR-4 - 5 Working lamp relay - -
CR-5 - 5 Anti restart relay - -
CR-7 - 5 Aircon compressor relay - -
CR-9 - 5 Head lamp relay - -
CR-13 - 5 Cabin lamp relay - -
CR-23 KET 2 Start relay S814-002001 S814-102001
CR-24 RING TERM 1 Preheat relay S822-014000 -
CR-35 - 5 Power relay - -
CR-36 - 5 Preheat relay - -
CR-45 - 5 ECM power relay - -
CR-46 - 5 Fuel warmer relay - -
CR-62 - 5 Breaker relay - -
·Switch
CS-1 SHUR 1 Door switch S822-014002 S822-114002
CS-2 DEUTSCH 6 Start key switch DT06-12S -
CS-4 DEUTSCH 3 Safety switch DT06-3S-EP06 -
CS-5 DEUTSCH 2 Horn switch - DT04-2P-E005
CS-19 DEUTSCH 2 One touch decel switch - DT04-2P-E005
CS-20 AMP 1 Safety switch S822-014002 -
CS-23 SWF 12 Beacon lamp switch SWF589790 -
CS-26 DEUTSCH 2 Breaker switch DT06-2S-EP06 -
CS-26A AMP 2 Breaker pedal switch S816-002002 S816-102002
CS-27 SWF 10 Breaker switch SWF 593757 -
CS-29 DEUTSCH 2 Power max switch DT06-2S-EP06 -
CS-50 SWF 12 Overload switch SWF589790 -
CS-52 SWF 10 Econo switch SWF 593757 -
CS-53 AMP 1 Wiper cut switch S822-014002 -
CS-67 SWF 12 Quick clamp switch SWF 589790 -
CS-73 SWF 12 Reverse fan switch SWF 589790 -
CS-74A AMP 2 Master switch S813-030201 -
CS-74B DEUTSCH 2 Master switch DT06-2S-EP06 -
CS-82 SWF 12 Spare switch SWF 589790 -
CS-83 SWF 12 Spare switch SWF 589790 -
CS-99 SWF 12 Spare switch SWF 589790 -
CS-100 SWF 12 Spare switch SWF 589790 -
CS-142 DEUTSCH 3 Accel dial switch DT06-3S-EP06 -

4-31
Connector No. of Connector part No.
Type Destination
number pin Female Male
·Light
CL-1 KET 3 Room lamp MG651032 -
CL-2 AMP 1 Cigar light S822-014002 S822-114002
CL-4 DEUTSCH 2 Head lamp (LH, RH) DT06-2S-EP06 DT04-2P-E005
CL-5 DEUTSCH 2 Work lamp-LH DT06-2S-EP06 DT04-2P
CL-6 DEUTSCH 2 Work lamp-RH DT06-2S-EP06 DT04-2P
CL-7 SHUR 1 Beacon lamp S822-014002 S822-114002
CL-8 DEUTSCH 2 Cab lamp-LH DT06-2S-EP06 DT04-2P
CL-9 DEUTSCH 2 Cab lamp-RH DT06-2S-EP06 DT04-2P
CL-10 DEUTSCH 2 Cab lamp-RH DT06-2S-EP06 DT04-2P
CL-36 DEUTSCH 2 Work lamp-LH DT06-2S-EP06 DT04-2P
CL-37 DEUTSCH 2 Work lamp-RH DT06-2S-EP06 DT04-2P
·Sensor, sendor
CD-1 AMP 2 Hydraulic oil temp sender 85202-1 -
CD-2 DEUTSCH 2 Fuel sender DT06-2S-EP06 -
CD-5 DEUTSCH 3 Travel pressure switch DT06-3S-EP06 -
CD-7 DEUTSCH 3 Working pressure switch DT06-3S-EP06 -
CD-10 RING TERM - Air cleaner switch ST730135-3 S820-104002
CD-16 AMP 3 Coolant level switch 1-9673253-3 -
CD-24 DEUTSCH 3 Swing sensor DT06-3S-EP06 -
CD-31 DEUTSCH 3 Overload sensor DT06-3S-EP06 DT04-3P-E005
CD-32 DEUTSCH 3 Boom up sensor DT06-3S-EP06 -
CD-35 DEUTSCH 3 Arm & bucket in sensor DT06-3S-EP06 -
CD-42 DEUTSCH 3 Pump pressure 1 DT06-3S-EP06 -
CD-43 DEUTSCH 3 Pump pressure 2 DT06-3S-EP06 -
CD-44 DEUTSCH 3 Pump pressure 3 DT06-3S-EP06 -
CD-45 DEUTSCH 2 WIF sensor DT06-2S-EP06 -
CD-69 DEUTSCH 3 Attach pressure sensor DT06-3S-EP06 -
CD-70 DEUTSCH 3 N1 pressure sensor DT06-3S-EP06 -
CD-71 DEUTSCH 3 N2 pressure sensor DT06-3S-EP06 -

4-32
2. CONNECTION TABLE FOR CONNECTORS
1) PA TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
pin Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)

2 5 1 3

1 3 2 5

S811-005002 S811-105002

3 7 1 4

1 4 3 7

S811-007002 S811-107002

4 9 1 5

1 5 4 9

S811-009002 3S811-109002

5 11 1 6

11

1 6 5 11

S811-011002 S811-111002

4 - 33
No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

6 13 1 7

13

1 7 6 13
S811-013002 S811-113002

8 1 9
17

17

1 9 8 17
S811-017002 S811-117002
1 21
1 11

21

1 11 1 21
S811-021002 S811-121002

4 - 34
2) J TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

1 1
2

2 12
S816-002001 S816-102001

2 3 1

3 1 2

S816-003001 S816-103001

3 1 4 2

4 2 3 1

S816-004001 S816-104001

8 5 2
6 3 1

8 5 2 6 3 1
S816-008001 S816-108001

4 - 35
3) SWP TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

1 1

S814-001000 S814-101000

2 1

1 2

S814-002000 S814-102000

3 1

2 1 23

S814-003000 S814-103000

2 4
1 3

1 3 2 4

S814-004000 S814-104000

4 - 36
No. of
pin Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)

3 6
1 4

1 4 3 6

S814-006000 S814-106000
4 8
1 5

1 5 4 8
S814-008000 S814-108000

4 12
1 9

12

4 12
1 9
S814-012000 S814-112000
3 14
1 11

14

1 11 3 14

S814-014000 S814-114000

4 - 37
4) CN TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

1 1

S810-001202 S810-101202

2 2

1 1

S810-002202 S810-102202

3 2

1 2 1 3

S810-003202 S810-103202

2 4 1 3

1 3 2 4
S810-004202 S810-104202

4 - 38
No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

3 6 1 4

1 4 3 6
S810-006202 S810-106202

4 8 1 5

1 5 4 8
S810-008202 S810-108202

4 - 39
5) 375 FASTEN TYPE CONNECTOR
No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

1 2 1 2

S810-002402 S810-102402

6) AMP ECONOSEAL CONNECTOR


No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

1
12

1 13
24
36
36
13 25 12
24
25
36
344111-1 344108-1

7) AMP TIMER CONNECTOR


No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

85202-1

4 - 40
8) AMP 040 MULTILOCK CONNECTOR
No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

12 1 6

7 12
174045-2

9) AMP 070 MULTILOCK CONNECTOR


No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

14 1 6

7 14

173852

10) AMP FASTIN - FASTON CONNECTOR


No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

3 1

6
6 4
1
4 6 3

480003-9
925276-0

4 - 41
11) KET 090 CONNECTOR
No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

2 1

MG610070

12) KET 090 WP CONNECTORS


No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

1
2

MG640605

2 1

MG640795

4 - 42
13) KET SDL CONNECTOR
No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

1
14
7

14 6

MG610406

4 - 43
14) DEUTSCH DT CONNECTORS
DT 06 - 3S - ★★★★

Modifications (see below)


Number of contacts (P : Pin, S : Socket)
04 : Receptacle, 06 : Plug
Deutsch connectors
※ Modification
E003 : Standard end cap - gray
E004 : Color of connector to be black
E005 : Combination - E004 & E003
EP04 : End cap
EP06 : Combination P012 & EP04
P012 : Front seal enhancement - connectors color to black for 2, 3, 4 & 6pin

No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

1 2 2 1
2

DT06-2S DT04-2P

2 1 1 2

3
3

DT06-3S DT04-3P

4 1 1 4

3 2 2 3

DT06-4S DT04-4P

4 - 44
No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

6 1 1 6

4 3 3 4

DT06-6S DT04-6P

4 5 5 4

1 8 8 1

DT06-8S DT04-8P

7 6
6 7

12

12 1
1 12

DT06-12S DT04-12P

4 - 45
15) MOLEX 2CKTS CONNECTOR
No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

1 2

35215-0200

16) ITT SWF CONNECTOR


No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

2
10
1 10

SWF593757

17) MWP NMWP CONNECTOR


No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

1
1

NMWP01F-B

4 - 46
18) ECONOSEAL J TYPE CONNECTORS
No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

S816-001002 S816-101002

S816-002002 S816-102002

S816-003002 S816-103002

S816-004002 S816-104002

4 - 47
No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

S816-006002 S816-106002

S816-008002 S816-108002

10

S816-010002 S816-110002

12

S816-012002 S816-112002

4 - 48
No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

15

368301-1 2-85262-1

19) METRI-PACK TYPE CONNECTOR


No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

12040753

20) DEUTSCH HD30 CONNECTOR


No. of
Receptacle connector (female) Plug connector (male)
pin

23

HD36-24-23SN HD34-24-23PN

4 - 49
21) DEUTSCH MCU CONNECTOR
No. of
Receptacle connector (Female) Plug connector (Male)
pin

5
1 6
11 1
10
2
3
11 4
5
21
6
40 21 31
32
7
8
9
33 10
34
35

31 36
37
20
30
20
38
39
35 40

36
30
40

DRC26-40SA/B/C

22) DEUTSCH SERVICE TOOL CONNECTOR


No. of
Receptacle connector (Female) Plug connector (Male)
pin

C
D
E

A
9
F
B
G
H J
HD10-9-96P

23) AMP FUEL WARMER CONNECTOR


No. of
Receptacle connector (Female) Plug connector (Male)
pin

3 2

2-967325-3

4 - 50
24) DEUTSCH E
ENGINE
NGINE ECM CONNECTOR
No. of
Receptacle connector (Female) Plug connector (Male)
pin

1 5
6
11
1
10
2
11 3
4
21 5
21 31
6
7
50 31 41
42
8
9
10 20
43
44
41 45
20

46
47
30
40
30
48
45 49
50
46
50 40
DRC26-50S-04

25) DEUTSCH INTERMEDIATE CONNECTOR


No. of
Receptacle connector (Female) Plug connector (Male)
pin

1
13 12
25 24
31
30
60 37
36
49
48

60
DRB16-60SAE-L018

4 - 51
SECTION 5 MECHATRONICS SYSTEM

Group 1 Outline----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-1


Group 2 Mode Selection System ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-3
Group 3 Automatic Deceleration System ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-6
Group 4 Power Boost System ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-7
Group 5 Travel Speed Control System --------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-8
Group 6 Automatic Warming Up System ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-9
Group 7 Engine Overheat Prevention System --------------------------------------------------------------- 5-10
Group 8 Variable Power Control System ------------------------------------------------------------------------ 5-11
Group 9 Attachment Flow Control System --------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-12
Group 10 Anti-Restart System ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-13
Group 11 Self-Diagnostic System ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-14
Group 12 Engine Control System ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-25
Group 13 EPPR Valve -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-26
Group 14 Monitoring System --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-31
Group 15 Fuel Warmer System ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 5-54
SECTION 5 MECHATRONICS SYSTEM
GROUP 1 OUTLINE

The ADVANCED CAPO (Computer Aided Power Optimization) system controls engine and pump
mutual power at an optimum and less fuel consuming state for the selected work by mode selection,
auto-deceleration, power boost function, etc. It monitors machine conditions, for instance, engine
speed, coolant temperature, hydraulic oil temperature, and hydraulic oil pressure, etc.
It consists of a MCU, a cluster, an ECM, EPPR valves, and other components. The MCU and the
cluster protect themselves from over-current and high voltage input, and diagnose malfunctions caused
by short or open circuit in electric system, and display error codes on the cluster.

Power mode selection (P, S, E)


Mode selection system Work mode selection
User mode system (U)
Auto deceleration system

Power boost system

Travel speed control system

Automatic warming up system

Overheat prevention system


ADVANCED
CAPO
SYSTEM Variable power control system

Attachment flow control system

Anti-restart system
MCU & cluster protection
Self-diagnostic system Open-short diagnosis & error code display
Machine error & ECM fault code display
Machine condition monitoring
Machine monitoring system
Electric signal monitoring

One touch deceleration system

5-1
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

Work tool Attachment pilot N1 N2 Work Travel


pressure pressure pressure pressure pressure

MCV
Arm 1 Arm 2
SOLENOID VALVE EPPR VALVE
Option Bucket
Attachment
pressure Boom 2 Boom 1

Travel speed Attachment Swing Travel(LH) Boom priority


conflux EPPR

Power boost Attachment Travel(RH) Attachment


safety flow EPPR

P1
Overload pressure
pressure
sensor
P2
pressure
Boom cylinder

Engine
P1 P2
P3 P3
pressure

ECM
Main pump Pilot pump
Pump power
shift EPPR
CAN

Signal

Pressure signal
Pressure signal
Drive signal
Drive signal MCU
Pressure signal
Switch signal
Power boost Pressure signal Accel dial signal CN-16A CN-16
button
One touch Normal
decel button Horn button
CN-16B
Emergency
Option
LH control button RH control
lever lever
Accel dial

Serial communication(-)
Serial communication(+)
SL SR AO AI BI BU

Shuttle
block

Swing Arm in/out Boom up


pressure & Bucket in pressure
pressure Cluster
80095MS01

5-2
GROUP 2 MODE SELECTION SYSTEM

1. POWER MODE SELECTION SYSTEM

Main control valve

Engine

ECM
Main pump Pilot pump
Pump power
shift EPPR
CAN

Cluster

Drive signal
MCU

Accel dial signal CN-16A CN-16

Normal

CN-16B
Emergency

Power mode Accel dial


pilot lamp

Power mode switch signal

80095MS02

Mode selection system (micro computer based electro-hydraulic pump and engine mutual control
system) optimizes the engine and pump performance.
The combination of 3 power modes (P, S, E) and accel dial position (10 set) makes it possible to use
the engine and pump power more effectively corresponding to the work conditions from a heavy and
great power requesting work to a light and precise work.
Engine rpm Power shift by EPPR valve
Power Standard Option Standard Option
Application
mode
Current Pressure Current Pressure
Unload Load Unload Load
(mA) (kgf/cm2) (mA) (kgf/cm2)
P Heavy duty power 1700±50 1800±50 1850±50 1800±50 250±30 10 250±30 5
S Standard power 1650±50 1750±50 1800±50 1750±50 280±30 12±3 280±30 7
E Economy operation 1600±50 1700±50 1750±50 1700±50 360±30 12±3 280±30 7

AUTO Engine
1150±100 - 1150±100 - 700±30 38±3 700±30 38±3
DECEL deceleration

One touch Engine quick


800±100 - 800±100 - 700±30 38±3 700±30 38±3
decel deceleration

KEY Key switch


800±100 - 800±100 - 700±30 38±3 700±30 38±3
START start position

※ Power shift (Standard/Option) can be changed by "Service menu" in "Management" on the cluster.

5-3
2. WORK MODE SELECTION SYSTEM
Work mode consists of the general operation (bucket) and the optional attachment (breaker,
crusher).

Attachment pilot
pressure sensor
Main control valve
Work tool
Arm 1 Arm 2
SOLENOID VALVE
Option Bucket
Attachment
pressure
Boom 2 Boom 1
Attachment
Swing Travel(LH) conflux

Travel(RH) Attachment
safety

Engine

ECM
Main pump Pilot pump
Pump power
shift EPPR
CAN

Cluster

Drive signal

Drive signal
MCU
Pressure signal

Accel dial signal CN-16A CN-16

Normal

CN-16B
Emergency

Work mode
pilot lamp Work mode switch signal Accel dial

80095MS03

1) GENERAL WORK MODE (bucket)


This mode is used to general digging work.
2) ATT WORK MODE (breaker, crusher)
It controls the pump flow and system pressure according to the operation of breaker or crusher.

General mode Work tool


Description
Bucket Breaker Crusher
Attachment safety solenoid OFF ON ON
Attachment pressure solenoid OFF OFF ON
Attachment conflux solenoid OFF OFF ON/OFF
Attachment flow EPPR current 100 mA 100~700 mA 100~700 mA

5-4
3. USER MODE SELECTION SYSTEM

Main control valve

Engine

ECM
Main pump Pilot pump
Pump power
shift EPPR

CAN

Cluster

Drive signal
MCU

Accel dial signal CN-16A CN-16

Normal

CN-16B
Emergency

User mode Accel dial


pilot lamp

User mode switch signal

80095MS03A

1) High idle rpm, auto idle rpm and EPPR pressure can be adjusted and memorized in the U-mode.
2) LCD segment vs parameter setting
Step Engine speed Idle speed Power shift
( ) (rpm) (rpm) (bar)
1 1300 700 0
2 1400 800 (low idle) 3
3 1500 900 6
4 1550 950 9
5 1600 1000 12
6 1650 1050 16
7 1700 1100 20
8 1750 1150 (decel rpm) 26
9 1800 1200 32
10 1850 1250 38

5-5
GROUP 3 AUTOMATIC DECELERATION SYSTEM

Work Travel
pressure pressure

Main control valve


Engine

ECM
Main pump Pilot pump
CAN

Cluster

MCU
Pressure signal

Accel dial signal CN-16A CN-16

Normal
Auto idle
pilot lamp CN-16B
Emergency

Accel dial
Auto idle switch signal
80095MS04

1. WHEN AUTO IDLE PILOT LAMP ON


When all of the work equipment control levers including swing and travel levers are at neutral for 4
seconds, MCU sends throttle command to ECM to reduce the engine speed to 1150 rpm. If the
control levers are at neutral for 1 minute, MCU reduces the engine speed to 800 rpm. As the result of
reducing the engine speed, fuel consumption and noise are effectively cut down during non-operation
of the control levers.
When the Auto idle pilot lamp is turned off by pressing the switch or any control lever is operated, the
reduced engine speed rises upto the speed before deceleration in a second.

Engine rpm

Accel dial
set rpm

Auto idle 1150 rpm


rpm
4 sec
Low idle 800 rpm
rpm
60 sec 1sec

Lever Lever Time


neutral operation
80095MS07

2. WHEN AUTO IDLE PILOT LAMP OFF


The engine speed can be set as desired using the accel dial switch, and even if the control levers are
neutral, the engine speed is not reduced.
※ Auto idle function can be activated when accel dial position is over 4.

5-6
GROUP 4 POWER BOOST SYSTEM

Main control valve

Arm 1 Arm 2

Option Bucket

Boom 2 Boom 1

Swing Travel(LH)

Travel(RH)
Main relief
valve

P1 P2
pressure pressure

Power boost
solenoid valve
Engine

ECM
Main pump Pilot pump
Power boost
button Pump power
shift EPPR
CAN

LH control Signal
lever
Drive signal
Power max button signal
Pressure signal
MCU
Accel dial signal CN-16A CN-16

Normal

CN-16B
Emergency

Accel dial
Power mode sw signal
Power max
pilot lamp

Cluster
80095MS10

· When the power boost switch on the left control lever knob is pushed ON, the power mode is set P
mode and maximum digging power is increased by 10 %.
· When the power boost function is activated, the power boost solenoid valve pilot pressure raises the
set pressure of the main relief valve to increase the digging power.

Description Condition Function


- Power mode : P
- Accel dial power : 9
Power boost switch : ON
Activated - Power boost solenoid : ON
Accel dial : over 8
- Power boost pilot lamp : ON
- Operating time : max 8 seconds
- Pre-set power mode
Canceled Power boost switch : OFF - Power boost solenoid : OFF
- Power boost pilot lamp : OFF
※ When the auto power boost is set to Enable and power mode is set to P mode on the cluster, the
digging power is automatically increased as working conditions by the MCU. It is operated max 8
seconds.

5-7
GROUP 5 TRAVEL SPEED CONTROL SYSTEM

Main control valve Travel motor

Arm 1 Arm 2

Option Bucket

Boom 2 Boom 1 Regulator

Swing Travel(LH)

Travel(RH)
Travel speed
solenoid valve

Engine

Main pump Pilot pump

Cluster

Drive signal
MCU

Travel speed
pilot lamp

Travel speed switch signal

48095MS05

Travel speed can be switched manually by pressing the travel speed switch on the cluster.

Travel speed Lamp


Speed Operation
solenoid valve on cluster
Low OFF Turtle Low speed, high driving torque in the travel motor
High ON Rabbit High speed, low driving torque in the travel motor
※ Default : Turtle (Low)

5-8
GROUP 6 AUTOMATIC WARMING UP SYSTEM

Main control valve

Engine

ECM
Main pump Pilot pump
Pump power
shift EPPR
CAN

Hydraulic temp signal


Cluster
Drive signal Hydraulic temp sensor
MCU

Accel dial signal CN-16


CN-16A
Normal

CN-16B
Emergency
Warming up pilot lamp signal

Accel dial

Warming up pilot lamp

80095MS08

1. The MCU receives the engine coolant temperature from the ECM, and if the coolant temperature is
below 30˚C, it increases the engine speed from key start rpm to 1200rpm. At this time the mode
does not change. If the coolant temperature sensor has fault, the hydraulic oil temperature signal is
substituted.
2. In case of the coolant temperature increases up to 30˚C, the engine speed is decreased to key start
speed. And if an operator changes power mode set during the warming up function, the MCU
cancels the automatic warming up function.
3. LOGIC TABLE

Description Condition Function


- Coolant temperature : - Power mode : Default (E mode)
Actuated below 30˚C (after engine run) - Warming up time : 10 minutes (max)
- Warming up pilot lamp : ON

- Coolant temperature : Above 30˚C - Power mode : set mode


- Warming up time : Above 10 minutes - Warming up pilot lamp : OFF
- Changed power mode set by operator
Canceled - RCV lever or pedal operating
- Auto idle cancel
※ If any of the above conditions is
applicable, the automatic warming up
function is canceled

5-9
GROUP 7 ENGINE OVERHEAT PREVENTION SYSTEM

Main control valve

Engine

ECM
Main pump Pilot pump
Pump power
shift EPPR
CAN

Emergency
warning lamp
Cluster Hydraulic temp signal

Hydraulic temp sensor


Drive signal
MCU

Accel dial signal CN-16A CN-16

Normal

CN-16B
Emergency

Overheat warning signal


Accel dial

Hydraulic temperature
warning lamp
80095MS09

1. The engine coolant temperature or the hydraulic oil temperature is overheated over 100˚C, the
warning lamp is ON and the pump input torque or the engine speed is reduced as below logic table.
2. LOGIC TABLE
Description Condition Function
- Coolant temperature : - Warning lamp : ON , buzzer : OFF
Above 103˚C - Pump input torque is reduced.
Activated
- Hydraulic oil temperature : - Warning lamp & buzzer : ON
First step Above 100˚C - Pump input torque is reduced.
warning - Coolant temperature :
Less than 100˚C - Return to pre-set the pump absorption torque.
Canceled
- Hydraulic oil temperature :
Less than 95˚C
- Emergency warning lamp pops up on the
- Coolant or hydraulic oil temperature :
Activated center of LCD and the buzzer sounds.
Above 105˚C
- Engine speed is reduced after 10 seconds.
Second step
warning - Coolant temperature :
- Return to pre-set the engine speed.
Less than 103˚C
Canceled - Hold pump absorption torque on the first
- Hydraulic oil temperature :
step warning.
Less than 100˚C

5-10
GROUP 8 VARIABLE POWER CONTROL SYSTEM

N1 N2 Work Travel
pressure pressure pressure pressure

Main control valve

P1 P2
pressure pressure
Engine

ECM
Main pump Pilot pump
Pump power
shift EPPR
CAN

Signal

Pressure signal
Switch signal
LH control RH control Pressure signal MCU
lever lever
Pressure signal

Accel dial signal CN-16A CN-16

Normal

CN-16B
Emergency
AO AI BI BU

Shuttle Accel dial


block

Power mode switch signal

Arm in/out Boom up


& Bucket in pressure
pressure

E mode power

Cluster
80095MS15

· The variable power control system controls the engine and pump mutual power according to RCV
lever stroke and pump load.
It makes fuel saving and smooth control at precise work.

Description Working condition

Power mode E
Work mode General (bucket)
Pressure sensor Normal

※ The variable power control function can be activated when the power mode is set to E mode.

5-11
GROUP 9 ATTACHMENT FLOW CONTROL SYSTEM

Attachment pilot
pressure sensor Main control valve

Work tool Arm 1 Arm 2


SOLENOID VALVE
Option Bucket
Attachment
pressure
Boom 2 Boom 1
Attachment
Swing Travel(LH) conflux

Travel(RH) Attachment
safety

Engine

ECM
Main pump Pilot pump
Attachment
flow EPPR
CAN

Cluster

Drive signal

Drive signal
MCU
Pressure signal

Accel dial signal CN-16A CN-16

Normal

CN-16B
Emergency
Work mode
pilot lamp Work mode switch signal
Accel dial

80095MS06

· The system is used to control the pump delivery flow according to set of the work tool on the
cluster by the attachment flow EPPR valve.

Work tool
Description
Breaker Crusher
Max 7 step, Max 4 step,
Flow level reduced 10 lpm each step reduced 20 lpm each step
Attach safety solenoid ON ON
Attach pressure solenoid OFF ON
Attach conflux solenoid OFF ON/OFF
※ Refer to the page 5-45 for the attachment kinds and max flow.

5-12
GROUP 10 ANTI-RESTART SYSTEM

Engine

Starter

ECM

Start safety relay

Drive signal

MCU

Accel dial signal CN-16A CN-16

Normal

CN-16B
Emergency

Accel dial

80095MS12

1. ANTI-RESTART FUNCTION
After a few seconds from the engine starts to run, MCU turns off the start safety relay to protect the
starter from inadvertent restarting.

2. When a replacement or taking-off of the MCU is needed, connect CN-16 and CN-16B to ensure the
engine start without the MCU.

5-13
GROUP 11 SELF-DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM

1. OUTLINE
When any abnormality occurs in the ADVANCED CAPO system caused by electric parts malfunction
and by open or short circuit, the MCU diagnoses the problem and sends the error codes to the
cluster and also stores them in the memory.

2. MONITORING
1) Active fault

21093CD66

21093CD66A 21093CD66B

· The active faults of the MCU or engine ECM can be checked by this menu.

2) Logged fault

21093CD66C

21093CD66D 21093CD66E

· The logged faults of the MCU or engine ECM can be checked by this menu.

3) Delete fault

21093CD66F

21093CD66G 21093CD66H

· The logged faults of the MCU or engine ECM can be deleted by this menu.

5-14
3. MACHINE ERROR CODES TABLE
Error code
Description
HCESPN FMI
3 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor circuit - Voltage above normal, or shorted to high source.
101
4 Hydraulic oil temperature circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
0 Working pressure sensor data above normal range.
1 Working pressure sensor data below normal range.
105
2 Working pressure sensor data error.
4 Working pressure sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to Low source.
0 Travel oil pressure sensor data above normal range.
1 Travel oil pressure sensor data below normal range.
108
2 Travel oil pressure sensor data error.
4 Travel oil pressure sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
0 Main pump 1 (P1) pressure sensor data above normal range.
1 Main pump 1 (P1) pressure sensor data below normal range.
120 2 Main pump 1 (P1) pressure sensor data error.
Main pump 1 (P1) pressure sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low
4
source.
0 Main pump 2 (P2) pressure sensor data above normal range.
1 Main pump 2 (P2) pressure sensor data below normal range.
121 2 Main pump 2 (P2) pressure sensor data error.
Main pump 2 (P2) pressure sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low
4
source.
0 Overhead pressure sensor data above normal range.
1 Overhead pressure sensor data below normal range.
122
2 Overhead pressure sensor data error.
4 Overhead pressure sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
0 Negative 1 pressure sensor data above normal range.
1 Negative 1 pressure sensor data below normal range.
123
2 Negative 1 pressure sensor data error.
4 Negative 1 pressure sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
0 Negative 2 Pressure sensor data above normal range.
1 Negative 2 Pressure sensor data below normal range.
124
2 Negative 2 Pressure sensor data error.
4 Negative 2 Pressure sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
0 Pilot pump (P3) pressure sensor data above normal range.
1 Pilot pump (P3) pressure sensor data below normal range.
125
2 Pilot pump (P3) pressure sensor data error.
4 Pilot pump (P3) pressure sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
0 Boom up pilot pressure sensor data above normal range.
1 Boom up pilot pressure sensor data below normal range.
127
2 Boom up pilot pressure sensor data error.
4 Boom up pilot pressure sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
0 Arm in/out & bucket in pilot pressure sensor data above normal range.
1 Arm in/out & bucket in pilot pressure sensor data below normal range.
133 2 Arm in/out & bucket in pilot pressure sensor data error.
Arm in/out & bucket in pilot pressure sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to
4
low source.
※ Some error codes are not applied to this machine.

5-15
Error code
Description
HCESPN FMI
0 Swing pilot pressure sensor data above normal range.
1 Swing pilot pressure sensor data below normal range.
135
2 Swing pilot pressure sensor data error.
4 Swing pilot pressure sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
0 Attachment pilot pressure sensor data above normal range.
1 Attachment pilot pressure sensor data below normal range.
138
2 Attachment pilot pressure sensor data error.
4 Attachment pilot pressure sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
5 Pump EPPR valve circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
140
6 Pump EPPR valve circuit - Current above normal.
5 Boom priority EPPR valve circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
141
6 Boom priority EPPR valve circuit - Current above normal.
5 Travel EPPR valve circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
143
6 Travel EPPR valve circuit - Current above normal.
5 Attachment flow EPPR valve circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
144
6 Attachment flow EPPR valve circuit - Current above normal.
5 Remote cooling fan EPPR valve circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
145
6 Remote cooling fan EPPR valve circuit - Current above normal.
5 Left rotate EPPR valve circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
150
6 Left rotate EPPR valve circuit - Current above normal.
5 Right rotate EPPR valve circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
151
6 Right rotate EPPR valve circuit - Current above normal.
5 Left tilt EPPR valve circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
152
6 Left tilt EPPR valve circuit - Current above normal.
5 Right tilt EPPR valve circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
153
6 Right tilt EPPR valve circuit - Current above normal.
5 Power max solenoid circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
166
6 Power max solenoid circuit - Current above normal.
5 Travel speed solenoid circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
167
6 Travel speed solenoid circuit - Current above normal.
5 Attachment pressure solenoid circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
168
6 Attachment pressure solenoid circuit - Current above normal.
5 Attachment conflux solenoid circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
169
6 Attachment conflux solenoid circuit - Current above normal.
5 Arm regeneration solenoid circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
170
6 Arm regeneration solenoid circuit - Current above normal.
5 Attachment safety solenoid circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
171
6 Attachment safety solenoid circuit - Current above normal.
5 Remote cooling fan reverse solenoid circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
181
6 Remote cooling fan reverse solenoid circuit - Current above normal.
5 Fuel level sensor circuit - Voltage above normal, or shorted to high source.
301
6 Fuel level sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit - Voltage above normal, or shorted to high
3
source.
304
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low
4
source.
310 8 Engine speed signal error - Abnormal frequency or pulse width.
3 Engine preheat relay circuit - Voltage above normal, or shorted to high source.
322
4 Engine preheat relay circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
3 Fuel warmer relay circuit - Voltage above normal, or shorted to high source.
325
4 Fuel warmer relay circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
※ Some error codes are not applied to this machine.

5-16
Error code
Description
HCESPN FMI
3 Potentiometer (G/A) circuit - Voltage above normal, or shorted to high source.
340
4 Potentiometer (G/A) circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
5 Governor actuator circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
341
6 Governor actuator circuit - Current above normal.
0 Transmission oil pressure sensor data above normal range.
1 Transmission oil pressure sensor data below normal range.
501
2 Transmission oil pressure sensor data error.
4 Transmission oil pressure sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
0 Brake pressure sensor data above normal range.
1 Brake pressure sensor data below normal range.
503
2 Brake pressure sensor data error.
4 Brake pressure sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
0 Working brake pressure sensor data above normal range.
1 Working brake pressure sensor data below normal range.
505
2 Working brake pressure sensor data error.
4 Working brake pressure sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
3 Working brake lamp circuit - Voltage above normal, or shorted to high source.
506
4 Working brake lamp circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
3 Ram lock lamp circuit - Voltage above normal, or shorted to high source.
520
4 Ram lock lamp circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
5 Ram lock solenoid circuit - Current below normal, or open circuit.
525
6 Ram lock solenoid circuit - Current above normal.
0 Travel F pilot pressure sensor data above normal range.
1 Travel F pilot pressure sensor data below normal range.
530
2 Travel F pilot pressure sensor data error.
4 Travel F pilot pressure sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
0 Travel R pilot pressure sensor data above normal range.
1 Travel R pilot pressure sensor data below normal range.
531
2 Travel R pilot pressure sensor data error.
4 Travel R pilot pressure sensor circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
3 Hourmeter circuit - Voltage above normal, or shorted to high source.
701
4 Hourmeter circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
0 MCU input voltage high.
705
1 MCU input voltage low.
707 1 Alternator node I voltage low.
3 Acc. dial circuit - Voltage above normal, or shorted to high source.
714
4 Acc. dial circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
3 Rotate signal input circuit - Voltage above normal, or shorted to high source.
715
4 Rotate signal input circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
3 Tilt signal input circuit - Voltage above normal, or shorted to high source.
716
4 Tilt signal input circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
3 Travel alarm (buzzer) circuit - Voltage above normal, or shorted to high source.
722
4 Travel alarm (buzzer) circuit - Voltage below normal, or shorted to low source.
830 12 MCU internal memory error.
840 2 Cluster communication data error.
841 2 ECM communication data error.
843 2 Option #1 (CAN 2) communication data error.
850 2 RCM communication data error.
※ Some error codes are not applied to this machine.

5-17
4. ENGINE FAULT CODE
Fault code
J1939 SPN Reason Effect (only when fault code is active)
J1939 FMI
111 Error internal to the ECM related to memory Engine will not start.
629 hardware failures or internal ECM voltage
12 supply circuits.
115 No engine speed signal detected at both engine Engine will die and will not start.
190 position sensor circuits.
2
121 No engine speed signal detected from one of None on performance.
190 the engine position sensor circuits.
10
122 High voltage detected on the intake manifold Derate in power output of the engine.
102 pressure circuit.
3
123 Low voltage detected on the intake manifold Derate in power output of the engine.
102 pressure circuit.
4
131 High voltage detected at the throttle position Severe derate (power and speed). Limp home
91 signal circuit. power only.
3
132 Low voltage detected at the throttle position Severe derate (power and speed). Limp home
91 signal circuit. power only.
4
133 High voltage detected at the remote throttle None on performance if remote throttle is not
974 position signal circuit. used.
3
134 Low voltage detected at the remote throttle None on performance if remote throttle is not
974 position signal circuit. used.
4
135 High voltage detected at the oil pressure circuit. No engine protection for oil pressure.
100
3
141 Low voltage detected at the oil pressure circuit. No engine protection for oil pressure.
100
4
Oil pressure signal indicates oil pressure below Progressive power and speed derate with
143 the low oil pressure engine protection limit. increasing time after alert. If engine protection
100
18 shutdown feature is enable, engine will shut
down 30 seconds after red lamp starts flashing.
H i g h vo l t a g e d e t e c t e d a t t h e c o o l a n t Possible white smoke. Fan will stay on if
144 temperature circuit. controlled by the electronic control module
110
3 (ECM). No engine protection for coolant
temperature.
145 L o w vo l t a g e d e t e c t e d a t t h e c o o l a n t Possible white smoke. Fan will stay on if
110 temperature circuit. controlled by electronic control module (ECM).
4 No engine protection for coolant temperature.
147 A frequency of less then 100Hz was detected at Calibration dependent power and speed
91 the frequency throttle signal pin of the actuator derate.
8 harness connector at the ECM.
148 A frequency of more than 100Hz was detected Calibration dependent power and speed
91 at the frequency throttle signal pin of the derate.
8 actuator harness connector at the ECM.
Coolant temperature signal indicates coolant Progressive power derate with increasing time
151 temperature above 104˚C (220˚F). after alert. If engine protection shutdown
110
0 feature is enabled, engine will shut down 30
seconds after red lamp starts flashing.
※ Some fault codes are not applied to this machine.

5-18
111Fault code
J1939 SPN Reason Effect (only when fault code is active)
J1939 FMI
153 High voltage detected at the intake manifold Possible white smoke. Fan will stay on if
105 temperature circuit. controlled by electronic control module (ECM).
3 No engine protection for coolant temperature.
154 Low voltage detected at the intake manifold Possible white smoke. Fan will stay on if
105 temperature circuit. controlled by electronic control module (ECM).
4 No engine protection for coolant temperature.
Intake manifold temperature signal indicates Progressive power derate with increasing time
155 temperature above 87.8˚C (190˚F). after alert. If engine protection shutdown
105
0 feature is enabled, engine will shut down 30
seconds after red lamp starts flashing.
187 Low voltage detected on the ECM voltage Engine will run derated. No engine protection
620 supply line to some sensors (VSEN2 supply). for oil pressure and coolant level.
4
198 High voltage detected at the ICON lamp circuit The ICON system will be disabled. Only
612 when low voltage was expected by the ECM. mandatory shutdown will be enabled.
3
199 Less than 6 VDC (low voltage) detected at the The ICON system will be disabled. Only
612 ICON lamp circuit when high voltage was mandatory shutdown will be enabled.
4 expected by the ECM.
211 Additional machine diagnostic codes have been None on engine performance.
1484 logged. Check other ECM's for diagnostic
31 codes.
212 High voltage detected at the oil temperature No engine protection for oil temperature.
175 circuit.
3
213 Low voltage detected at the oil temperature No engine protection for oil temperature.
175 circuit.Low voltage detected at the oil
4 temperature circuit.
Oil temperature signal indicates oil temperate Progressive power derate with increasing time
214 above 123.9˚C (225˚F). after alert. If engine protection shutdown
175
0 feature is enabled, engine will shut down 30sec
after the red lamp starts flashing.
219 Low oil level was detected in the CentinelTM N o n e o n p e r fo r m a n c e . C e n t i n e l T M
1380 makeup oil tank. deactivated.
17
221 High voltage detected at the ambient air Derate in power output of the engine.
108 pressure circuit.
3
222 Low voltage detected at the ambient air Derate in power output of the engine.
108 pressure circuit.
4
223 Incorrect voltage detected at the CentinalTM None on performance. CentinelTM deactivated.
1265 actuator circuit by the ECM.
4
227 High voltage detected on the ECM voltage Engine will run derated. No engine protection
620 supply line to some sensors (VSEN2 supply). for oil pressure and coolant level.
3
234 Engine speed signal indicates engine speed is Fuel shutoff valve is closed unit the engine
190 greater than 2650 rpm. speed drops. The fuel shutoff valve will open
0 when engine speed falls below 2000 rpm.
Coolant level signal indicates coolant level is Progressive power derate with increasing time
235
below the normal range. after alert. If engine protection shutdown
111
feature is enabled, engine will shut down 30
1
seconds after red lamp starts flashing.
※ Some fault codes are not applied to this machine.

5-19
Fault code
J1939 SPN Reason Effect (only when fault code is active)
J1939 FMI
Duty cycle of the throttle input signal to the All engines(primary and secondary) are shut
237 primary or secondary engine for multiple unit down with increasing time after alert if hard-
644 synchronization is less than 3 percent or more coupled. Only secondary engines are shut
2 than 97 percent. down with increasing time after alert if soft-
coupled.
The ECM lost the vehicle speed signal. Engine speed limited to maximum engine
241 speed without vehicle speed sensor parameter
84 value Cruise Control. Gear-Down Protection
2 and Road Speed Governor will not work
(automotive only).
Invalid or inappropriate vehicle speed signal Engine speed limited to maximum engine
242 detected. Signal indicates an intermittent speed without vehicle speed sensor parameter
84 connection or VSS tampering. value Cruise Control. Gear-Down Protection
10 and Road Speed Governor will not work
(automotive only).
245 Less than 6 VDC detected at fan clutch circuit The fan may stay on at all times.
647 when on. Indicates an excessive current draw
4 from the ECM or faulty ECM output circuit.
254 Less than 6 VDC detected at FSO circuit when The ECM turns off the FSO supply voltage.
647 on. Indicates an excessive current draw from The engine will shut down.
4 the ECM or a faulty ECM output circuit.
255 Externally supplied voltage detected going to None on performance. Fuel shutoff valve stays
632 the fuel shutoff solenoid supply circuit. open.
3
285 The ECM expected infor mation from a At least one multiplexed device will not operate
639 multiplexed device but did not receive it soon properly.
9 enough or did not receive it at all.
286 The ECM expected info from a multiplexed At least on multiplexed device will not operate
639 device but only received a portion of the properly.
13 necessary information.
287 The machine vehicle electronic control unit The engine will only idle.
91 (VECU) detected a fault with its throttle pedal.
19
288 The machine vehicle electronic control unit The engine will not respond to the remote
974 (VECU) detected a fault with its remote throttle. throttle.
19
293 High voltage detected at the machine No engine protection for machine temperature.
1083 temperature sensor signal pin of the 31-pin
3 machine connector.
294 L ow vo l t a g e d e t e c t e d a t t h e m a c h i n e No engine protection for machine temperature.
1083 temperature sensor signal pin of the 31-pin
4 machine connector.
295 An error in the ambient air pressure sensor Engine is derated to no air setting.
108 signal was detected by the ECM.
2
297 High voltage detected at the machine pressure No engine protection for machine pressure.
1084 sensor signal pin of the 31-pin machine
3 connector.
298 Low voltage detected at the machine pressure No engine protection for machine pressure.
1084 sensor signal pin of the 31-pin machine
4 connector.
Engine shutdown by device other than key No action taken by the ECM.
299 switch before proper engine cool down resulting
1384
31 in filtered load factor above maximum shutdown
threshold.
※ Some fault codes are not applied to this machine.

5-20
Fault code
J1939 SPN Reason Effect (only when fault code is active)
J1939 FMI
311 Current detected at No.1 injector when voltage The injector for cylinder number 1 is turned off.
651 is turned off.
6
312 Current detected at No.5 injector when voltage The injector for cylinder number 5 is turned off.
655 is turned off.
6
313 Current detected at No.3 injector when the The injector for cylinder number 3 is turned off.
653 voltage is turned off
6
314 Current detected at No 6 injector when the The injector for cylinder number 6 is turned off.
656 voltage is turned off.
6
315 Current detected at No.2 injector when the The injector for cylinder number 2 is turned off.
652 voltage is turned off.
6
319 Real time clock lost power. None on performance. Data in the ECM will
251 not have accurate time and date information.
2
321 Current detected at No.4 injector when the The injector for cylinder number 4 is turned off.
654 voltage is turned on.
6
322 Injector solenoid driver cylinder 1 circuit-current The current to the injector is shut off. The
656 below normal, or open circuit. Current detected engine can possibly misfire or run rough.
5 at injector number 1 when voltage is turned off.
323 Injector solenoid driver cylinder 5 circuit-current The current to the injector is shut off. The
656 below normal, or open circuit. Current detected engine can possibly misfire or run rough.
5 at injector number 5 when voltage is turned off.
324 Injector solenoid driver cylinder 3 circuit-current The current to the injector is shut off. The
656 below normal, or open circuit. Current detected engine can possibly misfire or run rough.
5 at injector number 3 when voltage is turned off.
325 Injector solenoid driver cylinder 6 circuit-current The current to the injector is shut off. The
656 below normal, or open circuit. Current detected engine can possibly misfire or run rough.
5 at injector number 6 when voltage is turned off.
331 Injector solenoid driver cylinder 2 circuit-current The current to the injector is shut off. The
656 below normal, or open circuit. Current detected engine can possibly misfire or run rough.
5 at injector number 2 when voltage is turned off.
332 Injector solenoid driver cylinder 4 circuit-current The current to the injector is shut off. The
656 below normal, or open circuit. Current detected engine can possibly misfire or run rough.
5 at injector number 4 when voltage is turned off.
Severe loss of data from the ECM. Possible no noticeable performance effects OR
341 engine dying OR hard star ting. Fault
630
2 information, trip information and maintenance
monitor data may be inaccurate.
343 Internal ECM error. Possible none on performance or severe
629 derate.
12
349 A frequency greater than calibrated threshold Calibration dependent power and speed
191 was detected at the tail shaft governor signal pin derate.
16 of the 31-pin machine connector.
352 Low voltage detected on the ECM voltage Engine is derated to no air setting.
620 supply line to some sensors (VSEN 1 supply).
4
386 High voltage detected on the ECM voltage Engine is derated to no air setting.
620 supply line to some sensors (VSEN 1 supply).
3
※ Some fault codes are not applied to this machine.

5-21
Fault code
J1939 SPN Reason Effect (only when fault code is active)
J1939 FMI
387 High voltage detected on the ECM voltage Engine will only idle.
1043 supply line to the throttle (VTP supply)
3
Less than 6 VDC detected at the engine brake Engine brake 1 can not be activated.
388 circuit 1 when on indicates an excessive current
1072
11 draw from the electronic control module (ECM)
or faulty ECM output circuit.
Less than 6 VDC detected at the engine brake Engine brake 2 can not be activated.
392 circuit 2 when on indicates an excessive current
1073
11 draw from the electronic control module (ECM)
or faulty ECM output circuit.
Oil pressure signal indicates oil pressure below Progressive power derate with increasing time
415 the very low oil pressure engine protection limit. from alert. If engine protection shutdown
100
1 feature is enabled, engine will shut down 30
seconds after red lamp starts flashing.
418 Water has been detected in the fuel filter. Possible white smoke, loss of power, or hard
097 starting.
15
419 An error in the intake manifold pressure sensor Engine is derated to no air setting.
1319 signal was detected by the ECM.
2
422 Voltage detected simultaneously on both the No engine protection for coolant level.
111 coolant level high and low signal circuits OR no
2 voltage detected on both circuits.
426 Communication between the ECM and the None on performance. J1939 devices may not
639 J1939 data link has been lost. operate.
2
428 High voltage detected at water-in-fuel sensor. None on performance.
97
3
429 Low voltage detected at water-in-fuel sensor. None on performance.
97
4
431 Voltage detected simultaneously on both the None on performance.
558 idle validation off-idle and on-idle circuits.
2
Voltage detected at idle validation on-idle circuit Engine will only idle.
when voltage at throttle position circuit indicates
432 the pedal is not at idle OR voltage detected at
558
13 idle validation off-idle circuit when voltage at
throttle position circuit indicates the pedal is at
idle.
Voltage signal at intake manifold pressure circuit Derate to no air setting.
433 indicates high intake manifold pressure but
102
2 other engine characteristics indicate intake
manifold pressure must be low.
Supply voltage to the ECM fell below 6.2 VDC Possible no noticeable performance effects OR
434 for a fraction of a second OR the ECM was not possibility of engine dying OR hard starting.
627
2 allowed to power down correctly (retain battery Fault infor mation, trip infor mation and
voltage for 30 seconds after key off). maintenance monitor data may be inaccurate.
435 An error in the oil pressure sensor signal was None on performance. No engine protection
100 detected by the ECM. for oil pressure.
2
441 Battery voltage below normal operating level. Possible no noticeable performance effects OR
168 possibility of rough idle.
18
※ Some fault codes are not applied to this machine.

5-22
Fault code
J1939 SPN Reason Effect (only when fault code is active)
J1939 FMI
442 Battery voltage below normal operating level. None on performance.
168
16
443 Low voltage detected on the ECM voltage Engine will only idle.
1043 supply line to the throttle(s) (VTP supply).
4
465 High voltage detected at the wastegate actuator Engine will run derated.
1188 number 1 circuit when no voltage was being
3 supplied by the electronic control module (ECM).
Less than +6 VDC detected at the wastegate Engine will run derated.
466 actuator number 1 circuit when on indicates an
1188 excessive current draw from the electronic
4 control module (ECM) or faulty ECM output
circuit.
472 Either high or low voltage detected on the None on performance.
1380 crankcase oil level sensor circuit by the Centinel system deactivated.
2 electronic control module (ECM).
474 Either low voltage detected when +12 VDC are Either the engine will not start or the engine will
1321 commanded or voltage detected when no not have starter lockout protection.
2 voltafe is commanded.
475 Low voltage was detected on the electronic air Air compressor will not shut off.
1351 compressor circuit when high voltage was
4 expected.
476 High voltage or an open circuit detected at the Air compressor runs continuously or not at all.
1351 electronic air compressor governor actuator
3 circuit.
489 Auxiliary speed frequency on input pin indicated Engine will only idle.
191 that the frequency is below a calibration
18 dependent threshold.
491 High voltage detected at the wastegate actuator Engine will run derated.
1189 number 2 circuit when no voltage was being
3 supplied by the electronic control module (ECM).
Less than +6 VDC detected at the wastegate Engine will run derated.
492 actuator number 2 circuit when activated
1189 indicates an excessive current draw from the
4 electronic control module (ECM) or faulty ECM
output circuit.
527 Less than 17.0 VDC detected at the dual output No action taken by the ECM.
702 A signal pin of the 31-pin machine connector.
3
528 Less than 17.0 VDC detected at the dual output No action taken by the ECM.
093 B signal pin of the 31-pin machine connector.
2
529 Less than 17.0 VDC detected at the dual output No action taken by the ECM.
703 B signal pin at the ECM.
3
Either low voltage detected on autoshift low Top 2 lockout solenoid will not function properly.
536 gear actuator circuit when +12 VDC are Transmission will not shift properly.
718
11 commanded or voltage detected when no
voltage is commanded.
Either low voltage detected on autoshift high Top 2 shift solenoid will not function properly.
537 gear actuator circuit when (+) 12 VDC are Transmission will not shift properly.
717
11 commanded or voltage detected when no
voltage is commanded.
※ Some fault codes are not applied to this machine.

5-23
Fault code
J1939 SPN Reason Effect (only when fault code is active)
J1939 FMI
Either low voltage detected on autoshift neutral Top 2 neutral actuator will not function properly.
538 gear actuator circuit when +12 VDC are Transmission will not shift properly.
719
11 commanded or voltage detected when no
voltage is commanded.
544 Autoshift failure ; at least three shift attempts
Top 2 transmission will not be controlled
611 were missed. correctly. Transmission remains in manual
7 mode.
551 No voltage detected simultaneously on both the Engine will only idle.
558 idle validation off-idle and on-idle circuits.
4
581 High voltage detected at the fuel inlet restriction Fuel inlet restriction monitor deactivated.
1381 sensor signal pin.
3
582 Low voltage detected at the fuel inlet restriction Fuel inlet restriction monitor deactivated.
1381 sensor signal pin
4
583 Restriction has been detected at the fuel pump Fuel inlet restriction monitor warning is set.
1381 inlet.
18
588 High voltage detected at the alarm circuit when The ICON system will be disabled. Only
611 low voltage was expected by the ECM. mandatory shutdown will be enabled.
3 Engine can be started normally.
589 Less than +6 VDC detected at the engine start The ICON idle control system will be disabled.
611 alarm circuit when high voltage was expected Only mandatory shutdown will be enabled.
4 by the ECM. Engine can be started normally.
596 High battery voltage detected by the battery Yellow lamp will be lit until high battery voltage
167 voltage monitor feature. condition is corrected.
16
ICONTM has restarted the engine three times Yellow lamp will be lit until low battery voltage
within three hours due to low battery voltage condition is corrected. The ECM may increase
597 (automotive only) OR low battery voltage idle speed and deactivate idle decrement
167
16 detected by the battery voltage monitor feature. switch if idle speedup is enabled. The engine
will run continuously if ICONTM is active
(automotive only).
598 Very low battery voltage detected by the battery Red lamp lit until very low battery voltage
167 voltage monitor feature. condition is corrected.
1
611 Engine shutdown by operator before proper No action taken by the ECM.
1383 engine cool down resulting in filtered load factor
31 above maximum shutdown threshold.
951 A power imbalance between cylinders was Engine may have rough idle or misfire.
166 detected by the ECM.
2
※ Some fault codes are not applied to this machine.

5-24
GROUP 12 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

1. MCU and Engine ECM (Electronic Control Module)

OR
NS

LED TU
AT
OR
SE RT
PO

AC RT
PO
M
OERT
PO

Side cover-LH

2 HY
MO UN
P/NODE DA
L
: 21 : R2
I
Q6- 10
32 -9
10
2

CN
-51
Engine controller (ECM)
CN
-52 CN
1 MCU
-53
1
2 Bolt (M8)
80095MS11

2. MCU ASSEMBLY
1) To match the pump absorption torque with the engine torque, MCU varies EPPR valve output
pressure, which control pump discharge amount whenever feedbacked engine speed drops under
the reference rpm of each mode set.
2) Three LED lamps on the MCU display as below.

LED lamp Trouble Service

G is turned ON Normal -

G and R are turned ON Trouble on MCU · Change the MCU


G and Y are turned ON Trouble on serial · Check if serial communication
communication line lines between controller and cluster are
disconnected
Three LED are turned OFF Trouble on MCU power · Check if the input power wire (24 V, GND) of
controller is disconnected
· Check the fuse
G : green, R : red, Y : yellow

5-25
GROUP 13 EPPR VALVE

1. PUMP EPPR VALVE


1) COMPOSITION
EPPR (Electro Proportional Pressure Reducing) valve consists of electro magnet and spool valve
installed at main pump.
(1) Electro magnet valve
Receive electric current from MCU and move the spool proportionally according to the specific
amount of electric current value.
(2) Spool valve
Is the two way direction control valve for pilot pressure to reduce main pump flow.
When the electro magnet valve is activated, pilot pressure enters into flow regulator of main pump.
(3) Pressure and electric current value for each mode

Pressure Electric current Engine rpm


Mode
kgf/cm
2 psi (mA) (at accel dial 10)

P 10 ± 3 142 ± 40 250 ± 30 1700 ± 50


Standard
S 12 ± 3 171 ± 40 280 ± 30 1650 ± 50
(Stage : 1.0)
E 12 ± 3 171 ± 40 360 ± 30 1600 ± 50
P 5±3 71 ± 40 250 ± 30 1850 ± 50
Option
S 7±3 100 ± 40 280 ± 30 1800 ± 50
(Stage : 2.0)
E 7±3 100 ± 40 280 ± 30 1750 ± 50

2) HOW TO SWITCH THE STAGE (1.0 ↔ 2.0) ON THE CLUSTER


You can switch the EPPR valve pressure set by selecting the stage (1.0 ↔ 2.0).
- Management
·Service menu

21093CD67M

21093CD67N 21093CD67P
Enter the password

21093CD67ZZ

· Power shift (standard/option) : Power shift pressure can be set by option menu.

5-26
3) OPERATING PRINCIPLE (pump EPPR valve)
(1) Structure

6 7

2 3 4 5

5-22(1)

1 Sleeve 4 O-ring 6 Solenoid valve


2 Spring 5 O-ring 7 Connector
3 Spool

A
P Pilot oil supply line (pilot pressure)
P
T Return to tank
T
A Secondary pressure to flow regulator at main pump

(2) Neutral
eutral
Pressure line is blocked and A oil returns
to tank.

P A
P T
T
A

(3) Operating
perating
Secondary pressure enters into A.

P A
T

P T

A
5-22(2)

5-27
4) EPPR VALVE CHECK PROCEDURE Spec : 100~700 mA
(1) Check electric current value at EPPR valve CN-75

Multimeter
① Disconnect connector CN-75 from
EPPR valve.
② Insert the adapter to CN-75 and install EPPR valve
multimeter as figure.
③ Start engine.
④ Set S-mode and cancel auto decel
mode.
⑤ Position the accel dial at 10.
⑥ If rpm display show approx 1650±50
rpm check electric current at bucket
circuit relief position.
8007A5MS06

⑦ Check electric current at bucket circuit


relief position.

(2) Check pressure at EPPR valve Spec : 4~20 kgf/cm2 (60~280 psi)
① Remove plug and connect pressure
gauge as figure. CN-75
·Gauge capacity : 0 to 50 kgf/cm2 Supply line,
Pressure adjusting
pilot pressure
(0 to 725 psi) screw locknut

② Start engine.
EPPR valve
③ Set S-mode and cancel auto decel
mode.
④ Position the accel dial at 10.
⑤ If tachometer show approx 1650±50
rpm check pressure at relief position of
bucket circuit by operating bucket control
lever.
⑥ If pressure is not correct, adjust it. 8007A5MS07

⑦ After adjust, test the machine.

5-28
2. BOOM PRIORITY EPPR VALVE
1) COMPOSITION
The boom priority EPPR valve is built in a manifold and mainly consisting of valve body and coil.
This EPPR valve installed under the solenoid valve.
2) CONTROL
The boom priority EPPR valve has to be controlled by a specific electronic amplifier card, which is
supplying the coil with a current 580 mA at 30Ω and 24 V.

3) OPERATING PRINCIPLE
(1) Structure

1 5 4 6

P T

2 Control spool 3
21095MS14

P : Pilot supply line


P
A T : Return to tank
T
A : Secondary pressure to flow MCV

1 O-ring 3 Valve body 5 Connector


2 Support ring 4 Coil 6 Cover cap

(2) Operation
In de-energized mode the inlet port (P) is closed and the outlet port (A) is connected to tank port
(T).
In energized mode the solenoid armature presses onto the control spool with a force
corresponding to the amount of current. This will set a reduced pressure at port A. The setting is
proportional to the amount of current applied.
(3) Maximum pressure relief
If a pressure from outside is applied on port A the valve may directly switch to tank port (T) and
protect the system before overload.

5-29
2) EPPR VALVE CHECK PROCEDURE Spec : 400~600 mA
(combined boom up and swing operation)
(1) Check electric current value at EPPR
valve
① Disconnect connector CN-133 from Solenoid valve

EPPR valve.
② Insert the adapter to CN-133 and install Boom priority
multimeter as figure. EPPR valve

③ Start engine.
④ If rpm display approx 1650±50 rpm CN-133
disconnect one wire harness from EPPR
valve.
⑤ Check electric current in case of Adapter
Multimeter (P/no.:21Q6-50410)
combined boom up and swing operation.
21095MS15

(2) Check pressure at EPPR valve Spec : 12~37 kgf/cm2 (170~530 psi)
① Remove hose from A5 port and connect (bucket relief operation)
pressure gauge as figure.
·Gauge capacity : 0 to 50 kgf/cm2 Pressure
gauge
(0 to 725 psi)
A5
② Start engine.
③ If rpm display approx 1650±50 rpm
check pressure at relief position of Solenoid valve
bucket circuit by operating bucket control
lever. Boom priority
EPPR valve
④ If pressure is not correct, adjust it.
⑤ After adjust, test the machine.

21095MS16

5-30
GROUP 14 MONITORING SYSTEM

1. OUTLINE
Monitoring system consists of the monitor part and switch part.
The monitor part gives warnings when any abnormality occurs in the machine and informs the
condition of the machine.
Various select switches are built into the monitor panel, which act as the control portion of the machine
control system.

2. CLUSTER
1) MONITOR PANEL

Time display

Warning lamps
(See page 5-35)

Gauge(See page 5-34)


Main menu(See page 5-42)

Engine rpm/Tripmeter
(See page 5-34)

Pilot lamps
(See page 5-38)

Switches
(See page 5-40)

80095MS30

5-31
2) CLUSTER CHECK PROCEDURE
(1) Start key : ON
① Check monitor
a. Buzzer sounding for 4 seconds with HYUNDAI logo on cluster.
※ If the ESL mode is set to the enable, enter the password to start engine.
② After initialization of cluster, the operating screen is displayed on the LCD.
Also, self diagnostic function is carried out.
a. Engine rpm display : 0 rpm
b. Engine coolant temperature gauge : White range
c. Hydraulic oil temperature gauge : White range
d. Fuel level gauge : White range
③ Indicating lamp state
a. Power mode pilot lamp : E mode or U mode
b. Work mode pilot lamp : General operation mode (bucket)
c. Travel speed pilot lamp : Low (turtle)

(2) Start of engine


① Check machine condition
a. RPM display indicates at present rpm
b. Gauge and warning lamp : Indicate at present condition.
※ When normal condition : All warning lamp OFF
c. Work mode selection : General work
d. Power mode selection : E mode or U mode
e. Travel speed pilot lamp : Low (turtle)
② When warming up operation
a. Warming up pilot lamp : ON
b. After engine started, engine speed increases to 1200rpm.
※ Others same as above.
③ When abnormal condition
a. The warning lamp lights up and the buzzer sounds.
b. If BUZZER STOP switch is pressed, buzzer sound is canceled but the lamp warning lights up
until normal condition.
※ The pop-up warning lamp moves to the original position and blink when the select switch is
pushed. Also the buzzer stops.

5-32
3. CLUSTER CONNECTOR
No. Name Signal
1 Battery 24V 20~32V
2 Signal 3 NTSC Cluster
3 GND -
4 Serial + (TX) 0~5V
5 Power IG (24V) 20~32V
6 Signal 2 NTSC 1 4
7 Camera signal NTSC
8 Serial - (RX) 0~5V CN-56

※ NTSC : the united states National Television


Systems Committee 5 8

21095MS17

5-33
2) GAUGE
(1) Operation screen
Default Option 1 Engine coolant temperature gauge
2 Hydraulic oil temperature gauge
3 3 3 Fuel level gauge
1 2
1 4 RPM / Tripmeter display
2

4 4
21093CD07A

※ Operation screen type can be set by the screen type menu of the display.
Refer to page 5-52 for details.

(2) Engine coolant temperature gauge


① This gauge indicates the temperature of coolant.
·White range : 40-107˚C (104-225˚F)
·Red range : Above 107˚C (225˚F)
② If the indicator is in the red range or lamp blinks in red,
turn OFF the engine and check the engine cooling system.
※ If the gauge indicates the red range or lamp blinks in
21093CD07G
red even though the machine is on the normal condition,
check the electric device as that can be caused by the poor
connection of electricity or sensor.

(3) Hydraulic oil temperature gauge


① This gauge indicates the temperature of hydraulic oil.
·White range : 40-105˚C(104-221˚F)
·Red range : Above 105˚C(221˚F)
② If the indicator is in the red range or lamp blinks is red,
reduce the load on the system. If the gauge stays in the red
range, stop the machine and check the cause of the problem.
21093CD07E ※ If the gauge indicates the red range or lamp blinks in
red even though the machine is on the normal condition,
check the electric device as that can be caused by the poor
connection of electricity or sensor.

(4) Fuel level gauge


① This gauge indicates the amount of fuel in the fuel tank.
② Fill the fuel when the red range, or lamp blinks in red.
※ If the gauge indicates the red range or lamp blinks in
red even though the machine is on the normal condition,
check the electric device as that can be caused by the poor
connection of electricity or sensor.
21093CD07F

(5) RPM / Tripmeter display


① This displays the engine speed or the tripmeter.
※ Refer to page 5-52 for details.
21093CD02D

5-34
3) WARNING LAMPS

Battery charging warning lamp Air cleaner warning lamp


Check engine warning lamp Overload warning lamp
Engine oil pressure warning lamp

Emergency warning lamp

Fuel level warning lamp


Engine coolant
temperature warning lamp Hydraulic oil temperature
warning lamp
4
21093CD08D

※ Each warning lamp on the top of the LCD pops up on the center of LCD and the buzzer sounds
when the each warning is happened. The pop-up warning lamp moves to the original position and
blinks when the select switch is pushed. And the buzzer stops.
Refer to page 5-41 for the select switch.

(1) Engine coolant temperature


① Engine coolant temperature warning is indicated two steps.
- 100˚C over : The lamp blinks and the buzzer sounds.
- 107˚C over : The lamp pops up on the center of LCD and
the buzzer sounds.
② The pop-up lamp moves to the original position and blinks
21093CD08A
when the select switch is pushed. Also, the buzzer stops and
lamp keeps blink.
③ Check the cooling system when the lamp keeps ON.

(2) Hydraulic oil temperature


① Hydraulic oil temperature warning is indicated two steps.
- 100˚C over : The lamp blinks and the buzzer sounds.
- 105˚C over : The lamp pops up on the center of LCD and
the buzzer sounds.
② The pop-up lamp moves to the original position and blinks
when the select switch is pushed. Also, the buzzer stops and
21093CD08C
lamp keeps blink.
③ Check the hydraulic oil level and hydraulic oil cooling system.

(3) Fuel level


① This warning lamp blinks and the buzzer sounds when the level
of fuel is below 182ℓ(48.1 U.S. gal).
② Fill the fuel immediately when the lamp blinks.

21093CD08B

5-35
(4) Emergency warning lamp
① This lamp pops up and the buzzer sounds when each of the
below warnings is happened.
- Engine coolant overheating (over 107˚C)
- Hydraulic oil overheating (over 105˚C)
- Pump EPPR circuit abnormal or open
21093CD30 - Attachment flow EPPR circuit abnormal or open
- MCU input voltage abnormal
- Accel dial circuit abnormal or open
- Cluster communication data error
- Engine ECM communication data error
※ The pop-up warning lamp moves to the original position and
blinks when the select switch is pushed. Also the buzzer stops.
This is same as following warning lamps.
② When this warning lamp blinks, machine must be checked and
serviced immediately.

(5) Engine oil pressure warning lamp


① This lamp blinks when the engine oil pressure is low.
② If the lamp blinks, shut OFF the engine immediately. Check oil
level.

21093CD32

(6) Check engine warning lamp


① This lamp blinks when the communication between MCU and
engine ECM on the engine is abnormal, or if the cluster
received any fault code from engine ECM.
② Check the communication line between them.
If the communication line is OK, then check the fault codes on
21093CD33 the cluster.
③ This lamp blinks when "Engine check water in fuel" is dis-
played in the message box then check water separator.

29093CD03

(7) Battery charging warning lamp


① This lamp blinks when the battery charging voltage is low.
② Check the battery charging circuit when this lamp blinks.

21093CD34

5-36
(8) Air cleaner warning lamp
① This lamp blinks when the filter of air cleaner is clogged.
② Check the filter and clean or replace it.

21093CD35

(9) Overload warning lamp (opt)


① When the machine is overload, the overload warning lamp
blinks during the overload switch is ON. (if equipped)
② Reduce the machine load.

21093CD36

5-37
4) PILOT LAMPS

Work tool mode pilot lamp Message display


Work mode pilot lamp Travel speed pilot lamp
Power/User mode pilot lamp 4
Auto idle pilot lamp
Power max pilot lamp Maintenance pilot lamp
Preheat pilot lamp Fuel warmer pilot lamp
Warming up pilot lamp Decel
Decel pilot
pilotlamp
lamp
21093CD09

(1) Mode pilot lamps


No Mode Pilot lamp Selected mode

Heavy duty power work mode

1 Power mode Standard power mode

Economy power mode

2 User mode User preferable power mode

General operation mode

3 Work mode Breaker operation mode

Crusher operation mode

Low speed traveling


4 Travel mode
High speed traveling

5 Auto idle mode Auto idle

4
6 Work tool mode Oil flow level of breaker or crusher mode

7 Message display "Setting is completed" display after selection

(2) Power max pilot lamp


① The lamp will be ON when pushing power max switch on the
LH RCV lever.
② The power max function is operated maximum 8 seconds.
※ Refer to the operator's manual page 3-26 for power max func-
tion.
21093CD38

5-38
(3) Preheat pilot lamp
① Turning the start key switch ON position starts preheating in
cold weather.
② Start the engine after this lamp is OFF.

21093CD39

(4) Warming up pilot lamp


① This lamp is turned ON when the coolant temperature is below
30˚C (86˚F ).
② The automatic warming up is cancelled when the engine cool-
ant temperature is above 30˚C, or when 10 minutes have
passed since starting the engine.
21093CD40

(5) Decel pilot lamp


① Operating one touch decel switch on the RCV lever makes the
lamp ON.
② Also, the lamp will be ON and engine speed will be lowered
automatically to save fuel consumption when all levers and
pedals are at neutral position, and the auto idle function is
21093CD41
selected.
※ One touch decel is not available when the auto idle pilot lamp
is turned ON.
※ Refer to the operator's manual page 3-26.

(6) Fuel warmer pilot lamp


① This lamp is turned ON when the coolant temperature is below
10˚C (50˚F ).
② The automatic fuel warming is cancelled when the engine
coolant temperature is above 60˚C, or when 30 minutes have
passed since the start switch was ON position.
21093CD43

(7) Maintenance pilot lamp


① This lamp will be ON when the consuming parts are needed to
change or replace. It means that the change or replacement
interval of the consuming parts remains below 30 hours.
② Check the message in maintenance information of main menu.
Also, this lamp lights ON for 3 minutes when the start switch is
21093CD44
ON position.

5-39
5) SWITCHES

Power/User mode Auto idle pilot lamp


pilot lamp
Work mode Travel speed pilot lamp
pilot lamp

Power mode switch Escape(previous or parent menu)


Rear camera(option)
Work mode switch Auto idle/Buzzer stop switch
User mode switch Travel speed switch
Select switch

21093CD45

※ When the switches are selected, the pilot lamps are displayed on the LCD. Refer to the page
5-38 for details.

(1) Power mode switch


① This switch is to select the machine power mode and selected
power mode pilot lamp is displayed on the pilot lamp position.
·P : Heavy duty power work.
·S : Standard power work.
·E : Economy power work.
21093CD45A ② The pilot lamp changes E → S → P → E in order.

(2) Work mode switch


① This switch is to select the machine work mode, which shifts
from general operation mode to optional attachment operation
mode.
· : General operation mode
· : Breaker operation mode (if equipped)
21093CD45C
· : Crusher operation mode (if equipped)
·Not installed : Breaker or crusher is not installed.
※ Refer to the operator's manual page 4-6 for details.

5-40
(3) User mode switch
① This switch is used to memorize the current machine operating
status in the MCU and activate the memorized user mode.
·Memory : Push more than 2 seconds.
·Action : Push within 2 seconds.
·Cancel : Push this switch once more within 2 seconds.
21093CD45D ② Refer to the page 5-43 for another set of user mode.

(4) Select switch


① This switch is used to select or change the menu and input
value.
② Knob push
·Long (over 2 sec) : Return to the operation screen
·Medium (0.5~2 sec) : Return to the previous screen
21093CD45E
·Short (below 0.5 sec) : Select menu
③ Knob rotation
This knob changes menu and input value.
·Right turning : Down direction / Increase input value
·Left turning : Up direction / Decreased input value

(5) Auto idle/ buzzer stop switch


① This switch is used to activate or cancel the auto idle function.
·Pilot lamp ON : Auto idle function is activated.
·Pilot lamp OFF : Auto idle function is cancelled.
② The buzzer sounds when the machine has a problem.
In this case, push this switch and buzzer stops, but the warn-
21093CD45F
ing lamp blinks until the problem is cleared.

(6) Travel speed control switch


① This switch is used to select the travel speed alternatively.
· : High speed
· : Low speed

21093CD45G

(7) Escape/Camera switch


① This switch is used to return to the previous menu or parent
menu.
② In the operation screen, pushing this switch will display the
view of the camera on the machine (if equipped).
Please refer to page 5-53 for the camera.
21093CD45H
③ If the camera is not installed, this switch is used only ESC
function.

5-41
6) MAIN MENU

Press
21093CD64

21093CD64B

21093CD64A

※ Please refer to select switch, page 5-41 for selection and change of menu and input value.

(1) Structure
No Main menu Sub menu Description
Work tool Breaker, Crusher, Not installed
U mode power User mode only
Boom/Arm speed Boom speed, Arm speed
1
Auto power boost Enable, Disable
Mode Initial mode Default, U mode
21093CD64D Cluster switch (back up) Switch function
Active fault MCU, Engine ECM
Logged fault MCU, Engine ECM
Delete logged fault All logged fault delete, Initialization canceled
2
Monitoring (analog) Machine information
Monitoring
Monitoring Monitoring (digital) Switch status, Output status
21093CD64E Operating hours Operating hours for each mode
Maintenance information Replacement, Change interval oils and filters
Machine security ESL mode setting, Password change
Machine Information Cluster, MCU, Engine, Machine
3
A/S phone number A/S phone number, A/S phone number change
Management Service menu
Management Power shift, Hourmeter, Replacement history, Update
21093CD64F

Display item Engine speed, Tripmeter A, Tripmeter B, Tripmeter C


Clock Clock
Brightness Manual, Auto
4 Unit Temperature, Pressure, Flow, Date format
Language Korean, English, Chinese
Display
Display
Screen type A type, B type
21093CD64G

Tripmeter 3 kinds (A, B, C)


DMB DMB select, DAB select, Channel scan, Exit
Entertainment Play MP4, codec.
5
Camera setting Basic direction, Display switching, Full screen
Utilities Message box Record for fault, attachment etc.
21093CD64H

5-42
(2) Mode setup
① Work tool

21093CD65

21093CD65A 21093CD65B
A B

· A : Select one installed optional attachment.


· B : Max flow - Set the maximum flow for the attachment.
Flow level - Reduce the operating flow from maximum flow.
Breaker - Max 7 steps, Reduced 10 lpm each step.
Crusher - Max 4 steps, Reduced 20 lpm each step.
※ The flow level is displayed with the work mode pilot lamp.

② U mode power
Power
Step Engine Idle speed
speed shift
( ) (rpm) (rpm)
(bar)
1 1300 700 0
One touch decel
2 1400 3
21093CD65D low idle (800)
3 1500 900 6
21093CD65E
4 1550 950 9
5 1600 1000 12
· Engine high idle rpm, auto idle rpm and pump torque
6 1650 1050 16
(power shift) can be modulated and memorized sepa-
7 1700 1100 20
rately in U-mode.
Auto decel rpm
· U-mode can be activated by user mode switch. 8 1750 (1150) 26
9 1800 1200 32
10 1850 1250 38
③ Boom/Arm speed

21093CD65F

21093CD65G

· Boom speed
- Control type
Manual - Boom up speed is fixed as set steps.
Auto - Boom up speed is automatically adjusted as working conditions by the MCU.
- Speed setting - Boom up speed is increased as much as activated steps.
· Arm speed
- Regeneration - Arm regeneration function can be activated or cancelled.
Enable - Arm in speed is up.
Disable - Fine operation.

5-43
④ Auto power boost

21093CD65L

21093CD65M

· The power boost function can be activated or cancelled.


· Enable - The digging power is automatically increased as working conditions by the MCU.
It is operated max 8 seconds.
· Disable - Not operated.

⑤ Initial mode

21093CD65P

21093CD65Q

· Default - The initial power mode is set E mode when the engine is started.
· U mode - The initial power mode is set U mode when the engine is started.

⑥ Cluster switch (back up)

21093CD65S

21093CD65T

- The cluster switch can be selected and changed by this menu when the switches are abnor-
mal on the cluster.
- In order to exit "Cluster switch" mode, please put the cursor on the ESC/CAM switch by turn-
ing the select switch and push the select switch.
- In "Cluster switch", other switches except "Select switch" do not work.

5-44
(3) Monitoring
① Active fault

21093CD66

21093CD66A 21093CD66B

· The active faults of the MCU or engine ECM can be checked by this menu.

② Logged fault

21093CD66C

21093CD66D 21093CD66E

· The logged faults of the MCU or engine ECM can be checked by this menu.

③ Delete logged fault

21093CD66F

21093CD66G 21093CD66H

· The logged faults of the MCU or engine ECM can be deleted by this menu.

④ Monitoring (analog)

21093CD66J

21093CD66K 21093CD66L

· The machine status such as the engine rpm, oil temperature, voltage and pressure etc. can
be checked by this menu.

5-45
⑤ Monitoring (digital)

21093CD66M

21093CD66N 21093CD66P

· The switch status or output status can be confirmed by this menu.


· The activated switch or output pilot lamps are light ON.

⑥ Operating hours

21093CD66Q

21093CD66R

· The operating hour of each mode can be confirmed by this menu.

5-46
(4) Management
① Maintenance information

21093CD67

21093CD67A

21093CD67Q 21093CD67R

21093CD67S 21093CD67T

· Alarm( ) : Gray - Normal


Yellow - First warning
Red - Second warning
· Replacement : The elapsed time will be reset to zero (0).
· Change interval : The change or replace interval can be changed in the unit of 50 hours.
· OK : Return to the item list screen.
· Change or replace interval
No Item Interval
1 Engine oil 250
2 Final gear oil 1000
3 Swing gear oil 1000
4 Hydraulic oil 5000
5 Pilot line filter 1000
6 Drain filter 1000
7 Hydraulic oil return filter 1000
8 Engine oil filter 250
9 Fuel filter 500
10 Pre-filter 500
11 Hydraulic tank breather 250
12 Air cleaner (inner) 500
13 Radiator coolant 2000
14 Swing gear pinion grease 1000
15 Coolant filter 1000

5-47
② Machine security

21093CD67C

21093CD67D 21093CD67E

· ESL mode
- ESL : Engine Starting Limit
- ESL mode is designed to be a theft deterrent or will pre-
vent the unauthorized operation of the machine.
- If the ESL mode was selected Enable, the password will
be required when the start switch is turned ON.
21093CD67EE
- Disable : Not used ESL function
Enable (always) : The password is required whenever the
operator start engine.
Enable (interval) : The password is required when the op-
erator start engine first. But the operator
can restart the engine within the interval
time without in putting the password.
The interval time can be set maximum 4 21093CD67H

hours.

21093CD67U Enter the current password 21093CD67V

· Password change
- The password is 5~10 digits.

Enter the new password 21093CD67VV

21093CD67X 21093CD67XX
The new password is stored in the MCU. Enter the new password again

5-48
③ Machine Information

21093CD67F

21093CD67G

· This can confirm the identification of the cluster, MCU, engine and machine.

④ A/S phone number

21093CD67J

21093CD67K 21093CD67L

21093CD67Z 21093CD67Y

⑤ Service menu

21093CD67M

21093CD67N 21093CD67P
Enter the password

21093CD67ZZ

· Power shift (standard/option) : Power shift pressure can be set by option menu.
· Hourmeter : Operating hours since the machine line out can be checked by this menu.
· Replacement history : Replacement history of the MCU and cluster can be checked by this
menu.
· Update : Firm ware can be upgraded by this menu. (the USB port is located under the clus-
ter)

5-49
(5) Display
① Display item

21093CD68

21093CD68A 21093CD68W

21093CD68B 21093CD68E

Center display
Center display

· The center display type of the LCD can be selected by this menu.
· The engine speed or each of the tripmeter (A,B,C) is displayed on the center display.

② Clock

21093CD68C

21093CD68D

· The first line's three spots "**/**/****" represent Month/Day/Year each.


· The second line shows the current time. (0:00~23:59)

5-50
③ Brightness

21093CD68F

21093CD68G 21093CD68H
Manual (1st~10th step)

21093CD68J 21093CD68K
Auto (day/night)

※ If "Auto" is chosen, brightness for day and night can be differently set up. Also by using the
bar in lower side, users can define which time interval belongs to day and night.
(in bar figure, gray area represents night time while white shows day time)

④ Unit

21093CD68L

21093CD68M 21093CD68N

· Temperature : ˚C ↔ ˚F
· Pressure : bar ↔ MPa ↔ kgf/cm2
· Flow : lpm ↔ gpm
· Date format : yy/mm/dd ↔ mm/dd/yy ↔ dd-Mar-yy

⑤ Language

21093CD68R

21093CD68S 21093CD68T

· User can select preferable language and all displays are changed the selected language.

5-51
⑥ Screen type

21093CD68U

21093CD68V 21093CD68W
A Type Standard

21093CD68Y
B Type 21093CD68X Option

(6) Utilities
① Tripmeter

21093CD69

21093CD69A 21093CD69B

· Maximum 3 kinds of tripmeters can be used at the same time.


· Each tripmeter can be turned on by choosing "Start" while it also can be turned off by
choosing "Stop".
· If the tripmeter icon is activated in the operation screen, it can be controlled directly there.

② DMB

21093CD69C

21093CD69D 21093CD69E

· DMB select : TV channel can be selected by this menu.


· DAB select : Audio channel can be selected by this menu.
· Channel scan : This menu can be used other region for TV/Audio.
· Exit : Exit DMB menu

5-52
③ Entertainment
· Play MP4 or codec file of external hard disk through USB port.
· The USB port is located under the cluster.

21093CD69F

21093CD69G

④ Camera setting

21093CD69J

21093CD69K 21093CD69L

· Three cameras can be installed on the machine.


· The display order can be set by this menu.

21093CD69M 21093CD69N

· If the camera was not equipped, this menu is not useful.


· In the operation screen, if the ESC/CAM switch is pushed, the first ordered display camera
will be viewed.
· Turning the select switch in clockwise direction, the next ordered will be shown and in coun-
ter-clockwise direction, the previously ordered will be shown.
· Push the select switch, the displayed screen will be enlargement.

⑤ Message box
· The history of the machine operating status can be checked by this menu.

21093CD69Q

21093CD69R

5-53
GROUP 15 F
FUEL
UEL WARMER SYSTEM

1. S
SPECIFICATION
PECIFICATION
1) Operating voltage : 24±4 V
2) Power : 350±50 W
3) Current : 15 A

2. O
OPERATION
PERATION
1) T h e c u r r e n t o f f u e l w a r m e r s y s t e m i s
automatically controlled without thermostat Fuel warmer
according to fuel temperature.
2) At the first state, the 15 A current flows to the fuel
warmer and engine may be started in 5~6
minutes.
Prefilter
※ More time may take according to ambient
temperature.
3) If the fuel starts to flow, ceramic-disk in the fuel
warmer heater senses the fuel temperature to
reduce the current as low as 1.5 A.
So, fuel is protected from overheating by this
mechanism. 2507A5MS12

3. E
ELECTRIC
LECTRIC CIRCUIT
145 5W
5R

5R

5R
1.2Gr CS-74A
138
ECM
2
1
FUSE BOX
POWER RY POWER RY
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
87a 87 85

30 86

30A

30A
30A
20A

20A
20A

20A
30A
30A

20A
30A
20A

20A

20A
20A
20A
20A
20A

20A
4 5 1

3 2

ROOM LAMP/CASSETTE 10A

10A
10A

10A
10A
10A

10A

10A

10A

10A

10A
5A

CS-74
BEACON LAMP(OPT)
CR-45

CR-35

FUEL FILLER PUMP


87a
30

CABIN LAMP(OPT)
86

85
87

AIR CON/HEATER
1

5
3
2

CIGAR LIGHTER
SWITCH PANEL

FUEL HEATER

MASTER SW
AC& HEATER
START,STOP
CONVERTER

SAFETY SOL
WORK LAMP
0.8WOr

SOLENOIDE

SOLENOIDE
0.8WOr

MCU CONT.

HEAD LAMP
START KEY

MCU_EPPR
2WR
1.2Gr

0.8B
0.8W

CASSETTE
0.8B

PRE-HEAT
2W

CN-95
CLUSTER

CLUSTER

5W
WIPER

SPARE
WIPER

2
CN-36

HORN

SEAT
MCU
ECM

ECM

5W
1

CN-60
1.2R
3W

2W

5R
CN-2 2
5R
1 1
2 FUSIBLE LINK
3
4
CN-91
5
38 POWER IG
6
ROr 18
7 POWER + CR-1
R 60R 60B
8 28 POWER +
9 17 POWER +
10 BATTERY
8 POWER +
11 BATT RY (12VX2)
7 POWER +
12
13 ECM
R
14
15
CN-5

17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
57
58
59
60
3

6
7
8
9
1

4
5
2
1.2R
CN-51

CN-125
2

1.2W
1 1
BATTERY POWER 24V(+)

CN-52

2 2
16

3 3
R
4 4
CS-2

CR-46

CN-96
5
4

1
6

2
3

GPS CONN
A
B
FUEL WARMER RY

87a
30

87
86

85

B
85 87 87a

0, I
1

86 30
MCU

FUEL WARMER
MCU

H 0 I
4
3
2
6
5

BR ACC H
FUEL WARMER RY
ST C

START KEY SW 80095MS20

5-54
SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING

Group 1 Before Troubleshooting -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6-1


Group 2 Hydraulic and Mechanical System ------------------------------------------------------------------- 6-4
Group 3 Electrical System ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6-24
Group 4 Mechatronics System ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 6-40
SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING
GROUP 1 BEFORE TROUBLESHOOTING

1. INTRODUCTION
When a trouble is occurred in the machine, this section will help an operator to maintain the machine
with easy.
The trouble of machine is parted Hydraulic & Mechanical system, Electrical system and
Mechatronics system. At each system part, an operator can check the machine according to the
troubleshooting process diagram.

※ Before carring out troubleshooting procedure, check monitoring menu in the cluster.

Hydraulic &
Mechanical part GROUP 2

Electrical part GROUP 3

Troubles occur
Mechatronics
part GROUP 4

HCESPN 3digit See page


+ FMI 1 digit 5-13
Fault codes (machine)
displayed on
monitor display
3 or 4 digit See page
(engine) 5-15

6-1
2. DIAGNOSING PROCEDURE
To carry out troubleshooting efficiently, the following steps must be observed.

STEP 1. Study the machine system


Study and know how the machine is operating,
how the system is composing, what kinds of
function are installed in the machine and what
are specifications of the system components by
the machine service manual.
Especially, deepen the knowledge for the
related parts of the trouble.
13031SH02

STEP 2. Ask the operator


Before inspecting, get the full stor y of
malfunctions from a witness --- the operator.
1) How the machine is used and when it is
serviced?
2) When the trouble was noticed and what
work the machine was doing at that time?
3) What is the phenomenon of the trouble?
Was the trouble getting worse, or did it
come out suddenly for the first time?
4) Did the machine have any troubles
previously? If so, which par ts were
13031SH03
repaired before.

STEP 3. Inspect the machine


Before starting troubleshooting, check the
machine for the daily maintenance points as
shown in the operator's manual.
And also check the electrical system including
batteries, as the troubles in the electrical system ON THE
INSPECTION
such as low battery voltage, loose connections
and blown out fuses will result in malfunction of
(210-7) 6-2(3)
the controllers causing total operational failures
of the machine.

6-2
STEP 4. Inspect the trouble actually on the
machine
In case that some trouble cannot be confirmed,
obtain the details of the malfunction from the
operator.
Also, check if there are any in complete
connections of the wire harnesses are or not.

(210-7) 6-3(1)

STEP 5. Perform troubleshooting


According to where the trouble parts are
located, hydraulic & mechanical system part or
electrical system part or mechatronics system
part, perform troubleshooting the machine refer
to the each system part's troubleshooting
process diagram.

13031SH05

STEP 6. Trace a cause


Before reaching a conclusion, check the most
suspectible causes again. Try to trace what
the real cause of the trouble is.

Make a plan of the appropriate repairing


procedure to avoid consequential malfunctions.

(210-7) 6-3(3)

6-3
GROUP 2 HYDRAULIC AND MECHANICAL SYSTEM

1. INTRODUCTION
1) MACHINE IN GENERAL
(1) If even a minor fault is left intact and operation is continued, a fatal failure may be caused,
entailing a large sum of expenses and long hours of restoration.
Therefore when even a small trouble occurs, do not rely on your intuition and experience, but look
for the cause based on the troubleshooting principle and perform maintenance and adjustment to
prevent major failure from occurring. Keep in mind that a fault results from a combination of
different causes.
(2) The following lists up commonly occurring faults and possible causes with this machine. For the
troubleshooting of the engine, refer to the coming troubleshooting and repair.
(3) When carrying out troubleshooting, do not hurry to disassemble the components.
It will become impossible to find the cause of the problem.
(4) Ask user or operator the following.
① Was there any strange thing about machine before failure occurred?
② Under what conditions did the failure occur?
③ Have any repairs been carried out before the failure?
(5) Check before troubleshooting.
① Check oil and fuel level.
② Check for any external leakage of oil from components.
③ Check for loose or damage of wiring and connections.
2) MACHINE STATUS MONITORING ON THE CLUSTER
(1) The machine status such as the engine rpm, oil temperature, voltage and pressure etc. can be
checked by this menu.

Note 7
Note 3
Note 4
Note 5
Note 6
Note 2
Note 1

Analog 11
Analog Analog 22
Analog 21096HS01

(2) Specification
No. Description Specification
Note 1 Pilot pump pressure 40+20 bar
Note 2 Swing pilot pressure 0~40 bar
Note 3 Boom up pilot pressure 0~40 bar
Note 4 Arm/bucket pilot pressure 0~40 bar
Note 5 P1 pump control pressure 0~25 bar
Note 6 P2 pump control pressure 0~25 bar
Note 7 Pump 1 pressure 350 bar

6-4
2. DRIVE SYSTEM
1) UNUSUAL NOISE COMES OUT OF PUMP CONNECTION

Cause Remedy
YES
Coupling element Disassemble
is broken. and repair.
Remove dust
plug under engine
flywheel and
YES
check if rubber Replace hub or
pieces or particles retighten
are not present. Coupling hub setscrew.
spline is worn or
NO hub fastening
setscrew is slack.
If hydraulic pump or engine is
suspected as a culprit refer to this
NO
manual "Structure and function".

6-5
2) ENGINE STARTS BUT MACHINE DOES NOT OPERATE AT ALL

Cause Remedy
NO
Replenish
specified oil to
the standard
Is oil level in Abnormal noise level.
hydraulic oil YES comes out of YES
Hydraulic pump is Disassemble
tank within hydraulic pump
standard level? broken. and repair.

Do not hydraulic Abnormal noise


pump and pump YES comes out of YES
connections pump See item 1).
YES
make abnormal connection at page 6-5
noise?

Is pilot pump
pressure within ⓐ
NO standard level?

See Note 1
YES
Clean pilot
Is pilot piping piping interior or
YES clogged or is oil
repair piping.
leakage present
on pilot piping?
RCV and safety Disassemble
NO
solenoid valve is and repair.
ⓐ faulty.

YES
Pilot relief valve in Repair or
gear pump is replace.
Is gear pump
faulty.
NO delivering oil?

Gear pump is Disassemble


NO
broken. and repair.

6-6
3. HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
1) HYDRAULIC OIL IS CLOUDY

Cause Remedy
YES
Water is mixed. Put hydraulic oil
still, separate
Drop hydraulic oil water and
sample on hot dispose it or
plate and check if replace hydraulic
foams come up. oil.

NO
Air is intruded. Check suction
line and return
line and eliminate
the air intruding
source.

2) HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE HAS RISEN ABNORMALLY

Cause Remedy
NO
Replenish
specified oil to
the standard
Is hydraulic oil level.
volume proper? YES
Oil cooler clogged. Clean oil cooler.
Bypass check Replace
Is oil cooler clogged
and is bypass check valve is defective.
YES valve always open? YES ⓐ
Is fan belt
NO tension proper?
Adjust belt
NO tension or
replace belt.
Is not the set
pressure of main YES Readjust set
relief, port relief pressure.
ⓐ and travel relief
Is main relief
valve lower than
valve used very YES Reduce load.
the standard NO often?
level?

6-7
3) CAVITATION OCCURS WITH PUMP

Cause Remedy
NO Replenish
specified oil to
the standard
Is hydraulic oil level.
volume proper? YES
Replace oil with
one of proper
Is not viscosity viscosity.
of hydraulic oil
YES YES
too high? Clean suction
Is not suction strainer.
NO strainer clogged? Is not air intruding
from pump Check for air
NO intrusion in
suction line?
suction line and
retighten or
replace parts.

4) HYDRAULIC OIL IS CONTAMINATED

Cause Remedy
YES Replace
Has not hydraulic hydraulic oil to be
oil passed specified.
specified replace-
ment hours? Has return filter
NO
been replaced at Flush with
NO proper intervals?
hydraulic oil and
replace return
filter.

6-8
4. SWING SYSTEM
1) BOTH LH AND RH SWING ACTIONS ARE IMPOSSIBLE
Cause Remedy
NO
Replenish
Does safety YES
ⓐ specified oil to the
YES solenoid valve
standard level.
operation
Is gear pump pilot normal? Safety solenoid Repair or replace.
NO
pressure within valve faulty or not
YES standard level?
Is oil in hydraulic operated.
YES tank within
See Note 1 Gear pump faulty. Repair or replace.
standard level? NO
YES
Are broken pieces Pump connection Disassemble and
of coupling present coupling is broken. repair.
ⓐ when dust plug
under engine fly Is main relief NO
Are attachment wheel is removed? NO valve faulty? Hydraulic pump is Disassemble and
and travel out of order. repair.
motions
impossible at all? NO
Does swing Swing control valve Disassemble and
YES
control valve spool is stuck. repair.
Is MCV swing spool move?
YES pilot pressure ⓑ
YES
within standard See Note 5
level? ⓒ
Is RH travel See Note 2 NO
NO function normal?
Does not symptom
change when front YES
and rear pump Hydraulic pump is Disassemble and
NO
discharge hoses broken. repair.
are exchanged?
YES
Swing parking Disassemble and
brake release valve repair.
Is swing parking is broken.
ⓑ brake release
valve faulty? YES
Swing reduction Disassemble and
Does swing unit is broken. repair.
NO motor rotate?
Swing motor is Disassemble and
NO
broken. repair.

YES
Pilot relief valve in Disassemble and
NO Is gear pump gear pump is faulty. repair or replace.
delivering oil?
Gear pump is out of Disassemble and
NO
Is gear pump pilot order. repair.
ⓒ pressure within
standard level? YES
Is there oil Clean pilot piping
See Note 1 interior or repair
leakage from
YES pilot piping or is it piping.
clogged? RCV is broken. Disassemble and
NO
repair.

6-9
2) SWING SPEED IS LOW
Cause Remedy
YES
Swing port relief Disassemble and
YES Does swing spool valve is faulty. repair or replace.
move?
Swing control valve Disassemble
Is MCV pilot NO
spool is stuck. and repair.
pressure same
on LH and RH YES Clogged or oil
sides? Clean pilot piping
leak. interior or repair
See Note 2 Is pilot piping
Single direction clogged or is it piping.
NO leaking oil?
Is the trouble in RCV or shuttle Disassemble
one direction or NO
valve is faulty. and repair.
in both direction? YES

YES Does swing spool
Both directions move?
YES Is MCV pilot Swing spool is Disassemble
pressure within NO
Is Arm speed See Note 5 stuck. and repair.
standard level?
within standard ⓑ
value? See Note 2 NO

NO

Is swing motor's NO
ⓐ drain rate within Swing motor is Disassemble
standard value? broken. and repair.
Check that pilot
YES piping is clogged NO
or oil is leaking RCV or shuttle Disassemble
from it? valve is faulty. and repair.

Clogged or oil leak. Clean pilot piping


Is gear pump pilot interior or repair
ⓑ pressure within piping.
standard level?
Pilot relief valve
YES
See Note 1 in gear pump is Disassemble and
Is gear pump defective. repair or replace.
NO delivering oil?
Gear pump is Disassemble
NO
broken. and repair.
NO
Main relief valve Main relief valve
faulty. pressure resetting
or repair.
Is main relief Does the symptom YES Hydraulic pump Disassemble
ⓒ valve setting change when front
YES is broken. and repair.
pressure normal? and rear pump
discharge hoses
See Note 7
are exchanged? NO Shuttle valve is Repair or replace.
Is MCV pilot faulty.
YES pressure within
standard level? YES
Is gear pump Pilot relief valve Repair or replace.
See Note 2 output pressure is faulty.
NO within standard
level? Gear pump is Repair or replace.
See Note 1
NO
faulty.

6-10
3) SWING MOTION IS IMPOSSIBLE IN ONE DIRECTION

Cause Remedy
YES
Does symptom Swing port relief Disassemble
change when LH
YES valve is faulty. and repair.
and RH port
relief valves are
exchanged? NO Shuttle valve is Disassemble
YES Does swing control faulty. and repair.
valve spool move?

Is MCV pilot Swing control valve Disassemble


NO
pressure same spool is stuck. and repair.
for LH and RH?
YES
See Note 2
Check if pilot RCV is faulty. Disassemble
piping is clogged and repair.
NO or does have oil
leakage. Clogged or oil
NO leak.
Clean pilot piping
interior or repair
piping.

4) MACHINE SWINGS BUT DOES NOT STOP

Cause Remedy
YES
Pilot relief valve is Disassemble
faulty. and repair or
YES Is MCV pilot YES Is gear pump pilot
pressure within pressure within replace.
standard value? standard level?
See Note 2 See Note 1 Gear pump is Disassemble
NO
broken. and repair.
YES Does swing spool
move?
RCV is faulty. Disassemble
NO
and repair.
Is swing control
valve's return
spring normal? Swing spool is Disassemble
NO
stuck. and repair.

Return spring is Disassemble


NO
faulty. and replace.

6-11
5) THE SWING UNIT DRIFTS WHEN THE MACHINE IS AT REST ON A SLOPE

Cause Remedy
YES

YES Is swing shuttle
valve normal?
Shuttle valve is Disassemble
NO
faulty. and replace.
YES Is brake spring
normal?

Is return spring
of swing spool Brake spring is Disassemble
NO
normal? faulty. and replace.

Return spring of Disassemble


NO
swing control and replace.
valve is faulty.
YES
Is drain rate of Swing port relief Disassemble
YES swing motor valve is faulty. and repair or
within standard replace.
Is swing relief value? Swing motor is Disassemble
NO
ⓐ pressure within broken. and repair.
standard level?
SPEC : 265±10kgf/cm2 Adjust swing
NO
relief valve
pressure or
replace swing
relief valve.

6-12
5. TRAVEL SYSTEM
1) TRAVEL DOES NOT FUNCTION AT ALL ON ONE SIDE

Cause Remedy
YES
Does ⓐ
YES counterbalance
spool move lightly
by hand? Counter spool is
Is travel brake Disassemble
NO
YES valve pressure stuck. and repair or
within standard replace.
level? Does the symptom
change when
relief valves in YES
Relief valve built Disassemble
NO travel motor are
Has travel spool exchanged? in travel motor is and repair.
YES
changed over faulty.
positively?
YES Control system is Disassemble
defective. inspect and
Does travel spool
repair.
NO move?

NO
Travel spool is Disassemble
stuck. and repair.

Is bucket or arm
operation YES Travel reduction Disassemble
possible? Do not metallic
unit is faulty. and repair.
particles come
ⓐ out of drain port
in travel
reduction unit? Travel motor is Disassemble
NO
out of order. and repair.
Does the symptom
NO
change when front YES
and rear pump Hydraulic pump is Disassemble
Does the discharge hoses
symptom change broken. and repair.
are exchanged?
when LH/RH
NO
travel relief valves
are exchanged?
YES
Travel relief Disassemble
valves are faulty. and repair or
replace.

6-13
2) SPEED ON ONE SIDE FALLS AND THE MACHINE CURVES

Cause Remedy
YES
Brake valve is Disassemble
Do LH and RH
travel speeds defective. and repair or
YES change when LH replace.
YES
and RH travel Does the symptom Relief valve built Disassemble
brake valves are change when in travel motor is and repair.
exchanged? relief valves in
faulty.
NO LH and RH
YES Has travel spool travel motors are
changed over exchanged? ⓐ
positively? NO
YES
Control system is Disassemble,
faulty . inspect and
Does spool move? repair.
Is the lower NO
speed (bucket or
arm) within See Note 5, 6 Control valve Disassemble
NO
standard level? spool is stuck. and repair.

YES
Travel relief valve Disassemble
Do LH and RH is faulty. and repair or
travel speeds Does the symptom replace.
change over when change when
NO travel relief valves YES front and rear YES
pump discharge Hydraulic pump is Disassemble
are exchanged?
Is external pilot hoses are broken. and repair.
pressure within exchanged?
NO standard level?

External pilot Disassemble


NO
piping is clogged and clean.
or oil is leaking
Does travel speed from it.
change when
YES parking brake YES
spring in the Travel motor's Disassemble
travel motor is parking brake is and clean pilot
Is drain rate of removed?
ⓐ travel motor within not released piping.
standard level? properly.

Travel motor is Disassemble


NO
faulty. and repair.

6-14
3) MACHINE DOES NOT STOP ON A SLOPE
Machine is pulled forward as sprocket rotates during digging operation.

Cause Remedy
None Is parking brake YES
friction plate Friction plate is Disassemble
YES Check if parking worn? faulty. and repair.
brake pilot line is
clogged.
Clogged Disassemble
and clean pilot
Is drain rate of piping.
Is travel brake YES NO
travel motor
pressure within Travel motor is Disassemble
within standard
standard level? defective. and repair.
value?
SPEC : 11kgf/cm2

Brake valve is Disassemble


NO
faulty. and repair or
replace.

4) LH AND RH TRAVEL MOTIONS ARE IMPOSSIBLE

YES
Cause Remedy
Inspect according
to the procedure
"Travel does not
function at all on
one side."
However, a case
where both LH
and RH travel
motions are
disabled is
Is bucket or arm
operation extremely seldom
possible? statistically.
OK
Hydraulic pump is Disassemble
Disassemble both faulty. and repair.
OK travel relief valves
Remove dust and inspect for
plug under engine any fault.
OK flywheel and Travel relief valve Disassemble
check that there is Faulty is faulty. and repair or
no coupling
replace.
element particles.
Check oil volume Particles present. Coupling at pump
in hydraulic oil connection is Disassemble
NO tank. broken. and repair.

Short Replenish
hydraulic oil.

6-15
5) TRAVEL ACTION IS POWERLESS (travel only)

Cause Remedy
YES

Is travel motor's
YES
drain rate within
standard level?
Is travel brake Travel motor is Disassemble
YES NO
pressure within faulty. and repair.
standard level?
Is travel relief
valve pressure Travel brake valve Disassemble
NO
within standard is defective. and repair or
level?
replace.
NO
Travel relief valve Disassemble
is faulty. and repair or
replace.

YES
Hydraulic circuit Disassemble
Does parking that releases and clean.
brake piston travel parking
Increases move lightly by
Remove parking brake is clogged
brake spring in hand?
with dirt.
travel motor,
draw out piston Parking brake Disassemble
ⓐ NO
completely, refit piston in travel and repair.
cover and check motor is stuck.
if travel power
changes. Remains
unchanged Travel reduction Disassemble
unit is defective. and repair.

6) MACHINE RUNS RECKLESSLY ON A SLOPE

Cause Remedy
Travel brake valve
(counterbalance Disassemble
valve) is faulty. and repair or
replace.

6-16
7) MACHINE MAKES A CURVED TRAVEL OR DOES NOT TRAVEL AT ALL WHEN TRAVEL
AND ATTACHMENT OPERATIONS ARE EXECUTED AT THE SAME TIME

Cause Remedy
YES
Normal.

YES Is straight spool


normal?

Straight spool is Repair or


Is pilot pressure NO
for travel straight faulty. replace.
spool within
standard level? YES
Remove dirt on
signal orifice.
Is signal orifice
YES Is pilot relief NO
NO clogged? Pilot relief valve is Disassemble
valve normal?
defective. and repair or
Is gear pump
replace.
NO delivering oil?

Gear pump is Disassemble


NO
broken. and repair.

6-17
6. ATTACHMENT SYSTEM
1) BOOM OR ARM ACTION IS IMPOSSIBLE AT ALL

Cause Remedy
YES
Does the Port relief valve is Disassemble
YES symptom change faulty. and repair or
when port relief replace.
valve is replaced
with other valve? NO ⓐ
YES Is MCV pilot
pressure within
standard level?
Inspect if pilot
See Note 3, 4 piping is clogged OK
RCV is faulty. Disassemble
NO or oil is leaking
YES Are other from the piping. and repair.
attachments
operatable?
YES
Pilot relief valve is Disassemble
Is gear pump
pilot pressure YES Is gear pump faulty. and repair or
NO within standard delivering oil? replace.
level? Gear pump is Disassemble
See Note 1 NO
zzzz broken. and repair.
Are LH/RH
operations OK
possible? Hydraulic pump is Disassemble
Disassemble broken. and repair.
YES main relief valve
Remove dust plug and check if it is
under engine not irregular.
OK flywheel and
Main relief valveDisassemble
Faulty
check if coupling is defective. and repair or
element particles replace.
Inspect oil are not present. Coupling at pump Disassemble
Particles present
NO
volume in
hydraulic oil tank. connection is and repair.
broken.
Short Replenish
hydraulic oil.

YES
Cylinder interior is Disassemble
Does control broken. and repair.
ⓐ valve spool
move?
MCV spool is Disassemble
See Note 5, 6 NO
stuck. and repair.

6-18
2) BOOM, ARM OR BUCKET SPEED IS LOW
Cause Remedy
YES
Normal.
YES
Are other ⓐ
YES attachment
Is combination speeds within
Is speed low only of oil streams standard levels? NO ⓑ
in composite YES
normal at boom YES
operation? up and at arm Does spool of flow Flow summation Disassemble
extrusion? summation check check valve is and repair.
NO valve move lightly stuck.
Are LH/RH travel by hand?
NO speeds within NO
standard levels?
YES
Hydraulic pump is Disassemble
Are both LH/RH faulty. and repair.
travel speeds YES ⓒ
NO
low? Is MCV pilot
pressure within
NO
standard? ⓓ
NO
See Note 3, 4
OK
Does the Port relief valve is Disassemble
symptom change faulty. and repair or
YES
when port relief
valve is replaced replace.
Does control with other valve? Cylinder is faulty. Disassemble
YES valve spool NO
and repair.
move ?
See Note 7
NO MCV spool is Disassemble
Is MCV pilot
ⓐ pressure within stuck. and repair.
standard level?
Is not MCV pilot YES
Clean pilot
See Note 3, 4
pressure piping piping interior or
clogged or is not
NO
there oil repair piping.
leakage? RCV is defective. Disassemble
NO
and repair.
YES
Pilot relief valve is Disassemble
Is pilot pressure NO faulty. and repair or
ⓑ Is gear pump
within standard
delivering oil? replace.
level?
NO
Gear pump is Disassemble
See Note 1
broken. and repair.
AIs engine NO
ⓒ revolution within Adjust engine
standard level? revolution.

YES
Clean orifice in
control valve.
Is not orifice in
ⓓ main control YES
valve clogged? Is pilot piping Clean pilot
clogged or is oil piping interior or
NO leaking from the repair piping.
piping? Is RCV normal? RCV is faulty. Disassemble
NO NO
and repair.

6-19
3) BOOM, ARM OR BUCKET CYLINDER EXTENDS OR CONTRACTS ITSELF AND ATTACHMENT FALLS

Cause Remedy
YES
Port relief valve is Disassemble
Does the symptom faulty. and repair or
change when port
Normal
relief valve is replace.
YES
replaced with ⓐ
normal value? Is control valve
return spring
YES
Is not hydraulic NO
normal?
oil temperature Control valve's Disassemble
high? NO
return spring is and replace.
faulty.
Is genuine Abnormally high. Locate the
hydraulic oil or cause of
equivalent being hydraulic oil
used?
temperature rise
and lower it to
proper level.
Replace with
NO
genuine
hydraulic oil or
equivalent.

OK
Pressure Disassemble
Disassemble and tightness and repair.
inspect load between control
YES
check valve in
MCV and check valve casing and
for any fault. spool is poor.
Is cylinder Contact surface Disassemble
internal leakage Abnormal
ⓐ between poppet and repair.
within standard
level? and seat is poor.

Cylinder is faulty. Disassemble


NO
and repair.

6-20
4) BOOM, ARM OR BUCKET POWER IS WEAK

Cause Remedy
YES
Check according
Is cylinder to the procedure
YES internal leakage in Item "Speed is
within standard low".
level?
Is relief pressure
YES in port relief Cylinder is faulty. Disassemble
valve within NO
and repair.
standard level?
Is relief pressure
in main relief Port relief valve is Adjust pressure,
valve within NO
standard level? faulty. repair or replace.
See Note 7
Main relief valve Adjust pressure,
NO
is defective. repair or replace.

5) ONLY BUCKET OPERATION IS TOTALLY IMPOSSIBLE

Cause Remedy
YES
Port relief valve is Disassemble
Does the defective. and repair or
YES
symptom change
when port relief replace.
YES
valve is replaced Cylinder interior is Disassemble
with other valve? Does control broken. and repair.
valve spool
Is MCV pilot NO move?
YES
pressure within MCV spool is Disassemble
standard level? See Note 5 NO
stuck. and repair.
See Note 4

Is LH travel RCV is faulty. Disassemble


NO
possible? and repair.

Does the YES


Main relief valve Adjust pressure,
symptom change is faulty. repair or
Does the
when main relief
NO valves are symptom change replace.
when hydraulic YES
exchanged? Hydraulic pump is Disassemble
NO pump's discharge
hoses are broken. and repair.
exchanged?

6-21
6) BOOM MAKES A SQUEAKING NOISE WHEN BOOM IS OPERATED

Cause Remedy
YES
Frictional noise
occurs between
the sliding faces
of boom
cylinder's oil
Is boom foot pin seal and boom
greased proper.
sufficiently?
※ Frictional
noise will
disappear if
they are kept
used.

Boom foot pin Supply grease


NO
has run out of to it.
grease. ※ If seizure is
in an initial
stage, supply
sufficient
grease.
If seizure is
in a grown
state, correct
it by paper
lapping or
with an oil
stone.

6-22
※ HOW TO CHECK INTERNAL BOOM CYLINDER LEAKAGE
1. Lower the bucket teeth to the ground with
bucket cylinder fully retracted and arm
cylinder rod retracted almost in full.

29076TS01

2. Disconnect hose (A) from rod side of boom


cylinder and drain oil from cylinders and
hose. (put cups on piping and hose ends) A

(210-7) 6-20(2)

3. Raise bucket OFF the ground by retracting


the arm cylinder rod.
If oil leaks from piping side and boom
cylinder rod is retracted there is an internal
leak in the cylinder.
If no oil leaks from piping side and boom
cylinder rod is retracted, there is an internal
leak in the control valve.
29076TS01

6-23
GROUP 3 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

1. WHEN STARTING SWITCH IS TURNED ON, MONITOR PANEL DISPLAY DOES NOT APPEAR
·Before disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
·Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and
short of fuse No.7, 13.
·After checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.

Cause Remedy
YES
Defective cluster Replace

Check voltage YES


Disconnection in Repair or replace
between CN-56
(3) and (5) wiring harness or (after clean)
Check voltage poor contact
Starting switch : ON between
Voltage : 20~32V between
NO CN- 5 (4) and (5)
CN-5-CN-56
Starting switch : ON
Voltage : 20~32V Disconnection in Repair or replace
NO
wiring harness or (after clean)
poor contact
between CN-5 (4)
-GND or fuse
No.7, 13

Check voltage
YES 20~32V
NO 0V

CLUSTER FUSE
POWER(24V) 1 6
NO.7
GND 3 4
FUSE
POWER IG(24V) 5 5
NO.13
CN-56 CN-5

21096ES01

6-24
2. COMMUNICATION ERROR FLASHES ON THE CLUSTER (HCESPN 840, FMI 2)
·Before disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
·Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
·After checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.

Cause Remedy
YES
Defective cluster Replace

YES Check voltage


between CN-56
(4, 8) and (3) Disconnection in Repair or replace
NO wiring harness or (after clean)
Starting switch : ON
Check voltage Voltage : 2V poor contact
between between CN-56
CN-5 (1) and (2) (4, 8)-CN-5 (1, 2)

Starting switch : ON
Voltage : 2V Defective MCU Replace
NO Disconnection in Repair or replace
wiring harness or (after clean)
poor contact
between CN-5 (1,
2)- CN-51(23, 33)

Check voltage
YES 2V
NO 0V

CLUSTER
GND 3 4 MCU
RS485 RX 8 2 23 RS485 TX
RS485 TX 4 1 33 RS485 RX
CN-51
CN-56 CN-5

21096ES02

6-25
3. BATTERY CHARGING WARNING LAMP LIGHTS UP (Starting switch : ON)

·Before disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
·Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
·After checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.

Cause Remedy
YES
Defective MCU Replace
YES Check voltage
between CN-51
(39) and chassis Disconnection in Repair or replace
NO
Check voltage wiring harness or (after clean)
YES Voltage : 20~32V
between CN-3 poor contact
(10) and chassis between CN-51
(39)-CN-3 (10)
Voltage : 20~32V
Check voltage Disconnection in Repair or replace
NO wiring harness or (after clean)
between alternator poor contact
terminal "I" and between CN-3 (10)
chassis alternator terminal
Engine : Running "I"
Voltage : 20~32V

Defective alternator Replace


NO

Check voltage
YES 20~32V
NO 0V

ALTERNATOR
MCU B+ G
3~
39 10 I
U
GND
CN-74
CN-51 CN-3

80096ES03

6-26
4. WHEN COOLANT OVERHEAT WARNING LAMP LIGHTS UP (engine is started)

·Before disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
·Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
·After checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.

Cause Remedy
YES
Check use HRDT Check or replace
Check resistance
YES between engine
harness connector
(15)-(38)
Spec : 180Ω~160 kΩ Disconnection in Repair or replace
NO
wiring harness or (after clean)
Check resistance poor contact
between temp between temp
sensor (A)-(B)
sensor-engine
Starting switch : OFF harness connector
Spec : 180Ω~160 kΩ
See table

Defective coolant Replace


NO
temp sensor

Check Table
Temperature (˚C ) 0 25 50 80 95
Resistance (kΩ) 30~37 9.3~10.7 3.2~3.8 1.0~1.3 0.7~0.8

SERVICE TOOL Engine ECM


CAN Lo F 21 31
ENGINE COOLANT
CN-91 TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CAN Hi E 20 21
4 46 CAN_Hi 15 A
RS232 TX C 16 24
5 37 CAN_Lo 38 B C
RS232 RX B 15 34
CN-2 OEM Engine harness
P DUMP A 9 12 connector connector
CN-5 CN-51

80096ES04

6-27
5. WHEN AIR CLEANER WARNING LAMP LIGHTS UP (engine is started)

·Before disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
·Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
·After checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.

Cause Remedy
YES
Clogged air filter or Check filter or
defective switch replace switch

Does display go
off when
disconnect YES
CD-10? Short circuit in Repair or replace
Starting switch : ON wiring harness (After clean)
Engine : Start Check resistance
between CD-10-
between CN-53
NO CN-53 (23)
(23) and chassis
Starting switch : OFF
Disconnect CN-53
Defective MCU Replace
NO

Check resistance
YES MAX 1Ω
NO MIN 1MΩ

MCU AIR CLEANER SWITCH

Pa
23

CD-10
CN-53

21096ES05

6-28
6. WHEN ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP LIGHTS UP (engine is started)

·Before disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
·Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
·After checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.

Cause Remedy
NO
Defective circuit, Contact Cummins.
sensor or ECM.

NO Fault code 135


active?

Starting switch : ON
Fault code 386 Voltage above Refer to engine
YES
active? normal or shorted fault code 135
to high source
Starting switch : ON
Voltage above Refer to engine
YES
normal or shorted fault code 386
to high source

Signal Return

ENGINE OIL
CN-91 PRESSURE SENSOR

4 46 13 3
Engine 38 2
5 37 ECM
33 1
SERVICE TOOL
CAN_Lo F 21 31
CN-2 OEM Engine harness
connector connector
CAN_Hi E 20 21
+5V supply
RS232_TX C 16 24
RS232_RX B 15 34
P_DUMP A 9 12
CN-5 CN-51
80096ES06

6-29
7. WHEN HYDRAULIC OIL TEMPERATURE WARNING LAMP LIGHTS UP (engine is started)

·Before disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
·Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
·After checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.

Cause Remedy
YES
High temperature Check hydraulic
Resistance oil temperature
YES between CD-1 (105˚C±2˚C),
(1, 2) is in range
of 164~151Ω?
Does display go Starting switch : ON Defective temp Replace
Disconnect CD-1 NO
off when sensor
disconnect
CD-1? YES
Short circuit Repair or replace
Starting switch : ON between temp
Resistance
Engine : Start
between CN-51 sensor and MCU
NO (36, 5) is 0~1Ω?

Defective controller Replace


Starting switch : OFF NO
Disconnect CN-51

Check Table
Temperature (˚C ) ~ -30 ~ -10 ~0 ~ 40 ~ 70 ~ 80 ~ 90 ~ 100 105~
22.22 8.16 5.18 1.06 0.39 0.322 0.243 0.185 0.164
Resistance (kΩ)
~31.78 ~10.74 ~ 6.6 ~1.28 ~0.476 ~0.298 ~0.219 ~0.167 0.151

MCU
HYDRAULIC OIL
TEMPERATURE SENDER

36 2 C
5 1

CD-1
CN-51

21096ES07

6-30
8. WHEN COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE DOES NOT OPERATE (HCESPN 304,
FMI 3 or 4)

·Before disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
·Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
·After checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.

Cause Remedy
YES
Check use HRDT Check or replace
Check resistance
YES between engine
harness connector
(15)-(38)
Spec : 180Ω~160 kΩ Disconnection in Repair or replace
NO
wiring harness or (after clean)
Check resistance poor contact
between temp between temp
sensor (A)-(B)
sensor-engine
Starting switch : OFF harness connector
Spec : 180Ω~160 kΩ
See table

Defective coolant Replace


NO
temp sensor

Check Table
Temperature (˚C ) 0 25 50 80 95
Resistance (kΩ) 30~37 9.3~10.7 3.2~3.8 1.0~1.3 0.7~0.8

SERVICE TOOL Engine ECM


CAN Lo F 21 31
ENGINE COOLANT
CN-91 TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CAN Hi E 20 21
4 46 CAN_Hi 15 A
RS232 TX C 16 24
5 37 CAN_Lo 38 B C
RS232 RX B 15 34
CN-2 OEM Engine harness
P DUMP A 9 12 connector connector
CN-5 CN-51

80096ES04

6-31
9. WHEN FUEL GAUGE DOES NOT OPERATE
OPERATE(HCESPN 301, FMI 3 or 4)

·Before disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
·Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
·After checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.

Cause Remedy
YES
Defective MCU or Replace
cluster
YES
Check resistance
between CN-51
(5) and (38)

Starting switch : OFF Disconnection in Repair or replace


Check resistance Disconnect CN-51 NO
between fuel Spec : 50~600Ω wiring harness or
sender (1) and poor contact
(2) between fuel
Starting switch : OFF sender-MCU
Spec : 50~600Ω
See table
Defective fuel Replace
NO
sender

Check Table
Range Resistance (Ω) Range Resistance (Ω)
Full 50 5/12 400
11/12 100 4/12 450
10/12 150 3/12 500
9/12 200 2/12 550
8/12 250 1/12 600
7/12 300 Empty warning 700
6/12 350 - -

MCU

FUEL LEVEL SENDER

38 2

5 1

CD-2
CN-51

21096ES09

6-32
10. WHEN SAFETY SOLENOID DOES NOT OPERATE

·Before disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
·Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and
short of fuse No.23.
·After checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.

Cause Remedy
YES
Hydraulic system Check hydraulic
YES Check operation malfunction system
of solenoid
Defective solenoid Replace
NO
Safety lever : ON-OFF

YES
Disconnect in Repair or replace
Check voltage wiring harness or (after clean)
between CN-68 poor contact
Check resistance
(1) - (2) YES between CN-4 between
(16) and chassis CN-4-CN-68
Starting switch : ON
Voltage : 20~30V YES
Safety state Starting switch : OFF Disconnect in Repair or replace
Safety state
Spec : 0Ω
wiring harness or (after clean)
Disconnect CN-4 Check resistance poor contact
Check voltage
between CS-4 between
between CN-68 NO
NO (A)-(C) CN-4-CS-4
(2) and chassis
Starting switch : OFF
Safety lever : OFF Defective safety Replace
Safety switch : ON-0Ω
Starting switch : ON NO
Voltage : 20~30V
OFF-∞ switch

Disconnection in Repair or replace


NO
wiring harness
between
CN-68 (2)-fuse

FUSE

NO.23
SAFETY SWITCH
B C A 14 SAFETY SOLENOID
B 15 2

A C 16 1
CS-4 CN-68
CN-4

21096ES10

6-33
11. WHEN TRAVEL SPEED 1, 2 DOES NOT OPERATE (HCESPN 167, FMI 5 or 6)

·Before disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
·Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and
short of fuse No.28 .
·After checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.

Cause Remedy
YES
Disconnection in Repair or replace
wiring harness or
Check resistance poor contact
YES
between CN-70 between CN-70-
(1) and (2) CN-52
Starting switch : OFF Defective solenoid Replace
Spec : 30Ω NO
YES Check fault code Disconnect CN-70
167 active?
YES
Defective hydraulic Check hydraulic
Starting switch : ON
system system
Check voltage
Check if travel between CN-70
speed lamps( , NO (1) and (2)
) change when
pressing the travel Starting switch : ON Disconnection in Repair or replace
Spec : 20~30 V NO
speed switch on wiring harness or
Disconnect CN-70
the cluster poor contact
Starting switch : ON
between CN-70-
fuse No. 28
YES
Defective cluster Replace
Check MCU
Y R G
NO
Defective MCU Replace
Starting switch : ON
NO

FUSE

MCU NO.28

TRAVEL SOLENOID

8 1

CN-70
CN-52

21096ES11

6-34
12. WHEN ENGINE DOES NOT START ( lights up condition)

·Before disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
·Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and
START KEY SW
short of fuse No. 1, 4, 8, 20. CN-91
BR ACC ST C
CN-2 38 POWER IG H

5
6
2
3
4
·After checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified. 7 18 POWER +
H0 I

8 28 POWER +
14 17 POWER + 0, I
Cause Remedy

1
8 B
POWER +

CN-125

CS-2
YES 7 POWER +

3
2

6
1

4
5
Defective ECM or Replace
Check voltage ECM
YES CN-91 (38) and battery
chassis CN-5
Disconnection in Repair or replace 35
NO wiring harness or
59
YES Check voltage Key switch : ON
CN-2 (7) and Spec : 20~30V poor contact 60
between CN-2 (7) 36
chassis
-CN-91 (38) CR-45
1
Starting switch : ON 4 5 1
NO.8 2
Spec : 20~30V Defective ECM Replace
NO 3
power relay CR-45 4
NO.1 5 3 2
Check operation YES
Defective magnet Replace
Check voltage ECM POWER RY
start motor of start motor CR-35
YES between starter NO.4
magnet coil and
Starting switch : START chassis Defective start relay Replace
NO
Starting switch : START
Check operation Spec : 20~30V YES
YES Check voltage ⓐ NO.20
POWER RY
of start relay between CN-3
NO
CR-23 (9) and chassis Disconnection in Repair or replace CS-74A
NO wiring harness or 1
Starting switch : START 2
Starting switch : START poor contact
Spec : 20~30V CN-95
Check operation between CN-3 (9) 2
of anti-restart -CR-5 (5) 1 MASTER SW
NO relay CR-5
FUSIBLE LINK
2
YES
Starting switch : ON Defective anti- Replace 1
Check voltage
restart relay CN-60
between CR-5 CR-1
NO BATTERY
(1, 2)

NO
Starting switch : START
Spec : 20~30V BATT RY
DO-1
YES 2
Check voltage Defective start relay Replace 1
ⓐ between CR-23 DIODE
and chassis Disconnection in Repair or replace
NO CN-52
wiring harness or
ANTI-RESTART RY 15
Starting switch : START poor contact
Spec : 20~30V MCU
between CN-3-
CR-5
CR-5 1
1 5 4
2
3 CN-3 CR-23 START MOTOR
YES
Disconnection in Repair or replace 2 3
4

wiring harness or 5 9 1
ANTI-RESTART RY 2
Check voltage poor contact
ⓑ between CR-5 between CN-52 START RY
(2) and chassis (15)-CR-5 (1) CN-45

Starting switch : START NO Disconnection in Repair or replace


Spec : 20~30V wiring harness or
poor contact
between CS-2 (6)- 80096ES01

CR-5 (2)

6-35
13. WHEN STARTING SWITCH ON DOES NOT OPERATE

·Before disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF. CN-91 START KEY SW
·Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted, master CN-2 38 POWER IG H BR ACC ST C

5
6
2
3
4
H0 I
7 18 POWER +
switch ON and check open circuit of fusible link (CN-60). 8 28 POWER +
14 17 POWER +
·After checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified. 0, I

1
8 B
POWER +

CN-125

CS-2
7 POWER +

3
2

6
1

4
5
ECM

Cause Remedy CN-5


35
YES 59
Disconnection in Repair or replace 60
wiring harness or (after clean) 36
poor contact
YES Check voltage
CR-45
between DO-1 (1)- 1
between DO-1 CR-1 or defective 4 5 1
NO.8 2
(1) and chassis battery relay 3
4
Voltage : 20~30V NO.1 3 2
5
Disconnection in Repair or replace
YES Check voltage NO wiring harness or (after clean) ECM POWER RY
between CS-2 NO.4 CR-35
poor contact
(2) and chassis
between CS-2 (2)-
Voltage : 20~30V CN-5(60)- DO-1 (1)
Starting switch : ON
YES Check voltage Defective start Replace NO.20
between CS-2 NO POWER RY
switch
(1) and chassis
YES CS-74A
Disconnection in Replace 1
Voltage : 20~30V
wiring harness or 2

Check voltage poor contact CN-95


2
between CN-5 between CS-2 (1)- MASTER SW
NO 1
(36) and chassis CN-5 (36)
Check voltage FUSIBLE LINK
and specific Voltage : 20~30V Disconnection in Charge or replace
2
gravity of battery NO
wiring harness or (after clean)
1
CN-60
Specific gravity : MIN 1.28 poor contact CR-1
BATTERY
Voltage : MIN 24V between fuse No. 4
and CN-5 (36)
BATT RY
DO-1
2
1
Battery capacity Charge or replace DIODE
NO too low (after clean)
CN-52
ANTI-RESTART RY 15
MCU
CR-5
1
1 5 4
2
3 CN-3 CR-23 START MOTOR
4
2 3 5 9 1
ANTI-RESTART RY 2

START RY
CN-45

80096ES02

6-36
14. WHEN STARTING SWITCH IS TURNED ON, WIPER MOTOR DOES NOT OPERATE

·Before disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
·Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and the fuse
No. 6, 11 and 17 is not blown out.
·After checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified. CN-21
3 1
Cause Remedy 2
NO 5 3 CN-5
Defective wiper Replace 4
4
cut switch 5
NO 6 M 2 6
Short circuit in Repair or replace
Check operation wiring harness or (after clean)
wiper cut switch FUSE
poor contact WIPER MOTOR
18
between CN-141 NO.6
Front sliding door (11)- CS-53 CN-141 19
open-close
Check valtage
FEED BACK 1
between CN-141 YES
YES (11) and chassis Defective switch Replace MOTOR DRIVE SIG 2 CN-17
panel
NO Check voltage MOTOR DRIVE- 3 1
Front sliding door-close between CN-116 MOTOR DRIVE+ 4 2
Voltage : 4~5V (10) and chassis GND 5 3
Check operation 1)Recheck fuse Replace FUSE
Starting switch : ON NO VCC 6 4 24
YES of switch panel No.11 NO.17
Vottage : 20~30V 2)Disconnection in Repair or replace CONTINUE 24V 7 5
LED ON. CN-22
wiring harness or (after clean) WASHER P/P 8 6
Starting switch : ON ⓐ poor contact WASHER SIG. 9 7
2 M
Push wiper switch button YES
between INT. SIG 10 8 1
CN-116(10)-Fuse WIPER CUT SW 11 WASHER PUMP
N.C 12

Check voltage between NO FEED BACK 13


Defective switch Replace
CN-116 (4) and chassis panel WIPER MOTOR CONTROLLER
Intermittent CS-53
NO 1) Recheck fuse Replace
Check voltage CN-116 No.6

(5) and chassis 2) Disconnection Repair or replace
Washing Check operation in wiring harness (after clean)
of wiper motor or poor contact
and controller WIPER CUT SW
Check voltage CN-116 between
(3) and chassis check voltage CN-141(7)-Fuse,
YES CN-141 (7) and
Sarting switch : ON
CN-21(4)-Fuse
Voltage : 0~1V
chassis, CN-21 CN-116
(4) and chassis NO
1) Recheck fuse Replace HEAD LIGHT OUT 1
Starting switch : OFF No.17 WORK LIGHT OUT 2
Voltage : 20~30V Check voltage 2) Disconnection Repair or replace INT. SIG 3
CN-141 (6) and CN-141(6)-Fuse (after clean) WIPER MOTOR DRIVE 4
YES chassis WASHER SIG 5
PRE-HEAT 6
Starting switch : ON ⓑ
YES CABIN LIGHT OUT 7
Check continuity Voltage : 20~30V TRAVEL ALARM 8
NO
between Disconnection in Repair or replace NC 9 FUSE
CN-141 (2)-CN-116 (4), wiring harness or (after clean) POWER 24V 10 57
CN-141 (9)-CN-116 (5), poor contact GND 11 NO.11
ⓑ CN-141 (10)-CN-116 (3), NC 12
NO
CN-141 (5)-Chassis , Check wiper Defective wiper Replace SWITCH PANEL
CN-141 (1)-CN-21 (5), motor resistance motor
CN-141 (3)-CN-21 (6),
YES between CN-21
CN-141 (4)-CN-21 (2), (2)-CN-21 (6) Defective wiper Replace
CN-141 (13)-CN-21 (3) YES motor controller
Resistance : 3~4Ω

80096ES14

6-37
15. WHEN STARTING SWITCH IS TURNED ON, HEAD LAMP DOES NOT LIGHTS UP

·Before disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
·Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and
short of fuse No.18.
·After checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.

Cause Remedy FUSE


CN-5
YES
Defective bulb Replace NO.18
YES Check voltage
between CL-4 CN-116
(1) and chassis HEAD LIGHT OUT 1
Disconnection in Repair or replace WORK LIGHT OUT 2
Voltage : 20~30V NO
wiring harness or (after clean) INT. SIG 3 CR-13
poor contact WIPER MOTOR DRIVE 4
30 30 86
Check voltage between CR-13 WASHER SIG 5
YES 86
between CR-13 (87)-CL-4 (1) PRE-HEAT 6
CABIN LIGHT OUT 7 87
(87) and chassis
TRAVEL ALARM 8 49 85
YES 87a 87 85
NC 9 87a
Starting switch : ON Defective switch Replace
Head lamp switch : ON POWER 24V 10 HEAD LAMP RY
panel GND 11
Voltage : 20~30V Check voltage
Check voltage NC 12 CL-4
between CN-116
between CR-13 NO
(1) and chassis SWITCH PANEL
(30) and chassis, 2
CR-13 (86) and Disconnection in Repair or replace
Starting switch : ON NO 1
chassis Head lamp switch : ON wiring harness or (after clean)
Starting switch : ON Voltage : 20~30V poor contact HEAD LAMP
Voltage : 20~30V between CN-116
(1)-CR-13 (87)

Disconnection in Repair or replace


NO wiring harness or (after clean)
poor contact
between CR-13
(30) and chassis
or CR-13 (86) -
chassis

Recheck fuse Replace


No. 18

80096ES07

6-38
16. WHEN STARTING SWITCH IS TURNED ON, WORK LAMP DOES NOT LIGHTS UP

·Before disconnecting the connector, always turn the starting switch OFF.
·Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and
short of fuse No.15.
·After checking, insert the disconnected connectors again immediately unless otherwise specified.

Cause Remedy CN-5


FUSE
YES
Defective bulb Replace
NO.15
YES
Check voltage
CN-116
between CL-5 (1)
HEAD LIGHT OUT 1
and chassis WORK LIGHT OUT 2
INT. SIG 3 CR-4
Disconnection in Repair or replace
NO wiring harness or (after clean)
WIPER MOTOR DRIVE 4
30 30 86
WASHER SIG 5
poor contact PRE-HEAT 6 86
between CR-4
YES Check voltage CABIN LIGHT OUT 7 87
between CR-4 (87)-CL-5 (2) TRAVEL ALARM 8 50 85
87a 87 85
(87) and chassis NC 9 87a
POWER 24V 10 WORK LAMP RY
Starting switch : ON GND 11
Work lamp switch : ON NC 12 CL-5
Voltage : 20~30V YES CN-12
Defective switch Replace SWITCH PANEL
2 1
panel
Check voltage Check voltage 1 2
between CR-4 between CN-116
(30) and chassis, NO
(2) and chassis WORK LAMP
CR-4(86) chassis
Starting switch : ON Starting switch : ON Disconnection in Repair or replace 1
Voltage : 20~30V Work lamp switch : ON NO wiring harness or (after clean)
Voltage : 20~30V 2
poor contact
between CR-4 CL-6
(87)-CN-116 (2)
CL-36

1
Disconnection in Repair or replace
NO 2
wiring harness or (after clean)
poor contact
between CR-4 WORK LAMP
(30) and chassis
or CR-4 (86) and 1
chassis 2

Recheck fuse Replace CL-37


No.15

80096ES05

6-39
GROUP 4 MECHATRONICS SYSTEM

1. ALL ACTUATORS SPEED ARE SLOW


※ Boom, Arm, Bucket, Swing and travel speed are slow, but engine speed is good.
※ Spec : P-mode 1700 ± 50 rpm S -mode 1650 ± 50 rpm E-mode 1600 ± 50 rpm
※ Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted and
fault code on the cluster.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE

Cause Remedy
YES
Defective
YES Check pressure hydraulic system
at EPPR valve
NO Check electric Defective Replace
current at EPPR SPEC : 5~20 kgf/cm2
NO
EPPR valve
valve See TEST 3

SPEC : 100~700 mA
See TEST 2
Defective MCU Replace
Check if HCESPN NO
140 active fault
display on the LCD YES
Short circuit or Check & repair
poor connection wire harness or
between CN-53 between CN-53
Check resistance
YES at EPPR valve -CN-75 -CN-75

SPEC : 15~25Ω(20。C) Defective EPPR Replace


See TEST 1 NO
valve

Wiring diagram

MCU
FUSE
4
NO.10
8

14 PUMP EPPR VALVE

7 1

18 8 2

CN-53 CN-1 CN-75

21096MS01

6-40
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : 15~25Ω(20˚C)
(1) Test 1 : Check resistance at connector
CN-75
CN-75.
① Starting key OFF. Multimeter
② Disconnect connector CN-75 from EPPR
valve at main hydraulic pump. EPPR valve
③ Check resistance between 2 lines as
figure.

8007A6MS01

(2) Test 2 : Check electric current at EPPR Spec : 100~700 mA


valve.
CN-75
① Disconnect connector CN-75 from EPPR Multimeter
valve.
② Insert the adapter to CN-75 and install
multimeter as figure. EPPR valve
③ Start engine.
④ Set S-mode and cancel auto decel
mode.
⑤ Position the accel dial at 10.
⑥ If rpm show approx 1650±50 rpm
disconnect one wire harness from EPPR
valve.
⑦ Check electric current at bucket circuit
relief position. 8007A5MS06

(3) Test 3 : Check pressure at EPPR valve. Spec : 2~25 kgf/cm2 (30~350 psi)
① Remove plug and connect pressure CN-75
gauge as figure. Supply line,
pilot pressure Pressure adjusting
·Gauge capacity : 0 to 50 kgf/cm2 screw locknut

(0 to 725 psi)
② Start engine. EPPR valve
③ Set S-mode and cancel auto decel
mode.
④ Position the accel dial at 10.
⑤ If rpm show approx 1650±50 rpm check
pressure at relief position of bucket circuit
by operating bucket control lever.
⑥ If pressure is not correct, adjust it.
⑦ After adjust, test the machine.
8007A5MS07

6-41
2. ENGINE STALL
※ Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE

Cause Remedy
YES
Not enough Check engine
engine power fault
YES Check pressure Contact cummins
at EPPR valve

SPEC:5~20 kgf/cm2 Defective EPPR Replace


See TEST 5 NO
Check electric valve
current at EPPR
valve
YES
Short circuit or Check and repair
SPEC : 100~700 mA poor connection wire harness
See TEST 4
Check resistance between
between CN-53 - CN-75
NO at EPPR valve

SPEC : 15~25Ω(20˚C)
See TEST 1
NO
Defective EPPR Replace
valve

Wiring diagram

MCU
FUSE
4
NO.10
8

14 PUMP EPPR VALVE

7 1

18 8 2

CN-53 CN-1 CN-75

21096MS01

6-42
2) TEST PROCEDURE Spec : 100~700 mA
CN-75
(1) Test 4 : Check electric current at EPPR
Multimeter
valve.
① Disconnect connector CN-75 from EPPR
valve. EPPR valve
② Insert the adapter to CN-75 and install
multimeter as figure.
③ Start engine.
④ Set S-mode and cancel auto decel
mode.
⑤ Position the accel dial at 10.
⑥ If rpm show approx 1650±50 rpm
disconnect one wire harness from EPPR
valve. 8007A5MS06

⑦ Check electric current at bucket circuit


relief position.

(2) Test 5 : Check pressure at EPPR valve. SPEC : 5~20 kgf/cm2 (70~280 psi)
① Remove plug and connect pressure CN-75
gauge as figure. Supply line,
Pressure adjusting
pilot pressure
·Gauge capacity : 0 to 50 kgf/cm2 screw locknut

(0 to 725 psi)
② Start engine. EPPR valve
③ Set S-mode and cancel auto decel
mode.
④ Position the accel dial at 10.
⑤ If rpm show approx 1650±50 rpm check
pressure at relief position of bucket
circuit by operating bucket control lever.
⑥ If pressure is not correct, adjust it.
⑦ After adjust, test the machine. 8007A5MS07

6-43
3. MALFUNCTION OF CLUSTER OR MODE SELECTION SYSTEM
※ Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE

Cause Remedy
YES
No power supply to Check fuse No.3
See if all lamps the MCU
YES off in the MCU
case Y R G YES
MCU failure Replace

See if HCESPN Y R G
840 active fault NO
display on the LCD
NO Y R G

NO

OK
Check connection Cluster failure Replace
between CN-51
ⓐ (33) - CN-56(4) or
CN-51(23) -
CN-56(8) No connection Check and repair
NO
KEY OFF

Wiring diagram

CLUSTER MCU
BATT. 24V
SIG_3
GND
TX 4 1 33
IG 24V 8 2 23
SIG_2
CN-56 CN-5 2
CAMERA SIG
RX CN-51

FUSE

NO.3
21096MS03

6-44
4. MALFUNCTION OF ACCEL DIAL
※ Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE

Cause Remedy
YES
Defective MCU Replace

YES
Open circuit or Replace or repair
poor connection
YES Check voltage between CN-16
between CN-16
(2) -CN-52 (21)
(2)-GND
Check voltage
between YES Check voltage Spec : actuator operating
NO
Open circuit or Replace or repair
CN-52(21)-GND between 1~5V poor connection
CN-7(15)-GND between CN-7
Spec : actuator operating (15) -CN-16 (2)
1~5V Spec : actuator operating
1~5V YES
See TEST 6 Check resistance Defective accel Replace
between dial
NO CN-142(B)- CN-52
Check voltage CN-7(15) Open circuit or Replace or repair
NO
between Spec : 0Ω poor connection
NO between CN-142 21
CN142(A)-(C)
(B) -CN-7 (15)
Spec : 5V
YES
Open circuit or Replace or repair
poor connection MCU
between CN-142
(A) -CN-7 (14) or ACCEL DIAL
Check voltage CN-142 (C )- + A 14 3 6
between CN-7 (16) B
NO CN-7(14)-(16) S 15 2 7
YES
- C 16 1
Open circuit or Replace or repair
Spec : 5V poor connection CN-142
between CN-7 CN-7 CN-16 CN-51
Check voltage (14) -CN-16 (3) or
NO
between CN-16 CN-7 (16 )-
(1)-(3) CN-16 (1)
Spec : 5V
Open circuit or Replace or repair
NO poor connection
between CN-16
(3) -CN-51 (6) or
CN-16 (1 )-
CN-51 (7)

21096MS04

6-45
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : Actuator operating : 1~5 V
(1) Test 6 : Check voltage at CN-52 (21) and
ground.
① Prepare 1 piece of thin sharp pin, steel or
copper.
MCU
② Insert prepared pin to rear side of PIN
connectors : One pin to (21) of CN-52. CN-51 CN-52 CN-53

③ Starting key ON.


④ Check voltage as figure.

CN-52 Female
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 11
30 21

40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31

GROUND

Multimeter
21096MS04A

6-46
5. AUTO DECEL SYSTEM DOES NOT WORK
· Fault code : HCESPN 105, FMI 0~4 (work pressure sensor)
HCESPN 108, FMI 0~4 (travel oil pressure sensor)
※ Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE

Cause Remedy
YES
Defective MCU Replace
YES
Defective travel Replace
Check voltage
NO pressure switch
between CD-6(A)
and (C)
Short circuit or poor Replace or repair
NO
Check voltage SPEC : connection
between CN-52 Key ON : 24±2V between CN-51(4)-
(26)-GND and CD-6(A) and / or
CN-52(35)-GND CN-51(5)-CD-6(C)
(fault code 108
SPEC :
Actuator operating : 1~5V
displayed)
See TEST 7, 8 YES
Defective work Replace
Check voltage
pressure sensor
between CD-7(A)
NO and (C)
Short circuit or poor Replace or repair
NO
SPEC : connection
Key ON : 24±2V between CN-51(4)-
CD-7(A) and / or
CN-51(5)-CD-7(C)
(fault code 105
displayed)

Wiring diagram

CN-51
CD-6
4 A SUPPLY
B SIG
5 C RETURN
TRAVEL PRESSURE SENSOR
MCU

26 CD-7
A SUPPLY
35 B SIG
C RETURN
CN-52 WORK PRESSURE SENSOR

21096MS05

6-47
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : Actuator operating : 1~5 V
(1) Test 7 : Check voltage at CN-52 (26) and
ground.
① Prepare 1 piece of thin sharp pin, steel or
MCU
copper.
PIN
② Insert prepared pin to rear side of CN-51 CN-52 CN-53

connectors : One pin to (26) of CN-52.


③ Starting key ON.
④ Check voltage as figure.
(2) Test 8 : Check voltage at CN-52 (35)and
ground.
① Prepare 1 piece of thin sharp pin, steel or
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
copper CN-52
② Insert prepared pin to rear side of 20
26
11 Female
30 21
connectors : One pin to (35) of CN-52.
40 39 38 37 36 34 33 32 31
③ Starting key ON.
④ Check voltage as figure. GROUND

Multimeter

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
CN-52
20 11 Female
30 21
35

40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31

GROUND

Multimeter
21096MS05A

6-48
6. MALFUNCTION OF PUMP 1 PRESSURE SENSOR
· Fault code : HCESPN 120, FMI 0~4
※ Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE

Cause Remedy
YES
Defective MCU Replace
YES
Short circuit or Replace or repair
poor connection
YES Check voltage between CN-52-
between
CN-1(3)-GND (29)-CN-1(3)
Check voltage SPEC : Detective P1 Replace or repair
between CN-52 Actuator operating: 1~5V NO
Check voltage pressure sensor
(29) - GND YES between Short circuit or Replace or repair
SPEC : CD-42(A)-(C) poor connection
Actuator operating: 1~5V between CN-1(3)-
See TEST 9 SPEC :
Key ON : 24±2V CD-42(B)

Check voltage Short circuit or Replace or repair


NO
between poor connection
NO CN-1(2)-(4) between
CD-42(A)-CN-1(2)
SPEC :
Key ON : 24±2V
or CD-42(C)-
CN-1(4)

Short circuit or Replace or repair


NO poor connection
between CN-1(2)-
CN-51(4) or CN-1
(4) - CN-51(5)

Wiring diagram

CN-51
CD-42
4 2 A SUPPLY
3 B SIG
5 4 C RETURN
PUMP 1 PRESSURE SENSOR
CN-1
MCU

29

CN-52

21096MS06

6-49
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : Actuator operating : 1~5 V
(1) Test 9 : Check voltage at CN-52(29) and
ground.
① Prepare 1 piece of thin sharp pin, steel or
copper. MCU
② Insert prepared pin to rear side of PIN
CN-51 CN-52 CN-53
connectors : One pin to (29) of CN-52.
③ Starting key ON.
④ Check voltage as figure.

CN-52 Female
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 11
29
30 21

40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31

GROUND

Multimeter

21096MS06A

6-50
7. MALFUNCTION OF PUMP 2 PRESSURE SENSOR
· Fault code : HCESPN 121, FMI 0~4
※ Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE

Cause Remedy
YES
Defective MCU Replace
YES
Short circuit or Replace or repair
poor connection
YES Check voltage between CN-52-
between
CN-1(1)-GND (38)-CN-1(1)
Check voltage SPEC : Detective P2 Replace or repair
between CN-52 Actuator operating: 1~5V NO
Check voltage pressure sensor
(38) - GND YES between Short circuit or Replace or repair
SPEC : CD-43(A)-(C) poor connection
Actuator operating: 1~5V between CN-1(1)-
See TEST 10 SPEC :
Key ON : 24±2V CD-43(B)

Check voltage Short circuit or Replace or repair


NO
between poor connection
NO CN-1(2)-(4) between
CD-43(A)-CN-1(2)
SPEC :
Key ON : 24±2V
or CD-43(C)-
CN-1(4)

Short circuit or Replace or repair


NO poor connection
between CN-1(2)-
CN-51(4) or CN-1
(4) - CN-51(5)

Wiring diagram

CN-51
CD-43
4 2 A SUPPLY
1 B SIG
5 4 C RETURN
PUMP 2 PRESSURE SENSOR
CN-1
MCU

38

CN-52

21096MS07

6-51
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : Actuator operating : 1~5 V
(1) Test 10 : Check voltage at CN-52(38) and
ground.
① Prepare 1 piece of thin sharp pin, steel or
copper. MCU
② Insert prepared pin to rear side of PIN
CN-51 CN-52 CN-53
connectors : One pin to (38) of CN-52.
③ Starting key ON.
④ Check voltage as figure.

CN-52 Female
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 11
30 21
38

40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31

GROUND

Multimeter

21096MS07A

6-52
8. MALFUNCTION OF PUMP 3 PRESSURE SENSOR
· Fault code : HCESPN 125, FMI 0~4
※ Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE

Cause Remedy
YES
Defective MCU Replace
YES
Short circuit or Replace or repair
poor connection
YES Check voltage between CN-52-
between
CN-1(5)-GND (36)-CN-1(5)
Check voltage SPEC : Detective P3 Replace or repair
between CN-52 Actuator operating: 1~5V NO
Check voltage pressure sensor
(36) - GND YES between Short circuit or Replace or repair
SPEC : CD-44(A)-(C) poor connection
Actuator operating: 1~5V between CN-1(5)-
See TEST 11 SPEC :
Key ON : 24±2V CD-44(B)

Check voltage Short circuit or Replace or repair


NO
between poor connection
NO CN-1(2)-(4) between
CD-44(A)-CN-1(2)
SPEC :
Key ON : 24±2V
or CD-44(C)-
CN-1(4)

Short circuit or Replace or repair


NO poor connection
between CN-1(2)-
CN-51(4) or CN-1
(4) - CN-51(5)

Wiring diagram

CN-51
CD-44
4 2 A SUPPLY
5 B SIG
5 4 C RETURN
PUMP 3 PRESSURE SENSOR
CN-1
MCU

36

CN-52

21096MS08

6-53
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : Actuator operating : 1~5 V
(1) Test 11 : Check voltage at CN-52(36) and
ground.
① Prepare 1 piece of thin sharp pin, steel or
copper. MCU
② Insert prepared pin to rear side of PIN
CN-51 CN-52 CN-53
connectors : One pin to (36) of CN-52.
③ Starting key ON.
④ Check voltage as figure.

CN-52 Female
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 11
30 21
36

40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31

GROUND

Multimeter

21096MS08A

6-54
9. MALFUNCTION OF NEGATIVE 1 PRESSURE SENSOR
· Fault code : HCESPN 123, FMI 0~4
※ Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE

Cause Remedy
YES
Defective MCU Replace

Check voltage YES


between CN-52 Detective N1 Replace or repair
(37) - GND pressure sensor
SPEC : Short circuit or Replace or repair
Actuator operating: 1~5V Check voltage poor connection
See TEST 12 between CD-70 between CN-52
NO (A)-(C) (37)-CD-70 (B)
SPEC :
Key ON : 24±2V
Short circuit or Replace or repair
NO
poor connection
between CD-70
(A)-CN-51(4) or
CD-70(C)- CN-51
(5)

Wiring diagram

CN-51
CD-70
4 A SUPPLY
B SIG
5 C RETURN
NEGATIVE 1 PRESSURE SENSOR
MCU

37

CN-52

21096MS09

6-55
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : Actuator operating : 1~5 V
(1) Test 12 : Check voltage at CN-52(37) and
ground.
① Prepare 1 piece of thin sharp pin, steel or
copper. MCU
② Insert prepared pin to rear side of PIN
CN-51 CN-52 CN-53
connectors : One pin to (37) of CN-52.
③ Starting key ON.
④ Check voltage as figure.

CN-52 Female
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 11
30 21
37

40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31

GROUND

Multimeter

21096MS09A

6-56
10. MALFUNCTION OF NEGATIVE 2 PRESSURE SENSOR
· Fault code : HCESPN 124, FMI 0~4
※ Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE

Cause Remedy
YES
Defective MCU Replace

Check voltage YES


between CN-52 Detective N2 Replace or repair
(27) - GND pressure sensor
SPEC : Short circuit or Replace or repair
Actuator operating: 1~5V Check voltage poor connection
See TEST 13 between CD-71 between CN-52
NO (A)-(C) (27)-CD-71 (B)
SPEC :
Key ON : 24±2V
Short circuit or Replace or repair
NO
poor connection
between CD-71
(A)-CN-51(4) or
CD-71(C)- CN-51
(5)

Wiring diagram

CN-51
CD-71
4 A SUPPLY
B SIG
5 C RETURN
NEGATIVE 2 PRESSURE SENSOR
MCU

27

CN-52

21096MS10

6-57
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : Actuator operating : 1~5 V
(1) Test 13 : Check voltage at CN-52(27) and
ground.
① Prepare 1 piece of thin sharp pin, steel or
copper. MCU
② Insert prepared pin to rear side of PIN
CN-51 CN-52 CN-53
connectors : One pin to (27) of CN-52.
③ Starting key ON.
④ Check voltage as figure.

CN-52 Female
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 27 11
30 21

40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31

GROUND

Multimeter

21096MS10A

6-58
11. MALFUNCTION OF SWING PRESSURE SENSOR
· Fault code : HCESPN 135, FMI 0~4
※ Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE

Cause Remedy
YES
Defective MCU Replace

Check voltage YES


between CN-52 Detective swing Replace or repair
(24) - GND pressure sensor
SPEC : Short circuit or Replace or repair
Actuator operating: 1~5V Check voltage poor connection
See TEST 14 between CD-24 between CN-52
NO (A)-(C) (24)-CD-24 (B)
SPEC :
Key ON : 24±2V
Short circuit or Replace or repair
NO
poor connection
between CD-24
(A)-CN-51(4) or
CD-24(C)- CN-51
(5)

Wiring diagram

CN-51
CD-24
4 A SUPPLY
B SIG
5 C RETURN
SWING PRESSURE SENSOR
MCU

24

CN-52

21096MS11

6-59
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : Actuator operating : 1~5 V
(1) Test 14 : Check voltage at CN-52(24) and
ground.
① Prepare 1 piece of thin sharp pin, steel or
copper. MCU
② Insert prepared pin to rear side of PIN
CN-51 CN-52 CN-53
connectors : One pin to (24) of CN-52.
③ Starting key ON.
④ Check voltage as figure.

CN-52 Female
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 11
24
30 21

40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31

GROUND

Multimeter

21096MS11A

6-60
12. MALFUNCTION OF ARM IN/OUT & BUCKET IN PRESSURE SENSOR
· Fault code : HCESPN 133, FMI 0~4
※ Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE

Cause Remedy
YES
Defective MCU Replace

Check voltage YES


between CN-52 Detective arm in/ Replace or repair
(25) - GND out & bucket in
SPEC : pressure sensor
Actuator operating: 1~5V Check voltage Short circuit or Replace or repair
See TEST 15 between CD-35 poor connection
NO (A)-(C) between CN-52
(25)-CD-35 (B)
SPEC :
Key ON : 24±2V
Short circuit or Replace or repair
NO
poor connection
between CD-35
(A)-CN-51(4) or
CD-35(C)- CN-51
(5)

Wiring diagram

CN-51
CD-35
4 A SUPPLY
B SIG
5 C RETURN
ARM IN/OUT & BUCKET IN
PRESSURE SENSOR
MCU

25

CN-52

21096MS12

6-61
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : Actuator operating : 1~5 V
(1) Test 15 : Check voltage at CN-52(25) and
ground.
① Prepare 1 piece of thin sharp pin, steel or
copper. MCU
② Insert prepared pin to rear side of PIN
CN-51 CN-52 CN-53
connectors : One pin to (25) of CN-52.
③ Starting key ON.
④ Check voltage as figure.

CN-52 Female
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 11
25
30 21

40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31

GROUND

Multimeter

21096MS12A

6-62
13. MALFUNCTION OF BOOM UP PRESSURE SENSOR
· Fault code : HCESPN 127, FMI 0~4
※ Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE

Cause Remedy
YES
Defective MCU Replace

Check voltage YES


between CN-52 Detective boom up Replace or repair
(23) - GND pressure sensor
SPEC : Short circuit or Replace or repair
Actuator operating: 1~5V Check voltage poor connection
See TEST 16 between CD-32 between CN-52
NO (A)-(B) (23)-CD-32 (B)
SPEC :
Key ON : 24±2V
Short circuit or Replace or repair
NO
poor connection
between CD-32
(A)-CN-51(4) or
CD-32(C)- CN-51
(5)

Wiring diagram

CN-51
CD-32
4 A SUPPLY
B SIG
5 C RETURN
BOOM UP PRESSURE SENSOR
MCU

23

CN-52

21096MS13

6-63
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : Actuator operating : 1~5 V
(1) Test 16 : Check voltage at CN-52(23) and
ground.
① Prepare 1 piece of thin sharp pin, steel or
copper. MCU
② Insert prepared pin to rear side of PIN
CN-51 CN-52 CN-53
connectors : One pin to (23) of CN-52.
③ Starting key ON.
④ Check voltage as figure.

CN-52 Female
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

20 11
23
30 21

40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31

GROUND

Multimeter

21096MS13A

6-64
14. MALFUNCTION OF POWER MAX
· Fault code : HCESPN 166, FMI 4 or 6
※ Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE

Cause Remedy
YES
Short circuit or poor Repair or replace
connection between
YES Check resistance CN-88(1)-CN-52 (7)
between CN-88
(1)-(2)
Defective power
NO
YES Check resistance SPEC: 15-35Ω max. solenoid valve Repair or replace
between CN-53 See TEST 18 Check hydraulic
(30)-GND
system

Is voltage between Short circuit or poor Repair or replace


NO
CN-88(2)-GND connection between
SPEC : Power max button pressed ON : 0Ω
normal? Power max button released OFF : ∞ Ω CN-53(30)-CS-29
SPEC
KEY ON : 24±1V
KEY OFF : 0V Short circuit or poor Repair or replace
See TEST 17 NO
connection between
CN-88(2)-
Fuse No. 28

Wiring diagram

MCU
CN-88
7 1

2
CN-52
POWER MAX SOLENOID

30 5
FUSE
6
NO.28
CN-53 CN-4
CS-29
1
2

POWER MAX SWITCH

21096MS14

6-65
2) TEST PROCEDURE SPEC : Key ON : 24±1V
Key OFF : 0V
(1) Test 17:
17 Check voltage between connector
CN-88(2) - GND.
① Disconnect connector CN-88 from power
max solenoid valve. Power max switch
② Start key ON.
③ Check voltage as figure.

LH RCV-lever
CN-88

Power max
solenoid valve
2 1
1 2

GROUND

Multimeter

21096MS14A

(2) Test 18:


18 Check resistance of the solenoid SPEC : 15~35Ω
valve between CN-88(1)-(2).
① Starting key OFF.
Power max switch
② Disconnect connector CN-88 from power
max solenoid valve.
③ Check resistance as figure.

LH RCV-lever
CN-88

Power max 2 1
solenoid valve
1 2

Multimeter
21096MS14B

6-66
15. MALFUNCTION OF BOOM PRIORITY EPPR VALVE
· Fault code : HCESPN 141, FMI 5 or 6
※ Before carrying out below procedure, check all the related connectors are properly inserted.
1) INSPECTION PROCEDURE

Cause Remedy
YES
Short circuit or poor Repair or replace
connection between
CN-53(19)-CN-133
Check resistance (1) or CN-53(9)-
between CN-133(2)
CN-133(1)-(2)
SPEC : 20~30V
KEY : ON
Defective EPPR Repair or replace
NO
valve

Wiring diagram

MCU

19

CN-133

9 2

BOOM PRIORITY
EPPR VALVE
CN-53

21096MS15

6-67
SECTION 7 MAINTENANCE STANDARD

Group 1 Operational Performance Test ------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7-1


Group 2 Major Components ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 7-21
Group 3 Track and Work Equipment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 7-30
SECTION 7 MAINTENANCE STANDARD
GROUP 1 OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE TEST

1. PURPOSE
Performance tests are used to check:
1) OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE OF A
NEW MACHINE
Whenever a new machine is delivered in
Working
parts and reassembled at a customer's condition
site, it must be tested to confirm that the
operational performance of the machine
meets Hyundai spec.
2) OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE OF A Maintenance
WORKING MACHINE record
With the passage of time, the machine's
operational performance deteriorates, so
that the machine needs to be serviced
periodically to restore it to its original
performance level. Operating
Before servicing the machine, conduct
performance tests to check the extent of
deterioration, and to decide what kind of
service needs to be done (by referring to
the "Service Limits" in this manual).
21077MS01
3) OPERATIONAL PERFORMANCE OF A
REPAIRED MACHINE
After the machine is repaired or serviced, it
must be tested to confir m that its
operational performance was restored by
the repair and/or service work done.

7-1
2. TERMINOLOGY
1) STANDARD
Specifications applied to the brand-new
machine, components and parts.

21077MS02

2) SERVICE LIMIT
The lowest acceptable performance level.
When the perfor mance level of the
machine falls below this level, the machine
must be removed from work and repaired.
Necessary parts and components must be
replaced.

21077MS03

7-2
3. OPERATION FOR PERFORMANCE TESTS
1) Observe the following rules in order to carry
out performance tests accurately and safely.

(1) The machine


Repair any defects and damage found, such
as oil or water leaks, loose bolts, cracks and
so on, before starting to test.
(2) Test area
① Select a hard, flat surface.
② Secure enough space to allow the machine
to run straight more than 20 m, and to make
a full swing with the front attachment
extended.
③ If required, rope off the test area and
provide signboards to keep unauthorized
personnel away.
(3) Precautions
① Before starting to test, agree upon the
signals to be employed for communication
among coworkers. Once the test is started,
be sure to communicate with each other
using these signals, and to follow them
7-3
without fail.
② Operate the machine carefully and always
give first priority to safety.
③ While testing, always take care to avoid
accidents due to landslides or contact with
high voltage power lines. Always confirm
that there is sufficient space for full swings.
④ Avoid polluting the machine and the ground
with leaking oil. Use oil pans to catch
escaping oil. Pay special attention to this
when removing hydraulic pipings.

(4) Make precise measurements


① Accurately calibrate test instruments in
advance to obtain correct data.
② Carry out tests under the exact test
conditions prescribed for each test item.
③ Repeat the same test and confirm that the
test data obtained can be procured
r e p e a t e d l y. U s e m e a n va l u e s o f
measurements if necessary.

7-3
2) ENGINE SPEED
(1) Measure the engine speed at each power
mode
※ The engine speed at each power mode
must meet standard RPM; if not, all other CLUSTER
operational performance data will be
unreliable. It is essential to perform this
test first.
(2) Preparation
① Warm up the machine, until the engine
coolant temperature reaches 50˚C or
more, and the hydraulic oil is 50±5˚C.
② Set the accel dial at 10 (max) position.
③ Select the P-mode switch. Engine RPM display
Power mode switch
④ Measure the engine RPM.
Pilot lamp(P, S, E)
(3) Measurement
① Start the engine. The engine will run at
start idle speed. Measure engine speed
with a engine rpm display.
② Measure and record the engine speed at
each mode (P, S, E).
③ Select the P-mode.
④ Lightly operate the bucket control lever a
few times, then return the control lever to
neutral; The engine will automatically
enter the auto-idle speed after 4
seconds.
⑤ Measure and record the auto deceleration
speed. 80097MS01

(4) Evaluation
The measured speeds should meet the following specifications.
Unit : rpm
Model Engine speed Standard Remarks
Start idle 800±100
P mode 1700±50
S mode 1650±50
R800LC-9
E mode 1600±50
Auto decel 1150±100
One touch decel 800±100
Condition : Set the accel dial at 10 (max) position.

7-4
3) TRAVEL SPEED
(1) Measure the time required for the
excavator to travel a 20 m test track.
(2) Preparation
① Adjust the tension of both tracks to be
equal.
② Prepare a flat and solid test track 20 m in
length, with extra length of 3 to 5 m on 0.3~0.5m
both ends for machine acceleration and
deceleration.
③ Hold the bucket 0.3 to 0.5 m above the
ground with the arm and bucket rolled in.
④ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
21097MS04
50±5˚C.
(3) Measurement
① Measure both the low and high speeds
of the machine.
② Before starting either the low or high
speed tests, adjust the travel mode
switch to the speed to be tested, then
select the following switch positions.
· Power mode switch : P mode
③ Star t traveling the machine in the
acceleration zone with the travel levers at 3~5m 20m 3~5m
full stroke.
④ Measure the time required to travel 20 m.
⑤ After measuring the forward travel
speed, turn the upperstructure 180。and
measure the reverse travel speed.
⑥ Repeat steps ④ and ⑤ three times in 21077MS05

each direction and calculate the average


values.
(4) Evaluation
The average measured time should meet the following specifications.
Unit : Seconds / 20 m

Model Travel speed Standard Maximum allowable Remarks


1 Speed 27.4±2.0 34.3
R800LC-9
2 Speed 19±1.0 23.7

7-5
4) TRACK REVOLUTION SPEED
(1) Measure the track revolution cycle time
with the track raised off ground.
(2) Preparation
① Adjust the tension of both side tracks to
be equal.
② On the track to be measured, mark one
90~110
shoe with chalk.
③ Swing the upperstructure 90。and lower
the bucket to raise the track off ground.
Keep the boom-arm angle between 90 to Mark
110。 as shown. Place blocks under
machine frame.
④ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50±5˚C.
21077MS06
(3) Measurement
① Select the following switch positions.
· Travel mode switch : 1 or 2 speed
· Power mode switch : P mode
· Auto decel switch : OFF
② Operate the travel control lever of the
raised track in full forward and reverse.
③ Rotate 1 turn, then measure time taken
for next 3 revolutions.
④ Raise the other side of machine and
repeat the procedure.
⑤ Repeat steps ③ and ④ three times and
calculate the average values.
(4) Evaluation
The revolution cycle time of each track should meet the following specifications.
Unit : Seconds / 3 revolutions
Model Travel speed Standard Maximum allowable
1 Speed 54.5±2.0 68.1
R800LC-9
2 Speed 37.9±1.0 47.5

7-6
5) TRAVEL DEVIATION
(1) Measure the deviation by the tracks from
a 20m straight line.
(2) Preparation
① Adjust the tension of both tracks to be
equal.
② Provide a flat, solid test yard 20 m in
length, with extra length of 3 to 5 m on 0.3~0.5m
both ends for machine acceleration and
deceleration.
③ Hold the bucket 0.3 to 0.5 m above the
ground with the arm and bucket rolled in.
④ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
21097MS04
50±5˚C.
(3) Measurement
① Measure the amount of mistracking at
high and low travel speeds.
② Before beginning each test, select the
following switch positions. 3~5 m extra length
· Power mode switch : P mode a

M
20
③ Star t traveling the machine in the
acceleration zone with the travel levers at
full stroke. 3~5 m extra length
④ Measure the distance between a straight
20m line and the track made by the
machine. (dimension a)
⑤ After measuring the tracking in forward 7-7(2)

travel, turn the upperstructure 180。 and


measure that in reverse travel.
⑥ Repeat steps ④ and ⑤ three times and
calculate the average values.
(4) Evaluation
Mistrack should be within the following specifications.
Unit : mm / 20 m
Model Standard Maximum allowable Remarks

R800LC-9 200 below 250

7-7
6) SWING SPEED
(1) Measure the time required to swing three
complete turns.
(2) Preparation
① Check the lubrication of the swing gear
and swing bearing.
② Place the machine on flat, solid ground
with ample space for swinging. Do not
conduct this test on slopes.
③ With the arm rolled out and bucket rolled
in, hold the bucket so that the height of
the bucket pin is the same as the boom
foot pin. The bucket must be empty.
④ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50±5˚C.
290LC7MS03
(3) Measurement
① Select the following switch positions.
· Power mode switch : P mode
② Operate swing control lever fully.
③ Swing 1 turn and measure time taken to
swing next 3 revolutions.
④ Repeat steps ② and ③ three time and
calculate the average values.
(4) Evaluation
The time required for 3 swings should meet the following specifications.
Unit : Seconds / 3 revolutions
Model Power mode switch Standard Maximum allowable

R800LC-9 P mode 29±2.0 36.3

7-8
7) SWING FUNCTION DRIFT CHECK
(1) Measure the swing drift on the bearing
outer circumference when stopping after
a 360。full speed swing.
(2) Preparation
① Check the lubrication of the swing gear
and swing bearing.
② Place the machine on flat, solid ground
with ample space for swinging. Do not
conduct this test on slopes.
③ With the arm rolled out and bucket rolled
in, hold the bucket so that the height of
the bucket pin is the same as the boom 21097MS07
foot pin. The bucket must be empty.
④ Make two chalk marks: one on the swing
bearing and one directly below it on the
track frame.
⑤ Swing the upperstructure 360˚.
⑥ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50±5˚C.
(3) Measurement
① Conduct this test in the P mode.
② Select the following switch positions.
· Power mode switch : P mode
③ Operate the swing control lever fully and
return it to the neutral position when the
mark on the upperstructure aligns with
that on track frame after swinging 360˚.
④ Measure the distance between the two
marks. Drift angle
⑤ Align the marks again, swing 360˚, then
360 swing
test the opposite direction.
Swing start & stop
⑥ Repeat steps ④ and ⑤ three times each
and calculate the average values.
21077MS08

(4) Evaluation
The measured drift angle should be within the following specifications.
Unit : Degree
Model Power mode switch Standard Maximum allowable Remarks

R800LC-9 P mode 90 below 112.5

7-9
8) SWING BEARING PLAY
(1) Measure the swing bearing play using a
dial gauge to check the wear of bearing
races and balls.
(2) Preparation
① Check swing bearing mounting cap
screws for loosening.
② Check the lubrication of the swing
bearing. Confirm that bearing rotation is
smooth and without noise.
③ Install a dial gauge on the track frame as
shown, using a magnetic base.
④ Position the upperstructure so that the
7-10(1)
boom aligns with the tracks facing
towards the front idlers.
⑤ Position the dial gauge so that its needle
point comes into contact with the bottom
face of the bearing outer race.
⑥ Bucket should be empty.
(3) Measurement
Measurement : (h1)
① With the arm rolled out and bucket rolled
in, hold the bottom face of the bucket to
the same height of the boom foot pin.
Record the dial gauge reading (h1).
② Lower the bucket to the ground and use
it to raise the front idler 50cm.
Measurement : (h2)
Record the dial gauge reading (h2).
③ Calculate bearing play(H) from this data
(h1 and h2) as follows.
H=h2-h1
(4) Evaluation 21077MS09
The measured drift should be within the following specifications.
Unit : mm
Model Standard Maximum allowable Remarks

R800LC-9 0.5 ~ 1.5 3.0

7-10
9) HYDRAULIC CYLINDER CYCLE TIME
(1) Measure the cycle time of the boom,
standard arm, and standard bucket
cylinders.
(2) Preparation Boom cylinder
① To measure the cycle time of the boom Raise
cylinders:
With the arm rolled out and the empty
bucket rolled out, lower the bucket to the
ground, as shown. Lower
② To measure the cycle time of the arm
cylinder.
With the empty bucket rolled in, position
Arm cylinder
the arm so that it is vertical to the ground.
Lower the boom until the bucket is 0.5 m
above the ground. Roll out Roll in
③ To measure the cycle time of the bucket
cylinder.

90
The empty bucket should be positioned 0.5m
at midstroke between roll-in and roll-out,
so that the sideplate edges are vertical to
the ground. Bucket cylinder
④ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50±5˚C.
(3) Measurement
① Select the following switch positions.
· Power mode switch : P mode Roll out Roll in
② To measure cylinder cycle times. 0.5m
- Boom cylinders.
Measure the time it takes to raise the
21077MS10
boom, and the time it takes to lower the
boom. To do so, position the boom at
one stroke end then move the control
lever to the other stroke end as quickly
as possible.
- Arm cylinder.
Measure the time it takes to roll in the
arm, and the time it takes to roll out the
arm. To do so, position the bucket at
one stroke end, then move the control
lever to the other stroke end as quickly
as possible.

7-11
- Bucket cylinders
Measure the time it takes to roll in the
bucket, and the time it takes to roll out
the bucket. To do so, position the bucket
at one stroke end, then move the control
lever to the other stroke end as quickly
as possible.
- Repeat each measurement 3 times and
calculate the average values.
(4) Evaluation
The average measured time should meet the following specifications.
Unit : Seconds
Model Function Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
Boom raise 5.5±0.4 6.5
Boom lower 4.7±0.4 5.6
Arm in 5.3±0.4 6.4
R800LC-9
Arm out 4.0±0.3 4.8
Bucket load 4.1±0.4 4.9
Bucket dump 4.1±0.3 4.9

7-12
10) DIG FUNCTION DRIFT CHECK
(1) Measure dig function drift, which can be
caused by oil leakage in the control valve
and boom, standard arm, and standard
bucket cylinders, with the loaded bucket.
When testing the dig function drift just
after cylinder replacement, slowly operate
each cylinder to its stroke end to purge air.
(2) Preparation
① Load bucket fully. Instead of loading the
bucket, weight (W) of the following
specification can be used.
· W=M3×1.5
Where :
M3 = Bucket heaped capacity (m3)
1.5= Soil specific gravity
② Position the arm cylinder with the rod 20
to 30 mm extended from the fully retracted
position.
③ Position the bucket cylinder with the rod
20 to 30 mm retracted from the fully
extended position.
21077MS11
④ With the arm rolled out and bucket rolled
in, hold the bucket so that the height of
the bucket pin is the same as the boom
foot pin.
⑤ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50±5˚C.
(3) Measurement
① Stop the engine.
② Five minutes after the engine has been
stopped, measure the changes in the
positions of the boom, arm and bucket
cylinders.
③ Repeat step ② three times and calculate
the average values.

(4) The measured drift should be within the following specifications.


Unit : mm / 5 min
Model Drift to be measured Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
Boom cylinder 10 below 20
R800LC-9 Arm cylinder 10 below 20
Bucket cylinder 40 below 50

7-13
11) CONTROL LEVER OPERATING FORCE
(1) Use a spring scale to measure the
maximum resistance of each control lever
at the middle of the grip.
(2) Preparation
① Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50±5˚C.
(3) Measurement
① Start the engine.
② Select the following switch positions.
· Power mode switch : P mode
③ Operate each boom, arm, bucket and
swing lever at full stroke and measure the
maximum operating force for each.
④ Lower the bucket to the ground to raise
one track off the ground. Operate the
travel lever at full stroke and measure the
maximum operating force required.
When finished, lower the track and then
jack-up the other track.
⑤ Repeat steps ③ and ④ three times and
calculate the average values.
(4) Evaluation
The measured operating force should be within the following specifications.
Unit : kgf
Model Kind of lever Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
Boom lever 1.6 or below 2.0
Arm lever 1.6 or below 2.0
R800LC-9 Bucket lever 1.3 or below 1.7
Swing lever 1.3 or below 1.7
Travel lever 2.1 or below 3.15

7-14
12) CONTROL LEVER STROKE
(1) Measure each lever stroke at the lever top
using a ruler.
※ When the lever has play, take a half of this
value and add it to the measured stroke.
(2) Preparation
Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50±5˚C.
(3) Measurement
① Stop the engine.
② Measure each lever stroke at the lever
top from neutral to the stroke end using a
ruler.
③ Repeat step ② three times and calculate
the average values.
(4) Evaluation
The measured drift should be within the following specifications.
Unit : mm
Model Kind of lever Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
Boom lever 101±10 125
Arm lever 101±10 125
R800LC-9 Bucket lever 90±10 115
Swing lever 90±10 115
Travel lever 142±10 178

7-15
13) PILOT PRIMARY PRESSURE
Pressure sensor
(1) Preparation
① Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50±5˚C.
(2) Measurement Relief valve
① Select the following switch positions.
· Power mode switch : P mode
· Auto decel switch : OFF Monitoring
② Measure the primary pilot pressure by (analog)

the monitoring menu of the cluster.

Cluster 48097MS01
(3) Evaluation
The average measured pressure should meet the following specifications:
Unit : kgf / cm2
Model Engine speed Standard Allowable limits Remarks

R800LC-9 P mode 40±5 -

7-16
14) FOR TRAVEL SPEED SELECTING PRESSURE
(1) Preparation
① Stop the engine.
② Remove the top cover of the hydraulic
tank oil supply port with a wrench.
③ Push the pressure release button to C A
B

D
bleed air.
④ To measure the speed selecting pressure:
Install a connector and pressure gauge
assembly to turning joint P port as shown.
P
⑤ Star t the engine and check for on Dr

leakage from the adapter.


⑥ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50±5˚C.
(2) Measurement
① Select the following switch positions. 8007A7MS02

Travel mode switch : 1 speed


2 speed
· Power mode switch : P mode
② Measure the travel speed selecting
pressure in the Hi or Lo mode.
③ Lower the bucket to the ground to raise
the track off the ground. Operate the
travel lever at full stroke and measure the
fast speed pressure.
④ Repeat steps ② and ③ three times and
calculate the average values.
(3) Evaluation
The average measured pressure should be within the following specifications.
Unit : kgf / cm2
Model Travel speed mode Standard Maximum allowable Remarks
1 Speed 0 -
R800LC-9
2 Speed 40±5 -

7-17
15) SWING PARKING BRAKE RELEASING PRESSURE
(1) Preparation
① Stop the engine.
② Loosen the cap and relieve the pressure
in the tank by pushing the top of the air
breather.
③ Install a connector and pressure gauge
assembly to swing motor SH port, as
shown.
④ Star t the engine and check for oil SH

leakage from the adapter.


⑤ Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50±5˚C.
(2) Measurement
① Select the following switch positions.
· Power mode switch: P mode
② Operate the swing function or arm roll in
function and measure the swing brake
c o n t r o l p r e s s u r e w i t h t h e b ra ke
disengaged. Release the control lever
to return to neutral and measure the
8007A7MS03
control pressure when the brake is
applied.
Repeat step ② three times and calculate
the average values.
(3) Evaluation
The average measured pressure should be within the following specifications.
Unit : kgf / cm2
Model Description Standard Allowable limits Remarks
Brake disengaged 40 31~49
R800LC-9
Brake applied 0 -

7-18
16) MAIN PUMP DELIVERY PRESSURE
Pressure sensor
(1) Preparation
① Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50±5˚C. a2
a1

(2) Measurement
① Select the following switch positions.
· Power mode switch : P mode Main pump
② Measure the main pump deliver y
pressure by the monitoring menu of the
cluster.
Monitoring
(analog)

Cluster
80097MS05
(3) Evaluation
The average measured pressure should meet the following specifications.
Unit : kgf / cm2
Model Engine speed Standard Allowable limits Remarks

R800LC-9 High ilde 40±5 -

7-19
17) SYSTEM PRESSURE REGULATOR RELIEF SETTING
(1) Preparation
Pressure sensor
① Keep the hydraulic oil temperature at
50±5˚C.
a2
(2) Measurement a1

① Select the following switch positions.


· Power mode switch : P mode
② Slowly operate each control lever of Main pump
boom, arm and bucket functions at full
stroke over relief and measure the
pressure.
③ In the swing function, place bucket Monitoring
against an immovable object and (analog)
measure the relief pressure.
④ In the travel function, lock undercarriage
with an immovable object and measure
Cluster
the relief pressure. 80097MS05

(3) Evaluation
The average measured pressure should be within the following specifications.
Unit : kgf / cm2
Model Function to be tested Standard Allowable allowable
Boom, Arm, Bucket 330 (360)±10 -
R800LC-9 Travel 350±10 -
Swing 290±10 -
( ) : Power boost

7-20
GROUP 2 MAJOR COMPONENT

1. MAIN PUMP
3 1 2

9 5 6 4 7 8
50077MP01

Standard Recommended
Part name & inspection item replacement Counter measures
dimension value
Clearance
between piston (1) & Replace piston
d D 0.038 0.078
cylinder bore (2) or cylinder.
(D-d)

Play between
piston (1) & shoe caulking
0-0.1 0.35
section (3)
(δ) Replace
assembly of
Thickness of shoe δ piston & shoe.
(t) t 5.4 5.0

Free height of cylinder Replace


spring (4) cylinder spring.
40.9 40.1
(L)
L

Combined height of set


Replace
plate (5) & spherical
13.5 12.5 retainer or set
bushing (6) h H
plate.
(H-h)

Surface roughness for Surface roughness


necessary to be corrected 3z
valve plate (Sliding face)
(7,8), swash plate (shoe Lapping
plate area) (9), & cylinder Standard surface 0.4z or lower
(2) (Sliding face) roughness (Corrected value)

7-21
2. MAIN CONTROL VALVE
Part name Inspection item Criteria & measure

Casing ·Existence of scratch, rusting or corrosion. ·In case of damage in following section,
replace part.
- Sliding sections of casing fore and
spool, especially land sections applied
with holded pressure.
- Seal pocket section where spool is inserted.
- Seal section of port where O-ring contacts.
- Seal section of each relief valve for
main, travel, and port.
- Other damages that may damage
normal functions.

Spool ·Existence of scratch, gnawing, rusting or ·Replacement when its outside sliding
corrosion. section has scratch(Especially on seals-
contacting section).
·O-ring seal sections at both ends. ·Replacement when its sliding section has
scratch.
·Insert spool in casing hole, rotate and ·Correction or replacement when O-ring is
reciprocate it. damaged or when spool does not move
smoothly.

Poppet ·Damage of poppet or spring ·Correction or replacement when sealing


is incomplete.
·Insert poppet into casing and function it. ·Normal when it can function lightly
without being caught.

Around spring ·Rusting, corrosion, deformation or breaking ·Replacement for significant damage.
of spring, spring seat, plug or cover.

Around seal ·External oil leakage. ·Correction or replacement.


for spool
·Rusting, corrosion or deformation of seal ·Correction or replacement.
plate.

Main relief valve, ·External rusting or damage. ·Replacement.


port relief valve &
·Contacting face of valve seat. ·Replacement when damaged.
negative control
relief valve ·Contacting face of poppet. ·Replacement when damaged.
·Abnormal spring. ·Replacement.
·O-rings, back up rings and seals. ·100% replacement in general.

7-22
3. SWING DEVICE
Part name Inspection item Remedy

Balance plate ·Worn less than 0.03mm ·Lapping


·Worn more than 0.03mm ·Replace
·Sliding surface has a seizure(even ·Replace
though small).

Shoe of piston ·Sliding surface has a damage. ·Lapping


assembly ·Sliding surface depression( ) ·Replace parts or motor
dimension less than 0.45mm or has a
large damage.

Piston of piston ·Sliding surface has a seizure(even ·Replace motor


assembly though small).

Piston hole of ·Sliding surface has a seizure. ·Replace motor


cylinder assembly ·Sliding surface has a damage. ·Replace motor

Taper roller bearing ·In case 3000hour operation. ·Replace


Needle bearing ·Rolling surface has a damage. ·Replace
Roller bearing

7-23
4. TRAVEL MOTOR
Wash all parts disassembly in treated oil and dry in the compressed air.
Perform maintenance including replacement or corrections in accordance with the following criterion.

No. Parts Name Appearance Allowance Replacement parts

6 Piston sub When remarkable flaws or Roughness : 0.8a Cylinder block kit /
assembly high surface roughness There should be no Perform lapping (#1000).
are found on each seizure and remarkable Replace if flaws cannot
sliding surface flaws (over 0.02 mm in be completely removed.
thickness).
When remarkable flaws or Roughness : 1.2a
high surface roughness There should be no
are found on surface of seizure and remarkable
piston. flaws (over 0.02 mm in
thickness).
When clearance between Clearance : 0.060 mm Cylinder block kit
piston sub assembly and
cylinder block bore is
great.
When looseness in shoe Looseness : 0.4 mm
ball parts is great.
4 Cylinder Block When remarkable flaws or Roughness : 0.8a Cylinder block kit /
high surface roughness Perform lapping(#1000).
are found on the surface Replace if flaws cannot
with the valve plate. be completely removed.
When wear inside bore is Roughly : 1.6a Cylinder block kit
great.
When clearance between Looseness : 0.4 mm
piston sub assembly and
cylinder block bore is
great.
When abnormal wear
and breakage
develop on mating
teeth.
5 Valve plate When remarkable flaws or Roughness : 0.8 a Cylinder block kit
high surface roughness There should be no
are found on each sliding seizure and remarkable
surface flaws(over 0.02 mm in
thickness).
7 Retainer plate When remarkable flaws or Roughness : 0.8 a 7 Retainer plate
8 Retainer holder high surface roughness There should be no 8 Retainer holder
are found on each sliding seizure and remarkable
surface. flaws(over 0.02 mm in
thickness).

7-24
No. Parts Name Appearance Allowance Replacement parts

9 Swash plate When remarkable flaws Roughness : 0.8 a Swash plate / Perform
or high surface roughness There should be no lapping (#1000).
are found on sliding seizure and remarkable Replace if flaws cannot
surface with shoe. flaws(over 0.02 mm in be completely removed.
thickness).
When remarkable flaws Roughness : 1.6 a Swash plate
or high surface roughness There should be no
are found on sliding seizure and remarkable
surface with steel ball. flaws(over 0.02 mm in
thickness).
When remarkable flaws Sphere depth : 19.06 mm
or seizure are found on
contact surface with steel
balls.
3 Shaft When remarkable flaws Roughness : 1.6 a Shaft
or high surface roughness There should be no
are found on sliding seizure andremarkable
surface of oil seal. flaws (over 0.02 mm in
thickness).
When abnormal wear
and breakage
develop on mating
teeth.
21 Brake piston When remarkable flaws Height : 50.5 mm Brake piston
or high surface roughness Roughness : 3.2 a Friction plate
are found in each sliding There should be no
surface seizure and remarkable
flaws(over 0.02 mm in
thickness).
19 Disk plate When remarkable flaws Thickness : 3.2 mm Disk plate
or abrasion are found on
disks(friction material)
13 Roller Bearing When flaking and Roller Bearing
14 Roller Bearing abrasion develop on
rolling surface.
When indentation is
found on rolling surface
When abnormality is
found in rotation
(abnormal noise, irregular
rotation)

7-25
No. Parts Name Appearance Allowance Replacement parts

11 Piston sub When remarkable flaws or Roughness : 1.6 a Case kit / Perform
assembly high surface roughness There should be no lapping (#1000).
are found on sliding seizure and remarkable Replace if flaws cannot
surface with swash plate. flaws (over 0.02 mm in be completely removed.
thickness).
When remarkable flaws or Roughness : 1.2a Case kit
high surface roughness There should be no
are found on surface with seizure and remarkable
case. flaws(over 0.02 mm in
thickness).
When clearance between Clearance : 0.030 mm
piston sub assembly and
case bore is great.
When looseness in shoe Looseness : 0.7 mm
ball parts is great.
2-2 Spool Assy When remarkable flaws or Roughness : 0.8 a Base plate sub assembly
high surface roughness There should be no
are found on each sliding seizure and remarkable
surface flaws (over 0.02 mm in
thickness).
When clearance between Clearance : 0.050 mm
piston sub assembly and
case bore is great.
2-1 Base plate When remarkable flaws or Roughness : 0.8 a Base plate sub assembly
high surface roughness There should be no
are found on each sliding seizure and remarkable
surface with spool assy. flaws (over 0.02 mm in
thickness).
When clearance between Clearance : 0.050 mm
spool assy and base plate
bore is great.
When remarkable flaws or Roughness : 0.8 a
high surface roughness There should be no
are found on each sliding seizure and remarkable
surface with valve assy. flaws (over 0.02 mm in
thickness).
When clearance between Clearance : 0.040 mm
valve assy and base plate
bore is great.
When remarkable flaws or There should be no
high surface roughness seizure and remarkable
are found on each sliding flaws (over 0.02 mm in
surface with spool assy. thickness).

7-26
No. Parts Name Appearance Allowance Replacement parts

9 Valve assy When remarkable flaws or Roughness : 0.8 a Base plate sub assembly
high surface roughness There should be no
are found on each sliding seizure and remarkable
surface with spool assy. flaws (over 0.02 mm in
thickness).
When clearance between Clearance : 0.040 mm
valve assy and base plate
bore is great.
2-7-10 Free piston When remarkable flaws or There should be no Relief valve assy
high surface roughness seizure and remarkable
are found on each sliding flaws (over 0.02 mm in
surface with base plate. thickness).
2-7-2 Housing When remarkable flaws or There should be no
high surface roughness seizure and remarkable
are found on each sliding flaws (over 0.02 mm in
surface with free piston. thickness).

7-27
5. RCV LEVER
Maintenance
check item Criteria Remark

Leakage The valve is to be replaced when the leakage Conditions :


becomes more than 1000 cc/m at neutral handle Primary pressure : 30 kgf/cm2
position, or more than 2000 cc/m during operation. Oil viscosity : 23 cSt

Spool This is to be replaced when the sliding surface The leakage at the left condition is
has worn more than 10 μm, compared with the estimated to be nearly equal to the
non-sliding surface. above leakage.

Push rod

Ø7

1mm

This is to be replaced when the top end has worn


more than 1 mm.

Play at operating The pin, shaft, and joint of the operating section When a play is due to looseness of
section are to be replaced when their plays become more a tightened section, adjust it.
than 2 mm due to wears or so on.

Operation stability When abnormal noises, hunting, primary pressure


drop, etc. are generated during operation, and
these cannot be remedied, referring to section 6.
Troubleshooting, replace the related parts.

Notes 1. It is desirable to replace seal materials, such as O-rings, every disassembling. However,
they may be reused, after being confirmed to be free of damage.
2. When loosening the hexagon socket head cap screw (125), replace the seal washers (121)
without fail.

7-28
6. RCV PEDAL
Maintenance
Criteria Remark
check item

Leakage The valve is to be replaced when the leakage Conditions :


effect to the system. For example, the primary Primary pressure : 30 kgf/cm2
pressure drop. Oil viscosity : 23 cSt

Spool This is to be replaced when the sliding surface The leakage at the left condition is
has worn more than 10 μm, compared with the estimated to be nearly equal to the
non-sliding surface. above leakage.

Push rod

Ø7

1mm

This is to be replaced when the top end has worn


more than 1 mm.

Play at operating The pin, shaft, and joint of the operating section When a play is due to looseness of
section are to be replaced when their plays become a tightened section, adjust it.
more than 2 mm due to wears or so on.

Operation stability When abnormal noises, hunting, primary pressure


drop, etc. are generated during operation, and
these cannot be remedied, referring to section 6.
Troubleshooting, replace the related parts.

Notes 1. It is desirable to replace seal materials, such as O-rings, every disassembling. However,
they may be reused, after being confirmed to be free of damage.

7-29
7. TURNING JOINT
Part name Maintenance standards Remedy

Sliding surface with Plating worn or peeled due to seizure or contamination. Replace
sealing sections.

Sliding surface ·Worn abnormality or damaged more than 0.1mm Replace


between body and (0.0039in) in depth due to seizure contamination.
Body, stem other than
·Damaged more than 0.1mm(0.0039in) in depth. Smooth with oilstone.
Stem sealing section.

Sliding surface ·Worn more than 0.5mm(0.02in) or abnormality. Replace


with thrust plate.
·Worn less than 0.5mm(0.02in). Smooth
·Damage due to seizure or contamination Smooth
remediable within wear limit (0.5mm)(0.02in).

Sliding surface ·Worn more than 0.5mm(0.02in) or abnormality. Replace


with thrust plate.
Cover ·Worn less than 0.5mm(0.02in). Smooth
·Damage due to seizure or contamination Replace
remediable within wear limit (0.5mm)(0.02in).

·Extruded excessively from seal groove square ring. Replace

- Extrusion
Square ring

·Slipper ring 1.5mm(0.059in) narrower than seal Replace


groove, or narrower than back ring.
Seal set
-
1.5mm (max.)
(0.059in)

·Worn more than 0.5mm(0.02in) ~ 1.5mm(MAX.) Replace


(0.059in)

7-30
8. CYLINDER
Part name Inspecting section Inspection item Remedy

Piston rod ·Neck of rod pin ·Presence of crack ·Replace


·Weld on rod hub ·Presence of crack ·Replace
·Stepped part to which ·Presence of crack ·Replace
piston is attached.
·Threads ·Presence of crack ·Recondition or replace
·Plated surface ·Plating is not worn off to ·Replace or replate
base metal.
·Rust is not present on plating. ·Replace or replate
·Scratches are not present. ·Recondition, replate or replace
·Rod ·Wear of O.D. ·Recondition, replate or replace
·Bushing at mounting part ·Wear of I.D. ·Replace

Cylinder tube ·Weld on bottom ·Presence of crack ·Replace


·Weld on head ·Presence of crack ·Replace
·Weld on hub ·Presence of crack ·Replace
·Tube interior ·Presence of faults ·Replace if oil leak is seen
·Bushing at mounting part ·Wear on inner surface ·Replace

Gland ·Bushing ·Flaw on inner surface ·Replace if flaw is deeper


than coating

7-31
GROUP 3 TRACK AND WORK EQUIPMENT

1. TRACK
1) TRACK ROLLER

32077MS01

Unit : mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
1 Outside diameter of flange
Ø320 -
Rebuild or
2 Outside diameter of tread Ø270 Ø258
replace
3 Width of tread 73.5 79.5
4 Width of flange 36.5 -
Standard size & tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between shaft Shaft Hole clearance limit Replace
5
and bushing bushing
-0.25 +0.15
Ø115 -0.35 Ø115 +0.03 0.28 to 0.5 2.0

Standard clearance Clearance limit


Side clearance of roller
6 Replace
(Both side)
0.34~1.678 2.5

7-32
2) CARRIER ROLLER

4 3

5
1

4507AMS04

Unit : mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
1 Outside diameter of flange
Ø250 -
Rebuild or
2 Outside diameter of tread Ø218 Ø208
replace
3 Width of tread 71 76
4 Width of flange 23 -
Clearance between shaft 0.036 +0.3
5 Ø96 -0.09 Ø96 +0.1 0.136~0.39 1.2 Replace
and bushing

7-33
3) IDLER

6
1
2

3 5
4

8007A7MS05

Unit : mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit
1 Outside diameter of protrusion
Ø875 -
2 Outside diameter of tread Ø830 Ø816 Rebuild or
3 Width of protrusion 127 - replace

4 Total width 266 -


5 Width of tread 69.5 76.5
Standard size & tolerance Standard Clearance
Clearance between shaft Shaft bushing clearance limit Replace
6
and bushing bushing
0 +0.4
Ø120 -0.03 Ø120 +0.35 0.35 to 0.43 2.0

Standard clearance Clearance limit


Side clearance of idler
7 Replace
(Both side)
0.4 to 1.4 2.0

7-34
4) TRACK

32077MS04

Unit : mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy
Standard size Repair limit Turn or
1 Link pitch
260.35 265.75 replace

2 Outside diameter of bushing Ø85.725 Ø73.725


Rebuild or
3 Height of grouser 52 28 replace
4 Height of link 155.5 141.5
5 Tightening torque Initial tightening torque : 180.3~212.2 kgf·m Retighten

7-35
5) TRACK FRAME AND RECOIL SPRING
2

3
1

21073MS05

Unit : mm
No. Check item Criteria Remedy

Standard size Tolerance Repair limit


+2
1 Vertical width of idler guide Track frame 193 197
0
0 Rebuild or
Idler support 190 186 replace
-1.5
+2
Track frame 342 346
2 Horizontal width of idler guide 0
Idler support 340 - 337
Standard size Repair limit

Installation Installation Free Installation


3 Recoil spring Free length Replace
length load length load
310×1553 1290 49.986 kg - 39.990kg

7-36
2. WORK EQUIPMENT

A C D E F

B K J I H G
21077MS20

Unit : mm
Pin Bushing
Remedy
Measuring point Normal Recomm. Recomm.
Mark Limit Limit &
(Pin and Bushing) value service service
of use of use Remark
limit limit
A Boom Rear 145 144 143.5 145.5 146
B Boom Cylinder Head 130 129 128.5 130.5 131
C Boom Cylinder Rod 130 129 128.5 130.5 131
D Arm Cylinder Head 140 139 138.5 140.5 141
E Boom Front 145 144 143.5 145.5 146
F Arm Cylinder Rod 140 139 138.5 140.5 141 Replace
G Bucket Cylinder Head 120 119 118.5 120.5 121
H Arm Link 120 119 118.5 120.5 121
I Bucket and Arm Link 130 129 128.5 130.5 131
J Bucket Cylinder Rod 120 119 118.5 120.5 121
K Bucket Link 130 129 128.5 130.5 131

7-37
SECTION 8 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

Group 1 Precaution -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-1


Group 2 Tightening Torque --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-4
Group 3 Pump Device ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-7
Group 4 Main Control Valve ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-31
Group 5 Swing Device ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-44
Group 6 Travel Device ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-65
Group 7 RCV Lever -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-113
Group 8 Turning Joint ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 8-127
Group 9 Boom, Arm and Bucket Cylinder -------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-132
Group 10 Undercarriage --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-149
Group 11 Work Equipment ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 8-161
SECTION 8 DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
GROUP 1 PRECAUTIONS

1. REMOVAL WORK
1) Lower the work equipment completely to the ground.
If the coolant contains antifreeze, dispose of it correctly.
2) After disconnecting hoses or tubes, cover them or fit blind plugs to prevent dirt or dust from entering.
3) When draining oil, prepare a container of adequate size to catch the oil.
4) Confirm the match marks showing the installation position, and make match marks in the
necessary places before removal to prevent any mistake when assembling.
5) To prevent any excessive force from being applied to the wiring, always hold the connectors when
disconnecting the connectors.
6) Fit wires and hoses with tags to show their installation position to prevent any mistake when
installing.
7) Check the number and thickness of the shims, and keep in a safe place.
8) When raising components, be sure to use lifting equipment of ample strength.
9) When using forcing screws to remove any components, tighten the forcing screws alternately.
10) Before removing any unit, clean the surrounding area and fit a cover to prevent any dust or dirt
from entering after removal.
11) When removing hydraulic equipment, first release the remaining pressure inside the hydraulic tank
and the hydraulic piping.
12) If the part is not under hydraulic pressure, the following corks can be used.

Nominal Dimensions
number D d L
06 6 5 8
08 8 6.5 11
10 10 8.5 12
12 12 10 15
14 14 11.5 18 Taper 1/8
ØD Ød
16 16 13.5 20
18 18 15 22
20 20 17 25
L
22 22 18.5 28
24 24 20 30
27 27 22.5 34

8-1
2. INSTALL WORK
1) Tighten all bolts and nuts (Sleeve nuts) to the specified torque.
2) Install the hoses without twisting or interference.
3) Replace all gaskets, O-rings, cotter pins, and lock plates with new parts.
4) Bend the cotter pin or lock plate securely.
5) When coating with adhesive, clean the part and remove all oil and grease, then coat the threaded
portion with 2-3 drops of adhesive.
6) When coating with gasket sealant, clean the surface and remove all oil and grease, check that
there is no dirt or damage, then coat uniformly with gasket sealant.
7) Clean all parts, and correct any damage, dents, burrs, or rust.
8) Coat rotating parts and sliding parts with engine oil.
9) When press fitting parts, coat the surface with antifriction compound (LM-P).
10) After installing snap rings, check that the snap ring is fitted securely in the ring groove (Check that
the snap ring moves in the direction of rotation).
11) When connecting wiring connectors, clean the connector to remove all oil, dirt, or water, then
connect securely.
12) When using eyebolts, check that there is no deformation or deterioration, and screw them in fully.
13) When tightening split flanges, tighten uniformly in turn to prevent excessive tightening on one side.
14) When operating the hydraulic cylinders for the first time after repairing and reassembling the
hydraulic cylinders, pumps, or other hydraulic equipment or piping, always bleed the air from the
hydraulic cylinders as follows:
(1) Start the engine and run at low idling.
(2) Operate the control lever and actuate the hydraulic cylinder 4-5 times, stopping 100 mm before the
end of the stroke.
(3) Next, operate the piston rod to the end of its stroke to relieve the circuit. (The air bleed valve is
actuated to bleed the air.)
(4) After completing this operation, raise the engine speed to the normal operating condition.
※ If the hydraulic cylinder has been replaced, carry out this procedure before assembling the rod to
※ the work equipment.
Carry out the same operation on machines that have been in storage for a long time after
completion of repairs.

8-2
3. COMPLETING WORK
1) If the coolant has been drained, tighten the drain valve, and add water to the specified level. Run
the engine to circulate the water through the system. Then check the water level again.
2) If the hydraulic equipment has been removed and installed again, add engine oil to the specified
level. Run the engine to circulate the oil through the system. Then check the oil level again.
3) If the piping or hydraulic equipment, such as hydraulic cylinders, pumps, or motors, have been
removed for repair, always bleed the air from the system after reassembling the parts.
4) Add the specified amount of grease(Molybdenum disulphied grease) to the work equipment related
parts.

8-3
GROUP 2 TIGHTENING TORQUE

1. MAJOR COMPONENTS
Torque
No. Descriptions Bolt size
kgf·m lbf·ft
1 Engine mounting bolt, nut M24 × 3.0 88.2±8.8 638±63.7
2 Radiator mounting bolt M20 × 2.5 57.9±8.7 419±62.9
Engine
3 Coupling mounting socket bolt M24 × 3.0 89.2±2.5 645±18.1
4 Main pump housing mounting bolt M 8 × 1.25 13.4±1.3 97±9.4
5 Main pump mounting bolt M24 × 3.0 80±8.0 579±57.9
6 Main control valve mounting nut M20 × 2.5 45±4.5 326±32.5
Hydraulic
7 Fuel tank mounting bolt M20 × 2.5 58±6.0 420±43.4
system
8 Hydraulic oil tank mounting bolt M20 × 2.5 58±6.0 420±43.4
9 Turning joint mounting bolt, nut M16 × 2.0 29.7±4.5 215±32.5
10 Swing motor mounting bolt M24 × 3.0 100±15 723±109
11 Swing bearing upper part mounting bolt M30 × 3.0 175±20 1266±145
Power
12 train Swing bearing lower part mounting bolt M30 × 3.0 175±20 1266±145
system
13 Travel motor mounting bolt M30 × 3.0 100±8.0 723±57.9
14 Sprocket mounting bolt M30 × 3.5 200±15 1447±109
15 Carrier roller mounting bolt, nut M20 × 2.5 57.9±8.7 419±62.9
16 Track roller mounting bolt M27 × 3.0 135±15 977±109
Under
17 Track tension body mounting bolt M20 × 2.5 57.9±6.0 419±43.4
carriage
18 Track shoe mounting bolt, nut 1 1/8"-12UNF 196.2±15.9 1419±115
18 Track guard mounting bolt M27 × 3.0 135±15 977±109
19 Counter weight mounting bolt M42 × 3.0 390±40 2821±289
20 Center frame support & lower track mounting bolt M36 × 3.0 280±30 2025±217
Others
21 Cab mounting bolt M12 × 1.75 12.8±3.0 92.6±21.7
22 Operator's seat mounting bolt M 8 × 1.25 4.05±0.8 29.3±5.8
※ For tightening torque of engine and hydraulic components, see each component disassembly and
assembly.

8-4
2. TORQUE CHART
Use following table for unspecified torque.
1) BOLT AND NUT - Coarse thread
8T 10T
Bolt size
kg·m lb·ft kg·m lb·ft
M 6×1.0 0.85 ~ 1.25 6.15 ~ 9.04 1.14 ~ 1.74 8.2 ~ 12.6
M 8×1.25 2.0 ~ 3.0 14.5 ~ 21.7 2.7 ~ 4.1 19.5 ~ 29.7
M10×1.5 4.0 ~ 6.0 28.9 ~ 43.4 5.5 ~ 8.3 39.8 ~ 60
M12×1.75 7.4 ~ 11.2 53.5 ~ 81.0 9.8 ~ 15.8 70.9 ~ 114
M14×2.0 12.2 ~ 16.6 88.2 ~ 120 16.7 ~ 22.5 121 ~ 163
M16×2.0 18.6 ~ 25.2 135 ~ 182 25.2 ~ 34.2 182 ~ 247
M18×2.5 25.8 ~ 35.0 187 ~ 253 35.1 ~ 47.5 254 ~ 344
M20×2.5 36.2 ~ 49.0 262 ~ 354 49.2 ~ 66.6 356 ~ 482
M22×2.5 48.3 ~ 63.3 349 ~ 458 65.8 ~ 98.0 476 ~ 709
M24×3.0 62.5 ~ 84.5 452 ~ 611 85.0 ~ 115 615 ~ 832
M30×3.0 124 ~ 168 898 ~ 1214 169 ~ 229 1223 ~ 1656
M36×4.0 174 ~ 236 1261 ~ 1704 250 ~ 310 1808 ~ 2242

(2) Fine thread


8T 10T
Bolt size
kg·m lb·ft kg·m lb·ft
M 8×1.0 2.2 ~ 3.4 15.9 ~ 24.6 3.0 ~ 4.4 21.7 ~ 31.8
M10×1.2 4.5 ~ 6.7 32.5 ~ 48.5 5.9 ~ 8.9 42.7 ~ 64.4
M12×1.25 7.8 ~ 11.6 56.4 ~ 83.9 10.6 ~ 16.0 76.7 ~ 116
M14×1.5 13.3 ~ 18.1 96.2 ~ 131 17.9 ~ 24.1 130 ~ 174
M16×1.5 19.9 ~ 26.9 144 ~ 195 26.6 ~ 36.0 192 ~ 260
M18×1.5 28.6 ~ 43.6 207 ~ 315 38.4 ~ 52.0 278 ~ 376
M20×1.5 40.0 ~ 54.0 289 ~ 391 53.4 ~ 72.2 386 ~ 522
M22×1.5 52.7 ~ 71.3 381 ~ 516 70.7 ~ 95.7 511 ~ 692
M24×2.0 67.9 ~ 91.9 491 ~ 665 90.9 ~ 123 658 ~ 890
M30×2.0 137 ~ 185 990 ~ 1339 182 ~ 248 1314 ~ 1796
M36×3.0 192 ~ 260 1390 ~ 1880 262 ~ 354 1894 ~ 2562

8-5
2) PIPE AND HOSE (FLARE type)
Thread size (PF) Width across flat (mm) kgf·m lbf·ft

1/4" 19 4 28.9
3/8" 22 5 36.2
1/2" 27 9.5 68.7
3/4" 36 18 130
1" 41 21 152
1-1/4" 50 35 253

3) PIPE AND HOSE (ORFS type)


Thread size (UNF) Width across flat (mm) kgf·m lbf·ft

9/16-18 19 4 28.9
11/16-16 22 5 36.2
13/16-16 27 9.5 68.7
1-3/16-12 36 18 130
1-7/16-12 41 21 152
1-11/16-12 50 35 253

4) FITTING

Thread size Width across flat (mm) kgf·m lbf·ft

1/4" 19 4 28.9
3/8" 22 5 36.2
1/2" 27 9.5 68.7
3/4" 36 18 130
1" 41 21 152
1-1/4" 50 35 253

8-6
GROUP 3 PUMP DEVICE

1. REMOVAL AND INSTALL


1) REMOVAL
(1) Lower the work equipment to the ground
and stop the engine.
(2) Loosen the breather slowly to release the
pressure inside the hydraulic tank.
Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious
13031GE18
injury.
(3) Loosen the drain plug under the hydraulic
tank and drain the oil from the hydraulic
tank.
1
·Hydraulic tank quantity : 450ℓ A2
A1
2
(4) Remove socket bolts(5) and disconnect
B1
hose (1,2). 5

(5) Disconnect pilot line hoses (6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 5


4
11, 12, 13, 14).
3
(6) Remove bolts (4) and disconnect pump 80098MP01

suction tube (3).


※ When pump suction tube is disconnected,
the oil inside the piping will flow out, so
catch it in oil pan.
(7) Sling the pump assembly and remove the 10 9
8
pump mounting bolts. 14
·Weight : 300 kg (660 lb)
※ Pull out the pump assembly from housing. 11

When removing the pump assembly, 7


check that all the hoses have been 13
12
disconnected. 6

80098MP02

8-7
2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal
(2) Remove the suction strainer and clean it.
(3) Replace the return filter with a new one.
(4) Remove breather and clean it.
(5) After adding oil to the hydraulic tank to the
specified level.
(6) Bleed the air from the hydraulic pump.
① Remove the air vent plug (2EA)
② Tighten plug lightly
③ Start the engine, run at low idling, and
check oil come out from plug.
④ Tighten plug.

(7) Start the engine, run at low idling (3~5


minutes) to circulate the oil through the
system.
(8) Confirmed the hydraulic oil level and
check the hydraulic oil leaks or not.

8-8
2. MAIN PUMP (1/2)
1) STRUCTURE
466
789 732 532 214 548 531 724 702 792 534 954 725 901 718 706 114 717 151 152 416 407
535 490
808
953
887
717
406
261 Gear pump

111

774
824 B
113
127
123 263
710 B 468
728
251
401
253 497 212 211 153 156 157 313 956 124 311 887 130 415 312 885 314 012 271 981 253 402
983

491 492
Section B - B 80092MP07

012 Cylinder block 311 Valve cover (F) 702 O-ring


111 Drive shaft (F) 312 Valve cover (R) 706 O-ring
113 Driven shaft (R) 313 Valve plate (R) 710 O-ring
114 Coupling 314 Valve plate (L) 717 O-ring
123 Roller bearing 401 Hexagon socket bolt 718 O-ring
124 Needle bearing 402 Hexagon socket bolt 724 O-ring
127 Spacer 406 Hexagon socket bolt 725 O-ring
130 Booster 407 Hexagon socket bolt 728 O-ring
151 Piston 415 Hexagon socket bolt 732 O-ring
152 Shoe 416 Hexagon socket bolt 774 Oil seal
153 Plate 466 VP Plug 789 Back up ring
156 Bushing 468 VP Plug 792 Back up ring
157 Cylinder spring 490 VP Plug 808 Hexagon head nut
211 Shoe plate 491 Restorictor 824 Snap ring
212 Swash plate 492 VP Plug 885 Pin
214 Bushing 497 VP Plug 887 Spring pin
251 Support plate 531 Tilting pin 901 Eye bolt
253 Washer 532 Servo piston 953 Set screw
261 Seal cover (F) 534 Stopper (L) 954 Set screw
263 Seal cover (R) 535 Stopper (S) 956 Set screw
271 Pump casing 548 Feed back pin

8-9
2) TOOLS AND TIGHTENING TORQUE
(1) Tools
The tools necessary to disassemble/reassemble the pump are shown in the follow list.

Tool name & size Part name

Allen wrench Hexagon socket PT plug PO plug Hexagon socket


B
head bolt (PT thread) (PF thread) head setscrew
4 M 5 BP-1/16 - M 8
5 M 6 BP1/ 8 - M10
B 6 M 8 BP-1/ 4 PO-1/4 M12, M14
8 M10 BP-3/ 8 PO-3/8 M16, M18
17 M20, M22 BP-1 PO-1, 1 1/4, 1 1/2 -

Double ring spanner, VP plug


- Hexagon head bolt Hexagon head bolt
socket wrench, double (PF thread)
(Single) open end spanner 19 M12 M12 VP-1/4
24 M16 M16 -
B
27 M18 M18 VP-1/2
30 M20 M20 -
36 - - VP-3/4
Adjustable angle wrench Medium size, 1 set
Screw driver Minus type screw driver, Medium size, 2 sets
Hammer Plastic hammer, 1 set
Pliers For snap ring, TSR-160
Steel bar Steel bar of key material approx. 10×8×200
Torque wrench Capable of tightening with the specified torques

8-10
(2) Tightening torque

Torque Wrench size


Part name Bolt size
kgf·m lbf·ft in mm
Hexagon socket head M 5 0.7 5.1 0.16 4
bolt
(Material : SCM435) M 6 1.2 8.7 0.20 5
M 8 3.0 21.7 0.24 6
M10 5.8 42.0 0.31 8
M12 10.0 72.3 0.39 10
M14 16.0 115.7 0.47 12
M16 24.0 173.6 0.55 14
M18 34.0 245.9 0.55 14
M20 44.0 318.3 0.67 17
M22 64.0 462.9 0.67 17
PT plug PT 1/16 0.7 5.1 0.16 4
(Material : S45C)
※ Wind a seal tape 1 PT 1/ 8 1.05 7.59 0.20 5
1/2 to 2 turns round PT 1/ 4 1.75 12.66 0.24 6
the plug
PT 3/ 8 3.5 25.3 0.31 8
PT 1/ 2 5.0 36.2 0.39 10
PF plug PF 1/ 4 3.0 21.7 0.24 6
(Material : S45C)
PF 1/ 2 10.0 72.3 0.39 10
PF 3/ 4 15.0 108.5 0.55 14
PF 1 19.0 137.4 0.67 17
PF 1 1/4 27.0 195.3 0.67 17
PF 1 1/2 28.0 202.5 0.67 17

8-11
3) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Select place suitable to disassembling.
※ Select clean place.
※ Spread rubber sheet, cloth or so on on
overhaul workbench top to prevent parts
from being damaged.
(2) Remove dust, rust, etc, from pump
surfaces with cleaning oil or so on.
(3) Remove drain port plug (468) and let oil
out of pump casing (Front and rear
pump).

(4) Remove hexagon socket head bolts (412,


413) and remove regulator.

36078MP02

(5) Loosen hexagon socket head bolts (401)


which tighten swash plate support (251),
pump casing (271) and valve cover (F,
311).
※ If gear pump and so on are fitted to rear
face of pump, remove them before
starting this work.

(6) Loosen hexagon socket head bolts (402)


which tighten swash plate support (251),
pump casing (271) and valve cover (R,
312).

8-12
(7) Place pump horizontally on workbench
with its regulator-fitting surface down, and
separate pump casing (271) from valve
cover (F, 311).
※ Before bringing this surface down, spread
rubber sheet on workbench without fail to
prevent this surface from being damaged.

36078MP03

(8) Separate valve cover (F, 311) from valve


cover (R, 312) and pull out booster (130),
spline coupling (114).

(9) Separate valve cover (R, 312) from pump


casing and then pull out the cylinder block
(012) of pump casing (271) straightly over
drive shaft (R, 113). Pull out also pistons
(151), set plate (153), spherical bush(156)
and cylinder springs (157) simultaneously.
Take care not to damage sliding surfaces
※ of cylinder, spherical bushing, shoes,
swash plate, etc. 36078MP04

(10) Remove hexagon socket head bolts (406)


and then seal cover (F, 261).
※ Fit bolt into pulling-out tapped hole of seal
cover (F), and cover can be removed
easily.
※ Since oil seal is fitted on seal cover (F),
take care not to damage it when removing
cover.

36078MP05

8-13
(11) Tapping lightly fitting flange section of
swash plate support (251) on its pump
casing side, separate swash plate support
from pump casing.

36078MP06

(12) Remove shoe plate (211) and swash plate


(212) from pump casing (271).

36078MP07

(13) Tapping lightly shaft ends of drive shafts


(111, 113) with plastic hammer, take out
drive shafts from swash plate supports.

36078MP08

8-14
(14) Remove valve plates (313, 314) from
valve cover (311, 312).
※ These may be removed in work 7, 9.

36078MP09

(15) If necessary, remove stopper (L, 534),


stopper (S, 535), servo piston (532) and
tilting pin (531) from pump casing (271),
and needle bearing (124) from valve
cover (311, 312).
※ In removing tilting pin, use a protector to
prevent pin head from being damaged.
※ Since loctite is applied to fitting areas of
tilting pin and servo piston, take care not
to damage servo piston.
※ Do not remove needle bearing as far as
possible, except when it is considered to
be out of its life span.
※ Do not loosen hexagon nuts of valve
cover and swash plate support.
If loosened, flow setting will be changed.

(16) This is the end of disassembling procedures.

8-15
4) ASSEMBLY
(1) For reassembling reverse the disassem-
bling procedures, paying attention to the
following items.
① Do not fail to repair the parts damaged
during disassembling, and prepare
replacement parts in advance.
② Clean each part fully with cleaning oil
and dry it with compressed air.
③ Do not fail to apply clean working oil to
sliding sections, bearings, etc. before
assembling them.
④ In principle, replace seal parts, such as
O-rings, oil seals, etc.
⑤ For fitting bolts, plug, etc., prepare a
torque wrench or so on, and tighten them
with torques shown in page 8-11, 12.
⑥ For the double-pump, take care not to
mix up parts of the front pump with those
of the rear pump.

(2) Fit swash plate support (251) to pump


casing (271), tapping the former lightly
with a hammer.
※ After servo piston, tilting pin, stopper (L)
and stopper (S) are removed, fit them
soon to pump casing in advance for
reassembling.
※ In tightening servo piston and tilting pin,
use a protector to prevent tilting pin head
36078MP10
and feedback pin from being damaged.
In addition, apply loctite (Medium
strength) to their threaded sections.

8-16
(3) Place pump casing with its regulator fitting
surface down, fit tilting bush of swash
plate to tilting pin (531) and fit swash plate
(212) to swash plate support (251)
correctly.
※ Confirm with fingers of both hands that
swash plate can be removed smoothly.
※ Apply grease to sliding sections of swash
plate and swash plate support, and drive
36078MP11
shaft can be fitted easily.

To (4) swash plate support (251), fit drive shaft


(111) set with bearing (123), bearing
spacer (127) and snap ring (824).
※ Do not tap drive shaft with hammer or so
on.
※ Assemble them into support, tapping
outer race of bearing lightly with plastic
hammer.
Fit them fully, using steel bar or so on.
36078MP12

(5) Assemble seal cover (F, 261) to pump


casing (271) and fix it with hexagon
socket head bolts (406).
※ Apply grease lightly to oil seal in seal
cover (F).
※ Assemble oil seal, taking full care not to
damage it.
※ For tandem type pump, fit rear cover
(263) and seal cover (262) similarly.
36078MP13

(6) Assemble piston cylinder subassembly


〔c y l i n d e r bl o ck ( 0 1 2 ) , p i s t o n
subassembly (151, 152), set plate (153),
spherical bushing (156) and cylinder
spring (157)〕.
Fit spline phases of retainer and cylinder.
Then, insert piston cylinder subassembly
into pump casing (271).

36078MP14

8-17
(7) Fit valve plate (313) to valve cover (F,
311), and fit valve plate (314) to valve
cover (R, 312), entering pin into pin hole.
※ Take care not to mistake suction / delivery
directions of valve plate.

36078MP15

(8) Fit valve block (R, 312) to pump casing


(271) and fit spline coupling (114) and
booster (130) to shaft (R, 113).
※ Take care not to mistake direction of valve
cover.
Fit valve cover with regulator up and with
delivery flange left, viewed from front side.
※ Take care not to mistake direction of
booster (130).
36078MP16
(Refer to the sectional drawing)

(9) Fit valve cover (F, 311) to valve cover (R)


and tighten hexagon socket head bolts
(402).

(10) Fit pump casing (271) with shaft (F, 111)


to valve cover (F, 311) and tighten
hexagon socket head bolts (401).
※ Mate spline phases of shaft (F) and spline
coupling, with shaft (F) been rotating.

36078MP18

8-18
(11) Putting feedback pin of tilting pin into
feedback lever of regulator, fit regulator
and tighten hexagon socket head bolts
(412,413).
※ Take care not to mistake regulator of front
pump for that of rear pump.

36078MP17

(12) Fit drain port plug (468).


This is the end of reassembling procedures.

8-19
5) REGULATOR (1/2)

80092RG01

Port Port name Port size


Pi Pilot port PF 1/4 - 15
Psv Servo assist port PF 1/4 - 15
P2 Companion delivery pressure -
Pf Powershift pressure -

8-20
REGULATOR (2/2)
734 653 654 836 651 652 601 624 629 630 628
655

641 802

814

898

631 627
732
753
733

622

621 623 625 626 887 763 756


SECTION A-A 8007A2RG02

408 Hexagon socket screw 627 Adjust stem(C) 725 O-ring


412 Hexagon socket screw 628 Adjust screw(C) 728 O-ring
413 Hexagon socket screw 629 Cover(C) 730 O-ring
436 Hexagon socket screw 630 Lock nut 732 O-ring
438 Hexagon socket screw 631 Sleeve, pf 733 O-ring
439 Hexagon socket screw 641 Pilot cover 734 O-ring
466 Plug 643 Pilot piston 735 O-ring
496 Plug 644 Spring seat(Q) 753 O-ring
541 Seat 645 Adjust stem(Q) 755 O-ring
543 Stopper 1 646 Pilot spring 756 O-ring
545 Steel ball 647 Stopper 763 O-ring
601 Casing 648 Piston(QMC) 801 Nut
611 Feed back lever 651 Sleeve 802 Nut
612 Lever(1) 652 Spool(A) 814 Snap ring
613 Lever(2) 653 Spring seat 836 Snap ring
614 Center plug 654 Return spring 874 Spring pin
615 Adjust plug 655 Set spring 875 Pin
621 Compensator piston 696 Port cover 876 Pin
622 Piston case 697 Check valve plate 887 Pin
623 Compensator rod 698 Cover 897 Pin
624 Spring seat(C) 708 O-ring 898 Pin
625 Outer spring 722 O-ring 924 Set screw
626 Inner spring 724 O-ring

8-21
6) TOOLS AND TIGHTENING TORQUE
(1) Tools
The tools necessary to disassemble/reassemble the pump are shown in the follow list.

Tool name & size Part name


Hexagon
Hexagon socket PT plug PO plug
Name B socket
head bolt (PT thread) (PF thread)
head setscrew
Allen wrench 4 M 5 BP-1/16 - M 8

B 5 M 6 BP-1/8 - M10
6 M 8 BP-1/4 PO-1/4 M12, M14
Double ring spanner, Hexagon head VP plug
Hexagon nut
socket wrench, double bolt (PF thread)
(Single) open end -
spanner
B
6 M 8 M 8 -
Adjustable angle wrench Small size, Max 36mm
Screw driver Minus type screw driver, Medium size, 2 sets
Hammer Plastic hammer, 1 set
Pliers For snap ring, TSR-160
Steel bar 4×100 mm
Torque wrench Capable of tightening with the specified torques
Pincers -
Bolt M4, Length : 50 mm

8-22
(2) Tightening torque

Torque Wrench size


Part name Bolt size
kgf·m lbf·ft in mm
Hexagon socket head bolt M 5 0.7 5.1 0.16 4
(Material : SCM435) M 6 1.2 8.7 0.20 5
M 8 3.0 21.7 0.24 6
M10 5.8 42.0 0.31 8
M12 10.0 72.3 0.39 10
M14 16.0 116 0.47 12
M16 24.0 174 0.55 14
M18 34.0 246 0.55 14
M20 44.0 318 0.67 17
PT Plug (Material : S45C) PT1/16 0.7 5.1 0.16 4
※Wind a seal tape 1 1/2 PT 1/8 1.05 7.59 0.20 5
to 2 turns round the
PT 1/4 1.75 12.7 0.24 6
plug
PT 3/8 3.5 25.3 0.31 8
PT 1/2 5.0 36.2 0.39 10
PF Plug (Material : S35C) PF 1/4 3.0 21.7 0.24 6
PF 1/2 10.0 72.3 0.39 10
PF 3/4 15.0 109 0.55 14
PF 1 19.0 137 0.67 17
PF 1 1/4 27.0 195 0.67 17
PF 1 1/2 28.0 203 0.67 17

8-23
3) DISASSEMBLY
Since the regulator consists of small
precision finished parts, disassembly and
assembly are rather complicated.
For this reason, replacement of a regulator
assembly is recommended, unless there is
a special reason, but in case disassembly
is necessary for an unavoidable reason,
read through this manual to the end before
starting disassembly.
(1) Choose a place for disassembly.
※ Choose a clean place.
※ Spread rubber sheet, cloth, or so on on
top of work-bench to prevent parts from
being damaged.
(2) Remove dust, rust, etc. from surfaces of
regulator with clean oil.

(3) Remove hexagon socket head screw


(412, 413) and remove regulator main
body from pump main body.
※ Take care not to lose O-ring.

REG01 (210-7)

(4) Remove hexagon socket head screw


(438) and remove cover (C,629)
※ Cover (C) is fitted with adjusting screw
(C,QI) (628, 925), adjusting ring (C, 627),
lock nut (630), hexagon nut (801) and
adjusting screw (924).
Do not loosen these screws and nuts.
If they are loosened, adjusted pressure-
flow setting will vary.
REG02 (210-7)

8-24
(5) After removing cover(C, 629) subassemb-
ly, take out outer spring (625), inner spring
(626) and spring seat (C, 624) from
compensating section.
Then draw out adjusting ring (Q, 645),
pilot spring (646) and spring seat (644)
from pilot section.
※ Adjusting ring (Q,645) can easily be
drawn out with M4 bolt.
REG03 (210-7)

(6) Remove hexagon socket head screws


(436, 438) and remove pilot cover (641).
After removing pilot cover, take out set
spring (655) from pilot section.

REG04 (210-7)

(7) Remove snap ring (814) and take out


spring seat (653), return spring (654) and
sleeve (651).
※ Sleeve (651) is fitted with snap ring (836).
※ When removing snap ring (814), return
spring (654) may pop out.
Take care not to lose it.

REG05 (210-7)

(8) Remove locking ring (858) and take out


fulcrum plug (614) and adjusting plug
(615).
※ Fulcrum plug (614) and adjusting plug
(615) can easily be taken out with M6 bolt.

REG06 (210-7)

8-25
REG07 (210-7)

(9) Remove lever (2, 613). Do not draw out


pin (875).
※ Work will be promoted by using pincers or
so on.

REG08 (210-7)

(10) Draw out pin (874) and remove feedback


lever (611).
Push out pin (874, 4 mm in dia.) from
above with slender steel bar so that it may
not interfere with lever (1, 612).

REG09 (210-7)

REG10 (210-7)

8-26
(11) Remove lever(1, 612). Do not draw out
pin (875).
(12) Draw out pilot piston(643) and spool(652).
(13) Draw out piston case(622), compensating
piston(621) and compensating rod(623).
※ Piston case(622) can be taken out by
pushing compensating rod(623) at
opposite side of piston case.

This completes disassembly.

8-27
4) ASSEMBLY
(1) For assembly, reverse disassembly
procedures, but pay attention to the
following items.
① Always repair parts that were scored at
disassembly.
② Get replacement parts ready before-
hand.
Mixing of foreign matter will cause
malfunction.
Therefore, wash parts well with cleaning
oil, let them dry with jet air and handle
them in clean place.
③ Always tighten bolts, plugs, etc. to their
specified torques.
④ Do not fail to coat sliding surfaces with
clean hydraulic oil before assembly.
⑤ Replace seals such as O-ring with new
ones as a rule.

(2) Put compensating rod (623) into compen-


sating hole of casing (601).
(3) Put pin force-fitted in lever (1, 612) into
groove of compensating rod and fit lever
(1) to pin force-fitted in casing.

(4) Fit spool (652) and sleeve (651) into hole


in spool of casing.
※ Confirm that spool and sleeve slide
smoothly in casing without binding.
※ Pay attention to orientation of spool.

Spool

Feedback lever
8-27 (210-7)

8-28
(5) Fit feedback lever (611), matching its pin
hole with pin hole in spool.
Then insert pin (874).
※ Insert pin in feedback lever a little to ease
Lever (1) side Lever (2) side
operation.
(Fulcrum plug of
※ Take care not to mistake direction of
adjusting plug side)
feedback lever.

8-28 (210-7)

(6) Put pilot piston (643) into pilot hole of


casing.
※ Confirm that pilot piston slides smoothly
without binding.
(7) Put pin force-fitted in lever (2, 613) into
groove of pilot piston.
Then fix lever (2).

REG11 (210-7)

(8) Fit fulcrum plug (614) so that pin force-


fitted in fulcrum plug (614) can be put into
pin hole of lever (2).
Then fix locking ring (858).
(9) Insert adjusting plug (615) and fit locking
ring.
※ Take care not to mistake inserting holes
for fulcrum plug and adjusting plug.
At this point in time move feedback lever
to confirm that it has no large play and is
free from binding. REG12 (210-7)

(10) Fit return spring (654) and spring seat


(653) into spool hole and attach snap ring
(814).

REG13 (210-7)

8-29
(11) Fit set spring (655) to spool hole and put
compensating piston (621) and piston
case (622) into compensating hole.
Fit pilot cover (641) and tighten it with
hexagonal socket head screws (436, 438).

REG14 (210-7)

(12) Put spring seat (644), pilot spring (646)


and adjusting ring (Q, 645) into pilot hole.
Then fix spring seat (624), inner spring
(626) and outer spring (625) into compen-
sating hole.
※ When fitting spring seat, take care not to
mistake direction of spring seat.

REG15 (210-7)

(13) Install cover (C, 629) fitted with adjusting


screws (628, 925), adjusting ring (C, 627),
lock nut (630), hexagon nut (801) and
adjusting screw (924).
Then tighten them with hexagonal socket
head screws (438).

This completes assembly. REG16 (210-7)

8-30
GROUP 4 MAIN CONTROL VALVE

1. REMOVAL AND INSTALL


1) REMOVAL
(1) Lower the work equipment to the ground
and stop the engine.
(2) Operate the control levers and pedals
several times to release the remaining
pressure in the hydraulic piping.
(3) Loosen the breather slowly to release the 13031GE18

pressure inside the hydraulic tank.


Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious
injury.
※ When pipes and hoses are disconnected,
the oil inside the piping will flow out, so
catch it in oil pan.
(4) Remove the wirings for the pressure
sensor and so on.
(5) Remove bolts and disconnect pipe.
80098MC01

(6) Disconnect pilot line hoses.


(7) Disconnect pilot piping.
(8) Sling the control valve assembly and
remove the control valve mounting bolt.
·Weight : 420 kg (930 lb)
(9) Remove the control valve assembly.
When removing the control valve
assembly, check that all the piping have
been disconnected.
2) INSTALL 80098MC02

(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order


to removal.
(2) Bleed the air from below items.
① Cylinder (boom, arm, bucket)
② Swing motor
③ Travel motor
※ See each item removal and install.
(3) Confirm the hydraulic oil level and
recheck the hydraulic oil leak or not.
80098MC03

8-31
2. STRUCTURE (1/3)
53
47 49
38 67
49 49
49 57 27
37A 42
43
41
40
62

A
49
37B 59
67 VIEW-A
48 50 60
38 46 37B
61
37A
49
48
61
37B 59
49
27
28
60 50

61
CASING B(4070) 58A
50
61 48

37B 39

58B
20
49
25
24 50
23
21 47
22
CASING A(4060)
49

49

22
21
23
24
25
80098MC04

20 Spool assy 38 Negacon valve assy 53 Socket head bolt


21 Spring seat 39 Plug assy 57 Poppet
22 Spool assy 40 Poppet 58A Service relief valve
23 Spring 41 Spring 58B Service relief valve
24 O-ring 42 Plug 59 O-ring
25 Plug 43 O-ring 60 O-ring
27 Spring 46 Plug assy 61 O-ring
28 Poppet 47 Plug assy 63 Plug
37A Overload valve 48 Plug assy 67 Socket head bolt
37B Overload valve 49 Plug assy
37C Overload valve 50 Plug assy

8-32
STRUCTURE (2/3)

51
51
35
33
36 60
31 M-
1
AR

IC
E 12A
RV
SE

-2
OM
BO

G
IN
SW

EL
AV
TR
1

8
9
10
11
14 6
13A 52
51 14 44
19
18
17 66
16 64
15
68
29
31
33
32
65

33

66
64 30 34
31 68 31
60 33
35
51 32
56

80098MC05

1 Housing 17 Spacer 44 Flange


6 Spool assy-Travel 18 O-ring 51 Socket head bolt
8 Spool assy-Arm 1 19 Back up ring 52 Socket head bolt
9 Spool assy-Service 29 Poppet 56 Socket head bolt
10 Spool assy-Boom 2 30 Poppet 60 O-ring
11 Spool assy-Swing 31 Spring 64 Flange
12A Cap 32 Flange 65 Socket head bolt
13A Flange 33 O-ring 66 O-ring
14 O-ring 34 Swing priority assy 68 Socket head bolt
15 Poppet 35 H/D valve assy
16 Spring 36 M/R valve assy

8-33
STRUCTURE (3/3)

51

2
M-
AR
51
ET
CK 12A
35 BU
33
60 M-
1
31 BO
O

65 EL
AV
TR
32
HT
IG EL
33 2 RA AV
ST TR
12B
31
29
3
4
5
6
7
14 52
13A 14 44
19
18
17
16
15

51
49
13A 27
26

13B

26
27
49

80098MC06

2 Housing 14 O-ring 32 Flange


3 Spool assy-Arm 2 15 Poppet 33 O-ring
4 Spool assy-Bucket 16 Spring 35 H/D valve assy
5 Spool assy-Boom 1 17 Spacer 44 Flange
6 Spool assy-Travel 18 O-ring 49 Plug assy
7 Spool assy-Travel straight 19 Back up ring 51 Socket head bolt
12A Spool cap-A 26 Poppet 52 Bolt
12B Spool cap-B 27 Spring 60 O-ring
13A Spool flange-A 29 Poppet 65 Socket head bolt
13B Spool flange-B 31 Spring

8-34
3. TIGHTENING TORQUE (1/2)

※ Unit : kgf·m (lbf·ft)

28.8±1.44
(208±10.4)

ps2

pa10

pa11

ps1

DR3

18.5±0.92
12.7±0.63 (134±6.7)
(91.9±4.6)

8.8±0.44
(63.7±3.2)
T1

DR1
pb5 pa5
B5 A5

pb4 pa4
B4 A4

A pb3 pa3
B3 A3
8.7±0.43
pb2 pa2
(62.9±3.1) B2 A2
PA
pb1 pp pa1
PT
B1 A1
pr1

P1

48098MC01

8-35
TIGHTENING TORQUE (2/2)

※ Unit : kgf·m (lbf·ft)

18.5±0.92
(134±6.7)
12.7±0.63
(91.9±4.6)
T4 T3
8.8±0.44
(63.7±3.2)
pc1
18.5±0.92
12.7±0.63 pb9 pb5 (134±6.7)
(91.9±4.6)
pb8 pb4
9.8±0.49
(70.9±3.5)
pb7 pb3

pb6 pb2

pb1

VIEW A

5.3±0.26 41.2±0.41
12.7±0.63 8.7±0.43
(38.3±1.9) (298±3.0)
(91.9±4.6) (62.9±3.1)

8.76±0.43 8.8±0.44
12.7±0.63 (62.7±3.1) (63.7±3.2)
(91.9±4.6)
12.7±0.63
T2
18.5±0.92 (91.9±4.6)
(134±6.7) pa9 8.7±0.43
pa5 pa9 A9 B9 (62.9±3.1)
8.8±0.44
8.8±0.44 pa8
(63.7±3.2) pa4 pa8 12.7±0.63
(63.7±3.2) A8 B8
(91.9±4.6)
9.8±0.49 pa7
(70.9±3.5) pa3 pa7 A7 B7

pa6
pa2 pa6 A6 B6
10.4±0.52
(75.2±3.8)
8.7±0.43
(62.9±3.1) PP pa1 P3
P2 8.7±0.43
8.8±0.44 (62.9±3.1)
(63.7±3.2)
8.8±0.44
18.5±0.92 (63.7±3.2) 41.2±0.41
(134±6.7) (298±3.0)

48098MC02

8-36
4. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
1) GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
(1) All hydraulic components are manufactured to a high precision. Consequently, before
disassembling and assembling them, it is essential to select an especially clean place.
(2) In handling a control valve, pay full attention to prevent dust, sand, etc. from entering into it.
(3) When a control valve is to be remove from the machine, apply caps and masking seals to all
ports. Before disassembling the valve, recheck that these caps and masking seals are fitted
completely, and then clean the outside of the assembly. Use a proper bench for working. Spread
paper or a rubber mat on the bench, and disassemble the valve on it.
(4) Support the body section carefully when carrying or transferring the control valve. Do not lift by
the exposed spool, end cover section etc.
(5) After disassembling and assembling of the component it is desired to carry out various tests (for
the relief characteristics, leakage, flow resistance, etc.), but the hydraulic test equipment is
necessary for these tests. Therefore, even when its disassembling can be carried out technically,
do not disassemble such components that cannot be tested, adjusted, and so on. Additionally
one should always prepare clean cleaning oil, hydraulic oil, grease, etc. beforehand.

8-37
2) DISASSEMBLY
The figure in ( ) shown after the part name
in explanation sentence shows its number
in the construction figures.
(1) Place control valve on working bench
※ Disassemble the valve in a clean and dry
environment and pay careful attention not
to damage the sealing flange faces.

(2) Main spool


① Loosen socket head bolts (65) and
remove the lock cap (12A, 12B).
Pull out O-ring (14) from valve housing.

45078MC07

② Remove all spool (3~11) of subassembly


itself from valve housing.
※ Be careful not to be damaged while
pulling out spools. Identify them with a
tag to prevent from being mistaken at
disassembly.

45078MC08

③ Spools sub assy (3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11).

45078MC10

8-38
④ Spool sub assy (5).

45078MC11

⑤ Spool sub assy (8).


※ When disassemble the spool assembly,
fix the spool with vise. On this occasion
attach wood between vise blades to
prevent the spool from damaging.
※ Heat the outer race of spool with
industrial drier and then loosen easily.
(Temperature : 200~250˚C)

45078MC12

⑥ Loosen the socket head bolt (65) and


remove the short cap (13A, 13B).
Pull out O-ring (14) from valve housing.

45078MC09

(3) Center bypass cut spool assy (22)


① Loosen the plug (25) and remove spring
(23), spring seat (21) and the spool (22).

45078MC13

8-39
② Pull out O-ring (24).
※ When disassemble the spool assembly,
fix the spool with vise. On this occasion
attach wood between vise blades to
prevent the spool from damaging.
※ Heat the outer race of spool with
industrial drier and then loosen easily.
(Temperature : 200~250˚C)

45078MC14

(4) Arm1 regeneration spool assy (20)


① Loosen the plug and pull out O-ring.

45078MC15

② Disassemble spring, spring seat and


spool.

45078MC16

③ Pull out sleeve of hole inside at same


time, disassemble sleeve and piston.

45078MC18

8-40
(5) General precautions
Clean all disassembled parts with clean mineral oil fully, and dry them with compressed air.
Then, place them on clean papers or cloths for inspection.
① Control valve
a. Check whole surfaces of all parts for burrs, scratches, notches and other defects.
b. Confirm that seal groove faces of casing and block are smooth and free of dust, dent, rust etc.
c. Correct dents and damages and check seat faces within the casing, if any, by lapping.
※ Pay careful attention not to leave any lapping agent within the casing.
d. Confirm that all sliding and fitting parts can be moved manually and that all grooves and paths
are free from foreign matter.
e. If any spring is broken or deformed, replace it with new one.
f. When a relief valve does not function properly, repair it, following the prescribed disassembly
and assembly procedures.
g. Replace all seals and O-rings with new ones.

② Relief valve
a. Confirm that all seat faces at ends of all poppets and seats are free of defects and show
uniform and consistent contact faces.
b. Confirm manually that main poppet and seat can slide lightly and smoothly.
c. Confirm that outside face of main poppet and inside face of seat are free from scratches and so
on.
d. Confirm that springs are free from breakage, deformation, and wear.
e. Confirm that orifices of main poppet and seat section are not clogged with foreign matter.
f. Replace all O-rings with new ones.
g. When any light damage is found in above inspections, correct it by lapping.
h. When any abnormal part is found, replace it with a completely new relief valve assembly.

8-41
3) ASSEMBLY
(1) General comments
① In this assembly section, explanation only is shown.
For further understanding, please refer to the figures and photographs shown in the previous
disassembly section.
② Figure in ( ) shown after the part name in the explanation refers to the reference identity number
shown on the construction figure shown in the spares section.
③ Cautions in assembling seal
a. Pay close attention to keeping all seals free from handling damage and inspect carefully for
damage before using them.
b. Apply clean grease or hydraulic oil to the seal so as to ensure it is fully lubricated before
assembly.
c. Do not stretch seals so much as to deform them permanently.
d. In fitting O-rings, pay close attention not to roll them into their final position in addition, a twisted
O-ring cannot easily untwist itself naturally and could thereby cause inadequate sealing and
thereby both internal and external oil leakage.
e. Tighten fitting bolts for all sections with a torque wrench adjusted to the respective tightening
torque as shown on the corss section drawings of the spares section.

(2) Main spool


① Apply loctite to thread of spools (3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11) and assemble spring seat, spring and spool
end. Assemble spool end to spool after fixing spool with a vise attached wood.
※ Be careful not to applying loctite too much.
·Tightening torque : 2.4 ~ 2.6 kgf·m (17.4 ~ 18.8 lbf·ft)
Fit O-ring into housing and assemble spools (3, 4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11) into housing.
Assemble lock cap on housing and tighten hex socket bolt.
·Tightening torque : 11±0.5 kgf·m (79.7±3.7 lbf·ft)
② Insert poppet, spring into spool (5) and then apply loctite to thread of spool.
Fit O-ring and backup ring on the plug and then tighten plug.
Assemble spring seat, spring, and spool end and then assemble spool end sub assy to spool
after fixing spool with a vise attached wood.
·Tightening torque : 2.4 ~ 2.6 kgf·m (17.4 ~ 18.8 lbf·ft)
Fit O-ring into housing and assemble spool (5) into housing.
Assemble lock cap on housing and tighten hex socket bolt.
·Tightening torque : 11±0.5 kgf·m (79.7±3.7 lbf·ft)
③ Insert poppet, spring into spool (8) and then apply loctite to thread for spool.
Fit O-ring and backup ring on the plug and then tighten plug.
Assemble spring seat, spring, and spool end and then assemble spool end sub assy to spool
after fixing spool with a vise attached wood.
·Tightening torque : 2.4 ~ 2.6 kgf·m (17.4 ~ 18.8 lbf·ft)
Fit O-ring into housing and assemble spool (8) into housing.
Assemble lock cap on housing and tighten hex socket bolt.
·Tightening torque : 11±0.5 kgf·m (79.7±3.7 lbf·ft)
④ Assemble short cap on housing and tighten hex socket bolt.
·Tightening torque : 11±0.5 kgf·m(79.7±3.7 lbf·ft)

8-42
(3) Center bypass cut spool assy (22)
① Apply loctite to thread of spool, assemble spool end to spool.
※ Be careful not to appling loctite too much.
② Assemble spool assy, spring seat, spring and tighten plug with O-ring.
·Tightening torque : 9.5 ~ 11.0 kgf·m (68.6 ~ 79.7 lbf·ft)

(4) Arm1 regeneration spool assy (20)


① Assemble backup rings and O-rings to sleeve respectively.
② Assemble piston to sleeve which seal is assemble, and insert spool into sleeve.
③ Assemble spool assy, spring seat, spring and tighten plug with O-ring.
·Tightening torque : 9.5 ~ 11.0 kgf·m (68.6 ~ 79.7 lbf·ft)

8-43
GROUP 5 SWING DEVICE

1. REMOVAL AND INSTALL OF MOTOR


1) REMOVAL
(1) Lower the work equipment to the ground
and stop the engine.
(2) Loosen the breather slowly to release the
pressure inside the hydraulic tank.
Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious in
13031GE18
injury.
※ When pipes and hoses are disconnected,
the oil inside the piping will flow out, so
catch it in oil pan. B 4
A

(3) Disconnect pilot line hoses (3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 5


8, 19, 20, 21, 22, 27, 29, 33, 34, 36). 21
B
A

(4) Sling the swing motor assembly (1)and


remove the swing motor mounting bolts
(21). 7
· Motor device weight : 90 kg (200 lb)
· Tightening torque : 25±2.5 kgf·m 6
1
(180±18 lbf·ft) 80098SM01

(5) Remove the swing motor assembly.


※ W h e n r e m ov i n g t h e sw i n g m o t o r
assembly, check that all the piping have 19
36
been disconnected.
20

2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
8
to removal.
29
(2) Bleed the air from the swing motor.
① Remove the air vent plug. 21
② Pour in hydraulic oil until it over flows 33
from the port. 27
③ Tighten plug lightly.
27 34
④ Start the engine, run at low idling, and
check oil come out from plug.
22 80098SM02
⑤ Tighten plug fully.
(3) Confirmed the hydraulic oil level and
check the hydraulic oil leak or not.

8-44
2. SWING MOTOR
1) STRUCTURE

7 36 5 8 12 11 10 9 20 21 6 24 23 26 34 30

27

A A

2 1 3 4 14 13 16 15 17 35 19 18 22 25 31,32 29 28 33

SECTION A-A
8007A2SM02

1 Body 13 Set plate 25 Wrench bolt


2 Oil seal 14 Piston assy 26 Poppet
3 Roller bearing 15 Friction plate 27 Spring
4 Snap ring 16 Plate 28 Plug
5 Shaft 17 Brake piston 29 O-ring
6 Pin 18 O-ring 30 Relief valve assy
7 Stop ring 19 Spring 31 Time delay valve
8 Shoe plate 20 Valve plate 32 Wrench bolt
9 Cylinder block 21 Pin 33 Plug
10 Spring 22 Needle bearing 34 O-ring
11 Ball guide seat 23 Rear cover 35 O-ring
12 Ball guide 24 Wrench bolt 36 Bushing

8-45
2) TOOLS AND TIGHTENING TORQUE
(1) Tools

Tool name Remark

Allen wrench 5
B
6
12
17
Socket for socket wrench, spanner 36
Torque wrench Capable of tightening with the specified torques
Snap ring plier (for holes, axis) Snap ring (4)
Solder hammer Needle bearing (22), pin (6, 21)
Oil seal inserting jig Oil seal (2)
Induction heating apparatus for bearing Roller bearing (3)

(2) Tightening torque


Torque Wrench size
Part name Item Size
kgf·m lbf·ft in mm
Wrench bolt 24 M14 20.9 151.2 0.47 12
Wrench bolt 25 M14 20.9 151.2 0.47 12
Relief valve 30 M33 18.0 130.2 1.42 36
Wrench bolt 32 PF 1/4 6.9 49.9 0.20 5
Plug 33 PF 1/4 20.9 151.2 0.24 6

8-46
3) DISASSEMBLING
(1) Disassemble the sub of a TURNING
AXIS
① Unloosing wrench bolt (32) and dis-
assemble time delay valve assy (31)
from rear cover (23)

3607A8SM01/01A

② Hang rear cover (23) on hoist, unloose


wrench bolt (24, 25) and disassemble
from body (1).

3607A8SM02

③ Using a jig, disassemble break piston


(17) from body (1).

3607A8SM03

④ Disassemble respectively cylinder block


assy, friction plate (15), plate (16) from
body (1).

3607A8SM04

8-47
⑤ Disassemble shoe plate (8) from body
(1).

3607A8SM05

⑥ Using a plier jig, disassemble snap ring


(4) and shaft assy (5).

3607A8SM06/06A

(2) Disassemble cylinder block assy sub


① Disassemble piston assy (14), set plate
(13) from cylinder block assy.

3607A8SM07

② Disassemble ball guide (12), friction


plate (15), plate (16) and ball guide seat
(11) from cylinder block (9).

3607A8SM08A/08B

8-48
③ Disassemble spring (10) from cylinder
block (9).

3607A8SM09

(3) Disassemble rear cover assy sub


① Disassemble pin (6, 21) and valve plate
(20) from rear cover (23).

3607A8SM10/10A

② Using a torque wrench, disassemble


relief valve assy (30) 2 set from rear
cover (23).

3607A8SM11/11A

③ Disassemble make up check valve assy


with a torque wrench from rear cover
(23).

3607A8SM12/12A

8-49
4) ASSEMBLING
(1) Assemble the sub of a turning axles
① Put roller bearing (3) on preheater and
provide heat to inner wheel(compressing
temp : 290。C for 2 minutes)
·Roller bearing×1EA

3607A8SM21

② After assembling and compressing


preheated roller bearing (3), stop ring (7)
into shaft (5).
·Stop ring×1EA
·Shaft×1EA

3607A8SM22/22A

③ Using a compressing tool and steel stick,


assemble oil seal (2) into body (1).
·Oil seal ×1EA

3607A8SM23/23A

④ Insert above shaft sub into body (1) and


assemble it with a hammer.

3607A8SM24

8-50
⑤ Fix snap ring (4) to shaft with a plier jig.
·Snap ring×1EA

3607A8SM06

⑥ Spread grease on shoe plate (8) and


assemble on the body.
·Shoe plate×1EA

3607A8SM05

(2) Assemble the sub of cylinder block


assy
① Assemble spring (10) 9 set into cylinder
block (9).
·Spring×9EA

3607A8SM25

② Assemble ball guide (12) and ball guide


seat (11) into cylinder block (9).
·Ball guide×1EA

3607A8SM26

8-51
③ Assemble piston assy (14) 9 set into set
plate (13).
·Piston assy×9EA
·Set plate×1EA

3607A8SM27

④ Assemble above item ② and ③.

3607A8SM28

⑤ Assemble cylinder block assy into body


(1).

3607A8SM04

⑥ Assemble 4 set of lining plate (16),


friction plate (15) respectively into body.
·Lining plate×4EA
·Friction plate×4EA

3607A8SM29

8-52
⑦ Assemble O-ring (18) into break piston
(17).
·O-ring×2EA

3607A8SM30

⑧ Insert break piston assy into body (1)


and assemble spring (19) into break
piston (17).
·Spring×19EA

3607A8SM31/31A

(3) Assemble the sub of rear cover assy


sub
① After assembling needle bearing (22)
into rear cover (23), with a hammer
assemble pin (6, 21).

3607A8SM32/32A

② Assemble respectively make up check


valve assy spring (27), poppet (26), plug
(28) into rear cover (23) after then screw
it torque wrench.
·Make up check sub×2set
·Spring×2EA
·Check×3EA

3607A8SM33/12A

8-53
③ Assemble relief valve assy (30) 2set into
rear cover (23) with a torque wrench.

3607A8SM34/11A

④ Spreading grease on valve plate (20),


assemble into rear cover (23).
·Valve plate×1EA

3607A8SM10/10A

⑤ Lift up rear cover assy on body (1) by a


crane and assemble it with a wrench bolt
(24, 25).

3607A8SM02

⑥ Assemble time delay valve assy (31) into


rear cover (23) with a wrench bolt (32).

3607A8SM01/01A

8-54
(4) Air pressing test
Be sure of leakage, after press air into
assembled motor.

14078SM232

(5) Leakage check


After cleaning motor by color check No.1,
paint No.3 and be sure of leakage.

14078SM233/233A

(6) Mount test bench


Mounting motor test bench, test the
availability of each part.

220078SM14

8-55
3. REMOVAL AND INSTALL OF REDUCTION GEAR
1) REMOVAL
(1) Remove the swing motor assembly.
For details, see removal of swing motor
assembly.
(2) Sling reduction gear assembly (1) and
remove mounting bolts (2).
(3) Remove the reduction gear assembly.
·Reduction gear device weight :
270kg (600lb)
13031GE18

2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
·Tightening torque : 100±15 kgf·m
(723±109 lbf·ft)

8007A8SM03

8-56
4. REDUCTION GEAR
1) STRUCTURE

19 18 17 16 15 5 4 3 1 14 2 6 7 8-1 8-5 8-4 8-2 8-3 23


21
15

22

20
11
10
9-2
9-1
9-7
9-3
9-4 9
9-5
9-6
9-8

28 27 26 25 24 13 12 29

8007A2SM03

1 Casing 9-1 Carrier 1 16 Pinion gear


2 Drive shaft 9-2 Planetary gear 1 17 Lock plate
3 Roller bearing 9-3 Pin 1 18 Hex bolt
4 Cover plate 9-4 Needle cage 19 Lock washer
5 Hex bolt 9-5 Side plate 2 20 Thrust ring
6 Oil seal 9-6 Side plate 1 21 Cover
7 Roller bearing 9-7 Stop ring 22 Socket bolt
8 Carrier assy 2 9-8 Spring pin 23 Socket bolt
8-1 Carrier 2 10 Sun gear 2 24 Socket plug
8-2 Planet gear 2 11 Sun gear 1 25 Plug
8-3 Pin 2 12 Ring gear 26 Plug
8-4 Washer 13 Knock pin 27 Gauge bar
8-5 Spring pin 14 Spacer ring 28 Gauge pipe
9 Carrier assy 1 15 Spacer 29 Air breather assy

8-57
2) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Removal of cover
※ Loosen the socket bolt (23) with 16 mm
hexagonal socket and remove the cover
(21).

(2) Removal of sun gear 1 and thrust ring


assembly
Remove carrier 1 (9), install eye bolt to
tap hole (M10) and remove carrier 1
assembly itself.

3607A8SR03

(3) Removal of sun gear 2


Remove sun gear 2 (10), install eye bolt
to tap (M10) of carrier 2 (8) and remove
carrier 2 assembly itself.

3607A8SR04

(4) Disassembly of 2nd carrier assembly


① Insert spring pin (8-5) into pin assy 2
(8-3) by hammering.
※ Do not reuse spring pin after removal.

3607A8SR05

8-58
② Remove pin assy 2 (8-3) from carrier 2
(8-1), planetary gear 2 (8-2) and thrust
washer (8-4) with hands.

3607A8SR06

(5) Removal of ring gear


Remove ring gear (12) from casing (1).
※ Fluid packing is applied on contacting
face of ring gear and gear casing.
Therefore, remove ring gear from casing
by minus screw driver.

3607A8SR07

(6) Removal of drive shaft (2) assembly


① Spread off the corners of spacer (15),
cover plate (4) and hex bolt (5) with a
tool.

3607A8SR08

② Install hydraulic press at the end face of


shaft, and remove drive shaft (2), spacer
ring (14), and roller bearing (3) as
assembly.
※ Do not reuse oil seal after removal.

3607A8SR09

8-59
③ Remove roller bearing (7) from gear
casing (1).

3607A8SR10

④ Remove oil seal (6) from gear casing (1).

3607A8SR11

(7) Disassembly of shaft assembly


Insert motor side of shaft (2) into steel
tube (inner dia : Ø145 mm) and push the
end of output shaft side with hydraulic
press and then remove roller bearing (3),
and spacer ring (14) as assembly from
drive shaft (2).

3607A8SR12

8-60
3) ASSEMBLY
(1) Assembly of drive shaft assembly
① After assembly drive shaft (2), heat roller
bearing (3) up to 50°C plus surrounding
temperature and assemble it to shaft
with hydraulic press and then assemble
spacer ring (14) in this order.
※ Pay attention to the assembling direction
of cover plate (4).

3607A8SR13

(2) Installation of oil seal


Remove oil from assembled face of oil
seal of gear casing (1) and oil seal (6).
Apply fluid packing (three bond of white
color) on outer face of oil seal and
assemble at pressing jig of gear casing.
After inserting with press, Iubricate oil
seal with grease.

3607A8SR14

(3) Assembly of drive shaft assembly


① Be careful lest oil seal lip damage by
spline of drive shaft (2).
Assemble drive shaft assembly by using
seal guide.
② Put drive shaft of gear casing (1) upward.
Assemble drive shaft assembly to gear
casing by tightening eye bolt into tap hole
(M16) of output side of drive shaft (2).
※ Place support (approx 150 mm) below of
gear case (1) for seal protector contact
with work table.

3607A8SR15

8-61
(4) Install of roller bearing
Put gear casing under output shaft and
heat roller bearing (7) up to 50°C plus
surrounding temperature and then
assemble it to the shaft.

3607A8SR16

(5) Assembly of ring gear


① Remove oil from mating faces between
gear casing (1) and ring gear (12), and
knock pin (13). Assemble collar of gear
casing and apply fluid packing (three
bond of grey color).

3607A8SR17

② Assemble ring gear (12).

36078SR18

(6) Assembly of carrier 2 assembly


① Assemble planetary gear 2 (8-2) to
carrier 2 (8-1) with thrust washer (8-4)
and insert pin assy 2 (8-3).
※ Lubricate gear oil to inside of gear and
outside of shaft.

3607A8SR19

8-62
② Insert spring pin (8-5) by hammering.
※ Insert as the clearance between spring
pins toward planetary gear 2 (8-2).

3607A8SR20

(7) Assembly of carrier 2 assembly and


sun gear 2
① Mount eye bolt into tap hole (M10) of
carrier 2 (8) and lift carrier assembly and
then insert carrier assembly being
engaged with internal teeth of ring gear
(12). Rotate carrier assembly lightly so
that splines of drive shaft (2) are
engaged.
3607A8SR21

② Insert sun gear 2 (10) to planetary gear 2


(8-2).

3607A8SR22

(8) Assembly of sun gear 1, carrier 1


assembly
① Mount eye bolt into tap hole (M10) of lift
carrier assembly and then insert carrier
assembly being engaged with internal
teeth of ring gear (12).
Rotate holder assembly lightly so that
sun gear 2 (10) is engaged with teeth of
carrier 1 (9-1).
3607A8SR23

8-63
② Insert sun gear 1 (11) to planetary gear 1
(9-2).

3607A8SR24

(9) Check rotation of sun gear by turning


plunge part of gear casing with hands.

(10) Assembly of cover


Remove oil from mating faces between
ring gear (12) and cover (21) and apply
fluid packing.
Assemble cover (21) and tighten socket
bolt (23) with 16 mm hexagonal socket.
·Tightening torque : 25±2.5 kgf·m
(180±18 lbf·ft)

36078SR27
This completes assembly

8-64
GROUP 6 TRAVEL DEVICE

1. REMOVAL AND INSTALL


1) REMOVAL
(1) Swing the work equipment 90。and lower
it completely to the ground.
(2) Operate the control levers and pedals
several times to release the remaining
pressure in the hydraulic piping.
(3) Loosen the breather slowly to release the 13031GE18

pressure inside the hydraulic tank.


Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious
injury.
※ When pipes and hoses are disconnected,
the oil inside the piping will flow out, so 2
1
catch it in oil pan.
(4) Remove the track shoe assembly. P2
P1
For details, see removal of track shoe
assembly.
(5) Remove the cover.
8007A8TM01

(6) Remove the hose.


※ Fit blind plugs to the disconnected hoses.
(7) Remove the bolts and the sprocket.
(8) Sling travel device assembly (1).
(9) Remove the mounting bolts (2), then
remove the travel device assembly.
·Weight : 935 kg( 2060 lb)
2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
(2) Bleed the air from the travel motor.
① Remove the air vent plug.
② Pour in hydraulic oil until it overflows from
the port.
③ Tighten plug lightly.
④ Start the engine, run at low idling, and
check oil come out from plug.
⑤ Tighten plug fully.
(3) Confirm the hydraulic oil level and check
the hydraulic oil leak or not.

8-65
2. TRAVEL MOTOR (1/2)
1) STRUCTURE

2-25
2-15
2-26
2-17 2-13 2-23
2-28 33
2-16 2-27 2-25
2-25
2-26 2-26 2-80
2-9 2-87
2-23
2-83
2-28 2-86 2-87
2-1 2-82 2-84
2-86 2-76
2-14 2-79
2-15 2-71
26 2-73 2-78
2-25 2-72
2-26 2-19 2-74
2-75
2-20 2-81
16 2-22 2-85
2-21 2-77

2-2-1
27 2-24 2-2-2
2-26 2-2-3
2-2-5
2-25
52 2-2-4
51 2-3
2-11
2-4
2-5
2-6-5
SHAFT CASE
2-6-1 2-6-6

8007A2TM02

2-1 Base plate 2-7-5 Spring 2-15 O-ring


2-2 Spool assy 2-7-6 Plug 2-16 Spring guide
2-2-1 Spool 2-7-7 Spring guide 2-17 Plug
2-2-2 Check valve 2-7-8 Set screw 2-19 Check valve
2-2-3 Spring 2-7-9 Nut 2-20 Spring
2-2-4 Plug 2-80 Free piston 2-21 Plug
2-2-5 O-ring 2-81 O-ring 2-22 O-ring
2-3 Spring seat 2-82 O-ring 2-23 Orifice
2-4 Spring 2-83 O-ring 2-24 Orifice
2-5 Spring seat 2-84 O-ring 2-25 Plug
2-6 Cap assy 2-85 Back up ring 2-26 O-ring
2-6-1 Cap 2-86 Back up ring 2-27 Shipping plug
2-6-5 O-ring 2-87 Back up ring 2-28 Plug
2-6-6 Bolt 2-9 Valve assy 16 Pin
2-7 Relief valve assy 2-9-1 Spool 26 Spring
2-7-1 Poppet seat 2-9-2 Spool-C 27 Pin
2-7-2 Relief housing 2-11 Orifice 33 Socket bolt
2-7-3 Poppet 2-13 Spring 51 Name plate
2-7-4 Spring seat 2-14 Plug 52 Drive screw

8-66
TRAVEL MOTOR (2/2)
·Control
Control part
7

11
12 3

13 10

1 28
18
19
18
34 19
30
32 31 18
19
18
19
18

29

17 14
15
5
21

25
24
22
23

8007A2TM03

1 Case 12 Spring 24 O-ring


3 Shaft 13 Roller bearing 25 Back up ring
4 Cylinder block 14 Roller bearing 28 Oil seal
5 Valve plate 15 Collar 29 O-ring
6 Piston assy 17 Spring 30 O-ring
7 Retainer plate 18 Friction plate 31 Plug
8 Plate holder 19 Disc plate 32 O-ring
9 Swash plate 21 Brake piston 34 Plug
10 Steel ball 22 O-ring
11 Piston assy 23 Back up ring

8-67
2) MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTION
(1) Tools for disassembly and reassembly

No. Tool name Specification Applicable Components or Parts

1 Torque wrench 60 kgf·m (434 lbf·ft) Orifice (2-11)


2 900 kgf·m (6510 lbf·ft) Plug (2-2-4, 2-25), Nut (2-7-9), Orifice (2-23)
3 1800 kgf·m (13019 lbf·ft) Bolt (2-6-6), Plug (2-14, 2-17)
4 5600 kgf·m (40505 lbf·ft) Valve assy (2-7), Plug (2-21), Socket bolt (33)
Ratchet steering wheel for
5
socket wrench
6 Hexagonal bit for torque Hex. 2.5 Orifice (2-11)
7 wrench Hex. 4 Orifice (2-23, 2-24)
8 Hex. 5
9 Hex. 6 Set screw (2-7-8), Plug (2-25)
10 Hex. 10 Bolt (2-6-6), Plug (2-14, 2-17)
11 Hex. 12 Plug (31)
12 Hex. 14 Plug (2-2-4, 2-21), Socket bolt (33)
13 Hex. 21
Socket
14 Hex. 36 Relief valve assy (2-7)
15 Hexagon socket screw Hex. 2.5 Orifice (2-11)
16 key Hex. 4 Orifice (2-23, 2-24)
17 Hex. 5
18 Hex. 6 Set screw (2-7-8), Plug (2-25)
19 Hex. 10 Bolt (2-6-6), Plug (2-14, 2-17)
20 Hex. 12 Plug (31)
21 Hex. 14 Plug (2-2-4, 2-21), Socket bolt (33)
22 Hex. 19 Nut (2-7-9)
23 Spanner Hex. 21
24 Hex. 36 Relief valve assy (2-7)
25 Minus driver 6×100 Base plate assy (2), Valve plate (5)
26 Plastic hammer #3
27 Punch About 10 mm
28 Hand Press 200 kgf or more
29 Crane For 400 kg
30 Eyebolt M12 Case (1), Base plate assy (2), Base plate (2-1)
31 Chain string (wire)

8-68
3) DISASSEMBLY
(1) General precautions
① Before disassembling the motor, check the items to be inspected and, for remedy against
trouble, closely examine the nature of the trouble, so that the motor can be disassembled
② effectively.
To disassemble the motor, use the disassembling procedures described in section 2) and select
③ a clean place.
Place a rubber or vinyl sheet or other such protective materials on your working bench to protect
④ the surface of the motor to be serviced.
⑤ During disassembly, give a match mark to the mating surfaces of each part.
Arrange removed parts in order so that they will not become damaged or missing during
⑥ disassembly.
Once seals have been disassembled, they should be replaced even if damage is not observed.
Have replacement seals ready on hand before starting your disassembling job.

8-69
(2) DISASSEMBLY TRAVEL MOTOR

① Remove cap (2-6) and take out spring


(37), spring seat (36).

8007A8TM02

8007A8TM03

② Remove spool assy (2-2) turning slowly.


Be careful not to damage around the
spool assy.

8007A8TM04

③ Loosen the plug (2-7-6) to remove the


relief valve assembly (2-7).
※ D o n o t m ove t h e s e t s c r ew, n u t .
Otherwise, the set pressure will change.
※ Do not disassemble the relief valve
assembly because it is a functional
component.

8007A8TM05

8-70
④ Remove plug (2-21), spring (2-20) and
check valve (2-19).

8007A8TM06

⑤ Remove Plugs (2-14, 2-17) remove


spring (2-13) and spool assy (2-9).

8007A8TM07

⑥ Remove socket head bolt (33).


- Points
To disassemble the motor easily,
socket head bolt (33) should be
loosened evenly because base plate
(1-2-1) lift up by the reactive force of
springs (26).
- Remove base plate (1-2-1).
Then, pay attention so that cylinder
8007A8TM08
block does not come out. When it is
difficult to remove, strike it by use of
plastic hammer. If it is more difficult to
remove, remove it by lightly prying with
screwdriver.

⑦ Remove valve plate (5) from base plate


(1-2-1).

8007A8TM09

8-71
⑧ Remove O-rings (29)(30), pins (27) and
springs (26).

8007A8TM10

⑨ Remove brake piston (21).


Blow compressed air into parking brake-
releasing port on case (1).

8007A8TM11

※ Before work, put rag on all surface of


brake piston because brake piston fly out
and oil flies off while at work.

8007A8TM12

※ After removing brake piston, remove disk


(19), friction plate (18)(20). And then,
removing O-rings (22)(24) and back up
rings (23)(25).

8007A8TM13

8-72
⑩ Remove cylinder block assy.

8007A8TM14

⑪ Disassemble cylinder block assy.


a: Remove piston assy (6) and retainer
plate (7) from cylinder block (4).

8007A8TM15

b: Remove piston assy (6) from retainer


plate (7).

8007A8TM16

c: Remove retainer holder (8) from


cylinder block (4).
And then, remove springs (17) from
cylinder block (4).

8007A8TM17

8-73
⑫ Remove swash plate (9).

8007A8TM18

⑬ Remove piston assy (11) and spring


(12).
And then remove steel ball (10).

8007A8TM19

8007A8TM20

⑭ Remove shaft (3).

8007A8TM21

8-74
4) REASSEMBLY
(1) General precautions
① Reassemble in a work area that is clean and free from dust and grit.
② Handle parts with bare hands to keep them free of linty contaminates.
③ Repair or replace the damaged parts.
Each parts must be free of burrs its corners.
④ Do not reuse O-rings, oil seal and floating seal that were removed in disassembly.
Provide the new parts.
⑤ Wash all parts thoroughly in a suitable solvent.
Dry thoroughly with compressed air.
Do not use the cloths.
⑥ When reassembling oil motor components of motor, be sure to coat the sliding parts of the
motor and valve with fresh hydraulic oil. (NAS class 9 or above)
⑦ Use a torque wrench to tighten bolts and plugs, to the torque specified as follows.

8-75
① Apply grease to oil seal (28) and press fit
it in case (1).

8007A8TM22

Specical tool 2-2


Oil seal
Specical tool 2-1
Case bottom

8007A8TM23

② Press fit the outer race of roller bearing


(13) in case (1).

8007A8TM24

③ Install springs (12) and piston assy (11)


on case (1).
※ Apply hydraulic oil to the sliding surface
of the piston assy.

8007A8TM25

8-76
④ Install steel ball (10).
※ Apply hydraulic oil to the surface of the
steel ball.

8007A8TM26

⑤ Press fit Inner race of roller bearing (13)


on shaft (3).
And then, install shaft sub assy on case
(1).

8007A8TM27

Shaft

Inner race

Specical tool

8007A8TM28

⑥ Install Swash plate (9).


※ Apply hydraulic oil to the surface of the
steel ball.

8007A8TM29

8-77
⑦ Install 9 springs (17) on cylinder block
(4).

8007A8TM30

⑧ Install retainer holder (8) on cylinder


block (4).

8007A8TM31

⑨ Install 9 piston assy (6) in each holes of


retainer plate (7).
※ Be care for the direction of the retainer
plate.

8007A8TM32

⑩ Install piston assy (6) and retainer plate


(7) in cylinder block (4).
※ Apply hydraulic oil in 9 holes of cylinder
block.
Apply hydraulic oil on the surface of
retainer holder (8) and retainer plate (7).

8007A8TM33

8-78
⑪ Install cylinder block assy.
※ Apply hydraulic oil on the surface of
piston assemblies (6) and swash plate
(9).

8007A8TM34

⑫ Install friction plates (18) and disk plates


(19).
a: Apply enough hydraulic oil to disk
plate.
b: The circular arc part of the friction
plate is set to the cutting lack part of
the case.
c: There is a part where teeth are lacked
in the spline of disk plate.
8007A8TM35
When assembling the disk plates,
match the position of these each
parts.

8007A8TM36

d: Refer to the sectional drawing for the


combination of assembling friction
plate and disk plate.

8-79
⑬ Apply grease to O-rings (22)(24), backup
ring (23)(25), and install them to brake
piston (21).
And install brake piston (21) to case (1)
to align pins (27) installed on base plate
in No.** with holes on brake piston (21).
When install it, beat on evenly outside of
brake piston by using of plastic hammer.
a: Each backup rings should be set out
8007A8TM37
side position.
b: Be careful of installing direction of
brake piston.
c: Apply grease to outside of brake
piston and inside of case (1).

8007A8TM38

Pins for
positioning
Pins for
positioning tool

Case Brake piston

8007A8TM39

8007A8TM40

8-80
⑭ Install springs (26) in the holes of brake
piston (21).

8007A8TM41

⑮ Press fit roller bearing (14) on base plate


(2-1).
Install pins (16) and color (15) on base
plate (2-1).
※ Apply grease to the surface of valve plate
(25) and base plate (2-1).

8007A8TM42

8007A8TM43

8-81
16 Install O-rings (29)(30) on case (1).
Install pins (27) on base plate (2-1).
Install base plate (2-1) and socket head
bolt (9).
a: Apply grease to O-ring (25).
b: Do not apply grease to O-ring (30).
c: Be care for direction of pin (27).
d: Apply hydraulic oil to the surface
between cylinder block (4) and valve
8007A8TM44
Plate (5).
e: Be care for pilot line of base plate and
case (1).
f: Tighten the bolts evenly, as base plate
is pushed by spring.

8007A8TM45

8007A8TM46

17Place spring (2-13) on valve assy (2-9),


and then install valve assy on base plate
(2-1).
Tighten plug (2-14) with O-ring (2-15).
Place spring guide (2-16) and washer
(2-18), and then tighten plug (2-17) with
O-ring (2-15).
※ Apply hydraulic oil to valve assy before
installation.
8007A8TM47
Apply slight grease to O-rings (2-15).

8-82
18 Tighten relief valve assemblies (2-7).
※ Apply slight grease to O-rings (2-7-12)
and backup rings (2-7-16).

8007A8TM48

19Place check valve (2-19) and springs


(2-20).
Tighten plug (2-21) with O-ring (2-22).
※ Apply slight grease to the O-rings.

8007A8TM49

20Install spool assy (2-2) on base plate


(2-1).
Install it while turning to prevent it from
sticking.
※ Apply hydraulic oil to spool assy before
installation.

8007A8TM50

8-83
21Place spring seats (2-3) and springs
(2-4).
Install O-rings (2-10) on base plate (2-1).
Install O-rings (2-6-5) on cap assy (2-6).
Place spring seats (2-5) on cap assy
(2-6), and then install them on base plate
(2-1).
※ Tighten socket head bolts (2-6-6).
Apply grease to O-rings (2-6-5).
8007A8TM51

8007A8TM52

8-84
3. REDUCTION GEAR
1) STRUCTURE

21
22 A

23

6
24

23
25
26

29 27 1
28
4
6
30
31 2
3
32

7 4
8

10 5
33

9
12
13
14

11
20
15
16
17
19
A 18

8007A2TM04

1 Screw 12 Sun gear 23 Bearing


2 Oil breather plug 13 Screw 24 Gear box housing
3 Washer 14 Pin 25 Life time seal
4 Cover assy 15 Circlip 26 Spacer
5 Pad 16 Planetary assy 27 Circlip
6 O-ring 17 Spacer 28 Discs retainer
7 Sun gear 18 Planetary carrier 29 Hub
8 Gear assy(1st) 19 Gear assy(3rd) 30 O-ring
9 Sun gear 20 Spacer 31 Motor adaptor
10 Gear assy(2nd) 21 Toothed ring 32 Screw
11 Screw 22 Pin 33 Screw

8-85
2) DISASSEMBLING
Initial inspection of the gears and the travel
motor, can be made without disassembling
the track and the gearmotor from the
machine.
Prior to disassembling make sure that the
oil is discharged, unscrew and remove the
4 screws (33), and remove the travel motor
and the O-ring seal.

(1) Unscrew the 12 socket head screws (32)


and remove the motor flange from the
adapter flange (31).

8007A8TR01

(2) By using a tackle remove the motor


adapter flange (31).

8007A8TR02

(3) Remove the O-ring (30) from its seat in


the motor adapter flange (31).

8007A8TR03

8-86
(4) Assemble the equipment on the gearbox
housing (24).

8007A8TR04

(5) By using a tackle and the equipment turn


the gearbox upside down.

8007A8TR05

(6) Unscrew the 2 plugs (2) and the 2


washers (3) from the end cover (4).

8007A8TR06

(7) Unscrew the 21 socket head screws (1)


from the end cover (4).

8007A8TR07

8-87
(8) By using a tackle and the equipment
remove the end cover (4).

8007A8TR08

(9) Remove the O-ring (6) from its seat in the


end cover (4).

8007A8TR09

(10) Screw a socket head screw in the


threaded hole of the pad (7) in order to
remove it from the end cover (4).

8007A8TR10

(11) Remove the 1st stage sun gear (7).

8007A8TR11

8-88
(12) Remove the centering ring.

8007A8TR12

(13) By using a tackle and the equipment


remove the 1st reduction assembly (8).

8007A8TR13

(14) Remove the 2nd stage sun gear (9).

8007A8TR14

(15) By using a tackle and the equipment


remove the 2nd reduction assembly (10).

8007A8TR15

8-89
(16) Remove the 3rd stage sun gear (12).

8007A8TR16

(17) By using a crowbar lift the toothed ring


(21) from the gearbox housing (24).

8007A8TR17

(18) Tighten 2 eyebolts on the toothed ring


(21) and by using a tackle remove it from
the gearbox housing (24).

8007A8TR18

(19) By using the puller remove the 6 pins (22)


from the gearbox housing (24).

8007A8TR19

8-90
(20) Remove the O-ring (6) from its seat in the
gearbox housing (24).

8007A8TR20

(21) By using pliers remove the circlips (15)


from their seats placed in the planetary
carrier's pins (18).

8007A8TR21

(22) By using a puller remove the planet


assemblies of the 3rd reduction (16).

8007A8TR22

(23) Remove the planet assemblies of the 3rd


reduction (16).

8007A8TR23

8-91
(24) Remove the spacer (17) from their seats
placed in the planetary carrier's pins (18).
※ In order to proceed with the gearbox
disassembly, it is now necessary to
remove it from the machine and bring it to
a properly equipped workshop.

8007A8TR24

(25) Unscrew and remove the 5 socket head


screws (13) from the planetary carrier
(18).

8007A8TR25

(26) Fill in oil in the bushes holes (14).

8007A8TR26

(27) By using an hydraulic pump withdraw the


bushes (14) from the planetary carrier
(18).

8007A8TR27

8-92
(28) By using a tackle palce the screwer on the
planetary carrier's pins (18).

8007A8TR28

(29) By using the screwer tighten the 5 socket


head screws (11) from the planetary
carrier (18).

8007A8TR29

(30) Take out the nos. 5 socket head screws


(11).

8007A8TR30

(31) By using a tackle remove the planetary


carrier (18) from the gearbox housing
(24).

8007A8TR31

8-93
(32) By using a screwdriver, remove the
spacer (20) from the planetary carrier
(18).

8007A8TR32

(33) By using a puller and a metal stopper


remove the flanged hub (29) from the
gearbox housing (24).

X\

ÞGXWW

8007A8TR33

(34) Remove the bearing inner ring (23) from


its seat in the gearbox housing (24).

8007A8TR34

(35) Tighten 2 eyebolts on the gearbox


housing (24) and by using a tackle
remove it from the flanged hub (29).
※ In case of oil leakages, it might be
necessary to check and eventually
replace the lifetime seal (25), which
means both the steel rings and the O-ring
seals.

8007A8TR35

8-94
(36) Remove the half-seal (25) from the
flanged hub (29).

8007A8TR36

(37) Remove the half-seal (25) from the


gearbox housing (24).

8007A8TR37

(38) By using a puller remove the bearing


inner ring (23), from the flanged hub (29).

8007A8TR38

(39) Remove the spacer (26) from its seat in


the flanged hub (29).

8007A8TR39

8-95
(40) By using pliers remove the circlip (27)
from its seat in the flanged hub (29).

8007A8TR40

(41) By using a punch remove the discs


retainer (28) from the flanged hub (29).

8007A8TR41

(42) By using a rubber hammer and a punch


remove the bearing outer rings (23) from
the gearbox housing (24).
※ The gearbox disassembly ends with the
above operation. All the parts are now
available for the necessary inspections.

8007A8TR42

1) REASSEMBLY
※ The pieces that are subject to general wear and tear are the following:
- Gears
- Bearings
- All the seals

※ Replace the used or irregular parts respecting the following steps:


- Accurately remove dirt, and in particular properly clean the seals, bearings and locking rings
seating.
- Lubricate the parts before connecting them.
- In the case of damaged gears, for example a planetary, do not proceed to replace the individual
gear but the entire reduction assembly.
- When reconnecting a part always replace all the seals involved. Add some grease on the seats
and on the new seals to make easier the reassembly.

8-96
(1) Assemble the bearing inner ring (23) in
the gearbox housing (24).

8007A8TR43

(2) Place the equipment on the bearing outer


ring (23).

8007A8TR44

(3) By using a press and the stopper push


the bearing outer ring (23) against the
gearbox housing shoulder (24).

8007A8TR45

(4) Insert the spacer (26) on the flanged hub


(29).

8007A8TR46

8-97
※ Make ready of the lifetime seal:
① Carefully clean the seats (A and B)
using, if necessary, metallic brushes or
solvent (surfaces in contact with or (c)
must be perfectly clean and dry).
② Make sure that sealing surfaces (D) of
metal rings (E) are free from scratches,
dinges or foreign substances; metallic
ring surfaces must be perfectly clean and
8007A8TR47
dry. We suggest to dip the metallic rings
in volatile solvent or industrial degreasing
alcohol.
③ Carefully clean the lapped surface (D) of
metal rings (E) and remove dust or
fingerprints. Then lubrificate them with a
thin oil film, taking care not to oil the other
components.

(5) Assemble the half seal (25) on the tool.

8007A8TR48

(6) Assemble the 1st half seal (25) in the


flanged hub (29).

8007A8TR49

8-98
(7) Assemble the bearing inner ring (23) in
the flanged hub (29).

8007A8TR50

(8) Place the equipment on the bearing inner


ring (23).

8007A8TR51

(9) By using a press and the stopper push


the bearing inner ring (23) against the
flanged hub shoulder (29).

8007A8TR52

(10) Insert the 1st reduction assembly(8).

8007A8TR53

8-99
※ Controllo corretto assemblaggio tenuta
frontale (25). 29 25
※ Correct lifetime seal assembly check (25).

25
24

8007A8TR54

(11) Clean carefully the seal faces (25).


※ Apply a thin oil film on the entire metallic
face of one or both seals. Oil must not
contact surfaces other than the sealing
faces.

8007A8TR55

(12) By using a tackle place the gearbox


housing (24) on the flanged hub (29).

8007A8TR56

8-100
(13) Assemble the bearing inner ring (23) on
the flanged hub (29).

8007A8TR57

(14) Place the equipment on the bearing inner


ring (23).

8007A8TR58

(15) By using a press and the stopper push


the bearing inner ring (23) against the
shoulder of the flanged hub (29) until
assembling of the unit is complete.

8007A8TR59

(16) By using a tackle remove the gearbox by


the press.

8007A8TR60

8-101
(17) Place the discs retainer (28).

8007A8TR61

(18) By using a rubber hammer push the discs


retainer (28) against the shoulder until
assembly is complete.

8007A8TR62

(19) By using pliers assemble the circlip (15)


into its seat on the flanged hub (29).

8007A8TR65

8-102
※ In case of bearings (23), gearbox
6120kg
housing (24) or flanged hub (29) Bearing inner ring
replacing, follow the steps here below
Flanged hub face
before proceeding with reassembling.

H
① Position the stopper on bearing (23). 24
② By using a press apply a load of 23
6120kg(13500lb) on the stopper. 23
③ Measure the control value "H" 29
④ Reduce the thickness "S" of the spacer
8007A8TR64
(20) flattening the bearing areas at the
following value;
S = 10 - H - 0.1
⑤ Assemble the planet carrier (18) to the
flanged hub (29) and by a dynamometric
wrench find the necessary torque for the
gearbox housing rotation (24).
8.2~12.2kgf·m(59.3~88.2lbf·ft)

(20) Assemble the spacer (20) on the


planetary carrier (18).

8007A8TR66

(21) By using a rubber hammer push the


spacer (20) against the shoulder until
assembly is complete.

8007A8TR67

8-103
(22) By using a tackle place the planetary
carrier (18) on the flanged hub (29).

8007A8TR68

(23) Apply a coat of grease similar product in


the bushes seats (14).

8007A8TR69

(24) Apply a coat of grease similar product on


the bushes surfaces (14).

8007A8TR97

(25) By using a press and a metallic stopper,


push the bushes (14) against the shoulder
on the planetar y carrier (18) until
assembling is complete.

^W
ÞGYW

ÞGZW

8007A8TR70

8-104
(26) Apply LOCTITE type 243 on the 5 socket
head screws (13).

8007A8TR71

(27) Tighten the 5 socket head screws (13) by


a torque wrench, at torque.
59.7 kgf·m (432 lbf·ft)

8007A8TR72

(28) Apply LOCTITE type 243 on the 5 socket


head screws (11).

8007A8TR73

(29) By using a tackle place the screwer on the


planetary carrier's pins (18).

8007A8TR74

8-105
(30) By using the screwer tighten the socket
head screws (11), by a torque wrench
with an input multiplier torque of 6.7 kgf·m
(48.5 lbf·ft) corresponding to an output
multiplier torque of 342 kgf·m (2474 lbf·ft)

8007A8TR75

(31) Assemble the O-ring (6) into its seat in the


gearbox housing (24).

8007A8TR76

(32) By using a rubber hammer push the 6


pins (22) against the shoulder until
assembly is complete.

8007A8TR77

(33) By using a tackle assemble the toothed


ring and, by using a rubber hammer, push
it against the shoulder until assembly is
complete.

8007A8TR78

8-106
(34) Assemble correctly the spacers (17) on
the pins of the planetary carrier (18).

8007A8TR79

(35) Place the reduction planet assemblies of


the 3rd reduction (16) on the pins of the
planetary carrier (18).

8007A8TR80

※ Place correctly the reduction planet


assemblies checking that the groove is
towards the end cover.

Groove

End cover side

8007A8TR81

(36) By using a stopper and a rubber hammer


push the planet assemblies of the 3rd
reduction (16) against the shoulder until
assembly is complete.

50
Ø 86

Ø 96

8007A8TR82

8-107
(37) By using pliers, assemble the circlips (15)
in the planetary carrier pin seats (18).

8007A8TR83

(38) Insert the 3rd stage sun gear (12).

8007A8TR84

(39) By using a tackle and the equipment


assemble the 2nd reduction assembly
(10).

8007A8TR85

(40) Insert the 2nd stage sun gear (9).

8007A8TR86

8-108
(41) By using a tackle and the equipment
assemble the 1st reduction assembly (8).

8007A8TR87

(42) Assemble the centering ring.

8007A8TR88

(43) Insert the 1st stage sun gear (7).

8007A8TR89

(44) By using a punch and a rubber hammer


press the pad (5) against the shoulder of
the end cover (4).

8007A8TR90

8-109
(45) Assemble the O-ring (6) into its seat in the
end cover (4).

8007A8TR91

(46) By using a tackle and the equipment


place the end cover (4) on the toothed
ring (21).

8007A8TR92

(47) Tighten the 21 socket head screws (1) by


a torque wrench at 48.9kgf·m(354lbf·ft)
torque.

8007A8TR93

(48) Insert the washers (3) and the plugs (2)


into the oil draing-filling holes of the end
cover (4). Tighten the plugs by a torque
wrench at 7.1±1.0kgf·m(51.4±7.2lbf·ft)
torque.

8007A8TR94

8-110
(49) By using a tackle and the equipment turn
the gearbox upside down.

8007A8TR95

(50) Assemble the O-ring (30) into its seat in


the motor adapter flange (31).

8007A8TR96

(51) Position the motor adapter flange (31) on


the gearbox.

8007A8TR98

(52) Tighten the 12 socket head screws (32)


by a torque wrench torque.

8007A8TR100

8-111
※ Before assembling the hydraulic motor,
verify by a depth slide gauge the correct
assembly of the unit checking the axial
distance as shown in the scheme.

168 +- 1

8007A8TR99

8-112
GROUP 7 RCV LEVER

1. REMOVAL AND INSTALL


1) REMOVAL
(1) Lower the work equipment to the ground
and stop the engine.
(2) Operate the control levers and pedals
several times to release the remaining
pressure in the hydraulic piping.
(3) Loosen the breather slowly to release the 13031GE18

pressure inside the hydraulic tank.


Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
(4) Loosen the socket bolt (1). 1
2
(5) Remove the cover of the console box.
(6) Disconnect pilot line hoses (3). 3

(7) Remove the pilot valve assembly (2).


※ When removing the pilot valve assembly,
check that all the hoses have been
21098RL01
disconnected.

2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
(2) Confirm the hydraulic oil level and check
the hydraulic oil leak or not.

8-113
2. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
1) STRUCTURE

23
25

26

24

22

21
9
19
20 16
17,27
18
14
11 15
8
7
28 10
6
13
5
12
4

3
1
2
Port 1,3 Port 2,4
32092RL01

1 Case 8 Stopper 15 O-ring 22 Lock nut


2 Plug 9 Push rod 16 Rod seal 23 Handle assembly
3 Bushing 10 Spring 17 Plate 24 Handle bar
4 Spool 11 Push rod 18 Boot 25 Nut
5 Shim 12 Spring 19 Joint assembly 26 Boot
6 Spring 13 Spring seat 20 Swash plate 27 Spring pin
7 Spring seat 14 Plug 21 Adjusting nut 28 Bushing

8-114
2) TOOLS AND TIGHTENING TORQUE
(1) Tools
Tool name Remark
Allen wrench 6 B
22
Spanne
27
(+) Driver Length 150
(-) Driver Width 4~5
Torque wrench Capable of tightening with the specified torques

(2) Tightening torque


Torque
Part name Item Size
kgf·m lbf·ft
Plug 2 PT 1/8 3.0 21.7
Joint 19 M14 3.5 25.3
Swash plate 20 M14 5.0±0.35 36.2±2.5
Adjusting nut 21 M14 5.0±0.35 36.2±2.5
Lock nut 22 M14 5.0±0.35 36.2±2.5

8-115
3) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Clean pilot valve with kerosene.
※ Put blind plugs into all ports
(2) Fix pilot valve in a vise with copper (or
lead) sheets.
(3) Remove end of boot (26) from case (1)
and take it out upwards.
21098RL04

※ For valve with switch, remove cord also


through hole of casing.

21098RL05

(4) Loosen lock nut (22) and adjusting nut


(21) with spanners on them respectively,
and take out handle section as one body.

21098RL06

(5) Remove the boot (18).

1408DA61

8-116
(6) Loosen adjusting nut (21) and swash
plate (20) with spanners on them
respectively, and remove them.

36078RL01

36078RL02

(7) Turn joint anticlockwise to loosen it,


utilizing jig (Special tool).
※ When return spring (10) is strong in force,
plate (17), plug (14) and push rod (11) will
come up on loosening joint.
Pay attention to this.

36078RL03

36078RL04

8-117
(8) Remove plate (17).

36078RL05

(9) When return spring (10) is weak in force,


plug (14) stays in casing because of
sliding resistance of O-ring.
※ Take it out with minus screwdriver.
Take it out, utilizing external periphery
groove of plug and paying attention not to
damage it by partial loading.
※ During taking out, plug may jump up due
to return spring (10) force.
36078RL06
Pay attention to this.

(10) Remove reducing valve subassembly


and return spring (10) out of casing.
※ Record relative position of reducing valve
subassembly and return springs.

36078RL07

(11) Loosen hexagon socket head plug(2) with


hexagon socket screw key.

36078RL08

8-118
(12) For disassembling reducing valve section,
stand it vertically with spool (4) bottom
placed on flat workbench. Push down
spring seat (7) and remove two pieces of
semicircular stopper (8) with tip of small
minus screwdriver.
※ Pay attention not to damage spool
surface.
※ Record original position of spring seat (7).
36078RL09
※ Do not push down spring seat more than
6mm.

(13) Separate spool (4), spring seat (7), spring


(6) and shim (5) individually.
※ Until being assembled, they should be
handled as one subassembly group.

36078RL10

(14) Take push rod (11) out of plug (14).

36078RL11

(15) Remove O-ring (15) and seal (16) from


plug (14).
Use small minus screwdriver or so on to
remove this seal.

36078RL12

8-119
36078RL13

(16) Remove lock nut (22) and then boot (26).

36078RL14

2507ARL10

8-120
(16) Cleaning of parts
① Put all parts in rough cleaning vessel
filled with kerosene and clean them
(rough cleaning).
※ If dirty part is cleaned with kerosene just
after putting it in vessel, it may be
damaged. Leave it in kerosene for a
while to loosen dust and dirty oil.
※ If this kerosene is polluted, parts will be
damaged and functions of reassembled
valve will be degraded.
Therefore, control cleanliness of
kerosene fully.
② Put parts in final cleaning vessel filled
with kerosene, turning it slowly to clean
them even to their insides (finish
cleaning).
※ Do not dry parts with compressed air,
since they will be damaged and/or rusted
by dust and moisture in air.
(17) Rust prevention of parts
Apply rust-preventives to all parts.
※ If left as they after being cleaned, they will
be rusted and will not display their
functions fully after being reassembled.

8-121
4) ASSEMBLY
(1) Tighten hexagon socket head plug (2) to
the specified torque.
※ Tighten two bolts alternately and slowly.

36078RL15

(2) Put shim (5), springs (6) and spring seat


(7) onto spool (4) in this order.

36078RL16

(3) Stand spool vertically with its bottom


placed on flat workbench, and with spring
seat pushed down, put two pieces of
semicircular stopper (8) on spring seat
without piling them on.
※ Assemble stopper (8) so that its sharp
edge side will be caught by head of spool.
Do not push down spring seat more than
6mm.
36078RL17

(4) Assemble spring (10) into casing (1).


Assemble reducing valve subassembly
into casing.
※ Assemble them to their original positions.

36078RL18

8-122
(5) Assemble O-ring (15) onto plug (14).

36078RL19

(6) Assemble seal (16) to plug (14).


※ Assemble seal in such lip direction as
shown below.

36078RL20

(7) Assemble push rod (11) to plug (14).


※ Apply working oil on push-rod surface.

36078RL21

(8) Assemble plug subassembly to casing.


※ When return spring is weak in force,
subassembly stops due to resistance of
O-ring.

36078RL22

8-123
(9) When return spring is strong in force,
assemble 4 sets at the same time,
utilizing plate (17), and tighten joint (19)
temporarily.

36078RL23

(10) Fit plate (17).

(11) Tighten joint (19) with the specified torque


to casing, utilizing jig.

36078RL24

(12) Assemble swash plate (20) to joint (19).


※ Screw it to position that it contacts with 4
push rods evenly.
※ Do not screw it over.

36078RL25

(13) Assemble adjusting nut (21), apply


spanner to width across flat of plate (20)
to fix it, and tighten adjusting nut to the
specified torque.
※ During tightening, do not change position
of disk.

36078RL26

8-124
(14) Fit boot (18) to plate.

1408DA61

(15) Fit boot (26) and lock nut (22), and handle
subassembly is assembled completely.

2507ARL10

36078RL27

(16) Pull out cord and tube through adjusting


nut hole provided in direction 60。to
120。from casing hole.

1408DA66

8-125
(17) Assemble bushing (27) to plate and pass
cord and tube through it.
※ Provide margin necessary to operation.

21098RL07

(18) Determine handle direction, tighten lock


nut (22) to specified torque to fix handle.

21098RL08

(19) Apply grease to rotating section of joint


and contacting faces of disk and push
rod.

21098RL09

(20) Assemble lower end of bellows to casing.


(21) Inject volatile rust-preventives through all
ports and then put blind plugs in ports.

21098RL11

8-126
GROUP 8 TURNING JOINT

1. REMOVAL AND INSTALL


1) REMOVAL
(1) Lower the work equipment to the ground
and stop the engine.
(2) Operate the control levers and pedals
several times to release the remaining
pressure in the hydraulic piping.
(3) Loosen the breather slowly to release the 13031GE18

pressure inside the hydraulic tank.


Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious
injury.
※ When pipes and hoses are disconnected,
the oil inside the piping will flow out, so
catch it in oil pan.
(4) Disconnect all hoses .
1
(5) Sling the turning joint assembly(1) and
remove the mounting bolt(2).
8007A8TJ02
·Weight : 75kg(165lb)
·Tightening torque : 29.7± 45kgf·m
(215± 32.5lbf·ft)
(6) Remove the turning joint assembly.
※ When removing the turning joint, check
that all the hoses have been
disconnected.

2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order 1
to removal.
※ Take care of turning joint direction.
※ Assemble hoses to their original positions. 2
※ Confirm the hydraulic oil level and check
the hydraulic oil leak or not.

8007A8TJ01

8-127
2. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
1) STRUCTURE

13 3

10 14
15
4 9
12
5 11

7 11
8

8007A8TJ03

1 Hub 6 Slipper seal 11 Wear ring


2 Shaft assembly 7 O-ring 12 Retaining ring
3 Cover 8 O-ring 13 Socket plug
4 Spacer 9 O-ring 14 Hexagon bolt
5 Shim 10 O-ring 15 Spring washer

8-128
2) DISASSEMBLY 14
※ Before the disassembly, clean the turning 15
joint. 3
(1) Remove bolts (14), washer (15) and cover
(3).

21078DA10

(2) Remove O-ring (9).


(3) Remove retainer ring (12), spacer (4) and
shim (5).

8007A8TJ04

(4) Place body (1) on a V-block and by using


a wood buffer at the shaft end, hit out Secure with hand
Wooden block
shaft (2) to about 1/2 from the body with a
hammer.
※ Take care not to damage the shaft (2)
when remove body (1) or rest it sideway.
※ Put a fitting mark on body (1) and shaft V block
(2).
Work bench
8-141(3) 210-7

(5) Remove six slipper seals (6) and O-ring


(8), from body (1).

8007A8TJ05

8-129
3) ASSEMBLY
※ Clean all parts.
※ As a general rule, replace oil seals and
O-ring.
※ Coat the sliding surfaces of all parts with
engine oil or grease before installing.

(1) Fix six slipper seal (6) and O-ring (8), to


body (1).
(2) Fit O-ring (7) to shaft (2).

8007A8TJ05

(3) Set shaft (2) on block, tap body (1) with a


plastic hammer to install.
2

8007A8TJ06

(4) Fit shim (5), spacer (4) and retainer ring


(12) to shaft (2).
(5) Fit O-ring (9) to body (1).

8007A8TJ04

8-130
(7) Install cover (3) to body (1) and tighten 14
bolts (14). 15
·Torque : 10~12.5 kgf·m
3
(72.3~90.4 lbf·ft)

21078DA10

8-131
GROUP 9 BOOM, ARM AND BUCKET CYLINDER

1. REMOVAL AND INSTALL


1) BUCKET CYLINDER
(1) Removal
※ Expand the arm and bucket fully, lower
the work equipment to the ground and
stop the engine.
※ Operate the control levers and pedals
several times to release the remaining
pressure in the hydraulic piping. 13031GE18

Loosen the breather slowly to release


the pressure inside the hydraulic tank.
※ Escaping fluid under pressure can Bucket Cylinder
penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Fit blind plugs in the hoses after
disconnecting them, to prevent dirt or dust
from entering.
① Set block between bucket cylinder and Arm
arm.
Wooden block
29078CY001

② Remove bolt (2), stopper (3) and pull out


pin (1).
1
※ Tie the rod with wire to prevent it from
coming out. 3
2

8007A8CY01

③ Disconnect bucket cylinder hoses (4)


and put plugs (5) on cylinder pipe. 5

29078CY003

8-132
④ Sling bucket cylinder assembly (8) and
8
remove bolt (6) then pull out pin (5).
⑤ Remove bucket cylinder assembly (8).
·Weight : 760 kg (1680 lb)

6 8007A8CY02

(2) Install
① Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
When aligning the mounting position
of the pin, do not insert your fingers in
the pin hole.
※ Bleed the air from the bucket cylinder.
※ Confirm the hydraulic oil level and check
the hydraulic oil leak or not.

8-133
2) ARM CYLINDER
(1) Removal
※ Expand the arm and bucket fully, lower
the work equipment to the ground and
stop the engine.
※ Operate the control levers and pedals
several times to release the remaining
pressure in the hydraulic piping.
Loosen the breather slowly to release 13031GE18
the pressure inside the hydraulic tank.
※ Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Fit blind plugs in the hoses after disco- Arm cylinder
nnecting them, to prevent dirt or dust
from entering.
① Set block between arm cylinder and
boom. Block

8007A8CY03

② Remove bolt (2) and pull out pin (1).


※ Tie the rod with wire to prevent it from
coming out.

1 2

8007A8CY04

③ Disconnect arm cylinder hoses (4) and 5


put plugs on cylinder pipe. 4
④ Disconnect greasing pipings (5).

8007A8CY05

8-134
⑤ Sling arm assembly (8) and remove bolt
(7) then pull out pin (6).
⑥ Remove arm cylinder assembly (8).
·Weight : 950 kg (2090 lb)
8

6
7
8007A8CY06

(2) Install
① Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
When aligning the mounting position
of the pin, do not insert your fingers in
the pin hole.
※ Bleed the air from the arm cylinder.
※ Confirm the hydraulic oil level and check
the hydraulic oil leak or not.

8-135
3) BOOM CYLINDER
(1) Removal
※ Expand the arm and bucket fully, lower
the work equipment to the ground and
stop the engine.
※ Operate the control levers and pedals
several times to release the remaining
pressure in the hydraulic piping.
Loosen the breather slowly to release 13031GE18

the pressure inside the hydraulic tank.


※ Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrate the skin causing serious injury.
Fit blind plugs in the hoses after
disconnecting them, to prevent dirt or dust 1
from entering.
① Disconnect greasing hoses(1).
② Sling boom cylinder assembly.

29078CY05

③ Remove bolt (4), pin stopper (5) and pull


out pin (2).
※ Tie the rod with wire to prevent it from
coming out.
5
4

8007A8CY07

④ Lower the boom cylinder assembly (6)


on a stand.

29078CY07

8-136
⑤ Disconnect boom cylinder hoses (7) and
put plugs on cylinder pipe.

29078CY08

⑥ Remove bolt (9) and pull out pin (8).


⑦ Remove boom cylinder assembly (6).
·Weight : 1460 kg (3220 lb) 6

8
9

8007A8CY08

(2) Install
① Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
When aligning the mounting position
of the pin, do not insert your fingers in
the pin hole.
※ Bleed the air from the boom cylinder.
※ Conformed the hydraulic oil level and
check the hydraulic oil leak or not.

8-137
2. DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
1) STRUCTURE
(1) Bucket cylinder

34,35 36,37 27,30 38 16 17 20 19 18 21,22 23 24 42 2

4 42 12,11 10,9 8 6 7 5 15 14,13 3 1 43,44 31,32

25

41 28,29 28,29 26,27 39,40

8007A8CY09A

1 Tube assembly 16 Cushion ring 31 Pipe assembly-H


2 Bushing 17 Piston 32 O-ring
3 Rod assembly 18 Slipper seal 33 Spacer
4 Bushing 19 Wear ring 34 Hex socket bolt
5 Rod cover 20 Slyd ring 35 Spring washer
6 DD bushing 21 O-ring 36 Pipe assembly-R
7 Retaining ring 22 Back up ring 37 O-ring
8 Buffer seal 23 Piston nut 38 U-bolt
9 U-packing 24 Set screw 39 Hex nut
10 Back up ring 25 Hex socket bolt 40 Spring washer
11 Dust wiper 26 Pipe band assembly-H 41 Grease nipple
12 Retaining ring 27 Pipe band 42 Pin wiper
13 O-ring 28 Hex bolt 43 Dust cover
14 Back up ring 29 Spring washer 44 Hex bolt
15 O-ring 30 Pipe band assembly-R

8-138
(2) Arm cylinder

44,4 12,11 10,9 8 6 5 27 7 13 14,15 3 1 16 19,18 17 22 21 20 23 24 25,26 2,44

33,34 35,36 28,29,30,31,32

40,39 37,38 43,42,41 45,46

8007A8CY10

1 Tube assembly 17 Piston 33 Pipe band assembly


2 Oil less bushing 18 Slipper seal 34 Pipe band
3 Rod assembly 19 Wear ring 35 Spring washer
4 Oil less bushing 20 Slyd ring 36 Hex bolt
5 Rod cover 21 O-ring 37 Pipe assembly
6 DD bushing 22 Back up ring 38 O-ring
7 Retaining ring 23 Piston nut 39 Spring washer
8 Buffer seal 24 Set screw 40 Hex socket bolt
9 U-packing 25 Plunger 41 Pipe clamp
10 Back up ring 26 Stop ring 42 Spring washer
11 Dust wiper 27 Hex socket bolt 43 Hex bolt
12 Retaining ring 28 Check valve 44 Pin wiper
13 O-ring 29 Spring 45 Dust cover
14 Back up ring 30 Spring support 46 Hex bolt
15 O-ring 31 O-ring
16 Cushion ring 32 Plug

8-139
(3) Boom cylinder

12,11 10,9 8 6 5 25 34,35 7 15 13,14 3 1 16 22,21 17 18 19 20 23 24

28,29 26,27

39,38 36,37 31,30 32,33

44,45
43,4 40,41,42 2,43

8007A8CY23A

1 Tube assembly 17 Piston 32 Hex socket bolt


2 Spherical bearing 18 Slipper seal 33 Spring washer
3 Rod assembly 19 Wear ring 34 Spacer
4 Spherical bearing 20 Slyd ring 35 O-ring
5 Rod cover 21 O-ring 36 Pipe assembly-R(LH)
6 DD2 bushing 22 Back up ring 36 Pipe assembly-R(RH)
7 Retaining ring 23 Piston nut 37 O-ring
8 Buffer seal 24 Set screw 38 Hex socket bolt
9 U-packing 25 Hex socket bolt 39 Spring washer
10 Back up ring 26 Pipe band assembly 40 Pipe clamp
11 Dust wiper 27 Band pipe 41 Spring washer
12 Retaining ring 28 Hex bolt 42 Hex bolt
13 O-ring 29 Spring washer 43 Retaining ring
14 Back up ring 30 Pipe assembly-H(LH) 44 Dust cover
15 O-ring 30 Pipe assembly-H(RH) 45 Hex bolt
16 Cushion ring 31 O-ring

8-140
2) TOOLS AND TIGHTENING TORQUE
(1) Tools

12 B
14
Allen wrench 18
24
27
(-) Driver Small and large sizes
Torque wrench Capable of tightening with the specified torques

(2) Tightening torque


Torque
Part name Item Size
kgf·m lbf·ft
Bucket cylinder 17 - 100±10 723±72
Piston Boom cylinder 17 - 100±10 723±72
Arm cylinder 17 - 100±10 723±72
Bucket cylinder 23 - 190±19 1374±137
Piston lock nut Boom cylinder 23 - 190±19 1374±137
Arm cylinder 23 - 190±19 1374±137
Bucket cylinder 25 M27 88±1.0 637±7.2
34 M14 14.5±0.5 105±3.6
25 M27 88±1.0 637±7.2
Socket head bolt Boom cylinder
38 M14 14.5±0.5 105±3.6
27 M27 88±1.0 637±7.2
Arm cylinder
40 M12 11.4±0.4 82.5±2.9

8-141
3) DISASSEMBLY
(1) Remove cylinder head and piston rod
※ Procedures are based on the bucket
cylinder.
① Hold the clevis section of the tube in a
vise.
※ Use mouth pieces so as not to damage
the machined surface of the cylinder
tube. Do not make use of the outside
piping as a locking means.

② Pull out rod assembly (2) about


200 mm (7.1 in). Because the rod
assembly is rather heavy, finish
extending it with air pressure after the oil

m
0m
20
draining operation.

21078DA30

③ Loosen and remove socket bolts (25) of


Hexagon
the gland in sequence. socket wrench 25
※ Cover the extracted rod assembly (2)
with rag to prevent it from being
Turn counter
accidentally damaged during operation. clockwise

Cover here
with rag
2

8007A8CY11

④ Draw out cylinder head and rod assembly


together from tube assembly (1). Lift
※ Since the rod assembly is heavy in this
case, lift the tip of the rod assembly (2)
with a crane or some means and draw it Full straight
sideways
out. However, when rod assembly (2)
has been drawn out to approximately
two thirds of its length, lift it in its center
to draw it completely. Oil pan
21078DA32

8-142
Note that the plated surface of rod
assembly (2) is to be lifted. For this
reason, do not use a wire sling and
others that may damage it, but use a
strong cloth belt or a rope.

⑤ Place the removed rod assembly on a


wooden V-block that is set level.
※ Cover a V-block with soft rag. Rod assembly

Wooden block

36078CY22A

(2) Remove piston and cylinder head


① Remove lock nut (23). 16 17 21,22 23 24
※ Since lock nut (23) and set screw (24) is
tightened to a high torque, use a
hydraulic and power wrench that utilizers
a hydraulic cylinder, to remove the lock
nut (23) and set screw (24).
② Remove piston assembly (17), back up
ring (22), and O-ring (21).
8007A8CY12A

③ Remove the cylinder head assembly


Plastic
from rod assembly (2). hammer
※ If it is too heavy to move, move it by
Lift with a crane
striking the flanged part of cylinder head
with a plastic hammer.
Pull straight
※ Pull it straight with cylinder head
assembly lifted with a crane.
Exercise care so as not to damage the
lip of rod bushing (6) and packing (7, 8, 9,
21078DA35
10,11,12) by the threads of rod assembly
(2).

8-143
(3) Disassemble the piston assembly
① Remove wear ring (19). 20 19 18 19 20
② Remove dust ring (20) and piston seal
(18).
※ Exercise care in this operation not to
damage the grooves.

8007A8CY13

(4) Disassemble cylinder head assembly


① Remove back up ring (14) and O-ring 12 11 10 9 8 6 7 15 13 14
(13,15).
② Remove retaining ring (12), dust wiper
(11).
③ Remove back up ring (10), U-packing (9)
and buffer seal (8).
※ Exercise care in this operation not to
damage the grooves.
8007A8CY14
※ Do not remove seal and ring, if does not
damaged.

8-144
3) ASSEMBLY
(1) Assemble cylinder head assembly
※ Check for scratches or rough surfaces if
found smooth with an oil stone.
① Coat the inner face of gland (3) with
hydraulic oil.

21078DA37

② Coat dust wiper (11) with grease and fit Pr


hese
r Press here
dust wiper (11) to the bottom of the hole (S
g
rao
d titn
h
w
(Straight down)
of dust seal. Me
at
Metal
At this time, press a pad metal to the 1
11
metal ring of dust seal.
③ Fit retaining ring (12) to the stop face.

8007A8CY15

④ Fit back up ring (10), U-packing (9) and


buffer seal (8) to corresponding grooves,
in that order.
※ Coat each packing with hydraulic oil Wrong Right
before fitting it.
※ Insert the backup ring until one side of it
is inserted into groove.

45078CY11

※ U-packing (9) has its own fitting direction.


Push bar
Therefore, confirm it before fitting them.
※ Fitting U-packing (9) upside down may
damage its lip. Therefore check the
correct direction that is shown in fig.

8007A8CY16

8-145
⑤ Fit back up ring (14) to gland (3).
※ Put the backup ring in the warm water of 14
30~50°C. 13
15
⑥ Fit O-ring (13, 15) to gland (3).

8007A8CY17

(2) Assemble piston assembly


※ Check for scratches or rough surfaces.
If found smooth with an oil stone.
① Coat the outer face of piston (17) with
hydraulic oil.

8-158(2)

② Fit piston seal (18) to piston.


※ Put the piston seal in the warm water of 18
60~100°C for more than 5 minutes.
※ After assembling the piston seal, press
its outer diameter to fit in.

8007A8CY18

③ Fit wear ring (19) and piston ring (20) to


piston (17). 20 19 18 19 20
17

8007A8CY19

8-146
(3) Install piston and cylinder head
① Fix the rod assembly to the work bench. Cylinder head assembly
② Apply hydraulic oil to the outer surface of Rod assembly
rod assembly (2), the inner surface of
piston and cylinder head.
③ Insert cylinder head assembly to rod
assembly.

21078DA40

④ Insert cushion ring (16) to rod assembly.


※ Note that cushion ring (16) has a
16
direction in which it should be fitted.
Insert

8007A8CY20

⑤ Fit piston assembly to rod assembly.


Piston assembly
·Tightening torque : 100±10 kgf·m
(723±72 lbf·ft)

8007A8CY21

⑥ Fit lock nut (23) and tighten the screw 23 24


(24).
·Tightening torque :

Item kgf·m lbf·ft


Bucket 23 190±19 1374±137
Boom 23 190±19 1374±137
Arm 23 190±19 1374±137

8007A8CY22

8-147
(3) Overall assemble Fix with a bar
① Place a V-block on a rigid work bench.
Mount the tube assembly(1) on it and fix
Lift
the assembly by passing a bar through
the clevis pin hole to lock the assembly.
② Insert the rod assembly in to the tube Straight
assembly, while lifting and moving the
rod assembly with a crane.
※ Be careful not to damage piston seal by Appply liquid packing
36078CY27A
thread of tube assembly.
③ Match the bolt holes in the cylinder head
flange to the tapped holes in the tube
assembly and tighten socket bolts to a Apply loctite
Turn clockwise
specified torque.
※ Refer to the table of tightening torque.

Place rag

36078CY27B

8-148
GROUP 10 UNDERCARRIAGE

1. TRACK LINK
1) REMOVAL
(1) Move track link until master pin is over Master pin
front idler in the position put wooden block
as shown.
(2) Loosen tension of the track link.
※ If track tension is not relieved when the
grease valve is loosened, move the
machine backwards and forwards.
(3) Push out master pin by using a suitable
tool.
Block

45078UC11

(4) Move the machine slowly in reverse, and


lay out track link assembly (1).
※ Jack up the machine and put wooden
block under the machine.
※ Don't get close to the sprocket side as the
track shoe plate may fall down on your
feet. 1

45078UC10

2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
※ Adjust the tension of the track link.
90 ~ 110

21074OP14

8-149
2. CARRIER ROLLER Frame
1) REMOVAL
Grease
(1) Loosen tension of the track link. valve

45078UC14

(2) Jack up the track link height enough to


permit carrier roller removal.

Jack Carrier roller

45078UC13

(3) Loosen the lock nut (1).


1 Carrier
roller
(4) Open bracket (2) with a screwdriver, push
2
out from inside, and remove carrier roller
assembly.
·Weight : 75 kg (165 lb)

45078UC12

2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.

8-150
3. TRACK ROLLER Frame

1) REMOVAL
Grease
(1) Loosen tension of the track link. valve

45078UC17

(2) Using the work equipment, push up track


frame on side which is to be removed.
※ After jack up the machine, set a block
under the unit.
90-110°

45078UC16

(3) Remove the mounting bolt (1) and draw 1 2


out the track roller (2).
·Weight : 185 kg (410 lb)

45078UC15

2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.

8-151
4. IDLER AND RECOIL SPRING
1) REMOVAL
(1) Remove the track link.
For detail, see removal of track link.

45078UC21

(2) Sling the recoil spring (1) and pull out idler
and recoil spring assembly from track
frame, using a pry.
1
·Weight : 550 kg (1210 lb)

45078UC20

(3) Remove the bolts (2), washers (3) and


separate idler from recoil spring.

2, 3

45078UC19

2) INSTALL
(1) Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
※ Make sure that the boss on the end face
of the recoil cylinder rod is in the hole of
the track frame.

45078UC18

8-152
3) DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF IDLER
(1) Structure

1
3

3
8
7
7
8
6
9
12 10
11
5
6
4
2

8
7
7
8

8007A8UC01

1 Shell 5 Bracket-LH 9 Plug


2 Shaft 6 O-ring 10 O-ring
3 Bushing 7 Floating seal 11 Taper pin
4 Bracket-RH 8 O-ring 12 Nut

8-153
(2) Disassembly Press
① Remove plug and drain oil.
② Draw out the taper pin (11), using a
press.

11 8007A8UC04A

③ Pull out the shaft (2) with a press.


Press
④ Remove seal (7) from shell (1) and
bracket (4, 5).
⑤ Remove O-ring (6) from shaft.

2 8007A8UC03

⑥ Remove the bushing (3) from idler, using


a special tool.
※ Only remove bushing if replacement is
necessity.

3
8007A8UC02

8-154
(3) Assembly
※ Before assembly, clean the parts. Press
※ Coat the sliding surfaces of all parts with 1 3
oil.
① Cool up bushing (3) fully by some dry ice
and press it into shell (1).
Do not press it at the normal temperature,
or not knock in with a hammer even after
the cooling.
8007A8UC05

② Coat O-ring (6) with grease thinly, and


install it to shaft (2).
③ Insert shaft (2) into bracket (4, 5) and 2
drive in the taper pin (11) and nut (12).
6 12
11

4,5
8007A8UC06A

④ Install seal (7) to shell (1) and bracket (4, 7


5).

8007A8UC07

⑤ Install shaft (2) to shell (1). 2 1

8007A8UC08A

8-155
⑥ Install bracket (4, 5) attached with seal
4, 5
(7).

8007A8UC09A

⑦ Knock in the taper pin (11) with a 12


1 4, 5 11
hammer.

8007A8UC10

⑧ Lay bracket (4, 5) on its side. 4, 5


Supply engine oil to the specified level,
and tighten plug.

8007A8UC11A

8-156
4) DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF RECOIL SPRING
(1) Structure

1-11

1-12

IDLER
1-2

1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6

1-7

2-100

2-4
2-3

2-18
2-19
2-11
2-110
2-13
2-14
2-15
2-16

2-12

2-17

80098UC12

1 T/Cylinder assembly 1-6 Bolt 2-16 Guide ring


1-1 Main rod assembly 1-7 Spring washer 2-17 Dust seal (wiper)
1-11 Front flange 2 Tension body assembly 2-18 Locking plate
1-12 Rod 2-11 Cylinder body 2-19 Socket bolt
1-2 Spring 2-12 Piston rod 2-100 Plug bolt
1-3 Rear flange 2-13 Lock ring 2-110 Grease valve
1-4 Locking ring 2-14 Seal (U-packing) 2-3 Hex bolt
1-5 Locking plate 2-15 Back up ring 2-4 Hardened washer

8-157
(2) Disassembly
① Apply pressure on spring (1-2) with a
1-6
press. 1-5
※ The spring is under a large installed load.
This is dangerous, so be sure to set 1-4
properly. 1-3
1-2
·Spring set load : 49986 kg (110200 lb)
② Remove bolt (1-6), locking plate (1-5)
and locking ring (1-4).
③ Take enough notice so that the press
which pushes down the spring, should
not be slipped out in its operation.
④ Lighten the press load slowly and
remove rear flange (1-3) and spring 80098UC14

(1-2).

⑤ Remove rod (1-12) and front flange


(1-11) from body (2-11).
2-11

1-11

1-12

80098UC15

⑥ Remove grease valve (2-110) from body


(2-11).
⑦ Remove rod (2-12) from body (2-11). 2-11

2-12

2-110

80098UC13

⑧ Remove guide ring (2-16), back up ring


(2-15), packing seal (2-14) and lock ring
(2-13).

2-11
2-13
2-14
2-15
2-16
8007A8UC16

8-158
(3) Assembly
① Install lock ring (2-13), packing seal
(2-14), back up ring (2-15) and guide ring
(2-16).
※ When installing packing seal (2-14) take
2-11
full care so as not to damage the lip.
2-13
2-14
2-15
2-16
8007A8UC16

② Pour grease into body (2-11), then push


in rod (2-12) by hand.
After take grease out of grease valve 2-11
mounting hole, let air out.
※ If air letting is not sufficient, it may be 2-12
difficult to adjust the tension of crawler. 2-110
③ Fit grease valve (2-110) to body (2-11).
·Tightening torque : 7.0±1.0 kgf·m
(50.6±7.2 lbf·ft)
80098UC13

④ Install rod (1-12) and front flange (1-11)


to body (2-11).
2-11

1-11

1-12

80098UC15

8-159
⑤ Install spring (1-2) and rear flange (1-3)
to rod (1-12).
⑥ Apply pressure to spring (1-2) with a
press and tighten locking ring (1-4).
1-4
※ Apply sealant before assembling.
※ During the operation, pay attention 1-3

specially to prevent the press from 1-2


slipping out. 1-12

80098UC17

⑦ Lighten the press load and confirm the


set length of spring (1-2). Press
1-6
⑧ After the setting of spring (1-2), install
1-5
locking ring (1-4), locking plate (1-5) and
bolt (1-6). 1-4

1-2
1290mm

80098UC17A

8-160
GROUP 11 WORK EQUIPMENT

1. STRUCTURE

A
A

SECTION A SECTION B SECTION C

8007A8WE01

8-161
2. REMOVAL AND INSTALL
1) BUCKET ASSEMBLY
(1) Removal
① Lower the work equipment completely to
A
ground with back of bucket facing down.
B

45078AT08

② Remove bolt (1), stopper (2) and draw


out the pin (A).
2
A

8007A8UC20

③ Remove bolt (3), stopper (4) and draw


out the pin (B).
B

3
8007A8UC21

(2) Install
① Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
When aligning the mounting position
of the pin, do not insert your fingers in
the pin hole.
※ Adjust the bucket clearance.
For detail, see operation manual.

8007A8UC22

8-162
2) ARM ASSEMBLY
(1) Removal
※ Loosen the breather slowly to release
the pressure inside the hydraulic tank.
Escaping fluid under pressure can
penetrated the skin causing serious
injury.
① Remove bucket assembly.
45078AT10
For details, see removal of bucket
assembly.
② Disconnect bucket cylinder hose (1).
5
Fit blind plugs in the piping at the
chassis end securely to prevent oil 1
from spurting out when the engine is
started.
③ Sling arm cylinder assembly, remove 1
spring, pin stopper and pull out pin.
※ Tie the rod with wire to prevent it from
coming out. 8-175(2) 210-7

④ For details, see removal of arm cylinder


assembly.
Place a wooden block under the cylinder
and bring the cylinder down to it.
⑤ Remove bolt (2), plate (3) and pull out Crane
the pin (4) then remove the ar m
assembly.
·Weight : 2910 kg (6420 lb) 2, 3, 4
※ When lifting the arm assembly, always lift
the center of gravity.
45078AT09

(2) Install
① Carry out installation in the reverse
order to removal.
When lifting the arm assembly, always
lift the center of gravity.
※ Bleed the air from the cylinder.

8-163
3) BOOM ASSEMBLY
(1) Removal
① Remove arm and bucket assembly.
For details, see removal of arm and
bucket assembly.
② Remove boom cylinder assembly from
boom.
For details, see removal of boom
cylinder assembly. 45078AT12

③ Disconnect head lamp wiring.


1
④ Disconnect bucket cylinder hose (2) 2
and arm cylinder hose (1).
※ When the hose are disconnected, oil
may spurt out.
⑤ Sling boom assembly (3). 1

8-176(2) 210-7

⑥ Remove bolt (4), plate (5) and pull out


Crane
the pin (6) then remove boom assembly.
·Weight : 6370 kg (14040 lb)
※ When lifting the boom assembly always
lift the center of gravity.

4, 5, 6
3

45078AT11

(2) Install
① Carry out installation in the reverse order
to removal.
When lifting the boom assembly,
always lift the center of gravity.
※ Bleed the air from the cylinder.

21078DA46

8-164
SECTION 9 COMPONENT MOUNTING TORQUE

Group 1 Introduction guide --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9-1


Group 2 Engine system -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9-2
Group 3 Electric system ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9-4
Group 4 Hydraulic system ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9-6
Group 5 Undercarriage --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 9-9
Group 6 Structure ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9-10
Group 7 Work equipment ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ 9-16
SECTION 9 COMPONENT MOUNTING TORQUE
GROUP 1 INTRODUCTION GUIDE

1. This section shows bolt specifications and


standard torque values needed when
mounting components to the machine.
2. Use genuine Hyundai spare parts.
We expressly point out that Hyundai will not
accept any responsibility for defects resulted
from non-genuine parts.
In such cases Hyundai cannot assume
liability for any damage.
※ Only metric fasteners can be used and
incorrect fasteners may result in machine
damage or malfunction.
※ Before installation, clean all the compone-nts
with a non-corrosive cleaner. Bolts and
threads must not be worn or damaged. 29079CM00

9-1
GROUP 2 ENGINE SYSTEM

ENGINE AND ACCESSORIES MOUNTING

Muffler

4
Engine
2 3

4
1
6 8

7 6
5 Fan
8

Air cleaner

8007ACM16

·Tightening torque
Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft
1 5/16-18UNC 3.5±0.4 25.3±2.9 5 M10×1.5 6.9±1.4 49.9±10.1
2 M 8×1.25 13.4±1.34 96.9±9.7 6 M12×1.75 12.8±3.0 92.6±21.7
3 M 8×1.25 2.5±0.5 18.1±3.6 7 M20×2.5 57.9±8.7 419±62.9
4 5/8-11UNC 26.1±2.6 188.8±18.8 8 M24×3.0 88.2±8.8 638±63.7

9-2
COOLING SYSTEM AND FUEL TANK MOUNTING

Gauge level
3
Hyd tank 2 2

Prefilter
Fuel tank

Air compressor

2
2

3
Condenser
7
2
4 1
3 2 4
8
5
4 K
A

5 2
4
Fanguard shroud 6

Radiator
2

80099CM02

·Tightening torque
Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft
1 M 6×1.0 1.05±0.2 7.6±1.45 5 M14×2.0 19.6±2.9 141.8±21
2 M 8×1.25 2.5±0.5 18.1±3.6 6 M16×2.0 29.7±4.4 214.8±31.8
3 M10×1.5 6.9±1.4 49.9±10.1 7 M20×2.5 58±6.0 420±43.4
4 M12×1.75 12.8±3.0 92.6±21.7 8 - 2.3±0.6 16.6±4.3

9-3
GROUP 3 ELECTRIC SYSTEM

ELECTRIC COMPONENTS MOUNTING 1

Start relay

1
3
Heater relay
1
DETAIL A
3
A
Work lamp

Alternator

Fuel filler
pump
3
3
Travel alarm buzzer

2 2
3

2 MODHYUN
P/NO EL DAI
: : R290
21Q8
LC-9
-3210
1

B
Battery relay
Washer tank

Horn Battery

1 2

DETAIL B

80099CM03

·Tightening torque
Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft

1 M 6×1.0 1.05±0.2 7.6±1.45 3 M10×1.5 6.9±1.4 49.9±10.1


2 M 8×1.25 2.5±0.5 18.1±3.6 4 M12×1.75 12.8±3.0 92.6±21.7

9-4
ELECTRIC COMPONENTS MOUNTING 2

VIEW A
Beacon lamp Electric box

Work lamp 2

1
Fuse box

TO FRAME HARNESS

Wiper
motor 2
1
1

Cluster

B
1 1
2
2 DC-DC converter Radio & USB player

DETAIL B

80099CM04

·Tightening torque
Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft

1 M 6×1.0 1.05±0.2 7.6±1.45 3 M10×1.5 6.9±1.4 49.9±10.1


2 M 8×1.25 2.5±0.5 18.1±3.6

9-5
GROUP 4 HYDRAULIC SYSTEM

HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS MOUNTING 1

3
Main control valve
Gauge level
3
Hydraulic tank

A
4
4

4
DETAIL A

7
3

RCV-RH
RCV-LH
7
1
Swing motor

1 2

Terminal

Cross 3
3 3

80099CM05

·Tightening torque
Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft
1 M 6×1.0 1.05±0.2 7.6±1.45 5 M20×2.5 45±4.5 326±32.5
2 M 8×1.25 2.5±0.5 18.1±7.1 6 M20×2.5 58±6.0 420±43.4
3 M10×1.5 6.9±1.4 49.9±10.1 7 M20×2.5 100±15 723±109
4 M12×1.75 12.8±3.0 92.6±21.7

9-6
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS MOUNTING 2

Solenoid valve

Main pump
7

3
1
4
Housing

4
4
8
8

4 Element
5
6
Hub

Travel motor-RH

Turning joint 9
RCV-pedal
9

Travel motor-LH

80099CM06

·Tightening torque
Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft
1 M 8×1.25 13.4±1.3 97±9.4 5 M20×2.5 21.4±1.0 154.8±7.2
2 M 8×1.25 2.5±0.5 18.1±3.6 6 M24×3.0 80±8.0 579±57.9
3 M10×1.5 6.9±1.4 49.9±10.1 7 M24×3.0 89.2±2.5 645±18.1
4 M12×1.75 12.8±3.0 92.6±21.7 8 M30×3.0 100±8.0 725±57.9
5 M16×2.0 29.7±4.5 215±32.5

9-7
HYDRAULIC COMPONENTS MOUNTING 3

3
Solenoid valve
4

Accumulator
1

7
3

Check valve

Boom priority solenoid 8


1 Safety solenoid
6
Power max solenoid

Travel speed solenoid

BOOM CYLINDER
1
1 1

1
3

5 1
5

1
6 6

ARM CYLINDER BUCKET CYLINDER

80099CM07

·Tightening torque
Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft
1 M12×1.75 3.25±2.5 23.1±18.1 5 M16×2.0 8±0.6 57.9±4.3
2 M12×1.75 11.4±0.4 82.5±2.9 6 M27×3.0 88±1.0 637±7.2
3 M14×2.0 14.5±0.5 105±3.6 7 M22×2.5 4.1 29.6
4 M16×2.0 15.5±0.5 112±3.6 8 M22×3.0 5.1 36.9

9-8
GROUP 5 UNDERCARRIAGE

Lower frame
8 2

1
8

9
Track chain
2
Sprocket
Lower roller
Upper roller
4

Adjust component Adjust component 7


Track guard

Idler Idler
5
5
10

10

7
5
80099CM08

·Tightening torque

Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft


1 M10×1.5 6.9±1.4 49.9±10.1 6 M30×3.0 175±20 1266±145
2 M16×2.0 29.7±4.5 215±32.5 7 M30×3.5 200±15 1447±109
3 M20×2.5 57.9±6.0 419±43.4 8 M36×3.0 280±30 2025±21.7
4 M20×2.5 57.9±8.7 419±62.9 9 11/8"-12UNF 196.2±15.9 1419±115
5 M27×3.0 135±15 977±109 10 - 7.0±1.0 50.6±7.2

9-9
GROUP 6 STRUCTURE

CAB AND ACCESSORIES MOUNTING

1
Sun roof assy

A
1 1
1
4
Air vent cover

A 5 4
1
00
4
Cab Bracket latch assy
2
4

1 Handrail

5
Plate
non slip
Sliding 4
door wa 6 3

Side door Striker

Latch assy

80099CM09

·Tightening torque

Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft

1 M 6×1.0 0.49±0.1 3.5±0.7 4 M10×1.5 6.9±1.4 49.9±10.1


2 M 8×1.25 2.5±0.5 18.1±3.6 5 M12×1.75 12.8±3.0 92.6±21.7
3 M10×1.5 4.7±0.9 34±6.5 6 M16×2.0 29.7±4.5 215±32.5

9-10
CAB INTERIOR MOUNTING

2
Console
box(RH) Seat
2
2 2
Storage box 2
2
2
2
2

2 3
K 4
2 Trim-rear mid
3
Seat base
Console
6 K box(LH)
1

Safety lever
3
5
Pedal
1
7
Pedal bracket
5

Travel
lever

Viscous
Foot rest mount

Foot rest
bracket Bottom plate
5

80099CM10

·Tightening torque
Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft
1 M 6×1.0 0.49±0.1 3.5±0.7 5 M10×1.5 6.9±1.4 49.9±10.1
2 M 6×1.0 1.05±0.2 7.6±1.4 6 M10×1.5 8.27±1.7 59.8±12.3
3 M 8×1.25 3.43±0.7 24.8±5.1 7 M16×2.0 29.7±4.5 215±32.5
4 M 8×1.25 2.5±0.5 18.1±3.6

9-11
COWLING MOUNTING 1

Engine hood assy

3
1
2

3
3
3

Engine hood support


Rear screen

Side cowl assy-LH


3
3 3
Air cleaner
hood 3

3 3

Side cover-LH
Side cowl assy-LH

Side cover-LH

8007ACM18

·Tightening torque

Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft


1 M 8×1.25 2.5±0.5 18.1±3.6 3 M12×1.75 12.8±3.0 92.6±21.7
2 M10×1.5 6.9±1.4 49.9±10.1

9-12
COWLING MOUNTING 2

2
Pump hood 2
Side cover-RH

MCV hood
2 2

3 2

Pump
screen 2
1

2
1 2 2

2 2 2

PREHEATER
Screen
Side cowl assy-RH

2 2

2
2

2
2

80099CM12

·Tightening torque
Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft
1 M 8×1.25 2.5±0.5 18.1±3.6 3 M16×2.0 29.7±4.5 215±32.5
2 M12×1.75 12.8±3.0 92.6±21.7

9-13
COUNTERWEIGHT AND COVERS MOUNTING

Counterweight
1
2

2
2

1 2
2 3

Upper frame

2 2

1 2

2 2 2
Pump under cover

Hyd under cover Engine under cover

Fuel tank under cover 2


MCV under cover

Tool box under cover 2


2
2
2 Radiator under cover
Swing bearing grease
2 drain cover 2
Cab under cover
2

2
2

80099CM13

·Tightening torque

Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft

1 M 8×1.25 2.5±0.5 18.1±3.6 3 M42×3.0 390±40 2821±289


2 M12×1.75 12.8±3.0 92.6±21.7

9-14
HANDRAIL AND NON SLIP PLATE

1
Side cowl assy-RH

Hyd tank 1

Fuel tank

Tool box

1
Side cowl assy-LH

80099CM14

·Tightening torque
Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft

1 M12×1.75 12.8±3.0 92.6±21.7

9-15
GROUP 7 WORK EQUIPMENT

Arm cylinder
rod pin

1
Arm cylinder

Bucket cylinder
head pin

Arm pin 1
Bucket
cylinder 1 Bucket cylinder
rod pin Arm cylinder Boom
head pin
Bucket Boom cylinder
control link Boom cylinder head pin Boom pin
head pin
1
Bucket control
Boom
rod pin 1
2 3 cylinder 1
Bucket
Cover plate
Side cutter(RH)
2

Side cutter(LH)

8007ACM15

·Tightening torque
Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft Item Size kgf·m lbf·ft
1 M16×2.0 29.7±4.5 215±32.5 3 M33×3.5 220±22 1591±159
2 M24×3.0 100±15 723±108

9-16

You might also like